MATH CURRICULUM COMPARISON CHART ©2018 MATH Grades Religious Content Price Range Programs PK K 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Christian N/Secular $ $$ $$$ Saxon K-3 * • • • • • • Saxon 3-12 * • • • • • • • • • • • • Bob Jones • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Horizons (Alpha Omega) * • • • • • • • • • • • LIFEPAC (Alpha Omega) * • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Switched-On Schoolhouse/Monarch (Alpha Omega) • • • • • • • • • • • • Math•U•See * • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Primary Math (US) (Singapore) * • • • • • • • • • Primary Math Standards Edition (SE) (Singapore) * • • • • • • • • • Primary Math Common Core (CC) (Singapore) • • • • • • • • Dimensions (Singapore) • • • • • Math in Focus (Singapore Approach) * • • • • • • • • • • • Christian Light Math • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Life of Fred • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A+ Tutorsoft Math • • • • • • • • • • • Starline Press Math • • • • • • • • • • • • ShillerMath • • • • • • • • • • • enVision Math • • • • • • • • • McRuffy Math • • • • • • Purposeful Design Math (2nd Ed.) • • • • • • • • • Go Math • • • • • • • • • Making Math Meaningful • • • • • • • • • • • RightStart Mathematics * • • • • • • • • • • MCP Mathematics • • • • • • • • • Conventional (Spunky Donkey) / Study Time Math • • • • • • • • • • Liberty Mathematics • • • • • Miquon Math • • • • • Math Mammoth (Light Blue series) * • • • • • • • • • Ray's Arithmetic • • • • • • • • • • Ray's for Today • • • • • • • Rod & Staff Mathematics • • • • • • • • • • Jump Math • • • • • • • • • • ThemeVille Math • • • • • • • Beast Academy (from Art of Problem Solving) • • • • • • Strayer-Upton Practical Arithmetic • • • • • • • • Prentice Hall Math • • • • • • • Art of Problem Solving * • • • • • • • • • Paradigm Accelerated • • • • Principles of Mathematics • • • • A Fresh Approach • • • • • • • Jacobs Math • • • • • • Foerster Math • • • • • • VideoText • • • • • • • Math Lessons for a Living Education • • • • • • • • • • Mathematical Reasoning • • • • • • • • • • • • • Developmental Math • • • • • • • • • • • Math Power Basics • • • • • • • • • This chart was assembled by Rainbow Resource Curriculum Consultants and is intended to be a comparative tool based on our own 428 Mathematics understanding of these programs and is not necessarily reflective of publishers' opinions. Some designations are "best fit," not absolute. Placement tests are available on our website for programs marked with an ('*').

Find them at: http://www.rainbowresource.com/searchspring.php?q=math+placement+tests ©2018 Approach Manipulatives Teacher Involvement CCSS Notes Spiral Sequential Conceptual/Topical Req Opt RRC kit Low Med High Aligned • • • • Scripted teacher manuals. • • • Teaching tutorials available separately. • • Paper manipulatives included & used in K-2. • • • • • • • • SOS is computer-based. Monarch is online only. • • • • Mastery-based. Optional songs some Christian content. • • • • • • Pre-CCSS CA aligned. • • • • • • • No tests. • • • • • • • Suggested manipulatives for lower grades. • • Brief Christian references in elementary level. • • Computer-based. • • Pre-CCSS, CA standards aligned. • • • Manipulatives. Discovery, Montessori approach. • • • • • • • • • • Mastery Sequential. • • • Virtual manipulatives. • • • • • • • • Modified Sequential. • • • • • Consumable workbooks. • • • Mastery & skill-based. Uses Cuisenaire rods. • • • B & W or color versions available. • • • • • Up to level 8 in the works. • • • • • Mastery-based. • • • Manipulatives are used at all levels. • • • • No Teacher Guide. • • • • Recommended for gifted students. • • • • • • • • Teaching tutorials available separately. • • Teaching tutorials available separately. • • DVD-based. • • • Charlotte Mason approach. • • • • • Skill-based levels. • • Written at 4th grade level / for struggling students. This chart was assembled by Rainbow Resource Curriculum Consultants and is intended to be a comparative tool based on our own understanding of these programs and is not necessarily reflective of publishers' opinions. Some designations are "best fit," not absolute. Mathematics 429 MATHEMATICS COMPREHENSIVE PROGRAMS - ALL GRADES Student Workbooks are used in grades 1-3 only 018726 Meeting Book . . . . 18.70 12 .95 and contain student materials, flash cards and 021349 Teacher Edition . . . . 81.60 70 .95 SAXON MATH practice pages. The Math K Home Study Kit con- The most popular homeschooling math program tains teacher edition and meeting book. Math Math 2 hands down! Highly recommended by both 1, 2, and 3 kits contain teacher edition, meeting Skip counting; comparing numbers; solving Mary Pride and Cathy Duffy, Saxon Math also book, and a set of 2 workbooks. Manipulatives problems; mastering all basic addition and sub- wins our award for the “Most Requested Text.” are a vital, integral part of the program; these traction facts; mastering multiplication to 5; add- Saxon math is a “user-friendly” math program are not included in the Home Study Kits, but are ing and subtracting 2-digit numbers; measuring; - even for Algebra, Trigonometry, Calculus and available through us also. perimeter and area; telling time to 5 minutes; other generally difficult math topics. Learning is identifying geometric shapes; identifying sym- incremental and each new concept is continu- Math K metry; identifying angles; graphing. 132 lessons. ously reviewed, so the learning has time to “sink Counting, number recognition, and sequencing; 018400 Home Study Kit . . 132.30 87 .95 in” instead of being forgotten when the next topic addition and subtraction stories; sorting; pattern- 001526 Workbooks . . . . . 48.33 36 .25 is presented. Higher scores on standardized ing, identifying shapes and geometric designs; 018727 Meeting Book . . . . 18.70 12 .95 tests and increased enrollments in upper-level telling time to the hour; using a calendar. There 021134 Teacher Edition . . . . 81.60 70 .95 math and science classes have resulted where are no workbooks. 112 lessons. Saxon has been used in public schools. Students 018398 Home Study Kit . . . . 87.05 62 .00 Math 3 like Saxon because they feel successful in math 018725 Meeting Book . . . . 18.70 12 .95 Using math in real life; identifying place value; instead of overwhelmed. Because of the format, 007918 Teacher Edition . . . . 81.60 70 .95 completing patterns; mastering multiplication children are able to work more independently. and division facts; adding/subtracting multi-digit Math 1 numbers; multiplying a multi-digit number by a SAXON K-3 PROGRAM Skip counting; ordinal positions; sorting rules single digit; dividing by a 1-digit divisor; adding The Teacher’s Manual contains the actual les- and patterns; solving problems; mastering basic positive and negative numbers; fractions; adding/ son plans and information vital to the effective addition and most basic subtraction facts; adding subtracting fractions with common denomina- presentation of math concepts. The consumable 2-digit numbers without regrouping; measuring; tors; telling time to the minute; change for a Meeting Books are used during the teacher-stu- comparing volume, mass and area; counting dollar; graphing. 140 lessons. dent “meeting” in which concepts are intro- money; telling time to half-hour; identifying 018401 Home Study Kit . . . 136.35 97 .95 duced, demonstrated and practiced. If teaching polygons; graphing. 130 lessons. 001527 Workbooks . . . . . 48.33 36 .25 more than one student at the same level, you 018399 Home Study Kit . . . 132.30 87 .95 018728 Meeting Book . . . . 18.70 12 .95 will only need one meeting book. Consumable 001523 Workbooks . . . . . 48.33 36 .25 021055 Teacher Edition . . . . 84.40 71 .50 SAXON K-3 MANIPULATIVE KITS Since manipulatives are vital to the program’s success and are NOT INCLUDED in the home study kits, we offer manipulative kits for each grade level, a complete K-3 kit, and individual items. The chart below shows both required (X) and optional (O) materials used in each grade level.

Required Manipulatives Qty K 1 2 3 Required Manipulatives Qty K 1 2 3

Balance 1 X X X Folding Meter/Yard Stick 1 O O O

Learning Clock (Teacher’s) 1 O O O O Multilink / Mathlink Cubes 100 X X

Student Clock 2 X X X X Number Line 1 X

2-Color Plastic Counters 10 X Pattern Blocks (Plastic) 100 X X X X

1-inch Teddy Bear Counters 48 X Plastic Ruler (inch/cm) 2 X X X

Dominoes 1 set X Tangrams 1 set X X

Geoboard w/ Rubber Bands 2 X X X Outdoor Thermometer 1 X X Geometric Shapes 1 set O 1-inch Color Tiles (4 colors) 100 X X

Hundred Number Chart 1 X X X X = Required, O = Optional

Optional Items: Note that “O” items in the chart are “optional.” They are used in the program, but you might be able to substitute other materials for them. In the case of the teaching clock, they felt that you could get by with just the smaller student clocks. We would strongly suggest, how- ever, the use of a teacher clock with geared hands when teaching time. From our personal experience, it is a great aid when demonstrating how the hour passes as the minute hand sweeps around the clock. Kit Contents: Our grade level manipulative kits contain all the materials specified for that grade in the chart above. Our COMPLETE KITS contain all of the materials required for grades K-3. Why buy from us? Although we are not the “official” supplier of manipulatives for the Saxon program, Saxon has reviewed our offerings and has sent many home schoolers our way. We are offering our own kits for several reasons. First, the other kit did not include everything specified by Saxon. Second, we wanted to upgrade the quality of one of the components. And, third, we felt that the homeschool market needed more flexi- bility! Since these kits are a fairly major expenditure for home schoolers, we assume you’ll want to know the differences between ours and theirs:

¾¾ The simple balance they include is a “teeter-totter” type whereas ours is a bucket balance. Pan or bucket balances cost more than simple balances, but we were very dissatisfied with the performance of the simple balance. Just as with a teeter-totter, if two equally-weighted objects are on each end, they will only balance if both are seated an equal distance from the fulcrum. This does not happen with a bucket/ pan balance. ¾¾ We do include number lines... they do not. We do not include a “tote box.” ¾¾ We do include the wall thermometer... they do not. Our price is lower. ¾¾ We include the one set of tangrams required by the program. They include four sets. 430 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Options: Now, about our flexibility! Because you may be starting Saxon Math with a child who is not in kindergarten, or might want to see how you like the program before committing for all four levels, we offer kits by grade level that contain only the manipulatives needed for that grade. For your convenience, we also offer kits both with and without the optional items on Saxon’s chart. Additionally, you may substitute either a larger (250-pc), thicker (1 cm) set of solid plastic or wooden pattern blocks for the standard 100-pc set of 0.5 cm.-thick plastic pattern blocks. Simply use the item number and price from the table below. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Standard With Plastic With Wooden Kit Pattern Block Upgrade Pattern Block Upgrade Grade K Kit Without Optional Items MPK000. . . . 64.95 52 .50 MPK0P0. . . 75.91 62 .00 MPK0W0. . . . 77.91 62 .00 Grade K Kit With Optional Items MPKW00. . . . 84.94 58 .00 MPKWP0. . . 95.90 67 .50 MPKWW0. . . . 97.90 67 .50 Grade 1 Kit Without Optional Items MP1000. . . . 57.12 47 .50 MP10P0. . . . 68.08 57 .00 MP10W0. . . . 70.08 57 .50 Grade 1 Kit With Optional Items MP1W00. . . . 82.11 56 .00 MP1WP0. . . 93.07 65 .50 MP1WW0. . . . 95.07 65 .50 Grade 2 Kit Without Optional Items MP2000. . . . 53.82 43 .50 MP20P0. . . . 64.78 53 .00 MP20W0. . . . 66.78 53 .50 Grade 2 Kit With Optional Items MP2W00. . . . 83.06 54 .00 MP2WP0. . . 94.02 63 .50 MP2WW0. . . . 96.02 63 .00 Grade 3 Kit Without Optional Items MP3000. . . . 27.48 23 .50 MP30P0. . . . 38.44 33 .00 MP30W0. . . . 40.44 33 .00 Grade 3 Kit With Optional Items MP3W00. . . . 52.47 32 .50 MP3WP0. . . 63.43 42 .00 MP3WW0. . . . 65.43 42 .00 Complete Kit Without Optional Items MPC000. . . 79.27 62 .00 MPC0P0 . . . 90.23 71 .00 MPC0W0. . . . 92.23 71 .00 Complete Kit With Optional Items MPCW00. . . 108.51 71 .00 MPCWP0. . . 119.47 80 .00 MPCWW0. . . 121.47 80 .00 NOTE: To substitute Judy Teacher’s Clock for standard teacher’s clock in kits with optional items - substitute “J” for the sixth digit (ending zero) in the above item numbers and add $12.00. For example, to purchase the Grade 2 kit including optional items, upgrading the pattern blocks to a set of 250 1 cm.-thick wooden ones, and substituting a Judy clock in place of the standard teacher’s clock, use item #MP2WWJ - cost will be $74 .00 . Because you may already have some of the manipulatives included in kits, we offer manipulatives separately and in the quantities needed for the program. After reviewing the materials lists in the Saxon books, three items are worth mentioning: Although not indicated on the chart, a set of double-six dominoes is used in one lesson in Saxon Grade 2. In one lesson in grade 3 (L130), directions indicate the use of 12 2-colored counters (more than the kit provides). Use color tiles instead. In Saxon grade 3, you need 20 $100 bills, 50 $10 bills, and 50 $1 bills. While some of you may have this laying about the house, and others have ample play money from a board game, we carry what you need for the program. See item #019969 below. Coins are also needed, but a trip to the bank will supply needed quantities! Bucket Balance 2-Colored Plastic Counters Tangrams As the name suggests, this sturdy balance scale 018732 Set of 10 ...... 0 .50 010884 One set plastic . . . . 1.36 1 25. uses buckets instead of pans. Measures both 018733 Set of 100 ...... 4 .25 TANGR4 4 sets (diff . colors) . . . 4.48 3 95. solids and liquids, and the transparent buckets are removable for easy cleaning. Colorful scale 1-Inch Teddy Bear Counters Color Tiles is made of durable plastic, and there’s even a CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 1” square plastic tiles in four bright colors (red, storage drawer in the base. The deep buckets 018734 Set of 48 ...... 6.25 4 .75 blue, green & yellow). Set of 100 (25 of each hold approximately 300 ml, with markings every 018735 Set of 100 ...... 14.95 8 .95 color). CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 50 ml, for measuring. Also features sliding com- 018746 ...... 7.50 5 75. pensators. Dominoes 018729 ...... 19.99 15 .95 Double-Six set contains 28 large, solid hard- Pattern Blocks wood engraved dominoes (black with white dots). All pattern blocks are solid, Teaching Clock Double-Nine set is similar, but with 55 dominoes. not the cookie-cutter types. 13” diameter clock is geared so that the hour CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Sets vary in size and thick- hand moves proportionately with the minute 018736 Double-Six . . . . . 2 .50 ness. See complete descrip- hand. Made of durable plastic. 004074 Double-Nine . . . . . 3.95 3 .75 tion later in this section. 008925 ...... 19.99 14 .95 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Geometric Shapes 018743 100 .5 cm-thick plastic 9.99 7 95. Judy Clock (MAY BE SUBSTITUTED IN KIT) 10 plastic 3-D shapes approx 1” in size. Includes 018744 250 1 cm-thick plastic 20.95 17 .95 In our opinion, the best geared clock avail- pyramids, cone, cube, cylinder, sphere, rectan- 015445 250 1 cm-thick wood . 22.95 17 .95 able. The advantage of the Judy Clock is that gular prism, triangular prism, and more. it’s practically child-proof. If hands are moved 003491 ...... 4.25 3 .95 Plastic Ruler (inch/cm) in an abnormal way, the gear mechanism will This flexible plastic ruler has inches on one not break. We’ve had ours for years and it looks Hundred Number Chart side, and a metric/inches combination on the good and works perfectly despite some pretty Laminated chart from 1-100 in 1” squares. other. The inches-only side is graduated in incre- rugged “time telling!” SEE NOTE ABOVE. Blank grid on reverse. ments of 1/2 inch, while the metric/inches side 018730 ...... 25.99 18 .95 018739 Chart ...... 0 .75 has one edge measured in centimeters, one edge 004371 Number Tiles 1-100 . 9.95 8 .95 with 1/4 inch graduations. Sold by the each. Student Clocks Two are needed in the Saxon K-3 program. These are standing clocks with independently Folding Meter/Yard Stick 018847 ...... 1 75. moving hands. 018740 ...... 5.00 3 .95 018731 Set of two ...... 3.17 3 .00 Outdoor Thermometer Multilink / Mathlink Cubes Use indoors or out - has large, visible numbers Miniature Geared Judy Clock CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. in Celsius and Fahrenheit. Includes mounting A 5” diameter student clock with geared hands 018741 Set of 100 . . . . . 16.60 15 .95 screws and is made of durable, waterproof plas- to maintain hour/minute relationship. tic. 3” x 14½”. 003070 ...... 5.83 4 .75 Number Lines w/ Write ‘n Wipe Marker 018745 ...... 3.85 3 75. Two mark-on/wipe-off student number lines Geoboard - 7”, 5 x 5 pin, double-sided with a write ‘n wipe marker. One number line Play Money Square plastic with a 5 x 5 pin array. Rubber shows 0-25 with ample space above to “loop” Bills approximate real currency in size and bands included. Sold here by the EACH. (All of numbers together with marker. The other is num- color. Includes 20 $100 bills, 5 $50 bills, 5 $20 our above kits, however, include2 Geoboards w/ bered -20 to +20. Both have peel-off backing so bills, 50 $10 bills, 5 $5 bills, and 50 $1 bills. rubber bands.) you may mount them on desks, etc. 019969 ...... 4 75. 018737 EACH ...... 2 .25 018742 ...... 2 .75 See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 431 MATH INTERMEDIATE SERIES (3-5) offer more visual prompts and clues for doing the SAXON MIDDLE SCHOOL PROGRAMS Also available from problems. Written Practice Workbook includes Featuring the same methodology as previous the publishers of Saxon consumable worksheets of the Written Practice editions plus enhanced mathematical content, is the Math Intermediate Problems found in the text. Student Reference Homeschool Kits contain a non-consumable Series (their public school Chart is intended for easy access to formulas, student edition textbook, consumable tests and line). This textbook-based helpful hints, and other reference tools. This is worksheets for one student, and a solutions man- program offers an alter- a great opportunity for those who love the Saxon ual. All three components of the Homeschool native for parents who Math approach; you can now choose your pro- Kit come softbound. The Student Edition Text want to stick to Saxon, gram at these levels. uses a two-color page layout, as opposed to the but want a colorful, hard- EACH HOMESCHOOL KIT . . . 131.10 94 .00 black and white pages of prior editions. Tests cover text written to the EACH STUDENT TEXT . . . . 107.20 80 .40 and Worksheets include a significant amount of student, rather than an EACH TESTING BOOK . . . . 23.85 16 .95 fact drill practice, course tests, as well as various overwhelming scripted teacher’s manual – there EACH SOLUTIONS MANUAL . . 46.20 34 .65 forms for recording student progress. Solutions are no teacher’s manuals in this series. EACH POWER UP WKBK . . . . 12.20 9 .15 Manual contains solutions to all problems in the Grade 3 can be used in lieu of the traditional EACH ADAPTATIONS WKBK . . 49.53 37 .15 text and tests. Saxon Math 3 and covers the same topics – EACH PRACTICE WKBK . . . . 16.00 12 .00 Math 54 (3rd ed) (4-5) addition/subtraction facts, fractions, probabil- EACH REFERENCE CHART . . . . 6.20 4 .65 For use by fourth graders who have completed ity, estimating/calculating area, multiplication *same chart used with both Gr. 4 & 5 Math 3 or who are doing well in math, or for and division facts, dividing two-digit numbers, average fifth graders. Covers review of 4 basic multiplying three numbers, arrays, congruent HS Kit Text Test Bk Solutions math functions, estimating, 2- and 3-digit com- shapes, capacity, polygons, classifying angles, Gr . 3 020006 059203 020066 020068 putation, decimals, fractions, rudimentary geom- adding/subtracting multi-digit numbers, estimat- Gr . 4 017981 059204 018006 018015 etry, word problems. ing lengths and distances, etc. There are 110 Gr . 5 018061 059205 018062 018072 024422 Homeschool Kit . . . 109.00 77 .95 lessons and 11 “Investigations” which explore 024424 Student Text ...... 57.00 39 .95 math concepts in-depth. Manipulatives are men- Power Bk Adapt Bk Practice Chart 024425 Tests & Wkshts . . . . 27.05 19 .95 tioned (but optional), and assessments are written Gr . 3 020067 017959 020116 017976 024423 Solutions Manual . . . 35.10 24 .95 only as opposed to both oral and written in the Gr . 4 018007 017978 018025 018016* traditional Saxon Math 3. Gr . 5 018070 018054 018079 018016* Math 65 (3rd ed) (5-6) Grades 4 and 5 can be used instead of Saxon Covers multiplication, division, word problems, 5/4 and 6/5. These include 120 lessons each, Math Intermediate Manipulative Kits (3-5) fractions, decimals, percents, basic geometry, along with 12 “Investigations” in each. Early Based on manipulatives used in the text and option- negative numbers. Finisher Problems found in the Intermediate al PDF worksheets. 024426 Homeschool Kit . . . 109.00 77 .95 edition offer enrichment and real-world appli- SMI3MK Intermediate 3 . . . . 141.69 112 .00 024428 Student Text ...... 57.00 39 .95 cation. Intermediate 4 includes word problems, Geometric Shapes (1”), fraction circles, 024429 Tests & Wkshts . . . . 27.05 19 .95 elapsed time, inverse operations, multiplying wooden cubes, 1 cm. graph paper, base ten 024427 Solutions Manual . . . 35.10 24 .95 two and three-digit numbers, mixed number and set, Judy instructional clock, 2-color plastic improper fractions, fractions/decimals/percents, counters (100), folding meter/yard stick, Math 76 (4th ed) (6-7) geometry and measurement, division with two pattern blocks (.5 cm, 100), indoor-outdoor Covers decimals, fractions, number lines, mea- and three-digit numbers, estimating perimeter/ thermometer, color tiles (100), English/metric surement, area, perimeter, volume, place value, area/volume, probability, etc. Intermediate 5 ruler, play money, overhead cm graph grids, solid figures, percent, ratio, unit conversion, includes word problems, add/subtract/multiply/ overhead inch graph grids, spectra-mat (17” probability, angles, coordinates. divide whole numbers/decimals/fractions/mixed x 14”), white dice (2), multiplication table, 024430 Homeschool Kit . . . 121.30 87 .00 numbers, equivalent fractions, convert between platform scale, plastic coins. 024432 Student Text ...... 57.00 39 .95 fractions/decimals/percents, estimation, vari- SMI4MK Intermediate 4 . . . . 149.85 109 .95 024433 Tests & Wkshts . . . . 33.65 24 .95 ables/expressions/equations, geometry and mea- Wooden cubes, fraction tiles with tray, com- 024431 Solutions Manual . . . 41.95 29 .95 surement, probability, etc. Manipulatives are ref- pass, stopwatch, 1 cm graph paper, base ten erenced throughout these levels (unlike 5/4 and set, balance scale, Judy instructional clock, Math 87 (3rd ed) (7-8) 6/5), but they are optional. The same method- 2-colored plastic counters (100), folding Covers fractions, decimals, percents, geome- ology is employed in both the Intermediate and meter/yard stick, indoor-outdoor thermom- try, area, volume, ratio, proportion, exponents, traditional Saxon Homeschool math courses, but eter, English/metric ruler, 1” graph paper, scientific notation, signed numbers, algebraic Intermediate goes more into detail with the 4-step play money set, dice (2), multiplication table, terms, 2-step equations and inequalities, slope, problem-solving process: 1) understand the prob- platform scale, and coins set. graphing, the Pythagorean Theorem. lem, 2) devise a plan, 3) carry out the plan, and SMI5MK Intermediate 5 . . . . 33 .00 024434 Homeschool Kit . . . 121.30 87 .00 4) look back (evaluate). Fraction circles, 1 cm graph paper, folding 024436 Student Text ...... 57.00 39 .95 Homeschool Kits include student text, test book meter/yard stick, color tiles (100), English/ 024437 Tests & Wkshts . . . . 33.65 24 .95 and test answers, solutions manual, and “Power metric ruler, play money set, dice (2), 6” 024435 Solutions Manual . . . 41.95 29 .95 Up” workbook. The “Power Up” Workbook protractor, and mixed coins set. (similar to Meeting Book at third grade level) Saxon Middle-School Math Courses (5-8) is consumable and offers practice with math Designed as a classroom curriculum and now facts, mental math, and problem solving. Please available to the homeschool market, Course 1, note that there are Activity Pages referenced Course 2 and Course 3 are a 2012 version of in each student text which are only available Saxon’s middle school math and are roughly as free downloads (see our site listings for the comparable to Math 76, Math 87 and Algebra Homeschool Kits to download). 1/2. They are designed to be the sequel for the Additional materials are available separate- Math Intermediate Series and to prepare the stu- ly – Written Practice Workbook, Adaptations dent for Algebra 1 & 2 (4th ed.). Course compo- Student Workbook, and Student Reference Chart. nents include a Student Text, a Solutions Manual, Adaptations Workbooks provide alternatives for a Power-Up Workbook and a Course Assessment students with special needs. This consumable Book. [There is also a Teacher’s Manual for each workbook contains adapted versions of the course that we do not sell.] The Saxon incre- practice problems found in the student text, with mental methodology is evident in these courses plenty of space provided for working the prob- as is their commitment to continual review and lems in the workbook. The adapted problems repetition. 432 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. The hardcover Student Text provides all the differences between Course 3 and Algebra 1/2. daily instruction and assignments. As is Saxon’s The homeschool editions of Math 54, 65, 76, norm, the text is no-nonsense but attractive and 87 along with Algebra 1/2 appear to be a bit in a clean-cut way. An accent color helps more advanced at each level than their Course illustrate concepts and provides some organi- counterparts. This is noticeable when comparing zational structure. There are 120 daily Lessons the placement tests from each series. Although plus 12 Investigations (practical application) in there are similar types of problems, computation- each course. Groups of ten Lessons and one al difficulty appears to be stronger in the older Investigation are wrapped into a Section, each of homeschool edition. As mentioned earlier, there which has a particular focus and includes partic- is a TM (and a couple of other resources) for this ular mathematical strands. series that is not available to us. However, each Daily Lessons follow a pattern that will be course is totally “do-able” with the components familiar to Saxon users. A Power Up (Building available. Homeschool kits include all four indi- Power) section reviews math facts and provides vidual components. ~ Janice mental math problems as well as a problem solv- EACH STUDENT EDITION . . . 109.60 82 .20 Algebra 1 4th Ed . (8-9) ing “dilemma” (i.e. problem). The New Concept Course 1 The 4th Editions of Algebra 1 and Algebra 2 (Increasing Knowledge) segment provides instruc- 061422 Student Edition are intended primarily for students who plan on tion (written directly to the student), worked 062529 Assessments . . . . .96.93 50 .50 taking Saxon Geometry and are wanting Algebra examples and a short Practice Set for reinforcing 062530 Power-Up Workbook 11.60 8 .70 1 and Algebra 2 courses with reduced geometry what has just been learned. Written Practice 062531 Solutions Manual . . . 50.07 37 .55 content. The sequence for incorporating these (Strengthening Concepts) is a longer set of prob- SMC1HK ☼Homeschool Kit . . 201.15 173 .95 courses would be: Algebra 1, Geometry, then lems that reviews and continues practice on con- Algebra 2. The main difference between the cepts cumulative from the start of the book. Early Course 2 3rd and 4th editions is that much of the pre- Finishers (not included with every lesson) are a 061423 Student Edition viously-integrated geometry content has been few real-world application problems available 062532 Assessments . . . . .96.73 50 .50 removed. You may find this a positive or a to students who complete the assignment early. 062533 Power-Up Workbook 11.93 8 .95 negative, depending on your student’s need to The Solutions Manuals include both answers 062534 Solutions Manual . . . 50.00 37 .50 review geometry concepts, especially in Algebra and solutions. There are answers to the follow- SMC2HK ☼Homeschool Kit . . 201.20 173 .95 2 (or pre-ACT!). Another difference is that there ing: Power-Up facts, Mental Math and Problem are no step-by-step solutions for the test prob- Solving. There are solutions to the following: Course 3 lems except on the Saxon Teacher CD-ROMs. Assessments, Practice Sets, Written Practice, 061424 Student Edition At this point, Saxon is not recommending that and Early Finishers. [Please note that answers 062535 Assessments . . . . .96.87 72 .65 most homeschoolers switch to the 4th editions. and solutions to some sets of exercises are only 062536 Power-Up Workbook 11.93 8 .95 Homeschool Kits for the 4th Ed. courses include available to those with the Teacher’s Manual.] 062537 Solutions Manual . . . 50.00 37 .50 hardcover texts, homeschool test books (with Power-Up Workbooks provide one page warm- SMC3HK ☼Homeschool Kit . . 201.30 193 .00 answer key) and solutions manuals. 120 lessons. ups for each lesson. These include Facts Practice, An Adaptations Workbook is now available, Mental Math, and Problem Solving exercises. SAXON HIGH SCHOOL PROGRAMS which provides an alternative for students with Course Assessments Book provides: Placement Homeschool Kits contain a non-consumable special needs. This consumable workbook con- Test, Baseline Test, Power-Up Tests, Cumulative hardcover student text, an answer key to prob- tains adapted versions of the practice problems Tests (taken after every five lessons beginning lem sets and tests, and a test booklet. Solution found in the student text, with plenty of space with Lesson 10 with two versions of each) and manuals are NOT included unless you purchase provided for working the problems in the work- Benchmark Tests, as well as answer sheets and a Homeschool Kit with Solutions Manual. For book. The adapted problems offer more visual an End-of-Course Exam. There is also explan- each problem, these manuals take you step- prompts and clues for doing the problems. atory information about each of the tests and by-step to the solution. A big help if higher 019975 Homeschool Kit . . . 145.60 104 .95 answer forms. The Placement Test covers Math level math isn’t your strong suit. All books 019977 H/S Tests/Key . . . . 23.85 16 .95 54 through Course 3 and includes an answer are the most current edition. Please note that 017925 Adaptations Wkbk . . . 60.47 45 .35 key plus placement guide. The multiple-choice Homeschool Kit contents for Geometry and 4th Baseline Test gauges the skills of an incoming Editions of Algebra 1 and Algebra 2 are different Saxon Geometry 1st Ed (9-11) student and should be given early in the school and do include a solution manual. Here it is! The long-awaited homeschool edition year. The content covers skills and concepts of Saxon Geometry. The wait was not in vain as that are included in the math curriculum of the Algebra 1/2 3rd Ed (7-8) this program is as good and solid as the other preceding year. This test might be totally unnec- Covers area, percent, ratio, order of operations, Saxon math programs. The hardcover Geometry essary if you’re a continuing Saxon student but if beginning algebra concepts. 3rd edition. student text includes all topics in a high school coming into Saxon from another series, it could 001524 Homeschool Kit . . . 94.65 68 .00 geometry course using the Saxon methodology of be helpful to determine if the course is the right 018254 H/S Kit w/ Solutions 135.75 97 .00 incremental development and continual review. one. Solutions for this test are in the Solutions 008176 Solution Manual . . . 65.40 49 .05 There are 120 lessons divided into 12 sections, Manual. Power Up Tests are given along with 004741 Answer Key/Tests . . . 25.85 18 .95 12 Investigations, and 15 Labs in the student text. the Cumulative Tests and are designed as a quick 020296 Tests only ...... 17.30 11 .95 The table of contents is color-coded according to assessment of fact recall. Benchmark Tests serve 024418 Student Text only . .108.20 71 .50 the math strands incorporated into each lesson. as quarterly exams or to help identify concepts To help students understand the flow of a les- which need additional instruction and practice. Algebra 1 3rd Ed (w/integrated geometry) (8-9) son, the first lesson has yellow highlighted teach- The End-of-Course Exam (multiple choice) is a Covers signed numbers, exponents, solving ing boxes to explain the different elements that final exam. This Course Assessments Book is equations, two equations with unknowns, graph- will be present in each lesson. Each lesson begins expensive and may be necessary if you need to ing equations, scientific notation, ratio, percent, with a ‘Warm-Up’ in which students are given provide tests for an overseeing agency. Written variation, unit conversions, geometry, perimeter, the skills and vocabulary which are prerequisite Practices are cumulative, however, and will area, volume, English to metric conversion, sur- to this lesson. ‘New Concepts’ presents the new provide much the same information if taken face area. 3rd edition. vocabulary with meanings and examples of the under testing conditions. The Assessments Book 000628 Homeschool Kit . . 94.65 68 .00 concepts along with solutions. ‘Lesson Practice’ is reproducible for a classroom. 018255 H/S Kit w/ Solutions 145.50 104 .95 lets students check to see if they understand the This series from Saxon is a more recent version 007759 Solution Manual . . 67.33 50 .50 new concept and italicized reference numbers of their middle school math. Although Course 1 003408 Answer Key/Tests . . 25.85 18 .95 help students know what example demonstrated compares roughly to Math 76 and Course 2 com- 020297 Tests only . . . . 16.60 11 .95 the concept for that problem. The ‘Practice’ sec- pares roughly to Math 87, there are significant 024419 Student Text only 115.00 71 .50 continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 433 tion is where students practice new and old con- Algebra 2 3rd Ed (w/ integrated geometry) (9-11) neering physics course. A scientific calculator cepts together. Italicized numbers in this section The completion of algebra. Covers uniform is needed for the course. Students will be most refer to the lesson in which the concept is taught. motion, chemistry-related problems, simultane- successful with this course if they have complet- This mixed practice serves as a good practice for ous equations with 2 and 3 variables, non-linear ed at least the first half of Advanced Mathematics state tests since the format is similar. equations, geometry, right-triangle trigonometry, or some other pre-calculus book that includes Some added features make this book very user conversion from rectangular to polar coordinates, trigonometry. This text is strong enough to be friendly. The skills bank found in the back of addition of vectors, complex numbers, quadratic considered an AP Physics course when paired the book highlights 22 different skills used in formulas. Revised in 2006, this version includes with the DIVE Physics Lecture and Lab CD-ROM. the lessons and are referenced by small numbers Lesson Reference Numbers for all problem sets 020307 Homeschool Kit . . . 99.40 83 .95 (ex. SB10) found throughout the warm-up and and tests, which refer the student back to the PHYSST ☼H/S Kit w/ Solutions 142.00 124 .95 practice sections. For quick reference there are 6 lesson the concept was presented in, so they can 020311 Solution Manual . . . 61.67 46 .25 pages of symbols, formulas, metric and custom- go back and review when they come to a difficult 020309 Answer Key/Tests . . 34.47 25 .85 ary measure, and properties, along with 2 pages problem. This edition also features complete 020310 Tests only . . . . . 16.60 11 .95 of postulates and theorems. An extensive glossary solutions for test questions (located in the test 024438 Student Text only . . 93.20 60 .00 rounds out the reference section. Pages of the packet), improved graphics, and a revised glos- text have very wide margins and occasionally the sary and index. 3rd edition. Using John Saxon’s Math Books (4-12) student will be given ‘Hint,’ ‘Math Reasoning,’ 001478 Homeschool Kit . . . . 94.65 68 .00 You have questions; he has answers. Art Reed, ‘Math Language,’ or even ‘Caution’ boxes with 018256 H/S Kit w/ Solutions 141.20 101 .00 who worked for nine years advising and answer- additional information for the lesson. 007774 Solution Manual . . . 54 .55 ing parents’ questions for Saxon Publishers, has The Solutions Manual offers step-by-step solu- 016021 Answer Key/Tests . . . 26.90 18 .95 written an entire book to help you navigate the tions for all of the problems found in the student 020298 Tests only ...... 17.30 11 .95 Saxon Ocean. Not only does he include the text. The Test Forms & Test Answers include 024420 Student Text only . .119.93 71 .50 most frequently asked questions, but has separate tests to be taken each week along with a testing sections tailored to every level of the curriculum schedule. Solutions for test problems are found Algebra 2 4th Ed . (9-11) from grades 4-12 (he does not address the prima- in the last half of this booklet. An Adaptations Suggested for use after Saxon Geometry, this ry levels in this book). He discusses everything Workbook is now available, which provides an edition of Algebra 2 has had the previously-incor- from the changes between editions to which alternative for students with special needs. This porated geometry content removed. Please see levels you can skip to student placement and consumable workbook contains adapted versions Algebra 1 4th Ed. description for more details. what type of calculator is best to use, including of the practice problems found in the student Homeschool Kit includes hardcover text, home- the underlying philosophy and recommended text, with plenty of space provided for working school tests and key, and solutions manual. 119 implementation of the Saxon program. If you the problems in the workbook. The adapted lessons. An Adaptations Workbook is now avail- use the Saxon math program or are considering it problems offer more visual prompts and clues for able, which provides an alternative for students an option, the advice here could save you both doing the problems. with special needs. This consumable workbook time and money. The question is, “How does Saxon Geometry contains adapted versions of the practice prob- 041962 ...... 19.95 16 .25 compare to other geometry programs?” When lems found in the student text, with plenty of you compare Saxon to Jacobs Geometry and BJU space provided for working the problems in the Middle Grade Basic Fact Cards (4+) Geometry, you get a pretty good picture of the workbook. The adapted problems offer more Addition, subtraction, multiplication, and type of program Saxon has published. All 3 pro- visual prompts and clues for doing the problems. division flashcards for students who need help grams are comparable, covering the important 019985 Homeschool Kit . . . 145.60 104 .95 mastering basic math facts. Cards are intended topics that should be found in a strong geometry 019994 Homeschool Tests/Key 23.85 16 .95 for use with Math 54 and above. Addition and program. A good, solid introduction to trigonom- subtraction cards are double-sided, with an addi- etry is also included in all 3, but Saxon includes Advanced Mathematics 2nd Ed (10-11) tion problem printed on one side and a subtrac- a little more practice in this area. Covers permutations, combinations, trigono- tion problem printed on the other. Likewise with With the release of the Saxon Geometry, you metric and inverse functions, conic sections, multiplication and division. 100 addition and now have two different ways to complete your matrices and determinants, binomial theorem, subtraction cards cover single-digit addition with high school math. For the non-college bound rational roots, Euclidean geometry. 2nd edition. sums up to 18 and subtraction with differences student or the student who doesn’t wish to 006781 Homeschool Kit . . . . 98.70 70 .00 from 0-9. 130 multiplication and division cards pursue a math or science degree, use Algebra 018257 H/S Kit w/ Solutions 148.05 105 .95 cover multiplication facts from 1-12 and division 1, Geometry, Algebra 2, and Advanced Math if 007787 Solution Manual . . . 69.27 51 .95 with quotients from 1-12. Flashcards are printed you want or need a fourth year of math. If your 019989 Answer Key/Tests . . . 26.95 18 .95 on cardstock (ten per page) and are separated by student is college-bound in the area of math or 000310 Tests only ...... 23.07 17 .30 perforated edges. ~ Anh science or they just really love math, use Algebra 024417 Student Text only . .124.73 74 .95 000233 ...... 17.40 13 .05 1, Algebra 2, Advanced Math, and Calculus, and your geometry will be covered by the content Calculus 2nd Ed (11-12) Saxon Teacher CD-ROMs found in these texts. Covers calculus, trigonometry, and analyt- One reason why The Homeschool Kit includes the student text, ic geometry, with emphasis on application to Saxon math is a strong solutions manual, and test forms and answers. physics, chemistry, engineering, and business. choice for homes- The Homeschool Packet is just the test forms and Revised in 2006, this version features expanded choolers – particular- answers. - Donna content, and Lesson Reference Numbers for all ly at the high school 000957 Homeschool Kit . . . 152.80 109 .95 problem sets and tests (so the student can go level - is the depth 000969 Homeschool Packet . . 17.30 11 .95 back to the applicable lesson and review the of support that’s avail- 017957 Adaptations Wrkbk . . 63.00 47 .25 concepts when they run into a difficult problem). able. With the devel- 2nd edition. opment of the Saxon Adaptations Student Reference Guide for 001477 Homeschool Kit . . . 102.15 73 .00 Teacher CD-ROMs, there’s even more support. Algebra 1, Geometry, Algebra 2 4ED (9-AD) CALCST H/S Kit w/Solutions . 155.45 122 .95 Available now for most Saxon programs from This little booklet is a handy reference tool 007819 Solution Manual . . . 71.07 53 .30 4th grade through Advanced Math, Saxon has for students in the Saxon 4th edition Algebra 019990 Answer Key/Tests . . . 27.15 21 .95 provided a user-friendly format. There are four 1, Algebra 2, and Geometry 1st edition by 020257 Tests only ...... 17.30 12 .95 lesson CD-ROMs and one Test CD-ROM for each Houghton Mifflin. This is a short 54-page refer- 024421 Student Text only . .130.20 79 .50 course. The lesson CD-ROMs provide compre- ence guide full of formulas, key terms, tables and hensive lesson instruction which includes working properties. Keep it close for those times you can’t Physics (10-12) all the sample problems. Also, the solution for remember; it is also reproducible Rather than an introduction to physics (i.e. EVERY problem in the lesson - both the practice 007584 ...... 3.07 2 .30 basic/general physics), Saxon Physics is an engi- and the problem sets - is provided in step by step 434 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. fashion. These solutions are very easy to navigate. dent opens his text to the next lesson and opens mental concepts connect and build. Lessons You can proceed through the problems one by the corresponding lecture file on the computer. average 10-15 minutes in length, followed by one or go directly to any particular problem. All Lectures take place on a chalkboard/whiteboard the student completing the assignments in the instruction, problem-solving, and solutions are screen. You hear the teacher, but don’t actually corresponding textbook. Wondering about the given as background voices with the accompa- see him - rather you only see what he writes on advantage of this format? Unlimited downloads nying steps appearing as “black-marker-writing” the board. The student’s job is to follow along with no time limit (for all your children!); use on the computer screen. To avoid monotony, in the text (please note: the D.I.V.E. CDs do not on multiple devices; save to a computer, flash the voices change – sometimes male; sometimes follow along with the text on a problem-by-prob- drive or dropbox account and download again female; but always pleasant. The Test CD-ROM lem basis) and to take notes. In a typical lecture, if lost. NOTE: Email is required for these orders provides solutions for all the problems from each the teacher gives a short explanation and works placed through Rainbow Resource Center. Once test. The Solution Manual will be redundant, as several practice problems. Lectures are given the order is received, within 1-3 business days, all the solutions are provided on the CD-ROMs by Dr. David Shormann, an experienced math you will receive an email with a web link and and individual solutions can be printed one at a and science teacher. Aside from an occasional unique code. time after the solution is worked through on the quote from the Bible (used to preface a lecture), Specific compatibility requirements: Mobile screen. However, some may still prefer to have the content is always focused on the topic at Devices iPhone iOS 7.0 +, iphone 4 + via App; hard copy versions of all the solutions for quick hand. Lectures can easily be paused, rewound, iPad iOS 7.0 +, iPad 3 + via App; Android 4.2 reference. or fast-forwarded so the student can work at his + via Google Play App; Windows Tablets & You can purchase Saxon Teacher sets individ- own pace. For the Physics level, a Physics Video Phones; Computers & Browsers: Windows, ually or packaged with Saxon Home Study Kits Lab and lab manual is also included (see descrip- Mac, Linux, Chromebook IE 10+, Safari 7+, for even better savings. Saxon Teacher + Home tion in Science for more details). At each level, Firefox 31 + , Chrome 37+ . Television: Apple Study Kit packages below include the text, tests, these tutorials provide valuable verbal instruction TV 2nd Gen +, Roku 2nd Gen+ , Roku 4+ (4K), answer key and Saxon Teacher for that level. for students. Please note that the edition of the Chromecast or Smart TV Browser. Recommended Please note that although some titles are now in DIVE CD must match the edition of the Saxon speed for streaming or download is 10 mbps. ~ DVD format due to larger file sizes, they are still Math book you are using. System requirements: Deanne designed for computer use, not a standard DVD Windows XP or higher, Mac OSX (all versions). EACH COURSE ...... 59.99 54 .95 player. System requirements: Windows 98, ~ Anh 070956 5/4 2ED 070957 5/4 3ED 2000, ME, XP, Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8, EACH LEVEL ...... 59.99 52 .95 070958 6/5 2ED 070959 6/5 3ED Windows 10; Mac OS 10.2 and up (including 028727 Math 5/4 (3ED) 070960 7/6 3ED 070961 7/6 4ED Lion/Mtn Lion and newer). ~ Janice 018101 Math 5/4 (2ED) 070962 8/7 1ED 070963 8/7 2ED EACH BELOW ...... 99.00 74 .25 028729 Math 6/5 (3ED) 070964 8/7 3rd ED 022093 Math 5/4 (3ED) 018102 Math 6/5 (2ED) 070965 Adv . Math 2ED 014170 Intermediate Grade 4 028730 Math 7/6 (4ED) 070966 Algebra 1 3ED 022106 Math 6/5 (3ED) 018103 Math 7/6 (3ED) 070967 Algebra 1/2 2ED 014184 Intermediate Grade 5 028731 Math 8/7 (3ED) 070968 Algebra 1/2 3ED 022115 Math 7/6 (4ED) 018104 Math 8/7 (2ED) 070969 Algebra 2 2/3ED 022119 Math 8/7 (3ED) 018096 Algebra 1/2 (3ED) 070970 Calculus 2nd ED 029861 Algebra 1/2 (3ED) 018097 Algebra 1/2 (2ED) 070971 Geometry 1st ED 042940 Algebra 1 (3ED) 018098 Algebra 1 (3ED) 070972 Physics Lctr/Lab 014214 Algebra 1 (4ED) 046085 Geometry (1ED) 029865 Geometry (1ED) 037998 Algebra 2 (2ED/3ED) Saxon Math + DIVE CD Sets 041677 Algebra 2 (3ED) Also includes College Algebra CLEP Professor. Packages include a Saxon Home Study Kit and 014240 Algebra 2 (4ED) 018095 Advanced Math - (2ED) WIN/MAC the correlating DIVE CD. 042939 Advanced Math (2ED) Also includes CLEP Professor for Precalculus. SXDV54 5/4 (3ED) . . . . . 168.99 125 .95 037999 Calculus (2ED) WIN/MAC SXDV65 6/5 (3ED) . . . . . 168.99 125 .95 SAXON TEACHER W/ HOME STUDY KIT: 018106 Physics CD-ROM (1ED) 69.99 62 .99 SXDV76 7/6 (4ED) . . . . . 181.29 134 .95 SX54TC Math 5/4 (3ED) . . 208.00 147 .95 SXDV87 8/7 (3ED) . . . . . 181.29 134 .95 SX65TC Math 6/5 (3ED) . . 208.00 147 .95 SXDVAH Algebra 1/2 (3ED) . . 154.64 115 .95 SX76TC Math 7/6 (4ED) . . 220.30 155 .95 SXDVA1 Algebra 1 (3ED) . . 154.64 115 .95 SX87TC Math 8/7 (3ED) . . 220.30 155 .95 SXDVGE Geometry (1ED) . . 212.79 157 .95 AL12ST Algebra 1/2 (3ED) . . 244.60 137 .95 SXDVA2 Algebra 2 (3ED) . . 154.64 115 .95 SXA1TC Algebra 1 (3ED) . . 193.65 137 .95 SXDVAD Adv Math (2ED) . . 158.69 117 .95 AL14ET ☼Algebra 1 (4ED) 244.60 174 95. SXDVCA Calculus (2ED) . . . 162.14 120 .95 GEOMST Geometry (1ED) . . 251.80 175 .95 SXDVPH Physics (1ED) . . . 169.39 141 .95 ALG2ST Algebra 2 (3ED) . . 244.60 137 .95 AL24ET ☼Algebra 2 4ED .244.60 174 95. D .I .V .E . Compass CD-ROMs for Saxon Math SXADTC Adv Math (2ED) . . 247.05 139 .95 For charter school customers or those wanting secular content, the D.I.V.E. Compass CD-ROMS DIVE CD-ROMs for Saxon Math contain all of the math lecture content from the Video clip lectures developed for use with original D.I.V.E. CDs, but without Bible verses Saxon Math (though designed FOR, they were or other references to Christianity. Win/Mac not designed BY Saxon). Lecture sets, which compatible. contain one lecture per lesson, are available EACH CD-ROM ...... 59.99 52 .95 by level for Math 54 through Calculus and 041255 Math 5/4 (3ED) Physics. Each level is contained on one or two ☼DIVE Download & Stream Courses (4-12) 041256 Math 6/5 (3ED) CD-ROMs. D.I.V.E. lectures are ideal for the DIVE into the future with flexible courses 041332 Math 7/6 (4ED) student who needs a little more explanation than to support your Saxon math journey. Same 041352 Math 8/7 (3ED) what’s available in the text. I’ve found that even great instruction as the DIVE CD-ROMs, this 041552 Algebra 1/2 (3ED) when you carefully read a math text, it’s often new format contains updated graphics, viewed 041553 Algebra 1 (3ED) easier to understand a new concept if you can through online streaming or download to your 048124 Geometry (1ED) hear someone else verbalize it. The lectures are device. Not familiar with DIVE instruction? 041767 Algebra 2 (2ED/3ED) approximately 10-20 minutes long (the higher These well taught courses from an experienced 041353 Advanced Math (2ED) the level, the longer the lecture). Each lecture is Saxon math instructor teach through each lesson 041965 Calculus (2ED stored in its own file. To use D.I.V.E., the stu- with a focus on understanding how the incre- 042576 Physics (1ED) See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 435 Mastering Algebra DVDs (7-12) BOB JONES MATH Math K5 (3rd Ed .) Yet another teaching tool for Saxon! This series A solid thorough curriculum at all levels. Completely revised, this course is very attrac- of DVDs is done specifically for Saxon math. Concepts are taught at the concrete level, with tive, much more clear in its layout, and easy to Taught by Art Reed, a former curriculum advisor heavy use of manipulatives in the early grades. use. Still laying the foundation for elementary in the home school division of Saxon Publishers, Elementary program texts are particularly well math through the teaching of necessary math these DVDs teach concepts in an interesting done - colorful, good variety of skills, and concepts, this course covers shapes, classifying classroom-type setting. Students view Mr. Reed’s on-grade-level. For those that want to use a more and comparing, numbers from 0-100, measure- lessons Monday through Thursday, and then take traditional, yet appealing, worktext series at the ment, time, basic addition, calendar, money, their test on Friday. elementary level, this is perhaps the best. fractions, and basic subtraction. The Teacher’s Mr. Reed doesn’t go through the actual prob- Teacher editions have complete lesson plans Guide holds reproduced worktext pages showing lems found in the texts, but if you have a student and answers to text problems. If you are using the answers, an outline of each lesson, practice who just needs a thorough explanation of each Bob Jones as your basal math program, you will and review activities, stories for introducing each lesson, these DVDs work. You can tell by the want to invest in them, as they provide the one- lesson, procedures for teaching and checking length of some of the lessons that the explana- on-one instruction, manipulative instruction, and for understanding, and extended activities. Also tions are a little more detailed than other sup- offer many suggestions for presenting and enrich- included is the Toolkit CD-ROM, containing plemental teaching aids. I enjoyed watching the ing the concepts covered in each lesson. If you all of the reproducible activity pages. A copy lessons with Mr. Reed’s relaxed presentation, as are not using Bob Jones as the core of your math of the Worktext Answer Key is included in the he encourages and reassures the students that program, consider using the student workbooks as Teacher’s Edition, but also available separately. math doesn’t have to be hard. such. We have long used the Miquon Math series 218446 Home School Kit . . . 122.49 91 .85 Each level of the series begins with a short and find it very effective to use the Bob Jones 211268 Teacher’s Edition . . . 76 .94 introduction which explains placement and the workbooks alongside (plus some drill products for 211201 Student Worktext . . . 26 .94 Saxon methodology. There is a session for every mastery of basic math facts). If you are planning 211219 Stud . Manipulatives Packet lesson found in the Saxon textbook, and students to use a different program at upper levels, we have ...... 18 .61 will need to read the information found in the text found the transition seamless. Bob Jones supplies before watching the video. Everything Mr. Reed student worktexts though the 4th grade. This is Math 1 (3rd Ed .) presents in his sessions comes from the lesson in particularly welcome for those of us with students Digit the Clown and Cecilia the Seal are your the text, and he also mentions alternative methods who are not ready for a hardbound, copy-and- child’s hosts in this 3rd edition. Changes in this along with interesting comments. Lessons range work system this early. Starting in grade 5, texts edition are an earlier introduction of number in length from 5 to 25 minutes depending on the are hardbound. concepts to 20, place value up to 3 digit num- concept. He offers step-by-step instruction of the Many homeschoolers have opted to use Saxon bers, addition up to 3 digit numbers, learning daily concept with samples for clarification. Mr. Math at the upper levels, but, like any program, facts through strategies, Venn diagrams, elapsed Reed’s explanations are simple and make sense it doesn’t satisfy everyone. If you are looking time, more concepts with solid figures, and as he draws on a whiteboard and gives pertinent for an alternative, I suggest the Bob Jones texts. hands-on activities with thermometer manipula- illustrations. This series is a good alternative for One of the strengths of the Bob Jones program tives. Chapters include chapter and cumulative the student who responds better to a person mak- is the teaching of concepts, rather than the reviews. Manipulatives are used. Unifix cubes ing the presentation as opposed to just reading rote how-to-solve-it approach. Also, Christian are also recommended for this program, but any about it. ~ Donna principles and character traits are assumed and counters will work. The Reviews workbook has EACH DVD SET ...... 59.95 53 .95 integrated throughout the program. Each level two pages per lesson. The first page includes the 005438 Math 7/6 (4ED) is themed, providing a motivation learning con- lesson concepts and the second page is reviews 005428 Math 8/7 (2ED/3ED) text. Lessons are “spiraled”, meaning topics are previous concepts. The Chapter Review pages 032661 Algebra 1/2 (3ED) reviewed throughout each level, delving a little correspond with the worktext chapter review 023390 Algebra 1 (3ED) deeper each time. This is not the same as the Mathematics pages. The teacher edition includes Calculator use begins in Lesson 49 and Mr. “incremental” approach used by Saxon Math (see a Toolkit CD-ROM, containing reproducible Reed explains how to use the Casio FX260 description). Lesson exercises consist mainly of enrichment pages (replacing some of the older fraction calculator. practice for that lesson, not a review of previous components), and the Teacher’s Visual Packet. 036487 Algebra 2 (2ED/3ED) lessons or chapters. However, topics are not Adobe Acrobat Reader is required to access this 032568 Advanced Math: Geometry w/ covered, then left forever; they reappear in more program. ~ Donna Advanced Algebra DVD (2ED) complexity throughout the course, allowing the 241786 Home School Kit . . . 164.62 123 .50 Lessons 1-90 of Saxon Advanced Math. student continuing practice. The approach you 216168 Student Worktext . . . 31 .11 032642 Advanced Math: Trigonometry & prefer depends on your child. Some children may 216200 Review Worktext . . . 11 .67 need more concentration on the topic at hand, 216184 Teacher’s Edition . . . 76 .94 Pre-Calculus (2ED) and Bob Jones Math will appeal to this group. 216242 Test Pack ...... 15 .46 Covers lessons 60-125 of Saxon Advanced The people at Bob Jones are ever-ready to assist 216259 Testpack Answer Key . . 10 .83 Math and lessons 1-25 of Saxon Calculus. you with any difficulties you may have, including 216234 Manipulatives . . . . 18 .61 This second set of DVDs for Advanced Math access to textbook authors. 000742 *Unifix Cubes (100) . . 13.95 11 .25 overlaps lessons 60-90 from the first set of Relatively new is the revised Geometry book 018731 *Student Clocks (2) . . . 3.17 3 00. DVDs for Advanced Math to help students for grade 10. For those desiring to approach 204610 *Backyard Math w/ Zac: 1st with mastery of challenging concepts. geometry as a separate course, this revised text Grade Concepts DVD 19 95. will supply a solid option to the Jacobs text. For Zac the puppet learns a lot from his next- Mastering Algebra Packages (7-12) those students who are not interested in pursuing door neighbor Mrs. Walker. Every encounter Packages contain the Mastering Algebra DVD math beyond algebra or geometry, Bob Jones in the backyard brings a new opportunity Set and corresponding Saxon Homeschool Kit. supplies a Consumer Math course that presents to explore concepts and to review math S76MAP Math 7/6 Pkg . . . 181.25 135 95. math required for practical living. While there facts. This educational series consists of S87MAP Math 8/7 Pkg . . . 181.25 135 95. is no separate calculus course, the Pre-Calculus 12 fifteen-minute episodes on two videos. SAHMAP Algebra 1/2 Pkg . . 154.60 116 95. text does introduce the college-bound student to Episodes cover place value to 100, money, SA1MAP Algebra 1 Pkg . . . 154.60 116 95. calculus. time and calendars, metric measurement, SA2MAP Algebra 2 Pkg . . . 154.60 116 95. customary measurement, geometry, frac- SAMMAP Adv . Math Pkg . . . 218.60 172 95. BOB JONES MATH - ELEMENTARY tions, two-digit addition and subtraction, Includes both the Mastering Algebra Advanced Required materials are listed first at each grade and renaming readiness. Despite some corny Math: Geometry DVD and the Advanced level. Optional support materials are identified jokes, Mrs. Walker’s explanations are clear Math: Trig and Pre-Calc DVD along with the with an asterisk (*) preceding the title. Complete and easy to understand. In fact, her demon- Advanced Math 2ED Homeschool Kit Home School Kits contain one each of all stration on how to tell time is one of the best ~~~~~~~ required materials. that I’ve ever seen. ~ Anh 436 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. ☼Math 2 (3rd Ed .) Math 4 (3rd Ed .) Grade 8 - Pre-Algebra (2nd Ed .) Digit, Cecilia/Matt and Paddy guide students Develops understanding of multiplication, divi- Eases students into algebraic thinking by through their math lessons. Children learn addi- sion, decimals, fractions, geometry and pre-alge- introducing the concept of variables early, tion and subtraction facts up through 4 digits; bra concepts using manipulatives and plenty of then emphasizing equation-solving procedures place value of four-digits; introduction to divi- practice. Reviews skills in geometry, time, mea- throughout the remaining chapters. Reviews and sion; fractions in measurement; a.m./p.m. and surement, money, etc. and continues to develop builds on traditional arithmetic skills. Statistics noon/midnight; more practice with elapsed time; estimating and problem-solving skills. Includes and geometry concepts are also included. Each introduction to circle graph; plane figures: pen- an optional pre-algebra chapter introducing addi- chapter opens with a consumer-related applica- tagon, hexagon, oval; slides, flips & turns; edges, tion and subtraction of integers. tion of math to everyday life and concludes with vertex and curves of solid figures; horizontal, ver- 511816 Home School Kit . . . 182.121 136 .55 a unique “Math & Scripture” feature. tical, parallel and intersecting lines; and includes 260109 Teacher’s Edition w/ CD 76 .94 271270 Home School Kit . . . 228.30 171 .20 extra problem-solving pages. The updated stu- 296814 Student Worktext . . . 31 .11 247460 Teacher’s Edition w/ CD 83 .89 dent worktext has a review section in each les- 269506 Student Manipulatives Packet 18 .61 508770 ☼Student Text . . . . 56 .67 son, as well as chapter and cumulative reviews. 260117 Testpack ...... 15 .46 233148 Tests ...... 16 .63 The Teacher’s Edition has a 2-page spread per 260125 Testpack Answer Key . . 10 .83 233106 Tests Answer Key . . . 11 .94 lesson and an easy-to-follow, bulleted format 260158 Reviews Activity Book . 11 .67 247478 Student Activity . . . . 20 .00 with answers printed in magenta. A Toolkit 507459 Reviews Key . . . . . 17 .50 268565 Stdt Acty’s Key w/ CD . 39 .17 CD is included in the Teacher’s Edition which 260133 *Teacher’s Visual Packet 73 .33 contains re-teaching pages (replacing “Spread Grade 9 - Algebra I (3rd Ed .) Your Wings”); fact reviews; reproducible pages Math 5 (3rd Ed .) Revised for 2012, this course continues into the replacing the Home Teacher Packet; Teacher’s Presentation of more complex concepts and practical methods of solving first-and second-de- visual packet which can be used on the computer problems in subtraction, multiplication, and gree equations and inequalities. Algebraic skills screen or printed; and the answer key for Math 2 division of fractions, while continuing to practice are introduced in logical order: relations, func- Reviews. Math 2 Reviews workbook has 2 pages earlier skills. Again, problem-solving skills are tions, graphing, systems of equations, radicals, per lesson, chapter reviews, and cumulative integrated in the course, developing math reason- factoring polynomials, rational equations, and review. In lesson and chapter reviews, the front ing and judgement. Aviation theme. quadratic functions. Software takes the place page reviews concepts from that day’s lesson. 278226 Home School Kit 152.95 114 .70 of solutions manual. It offers sample solutions The back page reviews a previous chapter con- 269522 Teacher Book & CD . . 76 .94 to the problems in the text and has a drill mode cept and has a fact review, making a good study 506782 Student Worktext . . . 31 .11 for practice. New features include tutorials for guide for tests. The front page of the cumulative 269548 Testpack ...... 15 .46 graphing calculators, internet keyword searches review covers concepts from previous chapter 269563 Testpack Answer Key . . 10 .83 and careers related to mathematics. concepts, and the back page reviews facts. 283952 Home School Kit . . . 228.30 171 .20 252676 Home School Kit . . . 164.62 123 .45 Math 6 (3rd Ed .) 270561 Teacher Edition with CD 83 .89 224451 Teacher’s Edition . . . 76 .94 Revised for 2012, Grade 6 continues to develop 270546 Student Text ...... 56 .67 281618 Student Worktext s/c . . 31 .11 understanding of multiplication and division of 270579 Tests ...... 16 .63 224402 Manipulatives Packet . . 18 .61 fractions, proportions, percents, statistics, ratios, 270587 Tests Answer Key . . . 11 .94 224477 Student Reviews . . . 11 .67 measurement and geometry along with further 270611 Student Activities . . . 20 .00 224410 Testpack ...... 15 .46 development of problem-solving and estimation 270645 Student Activities Key . . 39 .17 224436 Testpack Answer Key . . 10 .83 skills. Includes a pre-algebra chapter introduc- ing multiplication and division of integers using Grade 10 - Geometry (4th Ed .) Math 3 (3rd ed .) manipulatives and real-life pre-algebra word Bob Jones 4th edition Geometry, revised in Math 3 has undergone a complete revision. The problems. “Courage in Crisis” theme. 2016, is a Biblical presentation of math concepts Student Worktext includes some new skills such 283861 Home School Kit . . . 152.95 114 .70 and math in the real world. There are twelve as circle graphs, line plots, probability; mastery 275313 Tchr Ed . w/ CD . . . . 76 .94 chapters, 180 lessons – Foundations of Geometry, of addition, subtraction, and multiplication facts 275297 Student Text ...... 31 .11 Reasoning and Proof, Parallel and Perpendicular through 10; place-value of 5- and 6-digit num- 269506 Student Materials Packet 18 .61 Lines, Congruent Triangles, Relationships in bers; adding and subtracting 5-digit numbers, 275339 Tests ...... 15 .46 Triangles, Quadrilaterals, Area, Circles, multiplying 3-digit factors, and an introduc- 275347 Tests Answer Key . . . 10 .83 Surface Area and Volume, Transformations and tion to long division; and geometry. The new Symmetry, Similarity, and Trigonometry. Added Teacher’s Edition sports a question-and-answer features of this new edition are increased focus format rather than the old paragraph format. It BOB JONES MATH - SECONDARY on real world applications, proofs are presented has also been reduced to a single volume and Teacher editions contain full student text with incrementally, explore specific types of quadri- includes the Teacher’s CD. The Teacher’s CD overprints of answers. laterals, additional examples, expanded exercise holds visuals, enrichment pages, fact reviews, sets, and much more. The student text is now reproducible pages, answers to review pages, Grade 7 - Fundamentals of Math (2nd Ed .) a full-size 8.5” x 11” softcover text (3rd ed. Is and bulletin board ideas. Math 3 Reviews now In this revised and colorful edition, the accent 7.5” x 9”, softcover), and there is no separate have a two-page review for each lesson along is still on demonstrating the relevance of math Student Activities Manual. The Teacher Edition with a 2-page chapter review, and a 2-page to everyday life. Chapters builds computation- includes the Toolkit CD-ROM that includes visu- cumulative review. Tests and Answer Keys con- al skills vital for higher level math by teaching als, projection-ready answers, activities (student tain 2-page tests and follow the format of the concepts with understanding. Special features activities are organized by chapter and contain Student Worktext. The Teacher’s Visual Packet in each chapter include “openers” that provide extra practice, Bible integration, math histo- and Student Manipulatives Packet are updated real-life, historical or Biblical examples of top- ry, enrichment, cumulative reviews), resourc- with new art and colors. ~ Donna ics, problem-solving sections, and “Dominion es (Sketchpad files, teaching demonstrations, 511733 Homeschool Kit . . . 182.12 136 .55 through Math” problems that show math as part Technology Corner explorations, and more), and 250720 Teacher’s Edition w/CD 76 .94 of God’s creation. Mathardy Review Game. Geometer’s Sketchpad 296798 Student Worktext . . . 31 .11 264945 Home School Kit . . . 228.30 171 .20 activities are still included in the 4th edition, and 231688 Student Manipulatives Packet 18 .61 244228 Teacher Ed Book & CD 83 .89 are included on the Toolkit CD. 231670 Reviews Activity Book . 11 .67 503599 Student Text ...... 56 .67 506170 Home School Kit . . . 169.13 126 .80 507442 Reviews Key . . . . . 17 .50 262626 Student Activity Manual 20 .00 299099 Student Text ...... 56 .67 231720 Testpack ...... 15 .46 262634 Teacher Activity Manual 39 .17 299123 Teacher Book w/ CD . . 83 .89 231746 Testpack Answer Key . . 10 .83 218958 Testpack ...... 16 .63 299131 Tests ...... 16 .63 231712 *Teacher’s Visual Packet 73 .33 218941 Tests Answer Key . . . 11 .94 299156 Tests Answer Key . . . 11 .94 039128 *Protractor (clear) . . . 0 75. See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 437 ALPHA OMEGA MATHEMATICS Horizons K HORIZONS MATH (K-6) Covers recognition and printing of num- Admittedly, no math program will work for bers 0-100, simple addition and subtraction, everyone - but I find few flaws in this motivating skip-counting (by 10’s, 5’s, 2’s, 3’s, and 4’s), and well-laid out program. Although it may be place value, measuring, calendars, time and more advanced for grade level than the “average” money. program, I don’t consider that a negative. Because 000680 Boxed Set ...... 79.95 71 .96 of the developmental approach to learning in 010439 Teacher Book only . . . 39.95 35 .96 this program, even a non-math type can easily 000681 Workbook One . . . . 24.95 22 .46 succeed, while the “math whiz” will be chal- 000682 Workbook Two . . . . 24.95 22 .46 lenged by the advanced topics introduced early. 016748 Worksheet Packet . . . 9.95 8 96. Concepts are introduced incrementally, then prac- Grade 11 - Algebra 2 (3rd Ed .) ticed, developed, and continually reviewed as Horizons 1 This continuing journey into algebra takes a other concepts are introduced. Pertinent Biblical Covers numeracy beyond 100, cardinal/ordinal Dominion Modeling approach, presenting math- concepts reinforce the math lessons, also. I found numbers, more complex addition/subtraction ematics within the Biblical worldview of serving these to be interesting and appropriate to the (carrying/borrowing), time, fractions, graphs, others and glorifying God. This course begins material, not “forced” as mere add-ons. Horizons sequence, estimation, sets, and measurement. with a review and extension of linear, quadratic, lays a solid foundation for numerical literacy with 000685 Boxed Set ...... 89.95 80 .96 polynomial, radical and rational functions. Then an early emphasis on hands-on, concept learn- 017955 Teacher Book only . . . 49.95 44 .96 students will study logarithms, trigonometry, ing via manipulatives and one-on-one lessons. 000687 Workbook One . . . . 24.95 22 .46 sequences and series, probability and statistics, The program relies on few separately purchased 021613 Workbook Two . . . . 24.95 22 .46 and conics. Students will need a graphing calcu- manipulatives by utilizing common household 016742 Worksheet Packet . . . 9.95 8 96. lator. Revised in 2014. items and including charts and number lines 298042 Home School Kit . . . 169.13 126 .80 found in the teacher’s handbooks. A useful table Horizons 2 286401 Teacher’s Ed w/ CD . . 83 .89 in the handbook shows the integration of manip- Covers more complex addition and subtraction, 279141 Student Text ...... 56 .67 ulatives in lessons so you can tell at a glance just multiplication facts 1-10, place value, correspon- 286419 Tests ...... 16 .63 what you’ll need. Analytical reasoning and mental dence, fractions (½,¼), Fahrenheit temperature, 286435 Test Answer Key . . . 11 .94 acumen are stressed throughout the series, and ratio, decimals (with money), area, perimeter, memorization and drill are not neglected. The and volume. Grade 12 - Pre-Calculus teacher handbook is the heart of the program, 000688 Boxed Set ...... 89.95 80 .96 This course emphasizes functions, graphing, containing daily lesson plans that are easy to 018411 Teacher Book only . . . 49.95 44 .96 and trigonometry and introduces differential implement. Reduced student pages are a tremen- 000689 Workbook One . . . . 24.95 22 .46 calculus. Student text gives detailed explana- dous aid in planning and supply answers to the 021614 Workbook Two . . . . 24.95 22 .46 tions and lots of examples. Cumulative review worktext exercises. Besides plans, the handbook 016743 Worksheet Packet . . . 9.95 8 96. is incorporated in the problem sets. Teacher’s contains an overview, materials list, activities, and Edition includes student pages, with notes and supplemental worksheets (approx. one for each 4 Horizons 3 answers in the margins. lessons). Designed for homeschoolers, the activi- Covers more challenging addition and subtrac- 201111 Home School Kit . . . 169.13 126 .80 ties, language, and lessons require no alteration. tion, multiplication by up to 4 digits, division 182626 Teacher Edition . . . . 83 .89 There are 160 lessons per level, each requiring through 2-digit divisors with remainders, simple 267799 Student Text ...... 56 .67 approximately 20-30 minutes per day. Tests are geometry, map reading, Fahrenheit and Celsius 182592 Testpack ...... 16 .63 given after every 10 lessons to assess retention of temperature, metric system, and introduces alge- 182634 Testpack Answer Key . . 11 .94 cumulative skills. While a good part of each les- braic concepts and equations. son is oral (especially at the K level), the enticing, 000713 Boxed Set ...... 89.95 80 .96 Consumer Math (11-12) (2nd Ed .) colorful student worksheets lay foundations for 010469 Teacher Book only . . . 49.95 44 .96 This edition of Consumer Math is as practical lessons and review concepts previously taught. 020476 Workbook One . . . . 24.95 22 .46 as ever, covering essential topics for high school There are two workbooks per grade level. Please 021615 Workbook Two . . . . 24.95 22 .46 students. Basic math skills such as rates, ratios, note that the actual lesson is to be taught by you 016744 Worksheet Packet . . . 9.95 8 96. proportions, percents, operations with integers, - there are only brief instructions on each page of algebra, and integer exponents; as well as cus- the workbooks, which are not intended to be self- Horizons 4 tomary and international measurement systems, instructional. Boxed set contains teacher book Reviews four basic functions. Introduces mul- conversions between the two, linear measure, and 2 student workbooks. Additional Student tiplication of 2-digit by 2-digit with carrying, area, and volume are all covered prior to con- Worksheet Packets contain one photocopy of each division with 2-digit divisor and quotient, addi- tinuing on with the study of math in specific reproducible master in the teacher book. tion/subtraction of unlike fractions, pre-algebra consumer areas. These include: figuring and concepts, ratios, and more. calculating income; short and long term budgets; 000714 Boxed Set ...... 89.95 80 .96 personal banking - different accounts and inter- 000717 Teacher Book only . . . 49.95 44 .96 est rates; borrowing money; transportation (the 000718 Workbook One . . . . 24.95 22 .46 world of new cars, used cars, insurance, gas, oil, 000720 Workbook Two . . . . 24.95 22 .46 tires, and such); food; clothing; housing - includ- 016745 Worksheet Packet . . . 9.95 8 96. ing mortgages, renting, owning, and home main- tenance/improvements; life and health insurance Horizons 5 policies; income taxes - becoming familiar with Continues to practice the four basic math the tax forms; and the financial aspects of taking operations. Covers fractions, decimals, per- vacations. With a very clear and easy-to-follow cents, exponents, cross products, mean, median, layout, and an emphasis on wise stewardship mode, and angle measurements. based upon biblical principles, this is a thorough 000110 Boxed Set ...... 89.95 80 .96 presentation of practical, daily-life consumer 000112 Teacher Book only . . . 49.95 44 .96 math. 000113 Workbook One . . . . 24.95 22 .46 221762 Home School Kit . . . 162.18 121 .60 000115 Workbook Two . . . . 24.95 22 .46 189316 Teacher’s Edition . . . 76 .94 016746 Worksheet Packet . . . 9.95 8 96. 296806 Student Text (Updated) 56 .67 189290 Tests ...... 16 .63 189282 Tests Answer Key . . . 11 .94

438 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. STANDARD KITS ADD-ON KITS Horizons 6 Horizons Required Continues to build upon its coverage of math Manipulatives K 1 2 3 4 5 6 K-3 K-1 1-2 2-3 3-4 4-5 5-6 basics. New concepts include word numbers through hundred trillion, scientific notation, base Crayons - Set of 16 X X X 2, 4-digit by 4-digit multiplication, division up 2-Colored Plastic Counters (100) X X X X X X to 5- and 6-digit quotients, perimeter, area and volume, ratios, graphs, and equations. Student Clock Wipe-Off (set of 2) X X X X X X X 002323 Boxed Set ...... 89.95 80 .96 Folding Meter/Yard Stick X X X X X X 004604 Teacher Book only . . . 49.95 44 .96 002324 Workbook One . . . . 24.95 22 .46 Double Nine Dominoes X X 002325 Workbook Two . . . . 24.95 22 .46 Ruler X X X X X X X X 016747 Worksheet Packet . . . 9.95 8 96.

Index Cards(100-cards/pk, need . . ) 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 10 2 2 3 1 1 1 Horizons Manipulative Kits (K-6) Geometric Shapes X X X X X X X X We have had numerous requests for Horizons manipulative kits over the years, so here they are! Numbers 0-100 Flash Cards X X X X X When choosing which manipulatives to include Addition Flash Cards 0-12 X X X X X in each kit, we decided to incorporate the items most used at each level that are not common Subtraction Flash Cards 0-12 X X X X X househould items (like construction paper and a measuring cup). The Horizons program heavily Dry Erase Marker Board Set X X utilizes flashcards for drill, and while many of Number Lines X X X X X these flashcards are included, we also have pro- vided some blank index cards so you can create Hundred Number Chart X X X X X some of the more specialized flashcards your- Place Value Student Board X X X X X self. All of the manipulatives are also available separately - please see our Manipulative-Based Play Money Set X X X X X Instruction section for descriptions of individual Plastic Coins - Bag of 96 X X X X X items. We offer a separate manipulative kit for each grade, but if you plan on using Horizons Base Ten Flats - Set of 10 X X X X X X X for grades K-3, we also offer a bundled kit, which Base Ten Rods - Set of 50 X X X X X X X includes all the items from the individual kits. “Add-On” Kits make it easy to upgrade from one Base Ten Decimeter Cube X X X X X X X level to another if you already have one grade Base Ten Unit Cubes - Set of 100 X X X X X X X X level kit So if you have the Kindergarten (K) kit and want to continue to first grade, you would Platform Scale X X X X X X X X simply purchase the K-1 Add-On Kit to receive additional manipulatives you will need for 1st Deluxe Fraction Circles Set X X X X X grade. The chart to the right shows which items Colors & Shapes Flash Cards X X X X are included in which kit. We offer upgrades to sets of 250 plastic or wooden pattern blocks Addition Flash Cards 13-18 X X X at Grades 5 and 6, similar to our Saxon Math Subtraction Flashcards 13-18 X X X manipulative packages. However, we have opted not to include Judy Clocks or Teaching Clocks Multiplication Flashcards 0-12 X X X X because although recommended in some les- Division Flash Cards 0-12 X X X X sons, they are used infrequently. Demonstrations suggested for use with larger clocks can also be Indoor/Outdoor Thermometer X X X X X X X shown on smaller student clocks. Or, purchase Color Tiles - Plastic 1" - Set of these separately. X X X 100 in four colors HZNKMK Grade K Kit . . . . 67.00 50 .50 HZN1MK Grade 1 Kit . . . 117.37 77 .00 Time Flash Cards X X X HZN2MK Grade 2 Kit . . . . 57.19 46 .00 Multiplication Table/Grid X X X X X X HZN3MK Grade 3 Kit . . . 109.31 69 .00 HZNK3M Grades K-3 Kit . . 180.27 117 .00 Geoboard - 11-pin X X X HZN4MK Grade 4 Kit . . . . 92.60 65 .00 Compass with Safety Point X X X X HZN5MK Grade 5 Kit . . . 106.59 77 .00 HZN5PB Grade 5 Kit w/ Plastic Metric Graph Paper Pad X X X X P/B Upgrade . . . 117.55 86 .00 Dice (set of 4) X X HZN5WB Grade 5 Kit w/ Wooden P/B Upgrade . . . 119.55 86 .00 Metric Conversion Chart X X HZN6MK Grade 6 Kit . . . . 67.60 56 .00 Dual Scale Thermometer - Set HZN6PB Grade 6 Kit w/ Plastic X X of 10 P/B Upgrade . . . . 78.56 65 .00 HZN6WB Grade 6 Kit w/ Wooden Geoboard 6" (5 x 5 pin) X X X P/B Upgrade . . . . 80.56 65 .00 6" Plastic Protractor X X X HZNKAD Gr . K-1 Add-On Kit 77.07 51 .50 HZN1AD Gr . 1-2 Add-On Kit 24.60 21 .95 Plastic Pattern Blocks - Set of 100 X X X HZN2AD Gr . 2-3 Add-On Kit 74.13 45 .50 HZN3AD Gr . 3-4 Add-On Kit . . 29 .95 Tape Measure - 60" X X HZN4AD Gr . 4-5 Add-On Kit 27.93 21 .95 Linking Cubes - Set of 100 X X HZN5AD Gr . 5-6 Add-On Kit 23.66 19 .50

CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 439 Horizons Pre-Algebra (7-8) Interviews are found in the Algebra I course (just Grade 1 - Number Order and Add/Subtract to Everyone would ask where they should go when as in the pre-algebra) of people who use math in 9; Add/Subtract to 10; Shapes, Fractions, and they finish Horizons grade 6, and the answer is everyday life – some are more unusual and might Symbols; Add to 18, Money & Measurement; now much easier. If you are a fan of the Horizons present options for careers not yet thought of by Column Addition & Estimation, Number Words format and content, Horizons Pre-Algebra is the your student. to 99, Count to 200 and Subtract to 12, Add and place to go. 051915 Set ...... 99.95 89 .96 Subtract to 18; Sensible Answers, Review The Student Book is colorful and consumable, 051916 Student Book . . . . . 39.95 35 .96 013609 Complete Boxed Set . . 99.95 89 .96 unlike many pre-algebra courses. 160 lessons are 051917 Teacher Guide . . . . 39.95 35 .96 013613 LIFEPACs Only numbered at the top of the page, and are usually 051918 Test & Resource Gd . . 24.95 22 .46 only one page (front and back) in length. Lessons ~~~~~~~ Grade 2 - Numbers/Words to 100; Add/Subtract are designed to be done in 45 to 60 minutes and Even/Odd; Add with Carrying to the 10’s each day, and consist of a major concept and ALPHA OMEGA MATH (K-12) Place; Numbers/Words to 999 and Graphs; Add/ practice of previous concepts. A teaching box A complete, Christian Subtract to 100’s Place; Subtract with Borrowing at the beginning of each lesson presents the math curriculum that (10’s place), Add with Carrying to the 100’s concept, and the adjacent ‘classwork’ section is emphasizes skill mastery. Place; Volume & Coin Conversion, Area/Square to be done by the teacher and student together. Each Complete Boxed Set Measurement, Review The ‘activities’ section that follows is for rein- contains ten LIFEPACs and 013732 Complete Boxed Set forcement of the new concept and practice of a teacher guide. The only 013772 LIFEPACs Only older ones. Scattered throughout the book are exception is the Grade K interviews called “A Math Minute with…” These Boxed Set, which contains Grade 3 - Add/Subtract to 18 & Place Value; interviews are with regular people who use math two student books and a Carrying & Borowing; Facts of Add/Sub & in their careers or jobs. These real-life examples teacher guide. LIFEPACs Fractions; Rounding, Estimating, & Story Problems; (electrician, plant manager, race car driver, etc.) only (no teacher guide) are also available for Plane Shapes & Symmetry; Multiplication, Lines & are intended to answer the question, “Why do I use with multiple students. Review and self-tests Angles; Add/Sub of Mixed Numbers & Probability; need math?” Every ten lessons you’ll find a page are built into the curriculum. LIFEPACs are thin, Measurements & Multiplication; Multiplication, entitled “It’s College Prep Time!” This is a page consumable student work texts. They are colorful Metrics & Perimeter; Probability, Units of Measure of multiple choice questions that are similar to in the elementary grades, but become less color- & Shapes standardized tests. ful as the grade level increases. Each set of ten 013773 Complete Boxed Set The Teacher Guide is an important part of this LIFEPACs provides a year-long curriculum. 013774 LIFEPACs Only course and includes lesson plans, answers and The spiral-bound teacher’s guide contains a solutions for the student book, tests, exams, and curriculum overview, teacher’s notes, answer Grade 4 - Whole Numbers & Fractions; Multiplying worksheets imprinted into small-format student keys, and suggested guidelines (for scheduling, Whole Numbers; Sequencing & Rounding; Lines pages, readiness evaluation, and instructions for grading, study methods, etc). Daily lesson plans & Shapes; Division & Measurements; Division, using the course. are not included. Teacher guides for grades Factors, & Fractions; Multiplication & Fractions; Tests are taken every 10 lessons and are found K-1 provide more detailed teaching instruction Whole Numbers & Fractions; Decimals & Fractions; in the Tests and Resources book. There are 16 than guides for grades 2-12. Why? Because the Estimation, Charts, & Graphs tests along with 4 exams which are to be taken LIFEPAC curriculum facilitates the independent 013775 Complete Boxed Set every 40 lessons. 80 worksheets for reinforce- study approach. Starting in second grade, writ- 013776 LIFEPACs Only ment and drill practice, and resources needed for ten instruction is included in each LIFEPAC so the lessons, are found in this book. that the lessons are largely self-instructional. Grade 5 - Place Value/Addition/Subtraction, In the brief comparison I did with Saxon Algebra The teacher’s responsibilities include introducing Multiplying Whole Numbers & Decimals, ½, Horizons Pre-Algebra covers the same top- each LIFEPAC, setting a schedule, completing Dividing Whole Numbers & Decimals, Algebra ics but sequencing is a bit different. Order of teacher checks, being available for student ques- & Graphing, Measurement, Factors & Fractions, Operations and Probability is introduced earlier tions, administering and grading tests, and devel- Fraction Operations, Data Analysis & Probability, in Horizons, but I think that is due to the review oping additional learning activities. Geometry, Perimeter/Area/Volume. found at the beginning of Saxon. Exponents and You might be wondering, “What’s the differ- 013777 Complete Boxed Set the Pythagorean Theorem are taught at about ence between this curriculum and Horizons 013778 LIFEPACs Only the same point, and both books have geometry Math?” After all, both programs come from lessons. the same publisher and follow a similar scope Grade 6 - Whole Numbers and Algebra; The goal of Horizons Pre-Algebra is to prepare and sequence up to the sixth grade. The main Data Analysis; Decimals; Fractions; Fraction students for Algebra 1. This course is well done difference, in my opinion, is that Horizons is Operations; Ratio, Proportion and Percent; and should meet the need of the many that prefer not self-instructional (written instruction is not Probability and Geometry; Geometry & the Horizons products. ~ Donna included in workbooks). Another difference is Measurement; Integers and Transformations; 049185 Student Book . . . . . 39.95 35 .96 that LIFEPACs offer standard practice problems Equations and Functions 049186 Tests/Resources Bk . . . 24.95 22 .46 whereas Horizons offers a greater variety of prob- 013780 Complete Boxed Set 049187 Teacher’s Guide . . .39.95 35 .96 lems (mazes, decoding, etc) as well as standard 013781 LIFEPACs Only 049188 Pre-Algebra Set . . . . 99.95 89 .96 drills, but LIFEPACs provide many more prob- lems per workbook page. ~ Anh Grade 7 Integers; Fractions; Decimals; Patterns Horizons Algebra (8) EACH BOXED SET 2-6 . . . . . 79.95 71 .96 & Equations; Rations & Proportions; Probabilty Using the same format as the pre-algebra in EACH BOXED SET 7-12 . . . . 79.95 71 .96 & Graphing; Data Analysis; Geometry; the Horizons series, Algebra continues the con- EACH SET LIFEPACS ONLY . . . 69.95 62 .96 Measurements & Area; Surface Area & Volume sistency of staying with one program. Students 013783 Complete Boxed Set will explore math through sports and real-life Grade K - time, number lines, addition, subtrac- 013784 LIFEPACs Only applications throughout the 160 user-friendly tion, writing and spelling numbers, and money, lessons. The Horizons Algebra Set includes directions (left/right, high/low), comparisons (big/ Grade 8 Pre-Algebra - Real Number System; everything you need to do the course – Student little, greater/less), matching, numbers to 100, Modeling Problems in Integers; Modeling Book (consumable workbook), Teacher Guide, number words, ordinal numbers to ninth, colors, Problems with Rational Numbers; Proportional and tests/resource guide. Topics to be covered shapes, skip counting (by 2, 5, & 10), addition Reasoning; More with Functions; Measurement; in this course include exponents & powers, to 10, subtraction to 10, and multiples of 10, Plane Geometry; Measures of Solid Figures; Data absolute value, radical expressions, multiplying subtraction to 10 Analysis; Probability and dividing monomials and polynomials, the 013790 Complete Boxed Set . . 56.95 51 .26 013785 Complete Boxed Set FOIL Method, factoring trinomials, as well as 013791 K Student Book 1 . . 19.95. 17 .96 013787 LIFEPACs Only solving, writing, and graphing linear equations. 013792 K Student Book 2 . . 19.95. 17 .96 440 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Grade 9 Algebra I - Variables & Numbers; System requirements: Windows 7/ Windows 8 & ☼Monarch® Math (18-month subscription) (3-12) Solving Equations; Problem Analysis & Solution; 8.1 and Windows 10; printer recommended. Using a mastery approach, Monarch math uses Polynomials; Algebraic Factors; Algebraic 020294 ...... 56.95 51 .26 math in real-life to help students develop num- Fractions; Radical Expressions; Graphing; ber skills, geometry, algebra, data analysis, and Systems; Quadratic Equations & Review Consumer Math Switched-On Schoolhouse (9-12) probability. 013788 Complete Boxed Set This software, now packaged in a USB flash EACH COURSE ...... 99.95 89 .96 013789 LIFEPACs Only drive format, contains a year’s worth of lessons 038882 Grade 3 039394 Grade 8 in consumer mathematics. The Switched-On 038967 Grade 4 039432 Grade 9 Grade 10 Geometry - A Mathematical System; Schoolhouse program creates an interactive learn- 039213 Grade 5 040010 Grade 10 Proof; Angles & Parallels; Congruency; Similar ing environment by combining written instruc- 039279 Grade 6 039458 Grade 11 Polygons; Circles; Construction & Locus; Area & tion with video clips, audio clips, animation, and 039359 Grade 7 040728 Grade 12 Volume; Coordinate Geometry; Review vocabulary games (that’s right, even in math it’s 039828 Consumer Math . . . . 99.95 89 .96 013621 Complete Boxed Set important to learn the appropriate vocabulary). I039903 Essentials of Math . . . 49.95 44 .96 013632 LIFEPACs Only Like other Switched-On Schoolhouse subjects, 040906 Trigonometry . . . .49.95 44 .96 this computer-based course is NOT intended for Grade 11 Algebra II - Sets, Structure, & self-study. Personal instruction is required. This Function; Numbers, Sentences, & Problems; software is not intended to replace the teacher, Linear Equations & Inequalties; Polynomials, but to free up some of the teacher’s time by tak- Radical Expressions; Real Numbers; Quadratic ing care of administrative tasks such as grading Relations & Systems; Exponential Functions; and writing lesson plans. Counting Principles; Review This course consists of the following ten units: 013645 Complete Boxed Set basic math review, personal finance, statistics, taxes & insurance, banking & credit goods, Grade 12 Pre-Calculus - Relations & Functions; purchase & sale of goods, leisure & travel & Special Functions; Trigonometric Functions; retirement, job-related services, and consumer Circular Functions & Graphs; Identities & math review. Each unit contains approx. twenty Functions; Trigonometric Functions; Inverse lessons, two to five quizzes, and one unit test. Trigonometric Functions; Quadratic Equations; Once the teacher sets up the student calendar, Probability; Calculus & Review lesson plans are automatically generated by 013647 Complete Boxed Set evenly spreading the course work over the total ☼Math-U-See (K-12) number of school days. Up to five students can We are excited to now offer this “tried and Consumer Math (11+) be registered on this software, and access for true” homeschool favorite math program! It sets Practical application of math in the areas each student is password protected. itself apart from other math curricula with its of family finances, occupations, business, and One feature I really enjoyed using was the mes- focus on creating effective problem solvers who transportation. Helps students to solve real-life sage posting system. Before each new lesson, understand the underlying concepts in math and problems in budgeting, banking, and taxes. the teacher can skim the material and post hints can apply math to real life situations. Honestly, Boxed set includes review test and a solution or explanations to potentially confusing sections. as an adult, how many of us wish we would have key, which includes answers to the Lifepac ques- During the lesson, the student can read these learned math in this manner? tions, self-test, and test. LIFEPACs Only includes messages and post his or her own comments and Following a 3-step learning method: build, just the Lifepacs. Prerequisites are Algebra I and questions (which is really useful if the teacher write, and say, this course is truly multisensory. Geometry. is not on-hand to answer questions when the Each level offers DVD instruction for the parent/ 010610 Boxed Set ...... 69.95 62 .96 lesson is actually completed). The more famil- teacher and student, manipulatives (through 010611 10 LIFEPACs Only . . . 47.95 43 .16 iar the teacher is with the course content, the Geometry level), and worksheets for mastery easier it will be to answer student questions, of math concepts evidenced by the student’s Switched-On Schoolhouse Mathematics (3-12) especially since answer keys, but not solutions, ability to teach the parent the concept by the Alpha Omega offers their courses in interactive are provided. Although no recommended grade end of the lesson. Because Math-U-See (MUS) curriculum software. Features include automatic levels were given, I would consider this elective is mastery-based, students may enter the pro- grading and record keeping, videos, animations, a high school level course. System requirements: gram at any level depending on their concept and sound files, custom curriculum options, Windows 7/ Windows 8 & 8.1/Windows 10.; proficiency. The authors have chosen to use the advanced lesson planning, a variety of desktop printer recommended. - Anh Greek alphabet to demonstrate the sequence of themes, printing options, and more. Please refer 013273 ...... 99.95 89 .96 concepts taught rather than a grade level. It is to the Curriculum/Unit Studies section of this cat- highly recommended that all students (unless alog for more details. Switched-On Schoolhouse Switched-On Schoolhouse Trigonometry (9-12) beginning with Primer) take a placement test to now comes in USB flash drive format. Minimum This elective course contains six units which ensure mastery of any previously taught con- system requirements: Windows 7/ Windows 8 cover right angle trigonometry, graphing, inverse cepts. Placement tests are available on our or the & 8.1 and Windows 10. (not Mac-compatible); functions, analytic trigonometry, trigonometric publisher’s website. printer recommended. identities, the laws of sine and cosine, and polar Lessons follow a similar format. Watch the DVD EACH GRADE ...... 99.95 89 .96 coordinates. Algebra II is a prerequisite. System lesson (parent first and then child/parent), work 011547 Grade 3 011552 Grade 8 requirements: Windows 7/ Windows 8 & 8.1 and through lesson examples in the instruction man- 011548 Grade 4 011553 Grade 9 Windows 10. Now in USB flash drive format. ual together, and complete worksheets. Each les- 011549 Grade 5 011544 Grade 10 009360 ...... 56.95 51 .26 son concludes with a test. Cumulative unit tests 011550 Grade 6 011545 Grade 11 are scheduled regularly to assure students retain 011551 Grade 7 011546 Grade 12 previous teaching. Each level concludes with a final test covering all concepts taught. These tests Switched-On Schoolhouse Essentials of begin in Alpha, not Primer . Mathematics (8-12) Let’s explore the components necessary for Designed for use as a basic math refresher, success. Instructional DVDs are available in the remedial practice, or for accelerated learners, Universal and Level Up Sets (more info on sets this elective course does not have a prerequisite. below). The DVDs provide parent-teachers an It contains seven units including: statistics, data introduction to the MUS vision and methodol- analysis, probability, algebraic functions, mea- ogy before transitioning to instructional lessons. surement, geometry, mathematical reasoning and Teaching lessons are designed to be viewed by algebra I. Now comes in USB flash drive format. continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 441 the parent first, followed by the student and unable to recognize the numbers 0 to 10. If your that can calculate square roots, trigonometric parent (or student only at the upper levels or child is comfortable with both and is ready for functions, logarithms, and natural log. There are as the student demonstrates the ability to view formalized instruction, the Alpha Placement Test 30-35 lessons in the upper level sequence books. independently). Each teaching segment is 5-8 is recommended. First-time users will want to purchase the cor- minutes in length and is taught in front of a group As mentioned, the elementary books are taught rect level Universal Set . Universal sets include of students and parents, which you occasionally sequentially and are titled after the Greek alpha- everything necessary for success at that level hear responding (or building with the manipula- bet: Alpha, Beta, Gamma, Delta, Epsilon and including manipulatives, the Instructor Manual tives). The camera is focused on Mr. Demme, Zeta. Elementary lessons follow a similar pat- and DVD, and consumable student worktext and who explains and demonstrates the lessons on a tern: video, parent-led instruction and student test book (test book not available for Primer). large white board with magnetic manipulatives worktext activities (which include three practice Also included is 12-month access to the dig- (or drawings). Lessons are clearly explained and worksheets, three systematic review worksheets ital package for that level. Digital packages easy to follow. Integral to the program, the DVDs and one additional activity called the applica- include streaming instruction videos and online provide much needed teaching support. tion and enrichment page). The application and Instruction Manual, lesson solutions, and other Also essential is the Instruction Manual . This enrichment page contains topics not included online resources from any browser. You’ll also hardcover book provides a curriculum sequence in the lesson as well familiar concepts in a new have access to the MUS Digital Manipulatives, and introductory “how-to-use” information that format. It is suggested that if your child masters using Chrome or Safari browsers. Digital Packs outlines the MUS four-step teaching process: the lessons quickly, that you skip the additional do not include Student Workbook or Tests. Prepare for the lesson, present the new topic, practice sheets and move onto the review. Due Primer through Gamma digital packages include practice for mastery, and progress after mastery. to the mastery focus of the course, the amount of Skip Count Songs MP3 and PDF songbook. The Teaching instruction with example problems for time to complete a lesson will vary. You may find upper level Universal Sets (Geometry through each lesson, solutions for the worksheets and it necessary to spend 2-3 weeks in one lesson, Calculus) no longer include manipulatives, but tests, and a helpful glossary and index are includ- while others may be grasped quickly and com- do provide everything necessary for their courses ed. The instruction is not scripted but is clearly pleted in 2-3 days. Each course in the elemen- including: Instruction Manual with complete presented and easy to implement. tary series contains 30 lessons and will usually solutions, Instruction DVD, Student Workbook, Consumable student worktexts contain a mix take about one year to complete, although with Test book, and 12 months of access to the of practice problems and word problems. Space mastery as the goal, this is flexible. For students respective Digital package . is provided to work out the problems, but some needing more practice, additional worksheets are Families who own the necessary manipulatives students may prefer having access to “scratch available on the Math-U-See website. can take advantage of the Level Up Sets which paper” to work problems, especially at the higher Pre-Algebra through Calculus are the upper include the Instruction Manual, DVD, consum- levels. The front of the student worktext includes levels and the natural progression from the ele- able student books and 12-month access to the space to record grades for worksheet pages and mentary series. Students may be able to begin Digital package. Consumable student materials tests. the MUS sequence with Pre-Algebra or Algebra (worktext and test book package), manipulatives Consumable test booklets are provided to eval- assuming they have mastered basic operations, and the Skip Count CD and Songbook are avail- uate student progress. Parents are encouraged fractions and decimals. There is a placement test able separately as well. At the upper levels (Zeta to reteach previous lessons if the student does available for the Pre-Algebra course, although through Algebra 1) there are two different Level not do well. Mastery is the goal, and lessons the Algebra 1 Student worktext includes an Up sets available. The Level Up BASE set has build upon one another so that future success is Algebra Readiness Test prior to the start of les- been created for families that own the required dependent on students really knowing the previ- sons. At this level, there are two Instructional Integer Block Kit and Algebra/Decimal Inserts. ous concept. DVDs, with longer teaching segments (roughly This set includes the Instruction manual with Additional components include the Integer 10-15 minutes per lesson). While Pre-Algebra complete solutions, Instruction DVD, Student Block Set, a 133-piece manipulative blocks set continues to offer three practice worksheets, Workbook, Test book, and 12 months of access that is used from Primer through Algebra 1. This three systematic review worksheets and the to the Digital Package. The Level Up Set is for is a set of plastic interlocking blocks with blocks application and enrichment page for each lesson, families that own the Integer Block Kit but not the in different colors designed to represent each the higher levels switch things up a bit. Each Algebra Decimal Inserts. The Level Up includes number from one through ten (there is a hundred lesson for the Algebra through Calculus courses the Instruction Manual with complete solutions, block as well). A Fraction Overlay Kit is utilized contain two practice pages specific to the new Instruction DVD, Student Workbook, Test book, in the Epsilon course to teach fractions. This set concept and three systematic reviews. Following Algebra/Decimal Inserts, and 12 months of is color-coordinated with the Integer Block Set the systematic review is an honors lesson. access to the Digital Pack. Available separately to aid students in learning fractions. Beginning Honors lessons may be completed at the comple- are the Student packs which include the student with Zeta and utilized through Algebra 1 is the tion of that lesson (in order) or you may choose workbook and test booklet. Algebra/Decimal Insert Kit which is used with to save all the honors lessons and use at the end As one who used this program in the early the Integer Block Kit to teach advanced decimal of the course to go deeper. Honors lessons pro- days of homeschooling, I appreciate many of and algebra concepts. Finally, the optional Skip vide enrichment and challenge activities and are the changes that have been made over the years. Count CD and Songbook is a suggested comple- recommended for students who are considering One of these is the systematic review as well ment to the Primer through Gamma courses and math and science courses at the college level. as the additional level of challenge through the will help your student learn their skip counting Although titled honors, these lessons may not Application and Enrichment worksheets. Students and addition facts. There are two versions of the necessarily meet the requirements for an Honors who need additional review and practice will songs on the CD, one with Christian lyrics and level math course on a high school transcript. benefit from the focused practice that promotes the other with the lyrics taken from science and (As the MUS upper-level books are reprinted, mastery. Conversely, students who are math-gift- literature. The Primer through Gamma Universal the “honors” pages will be retitled “Application ed and require less practice to master the concept Kits include online access to the Skip Count and Enrichment” to mirror the lower-level books. have the freedom to skip worksheets and move Songs MP3s and songbook PDF. Please note, the The content and solutions will be unchanged, into the Application and Enrichment worksheet, online MP3 includes the Science and Literature but for a short transitional period, books within unlike math programs with spiral review that lyrics only, there are no Christian lyrics. a level may be inconsistent in the name of these become drudgery to exceptional math students. Unlike the other levels, Primer, the entry level, pages.) In the MUS sequence at the upper level, Additionally, the enhanced teacher explanations is designed to provide a broad overview and it is recommended that students take Geometry in the Instructor Manual and the DVD introduc- introduction to various math topics which will after Algebra 1 and before Algebra 2. Algebra 1 tion will help parents feel prepared and more be mastered in a later level. Teaching children review has been added to the Geometry course competent to teach math in this non-traditional, that math is fun and leading them to love math to keep Algebra skills sharp. Beginning with tactile way. It may be worth mentioning that if is the goal at this level. With this big picture Geometry, fewer MUS manipulatives are used standardized testing is required by your state or approach, this course lends itself to children and students will need a protractor, compass, organization, you may want to add a grade-spe- who are beginning to recognize numbers but and straight edge. PreCalculus students will cific workbook to ensure students are covering have not mastered counting to ten verbally or are need a protractor, ruler, and scientific calculator all that is required for the test. The final change I 442 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. noted is that MUS has added additional topics to cy; recording and interpreting data; understand- all levels to reflect current math standards. ing basic fractions and estimating and solving As I look back on my children and our MUS measurement problems. experience, these improvements would have 071163 Gamma Universal Set . 159 .00 made the course easier to implement with Child 071161 Gamma Level Up Set . . 88 .00 B who enjoyed the hands-on approach while 071162 Gamma Student Pack . . 42 .00 learning various approaches to solve equations. 071166 Integer Block Kit . . . 83 .00 The philosophy of MUS was not as well-suited 071176 Skip Count CD & Book 11 .00 to Child A, who was my “just show me the steps and let me do it,” “I can memorize it through Delta A . drill” child. Mastery of single and multiple digit division. Algebra 1 Keep in mind that using the mastery approach Additional topics include Roman Numerals; Mastery of basic properties, solving equations means that students spend more time on building dividing, multiplying, adding and subtracting US (including simultaneous equations), coin prob- solid foundational math skills, so it may appear currency and standard units of measure; angle lems, exponents and square roots, scientific nota- that students are behind their peers in the early measurements and geometric shapes including tion, unit multipliers, and metric conversions. elementary years. They will catch up quickly points, segments, rays and lines; classifying Graphing lines is taught in detail, and graphing and by upper middle school will be on target shapes; understanding and computing area and conic sections is introduced. Polynomial opera- (if not ahead of) their peers. This is an excellent volume. tions are also taught. program for your hands-on student or one who 071156 Delta Universal Set . . 159 .00 071142 Universal Set . . . . . 182 .00 wants to understand, really understand, the 071154 Delta Level Up Set . . 88 .00 071139 Level Up Base Set . . . 94 .00 how and why of mathematics. There is much 071155 Delta Student Pack . . 42 .00 071140 Level Up Set . . . . . 122 .00 to appreciate in this unique program and it has 071166 Integer Block Kit . . . 83 .00 071141 Student Pack . . . . . 43 .00 tremendous potential for gifted, typical, or strug- 071166 Integer Block Kit . . . 83 .00 gling learners. ~ Deanne Epsilon 071145 Decimal Insert Kit (A .) . 31 .00 Mastery of fractions including equivalent frac- Primer tions and basic operations with fractions becom- Geometry Children learn to write numerals, addition and ing fluent with adding, subtracting, multiplying Emphasis is on vocabulary of geometry, practical subtraction, basic counting, skip counting, geo- and dividing fractions and mixed numbers. Also applications of geometry, and traditional geome- metric shapes, telling time, and they will be includes common factors, grouping symbols and try including proofs. Includes lines, angles, area, introduced to the manipulative block system. It’s order of operations, comparing and converting perimeter, volume, Pythagorean theorem, axi- an introduction to “doing math” the Math-U-See decimal fractions, area and circumference of oms, and postulates, congruency, and similarity. way. a circle, classifying quadrilaterals, fractional Brief introduction to trigonometric functions. 071175 Primer Universal Set . . 136 .00 measurements on line plots and number lines, 071165 Geom Universal Set . . 96 .00 071173 Primer Level Up Set . . 64 .00 and using coordinates to represent ordered rela- 071164 Geom Student Pack . . 43 .00 071174 Primer Student Text . . 34 .00 tionships. Please note: The Integer Block Kit is 071166 Integer Block Kit . . . 83 .00 not included in the Universal Set. If you do not Algebra 2 071176 Skip Count CD & Book 11 .00 have the blocks, it is possible to use any small A more rigorous course that builds on Algebra countable items: pennies, raisins, M&Ms, etc. as 1 and Geometry. Reviews and expands content Alpha a work-around. from Algebra 1. The course also covers advanced Major concepts mastered include place value, 071159 Epsilon Universal Set . . 135 .00 factoring, imaginary and complex numbers, con- single-digit addition and subtraction, and solv- 071157 Epsilon Level Up Set . . 92 .00 jugate numbers, the binomial theorem, quadratic ing for the unknown addend. Additional topics 071158 Epsilon Student Pack . . 42 .00 formula, motion problems, along with other include time (hours and minutes), shapes, mea- 071160 Fraction Overlay Kit . . 49 .00 application problems. Graphing includes exten- surement (length), skip counting by 2s, 5s, 10s 071166 Integer Block Kit . . . 83 .00 sive practice with conic sections, and solving and 100s, word problems and understanding systems of equations. Vectors are introduced. At halves and fourths. Zeta the completion of Algebra 2, students should be 071148 Alpha Universal Set . . 159 .00 Mastery of decimals and percents and their rela- able to move onto PreCalculus. 071146 Alpha Level Up Set . . 88 .00 tionship to fractions, applying core mathematical 071144 Alg 2 Universal Set . . 125 .00 071147 Alpha Student Pack . . 42 .00 operations. Additional concepts include under- 071143 Alg 2 Student Pack . . 43 .00 071166 Integer Block Kit . . . 83 .00 standing and simplifying exponents, negative 071176 Skip Count CD & Book 11 .00 numbers, algebraic expressions, plane geometry PreCalculus with Trigonometry and geometric symbols, and ratios. Focuses on classic trigonometry with advanced Beta 071180 Zeta Universal Set . . . 182 .00 algebra to prepare students for calculus and other Mastery of place value and using it to add/ 071177 Zeta Level Up Base Set 92 .00 upper level courses. Topics include trig ratios, subtract-specifically multi-digit addition and sub- 071178 Zeta Level Up Set . . . 119 .00 trigonometric identities, laws of trigonometry, traction. Additional topics include telling and 071179 Zeta Student Pack . . . 42 .00 radian measure, polar equations, functions and writing time by hours and minutes, adding and 071166 Integer Block Kit . . . 83 .00 their graphs, sequences and series, and limits. subtracting US currency, measuring and esti- 071145 Algebra/Dec Insert Kit 31 .00 071172 PreCalc Universal Set . . 125 .00 mating length with inches/feet and centimeters/ 071171 PreCalc Student Pack . . 43 .00 meters, comparison of numbers and lengths, Pre-Algebra perimeter of polygon, and interpretation of data Basic pre-algebra concepts including nega- Calculus in plots and graphs. tive numbers, exponents, factoring, and ratios. Reviews graphing, functions, limits, and basic 071151 Beta Universal Set . . . 159 .00 Includes rules of solving equations using the trigonometry. Introduces derivatives and inte- 071149 Beta Level Up Set . . . 88 .00 associative, commutative, and other properties; grals, along with techniques and rules for use. 071150 Beta Student Pack . . . 42 .00 simple operations with polynomials. Also covers Stresses the application of calculus in physics 071166 Integer Block Kit . . . 83 .00 geometry concepts of surface area, volume and and economics. 071176 Skip Count CD & Book 11 .00 Pythagorean theorem. 071152 Instruction Pack . . . 94 .00 071170 Universal Set . . . . . 182 .00 Contains the instruction manual with les- Gamma 071167 Level Up Base Set . . . 94 .00 son-by-lesson instructions and detailed solu- Mastery of multiplication for single and multi- 071168 Level Up Set . . . . . 121 .00 tions, and the DVD with lesson-by-lesson ple-digit numbers. Additional topics include add- 071169 Student Pack . . . . . 43 .00 instruction. ing and subtracting time in hours and minutes; 071166 Integer Block Kit . . . 83 .00 071153 Student Pack . . . . . 43 .00 multiplying, adding, and subtracting US curren- 071145 Decimal Insert Kit . . . 31 .00 continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 443 Also available Separately: Primary Math S/E (Standards Edition) (K-6) 1B textbooks (non-consumable) and the 1A and 071166 Integer Block Kit . . . 83 .00 was adapted to meet the pre-Common Core CA 1B workbooks (consumable). Workbook assign- Set includes 20 ones and tens, 13 fives, and math standards. An additional amount of content ments are directly correlated with each textbook. 10 each of twos, threes, fours, sixes, sevens, (probability, data analysis, negative numbers, Small arrows, usually located in the lower left eights, nines, and hundreds blocks, plus the coordinate graphing) from the 2nd edition was hand corner of a page, specify when to pause in Decimal Street/Block Clock poster. Comes in added back in and topics were rearranged but it the text and what exercise number to complete. cardboard storage box with handle. is similar to the US edition. Cumulative Reviews Brief teacher’s instructions are provided in each 071160 Fraction Overlay Kit . . 49 .00 at the end of each Unit and practice sets within textbook’s preface, which I highly suggest reading. This kit contains 39 pieces that represent each unit were added. Textbooks are in color. Although the pace of the course really depends halves through sixteenths. There are 5 green, ©2008 This edition will be phased out. Includes on the individual student, 2-3 pages in the text 2 orange, 3 pink, 4 yellow, 5 blue, and 6 Earlybird Kindergarten Math. is usually enough for one day’s lesson. To effec- purple colored vinyl pieces representing the tively use the textbook, the teacher should study numerator. Clear lined vinyl overlays portray Primary Math CC (Common Core) (K-5) is the examples ahead of time in order to determine the denominator, with two each of halves, aligned to the Common Core State Standards and the best way to verbally explain a concept to thirds, fourths, fifths, sixths and tenths, and is another adaptation of the 3rd edition. Only the student. Teacher-student or student-student one each of eighths and sixteenths. minor changes were made to the scope and discussions are an important part of this program. 071145 Algebra/Dec Insert Kit 31 .00 sequence. Unit Reviews are no longer cumula- Unfortunately, the text doesn’t tell you how to Includes 20 red hundredths blocks; 4 red tive and Practices were removed although some facilitate discussions. Fortunately, there are now snap-in squares; 4 green snap-in squares; 15 of the content was incorporated into the lessons. Teacher Guides and Home Instructor Guides blue snap-in strips; and 15 gray snap-in strips, ©2014 Includes Earlybird Kindergarten Math CC. available for all levels. all color coordinated to the Integer Block Kit. This edition will be available for the foreseeable Both the Teachers Guides and the Home 071176 Skip Count CD & Book 11 .00 future. Instructor Guides include answers to the text- Skip counting songs. There are two versions book and workbook problems. Both of these of the songs, one with Christian lyrics and New Elementary Math (7-8) is a no-frills pro- publications help teachers understand the course the other with the lyrics taken from science gram based on an older Singaporian program material and provide suggestions to help you and literature. This is the same content that and covering integrated algebra and geometry. introduce concepts. As a general rule, the TGs is included in digital form in the digital pack. It’s considered a sequel to the Primary Math are more oriented to the classroom while the ~~~~~~~ programs. HIGs are more geared to working one-on-one with a student. However, both provide detailed SINGAPORE MATH PROGRAMS (PK-10) Dimensions Math (7-8) is an updated and more lesson plans. The TGs have daily lesson plans Countries around the world first became inter- colorful version that is now aligned to the CCSS. while the HIGs provide teaching segments indi- ested in Singapore’s math curriculum when It’s also considered a sequel to the Primary Math cating the number of weeks to spend per unit. results of the Third International Math and programs. A significant difference between the two is that Science Study (TIMSS) were published in 1995. the HIGs have a sidebar column that shows Conducted by the International Study Center Math in Focus (K-8) was developed by Great assignments complete with answers and often at Boston College, achievement tests in both Source (a division of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt) solutions. Assignments in the TGs are listed math and science were administered to students in conjunction with Marshall Cavendish (the within the lesson plans and all answers are in the in over 40 countries. Students from Singapore original publisher in Singapore). Although the back of the book. Also included in the appendix ranked highly in mathematics achievement: 1st basic instructional sequences are similar and the of each are mental math worksheets and some in the fourth, seventh, and eighth grade levels content is very close to the SE, material added to teaching helps. Answers (but no solutions) to and 2nd at the third grade level. Results for the the most recent editions brings it into alignment the U.S. edition textbooks and workbooks are U.S. were disappointing: 10th in the third grade, with CC. Math in Focus has a more American also available in separate answer key booklets. 11th in the fourth grade, 23rd in the seventh look and “feel.” ©2010, 2014 Users of Singapore Math can seek support with grade, and 27th at the eighth grade level. In a specific problems or general concerns at www. follow-up study in 1999, Singapore again ranked singaporemath.com through the “forum” link. 1st in eighth grade math achievement while For convenience, we have put together sets for U.S. eighth graders ranked 19th. Although a each grade and semester that include the text, first place ranking does not necessarily imply the workbook and HIG. best program, something about Singapore’s math TGs and HIGs both include lists of suggested program was working. manipulatives and materials. (please see our “Singapore Approach Math” is a general term Singapore Math Manipulative category at the end referring to a type of mathematical instruction of the Singapore Math section. (i.e. curriculum) developed from a syllabus Extra practice sets are included in all text- designed by Singapore’s Ministry of Education PRIMARY MATH US EDITION (1-6) books, except first grade. These problem sets in the 1980s. There were a number of revisions I’ll admit, my initial reaction to this program are optional and should be done only after the and the 3rd edition was the last edition used in was skeptical. The textbooks are thin and have a workbook exercises for that section have been Singapore. The good test scores were associat- straightforward, no-nonsense appearance. Texts completed. Cumulative review sections are ed with this material and all of our Singapore switch from full-color to two-toned pages after also incorporated into the text, although not Approach Math programs are based primarily on second grade, and all workbooks are printed in on a daily basis like Saxon. Review sections the 3rd edition although it is no longer available black and white. After spending a great deal of are also included in each workbook. Although for sale. Components from different editions are time evaluating the program’s contents, however, these problem sets are optional, I would strongly not interchangeable but a student can move my opinion has improved considerably. Primary suggest completing the extra practice. Some of between the editions in-between levels. Math uses a concrete-to-pictorial-to-abstract the review sets are quite lengthy, and you might approach to teaching. Concrete illustrations are want to consider devoting a day’s lesson to Primary Math US (1-6) is an adaptation of the incorporated heavily in the early grades, gradual- review whenever a longer set arises. I suspect a 3rd edition for use in the U.S. Although a small ly giving way to more abstract representations so key factor to this program’s success in Singapore amount of content (division of fractions) from that math is learned meaningfully. The program is that students are both motivated and expected the 2nd edition was added back into the US builds strong problem solving, critical thinking, to practice their math skills through homework edition, it is almost identical to the 3rd edition. and computational skills through well-chosen and optional problem sets use is strictly up to the The US edition adds sections for U.S. customary practice problems. teacher, although Primary Math tends to empha- measurements and uses U.S. spelling and con- Each grade consists of two semester sets to be size mental calculations. ventions. We expect this edition to be available completed in one year. For example, the com- While some believe that Primary Math con- indefinitely. ©2003 plete first grade curriculum requires the 1A and tains “just the right amount of practice”, others 444 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. believe not enough is provided. For students Teacher Guides & Solutions Manuals Primary Math Intensive Practice U .S . Ed . (1-6) who feel they need more practice to really “own” This series follows the same scope and a concept or skill, a variety of supplements, spe- Primary Math Teacher’s Guides sequence as the Primary Mathematics U.S. cifically designed to complement Primary Math, The Rosenbaum Foundation, a private organi- Edition texts, but it is broken into semesters like are available. zation that believes “Primary Mathematics books the original Singapore edition texts. Now you Compared to Saxon, Primary Math encompass- are the best elementary school math books avail- can have twice as much practice for each semes- es a narrower scope. While Saxon covers coor- able in English”, has produced teacher’s guides ter (compared to Primary Math Extra Practice), dinate graphing, negative numbers, square roots, for Primary Math 1A and 1B, for use with the but you must purchase both books if you want to and probability, these topics are omitted from U.S. edition and 3rd Singapore editions. These supplement an entire level. Approximately 120 Primary Math and are not covered until New spiral-bound books provide a detailed teaching pgs, black and white, consumable. ~ Anh Elementary Math. The smaller scope, however, sequence which incorporates learning activities EACH BOOK ...... 12 .80 allows the program to emphasize the basics. with specific textbook and workbook pages. 030211 Math 1A 030223 Math 4A Primary Math focuses on the four arithmetic 013685 1A ...... 24 .50 030212 Math 1B 030224 Math 4B operations (using whole numbers, fractions, 013689 1B ...... 24 .50 030215 Math 2A 030227 Math 5A and decimals), perimeter, area, volume, angles, 030216 Math 2B 030228 Math 5B quadrilaterals, symmetry, time, length, weight, Primary Math U .S . Teacher Guides 030219 Math 3A 030231 Math 6A money, graphs, and algebraic expressions (intro- Specifically written for the Primary Math U.S. 030220 Math 3B 030232 Math 6B duced in 6th grade). Saxon moves a bit slower Edition textbooks, these feature charts linking learn- introducing Algebra in Math 87. Miquon, which ing objectives to specific activities, textbook, and only covers grades 1-3, correlates very well with workbook pages. Extremely detailed teacher’s notes Primary Math. describe thought processes that should be going EACH TXT/WKBK 1-4 . . . . . 14 .70 on while working an algorithm or solving a word EACH SET 1A-1B ...... 48.40 47 .00 problem with a pictorial model. Includes answers EACH SET 2A-4B ...... 48.89 47 .00 to textbook and workbook problems, and solutions Each includes text, workbook and HIG. to selected word problems. Spiral-bound. ~ Anh 008039 2A ...... 31 .50 Math 1 Textbook Workbook Set 031503 2B (Rev) ...... 32 .50 1A 023977 023991 PMUS1A 008071 3A ...... 24 .50 1B 023978 023992 PMUS1B 031504 3B (Rev) ...... 30 .50 PMUS1M Manipulative Pkg . . 86.43 65 .00 031505 4A ...... 24 .50 SINGAPORE MATH COMMON CORE EDITION 037938 4B (Rev) ...... 28 .50 Math 2 037939 5A ...... 31 .50 Earlybird Kindergarten Math CC Edition (K) 2A 023979 023993 PMUS2A 037940 5B ...... 24 .50 Bright, colorful workbooks, optional activity 2B 023980 023994 PMUS2B 004591 6A ...... 24 .50 books, solid progression of first readiness skills PMUS2M Manipulative Pkg 105.40 79 .00 036990 6B ...... 24 (K4).50 and then introductory arithmetic skills all tied together with a user-friendly teacher guide. Math 3 Primary Math US Home Instructor’s Guides This is the Earlybird Kindergarten program – two 3A 023981 023995 PMUS3A If you’re looking for a little more help on how to levels (A & B) that can be used either as sepa- 3B 023982 023996 PMUS3B teach Primary Math, these support guides are just rate K4 and K5 programs (one book per year) or PMUS3M Manipulative Pkg . . . 70.83 52 .00 what you need. Each guide provides a suggested with quicker pacing as a kindergarten program teaching schedule, detailed notes to the instructor (both books in one year). An adaptation of the Math 4 referencing specific course book pages, games original Earlybird math, the program has been 4A 023983 023997 PMUS4A and activities, complete textbook and workbook slightly modified to align to Common Core. 4B 023984 023998 PMUS4B answers, step-by-step solutions for all word prob- Mathematical concepts are systematically pre- PMUS4M Manipulative Pkg . 109.66 74 .00 lems, and mental math pages. Suggested games sented and reinforced using a concrete to pictori- and activities may require additional materials, al to abstract approach. Math 5 such as a base 10 set, multilink cubes, hundred The Textbooks (A & B) include the actu- 023985 5A Textbook . . . . . 15 .00 chart, etc. Currency replacement pages (depicting al instruction and can be used independent- 023999 5A Workbook ...... 13 .50 U.S. money) are also included. ~ Anh ly of the corresponding Activity Book or the PMUS5A 5A Set ...... 47.99 46 .00 EACH GUIDE 1A-1B . . . . . 19 .00 Teacher Guide. Each page has instructional 023986 5B Textbook ...... 15 .00 EACH GUIDE 2A-6B . . . . . 19 .49 notes at the bottom which are lightly scripted 024000 5B Workbook . . . . 13 .50 041342 1A 024006 4A and labeled Introduction (manipulatives-based), PMUS5B 5B Set ...... 47.99 46 .00 041343 1B 024007 4B Development, or Consolidation. Level A (8 units) PMUS5M Manipulative Pkg . . . 88.69 56 .00 004382 2A 027706 5A covers matching/sorting; numbers to 5; to 10; 004384 2B 028010 5B ordering numbers; shapes; patterns; comparing Math 6 024004 3A 009641 6A sets; and measurements. Level B (7 units) cov- 023987 6A Textbook . . . . . 15 .00 024005 3B 009642 6B ers comparing numbers to 10; numbers to 20; 024001 6A Workbook ...... 13 .50 number bonds to 10; addition to 10; subtraction PMUS6A 6A Set ...... 47.99 46 .00 Tests and Extra Practice to 10; addition/subtraction; and numbers to 023988 6B Textbook ...... 15 .00 100. Review pages at the end of each unit serve 024002 6B Workbook . . . . 13 .50 Primary Math Extra Practice (1-6) as assessments. Math at Home tear-out sheets PMUS6B 6B Set ...... 47.99 46 .00 This supplemental series matches the scope included with each book are designed to involve PMUS6M Manipulative Pkg . . . 36.38 18 .75 and sequence of the Primary Mathematics U.S. the family in learning activities. Manipulatives Edition textbooks. Similar in format to the Primary used by these books include: linking cubes, Primary Math Answer Keys Math workbooks, these workbooks include the counters, domino cards, craft sticks, and geo- If you don’t need teaching helps but would like same types of problems and exercises. Answers metric shapes. an answer key for Singapore Primary Math, this included. Approximately 100-120 pgs, black The Activity Books add an element of hands on product is for you. These are for the U.S. Edition and white, consumable. ~ Anh activities – and fun! Units parallel the textbooks Primary Math and include answers for both the EACH BOOK (1-3) ...... 13 .50 and have a nice variety of coloring, pasting, writ- textbooks and workbooks. EACH BOOK (4-6) ...... 13 .80 ing, and games. Each book includes twenty-ish 023989 Booklet 1-3 . . . . . 8 .25 030210 Primary 1 030222 Primary 4 sets of cutouts in the back that are used in con- 023990 Booklet 4-6 . . . . . 8 .25 030214 Primary 2 030226 Primary 5 junction with a few of the book pages. The books 030218 Primary 3 030230 Primary 6 continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 445 coordinate with the Readers (from the Standards to algebraic thinking. In comparing the various of practice/reinforcement in the workbook when Edition) but can be used either independently of editions of Primary Math (US, SE, and CC), it’s coupled with the textbook, some students will all the other components or as a companion to important to remember that in all of the basic need or want more and that’s where the supple- the Textbooks. Since the Readers are adaptations characteristics they are much more alike than mentary books – Extra Practice and Challenging of familiar children’s rhymes and stories, the they are different. We can get bogged down try- Word Problems come in. Activity Books can even be used with books from ing to determine the actual differences between Teacher Guides are exceedingly useful – if the library or your own shelves. Big Books are the editions when, in reality, they are extremely not necessary – for these courses. They help the mentioned in the TG in relation to the Activity minor in relation to the solidarity and consistency teacher understand the course material, partic- Books but are not necessary and not sold by us. of the teaching methodology. ularly key concepts such as the bar modeling The Teacher Guide ties everything together, The CC edition is aligned to the Common method which the parent might not be familiar providing reduced copies (with answers) of all Core State Standards which have been adopted with. They provide detailed lesson plans (not student pages in both the Textbooks and the by many states but which are still controversial. quite scripted but thorough) which coordinate Activity Books. Each set of detailed lesson plans In relation to Primary Math, this alignment has the textbook presentations with the workbook includes objectives, listing of CC standards not impacted in any significant way the general practice. Lessons often include references to applied, materials, vocabulary list, and the teach- methodology of the program. In fact, it still has Mental Math, Reinforcement, or Enrichment ing sequence. Although these parallel and dupli- the same basic structure, content, and format activities as well as suggestions for memorizing cate the instructions found in the Textbooks, the of its original predecessor developed over thirty math facts. There are reproducible worksheets overall organization is a little clearer because you years ago. However, there has been a small for Mental Math and Reinforcement as well as see how the unit pages work together to provide amount of content (data analysis, probability, descriptions for activities and games found in the the Introduction, Development, Consolidation, negative numbers, and coordinate graphing) back of the TG. Answers to those worksheets as Practice, and Conclusion parts of the various added, and topics have been rearranged. If you well as the workbook exercises and the textbook lessons. A number of resources are found in the want to carefully compare the three American examples are all found in the TG. Now with this back of the TG and include: complete listing of editions (US, SE, and CC) from Singapore Math, CC edition, reduced copies of the student pages the CCSS for kindergarten, the K program cur- Inc, we have a scope and sequence chart on our (with answers) are included, as well. (8.5” x 11,” riculum map, reproducible masters for many of website that includes all three. 260 pgs, spiral-bound). Please note that Home the manipulatives (such as domino cards) and There are some format changes in the CC edi- Instructor Guides will not be published for this additional activity sheets (patterns, picture cards, tion. As in the SE (but not the US) all textbooks edition, unlike previous editions. geometric nets). 225 pgs, spiral-bound. are in color. Workbooks are still black and white Test booklets provide two differentiated tests All in all, this is a well constructed kindergarten (as in all editions). Instead of being cumulative, for each unit. One of the tests (Test A) focuses math program, designed to prepare the child reviews at the end of each unit cover only the on key concepts and fundamental problem solv- well for Primary Math (or any elementary math unit material. Practices (frequent in the SE texts) ing skills while the other (Test B) focuses on the program). Frankly, the student books are delight- have been removed but some of that content application of analytical skills, thinking skills, ful with colorful, engaging – almost entertaining has been incorporated into the lessons. Most and investigative methods. Teachers can choose – graphical representations of people and ani- significantly, the Teacher Guides now include which of these tests to use with which students. mals. The various options (with/without Activity reduced-size copies of both textbook and work- These tests have both multiple choice questions Books; with/without Teacher Guides) give you a book pages. As would be expected, the Teacher and free response questions. There are three con- lot of flexibility in terms of expense without any Guide specifies which CC standards are applica- tinual assessments (after Units 3, 6, and 9). These real sacrifices in terms of actual mathematical ble to each lesson. cover topics from earlier units. There is a single instruction. Obviously using both the Activity It is NOT possible to mix basic components (i.e. year-end assessment which covers the complete Books and the TGs will round-out and make the workbooks, textbooks, TGs, or HIGs) from one course. These tests are non reproducible. A com- program more full-bodied, but the actual math- edition with those from another edition although plete answer key is included. ematical instruction is still strong using just the the supplementary material can be used across Primary Digital: Unique to this CC edition is Textbooks. ~ Janice editions. It IS possible to change from one edi- a new online digital curriculum that comple- 058072 Textbook A . . . . . 23 .50 tion to another but changes should be made after ments the core materials of Primary Math CC. 058068 Activity Book A . . . . 17 .50 completing the B books of one level and before Using the same basic teaching methodologies 058070 Teacher Guide A . . . 55 .00 the A books of another level. but combined with multimedia technology and 058073 Textbook B . . . . . 23 .50 There are two full-color Textbooks (A and B) designed for use in the classroom and at home, it 058069 Activity Book B . . . . 17 .50 for each level. Although the texts are written can provide homework, lessons, tests, or review. 058071 Teacher Guide B . . . 55 .00 to the student, it is assumed that instruction is Ultimately, there may be many more applications being facilitated and supervised by the teacher. to this program but at the time of this writing, the Primary Mathematics CC Edition (1-5) For instance, much of the concrete aspect of the website was still labeled as “under construction.” The teaching methodology utilized by ALL the lesson presentation is conducted by the teacher Cost for one level for one student for one year is Singapore Approach math programs is an excep- using manipulatives and supplies outlined in the projected at $99. The content of Primary Digital tionally effective progression from concrete to Teacher Guide before progressing to the pictorial appears to parallel the printed version rather than pictorial to abstract reasoning. Not exactly incre- representation found in the textbooks. Also, the augment it. mental (like Saxon) or spiral (again, like Saxon) mental math activities (an important component The Singapore approach math programs remain or unit-style (like Horizons), basic concepts of the program) are based in the Teacher Guide. a strong option. All three editions will equal- are presented using more than one approach The Textbooks could be used either as consum- ly prepare your student for pre-algebra. Their and with an emphasis on mastery. Textbooks able (working and writing answers to problems pacing is slightly more advanced than some and workbooks and Teacher Guides (or Home as the student progresses through the lesson) or (most notably Saxon) which works well for some Instructor Guides when available) cohesively as non-consumable – answering orally in dialog students. Because of these pacing differences, it and effectively mix drill, word problems, and with the teacher or writing answers on separate is a good idea to take a placement test prior to mental calculation with instruction and apply to pieces of paper. moving from another program into any of the all important concepts. There is a program-wide Workbooks (black and white) correlate directly Singapore approach programs. We have tests emphasis on basic computational skills (i.e. with the textbooks and the student is expected specific to the US and SE editions but not yet for number operations, fractions, decimals, and per- to do all the work in them independently. The the CC. If considering the CC, it’s recommended cents) coupled with critical thinking and problem workbooks provide focused practice on the that students take the US placement test. Due to solving. Creative problem solving is centered in mathematical concepts presented in the textbook the reduced practice exercises and cumulative the bar model drawing methodology. To visually lessons. It’s important to note that the workbooks reviews, some students are more likely to need represent problems students are taught to trans- are just that – practice and reinforcement – with the supplemental Extra Practice workbooks when late them into bar models which help to both the bulk of the mathematical instruction pre- using the CC edition. understand the concepts and to develop a good sented through the textbooks. Although many Suggested manipulatives include: base ten solution strategy, as well as serving as a bridge people feel that there is an appropriate amount blocks, linking cubes, measuring tools, number 446 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. cubes, number discs (or place value disks), place Primary Math CC Edition Answer Key Booklets and subtraction are not covered until the second value chart, solid blocks, and miscellaneous (1-5) year. There is a review at the end of each unit. items such as fraction squares, geometric shapes, If you feel confident in the Singapore method- Textbooks include a simple glossary, an index, play money, and graph paper. ology and solutions to problems aren’t necessary and some “Math at Home” pages. The chapters for you, these books are what you want. These on addition and subtraction provide additional Math 1 two books just offer lists of answers to textbook material on different interpretations (e.g. number 058084 Textbook 1A . . . . . 17 .90 and workbook exercises for the Primary Math CC bonds, part-whole, counting on, counting back). 058094 Workbook 1A ...... 17 .50 Edition. Answer keys are a time saver, allowing Numbers past 30 and to 100 and money topics 058074 Teachers Guide 1A . . 56 .00 you to check the work quickly. ~ Donna are not part of the CA standards and were moved 068798 Tests 1A ...... 13 .00 EACH BOOKLET ...... 11 .00 to the last two units. 058085 Textbook 1B ...... 17 .90 066047 1A-3B 066048 4A-5B Numerous illustrations are used not only to 058095 Workbook 1B . . . . 17 .50 facilitate learning, but also to hold a child’s 058075 Teachers Guide 1B . . 56 .00 Challenging Word Problems Primary Math CC interest. The author’s philosophy seems to be 068799 Tests 1B ...... 13 .00 Edition (1-5) “quality before quantity.” She presents a few Featuring a progression of difficulty, these pro- well-illustrated problems rather than simply list- Math 2 vide enrichment and extra challenge for students ing 10-15 practice problems. Brief teacher’s 058086 Textbook 2A . . . . . 18 .70 at various ability levels including sharp math instructions on how to use the workbook are 058096 Workbook 2A ...... 17 .50 students. located at the bottom of each page. Suggestions 058076 Teachers Guide 2A . . 56 .00 EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . 14 .80 on how to approach a topic and reminders about 068800 Tests 2A ...... 13 .00 058063 Grade 1 058065 Grade 3 specific vocabulary to introduce are often pro- 058087 Textbook 2B ...... 19 .50 058064 Grade 2 vided. The amount of material to cover in one 058097 Workbook 2B . . . . 17 .50 EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . 15 .20 day is up to the teacher. The teacher is also 058077 Teachers Guide 2B . . 56 .00 058066 Grade 4 058067 Grade 5 responsible for planning suggested pre-workbook 068801 Tests 2B ...... 13 .00 activities, drawing the student into mathematical discussions, and when necessary, guiding the Math 3 student through workbook exercises. 058088 Textbook 3A . . . . . 21 .30 The Activity Books follow the teaching sequence 058098 Workbook 3A ...... 16 .90 in the textbook and are designed to be used with 058078 Teachers Guide 3A . . 56 .00 the K Math Readers, although neither is required. 068802 Tests 3A ...... 13 .00 The readers are based on well-known children’s 058089 Textbook 3B ...... 21 .90 rhymes and stories; each of the readers accom- 058099 Workbook 3B . . . . 16 .90 panies two textbook units. There are suggestions 058079 Teachers Guide 3B . . 56 .00 for extra materials most of which are simple items 068803 Tests 3B ...... 13 .00 from around the house. The list of suggested manipulatives, however, would be useful to have Math 4 on hand. 058090 Textbook 4A . . . . . 21 .90 Teachers who prefer more detailed lesson 058100 Workbook 4A ...... 16 .90 plans, like those provided in Saxon’s Math K 058080 Teachers Guide 4A . . 56 .00 A . Teacher’s Manual, might have difficulty with just 068804 Tests 4A ...... 13 .00 the Workbook’s brief instructions. The Teacher’s 058091 Textbook 4B ...... 21 .90 Singapore Math Standards Edition (CA Guides provide more detailed lesson plans plus 058101 Workbook 4B . . . . 16 .90 Standards) (K-5) show the integration of the Readers and Activity 058081 Teachers Guide 4B . . 56 .00 The Standards Edition (SE) is an adaptation of Books with the Workbooks. Answer keys are 068805 Tests 4B ...... 13 .00 Singapore Approach Math that is aligned to the only available in the Teacher Guide but are gen- CA math standards. At the end of the millennium erally unnecessary, for this level. Math 5 (1997), CA led the way in re-establishing rigorous Compared to other programs, Earlybird Math 058092 Textbook 5A . . . . . 21 .90 math standards in the United States. Changes does have certain disadvantages. Some prefer 058102 Workbook 5A ...... 16 .90 needed to bring the 3rd edition Primary Math workbooks that contain more practice exercises, 058082 Teachers Guide 5A . . 56 .00 into alignment with the CA standards were rather like Horizons K. Horizons also moves at a quick- 068806 Tests 5A ...... 13 .00 minimal and pertain mostly to additional review er pace and covers addition and subtraction to 058093 Textbook 5B ...... 21 .90 coupled with some rearrangement of material. A a more advanced level. Nonetheless, Earlybird 058103 Workbook 5B . . . . 16 .90 small amount of new content (data analysis and Math does a thorough job of teaching the basics. 058083 Teachers Guide 5B . . 56 .00 probability) was added. This edition is being It will probably appeal most to children who are 068807 Tests 5B ...... 13 .00 replaced by the Common Core edition. While visual learners and parents who feel comfort- both will continue to be available for a little able explaining math concepts, appreciate some Primary Math Extra Practice CC Edition (1-5) while, gradually the SE will go out of print. ~ instructional guidance, but don’t mind planning Extra Practice is a consumable workbook series Janice their own lessons. that is coordinated with the scope and sequence 043035 Textbook A . . . . . 28 .50 of the Primary math workbooks/textbooks and Earlybird Kindergarten Math (Standards Ed) (K) 043036 Textbook B . . . . . 28 .50 provides additional practice exercises. Specific This is a 1 or 2-year preschool/kindergarten 043033 Activity Book A . . . . 20 .50 to each series (i.e. US, SE, and CC), these work- program that emphasizes concepts over drill. 043034 Activity Book B . . . 20 .50 books (one per level) consolidate and reinforce Like most early learning programs, a great deal 047881 Teacher Guide A . . . 62 .00 the mathematical skills taught. Exercises are of work is done linking sets of concrete objects 048314 Teacher Guide B . . . 62 .00 short and topic-specific which means they can to the numbers they represent. Although not 043042 Math Readers - 10 . . . 50 .00 be assigned only as students need additional developed by Singapore’s Ministry of Education, practice in a given topic. It’s expected that the this program was written by an educator with 28 Suggested Manipulatives: student will be able to work through these exer- years experience writing preschool and primary 018733 Counting Discs . . . . 4 25. cises either independently or with minimal help. school materials. 018741 Mathlink Cubes . . . . 16.60 15 .95 EACH BOOK ...... 19 .00 This program introduces the basics of color, 018729 Bucket Balance (A .) . . 19.99 15 .95 058104 Grade 1 058106 Grade 3 shape, size, numbers to 100 (but focusing on 036023 Hexahedron Dice Set . . 3.50 2 95. 058105 Grade 2 1-10), length, weight, volume, time, money, 018731 Student Geared Clock 3.17 3 00. EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . 19 .30 picture graphs, and single-digit addition and 010884 Tangrams (optional) . . 1 25. 058107 Grade 4 058108 Grade 5 subtraction. Topics like place value, addition, 007935 Attribute Blocks (optnl) 9.25 7 95. See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 447 Essential Math (K) Singapore Math Manipulative category at the 043083 Workbook 5A ...... 16 .90 It’s hard to get more basic – and solid – than end of the Singapore Math section.) A or B sets 043084 Workbook 5B . . . . 16 .90 this program. The no-nonsense black and white contain the text, workbook and Home Instructor PMSE5A 5A Set ...... 61.30 59 .95 worksheet format might deceive you, but fight Guide for that level. Extra Practice books pro- PMSE5B 5B Set ...... 61.30 59 .95 it! They are engaging, with straight-forward vide additional problems for A and B books at 043063 Tests 5A ...... 23 .00 teaching instructions (concept, introduction with each level. 043064 Tests 5B ...... 23 .80 manipulatives, how to use page) at the bottom NOTE: The Math 6 Teacher Guides have some 043041 Extra Practice . . . . 19 .30 of each. The scope and sequence is similar to incorrect answers. An errata sheet is available at 048607 Home Inst . Gd 5A . . 22 .50 Singapore’s Earlybird Math and designed to pre- SingaporeMath.com with correct answers. ~ Janice 049668 Home Inst . Gd 5B . . 22 .50 pare the student for Primary Math. It can be used EACH TEACHER GUIDE . . . . 56 .00 as a supplement to Earlybird or as a stand-alone 035031 Answer Keys 1A-3B . . 10 .50 Math 6 6A 6B program. Many household items are used as 035042 Answer Keys 4A-6B . . 10 .50 Teacher Guide 046392 030498 manipulatives, but the few specific ones suggest- 046189 Textbook 6A . . . . . 21 .90 ed are listed below (balance and pattern blocks Math 1 1A 1B 046440 Textbook 6B ...... 23 .50 are only referred to a very few times). ~ Janice Teacher Guide 043045 043046 046047 Workbook 6A ...... 16 .90 EACH BOOK ...... 12 .00 043065 Textbook 1A . . . . . 17 .90 046442 Workbook 6B . . . . 16 .90 045230 Kindergarten A 043066 Textbook 1B ...... 17 .90 PMSE6A 6A Set ...... 94.80 93 .75 045231 Kindergarten B 043075 Workbook 1A ...... 17 .50 PMSE6B 6B Set ...... 96.40 95 .50 ESMTHK Package ...... 81.08 67 .95 043076 Workbook 1B . . . . 17 .50 047880 Tests 6A ...... 23 .00 Books A & B plus all five manipulatives below. PMSE1A 1A Set ...... 56.40 54 .95 030502 Tests 6B ...... 23 .80 PMSE1B 1B Set ...... 56.40 54 .95 047110 Extra Practice . . . . 19 .30 Suggested Manipulatives: 043055 Tests 1A ...... 19 .20 030229 Chall . Word Problems . 13 .90 018734 Teddy Bear Counters (48) . 6.25 4 .75 043056 Tests 1B ...... 19 .50 ~~~~~~~ 018741 MultiLink Cubes (100) 16.60 15 .95 043634 Home Inst . Gd 1A . . . 21 .00 003491 Geometric Shapes . . . 4.25 3 .95 043635 Home Inst . Gd 1B . . . 21 .00 Shaping Maths 3rd Edition (1-6) 018729 Balance Scale . . . . 19.99 15 .95 043037 Extra Practice . . . . 19 .00 EACH ACTIVITY BOOK . . . . 8 50. 018743 Pattern Blocks . . . . . 9.99 7 .95 EACH COURSEBOOK . . . . . 9 90. Primary Math (Standards Edition) (1-6) Math 2 2A 2B EACH TEACHER PLANNING GD 84 .00 Adapted from the US edition, no material was Teacher Guide 043047 043048 Activity Course- Teacher removed for the Standards Edition (SE), only rear- 043067 Textbook 2A . . . . . 18 .70 Book book Planning Gd ranged between levels. A few units have been 043068 Textbook 2B ...... 19 .50 1A 072553 072565 072577 added primarily in probability and data analysis, 043077 Workbook 2A ...... 17 .50 1B 072554 072566 072578 negative numbers and coordinate graphing. A 043078 Workbook 2B . . . . 17 .50 2A 072555 072567 072579 glossary of terms was added to each of the text- PMSE2A 2A Set ...... 57.20 55 .95 2B 072556 072568 072580 books. In levels 2A through 5B there is now a PMSE2B 2B Set ...... 59.00 57 .95 3A 072557 072569 072581 cumulative review after most units in both the 043057 Tests 2A ...... 19 .20 3B 072558 072570 072582 textbook and the workbook. 6A and 6B feature 043058 Tests 2B ...... 19 .50 4A 072559 072571 072583 reviews after every other unit. Many of the units 043636 Home Inst . Gd 2A . . . 21 .00 4B 072560 072572 072584 have a few pages that have been added in order 007518 Home Inst . Gd 2B . . . 22 .00 5A 072561 072573 072585 to “reteach” a concept from an earlier level. 043038 Extra Practice . . . . 19 .00 5B 072562 072574 072586 There is some material that had been removed 6A 072563 072575 072587 from the 2nd edition that has been added back Math 3 3A 3B 6B 072564 072576 072588 in – reteaching pages, additional pages on frac- Teacher Guide 043049 043050 tions and mental math learning tasks, along with 043069 Textbook 3A . . . . . 21 .30 Dimensions Mathematics (Singapore Math) (6-8) some problems added to the reviews. Levels 3A 043070 Textbook 3B ...... 21 .90 The Dimensions Mathematics is a remake of the through 6B are in color. 043079 Workbook 3A ...... 16 .90 original Discovering Mathematics. This course As in the US edition, you need both the text- 043080 Workbook 3B . . . . 16 .90 follows the Singapore Mathematics framework book and the workbook. The textbook contains PMSE3A 3A Set ...... 60.20 58 .95 while also covering topics in the Common Core the instruction and learning tasks along with the PMSE3B 3B Set ...... 60.80 59 .50 State Standards. The revision is currently in prog- practices and reviews that are to be done in class. 043059 Tests 3A ...... 22 .00 ress, with grade 6 being developed to accompa- The workbook contains the independent work. 043060 Tests 3B ...... 23 .80 ny grades 7 and 8 courses. Please note that the US ed. Teacher’s Guides 043958 Home Inst . Gd 3A . . . 22 .00 The 6A textbook provides a place to go after and Home Instructor’s Guides and Answer Key 016543 Home Inst . Gd 3B . . . 22 .00 finishing 5B in the Primary Math CCSS edition Booklets cannot be used interchangeably with 043039 Extra Practice . . . . 19 .00 and is the bridge to levels 7 and 8 content. the Standards Edition material. Currently, the 6A and 6B textbooks are only Both the Teachers Guides and the Home Math 4 4A 4B available-contact us for availability of other grade Instructor Guides (only available for Levels 1A Teacher Guide 043051 043052 6 components. Some new topics have been - 5B) include answers to the textbook and work- 043071 Textbook 4A . . . . . 21 .90 added and others have been rearranged between book problems. As a general rule, the TGs are 043072 Textbook 4B ...... 21 .90 levels: some US measurement is included (metric more oriented to the classroom while the HIGs 043081 Workbook 4A ...... 16 .90 is still dominant) and terminology reflects the are more geared to working one-on-one with a 043082 Workbook 4B . . . . 16 .90 more common US usage and spelling. Some of student. However, both provide detailed lesson PMSE4A 4A Set ...... 60.80 59 .50 the additional topics are in the areas of num- plans. The TGs have daily lesson plans while the PMSE4B 4B Set ...... 60.80 59 .50 bers and operations, solutions of linear equa- HIGs provide teaching segments indicating the 043061 Tests 4A ...... 23 .80 tions and inequalities, graphs of linear functions number of weeks to spend per unit. A significant 043062 Tests 4B ...... 21 .30 and relations, measurement, and data analysis. difference between the two is that the HIGs have 046391 Home Inst . Gd 4A . . . 22 .00 Some topics that were once found in books 1 a sidebar column that shows assignments com- 008185 Home Inst . Gd 4B . . . 22 .00 and 2 of the original Discovering Mathematics plete with answers. Assignments in the TGs are 043040 Extra Practice . . . . 19 .30 series are now found in grade 8 of Dimensions listed within the lesson plans and all answers are Mathematics, but no topics have been removed. in the back of the book. Both include lists of sug- Math 5 5A 5B Students completing Dimensions Math 8 should gested manipulatives and materials and included Teacher Guide 043053 043054 be prepared for second-year algebra or geometry in the appendix of each are mental math work- 043073 Textbook 5A . . . . . 21 .90 at the high school level. sheets and some teaching helps. (please see our 043074 Textbook 5B ...... 21 .90 Textbooks for this series are full color and chap- 448 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. ters are divided into lessons. The amount of time 012480 Teaching Notes/Solutions 7B 31 .00 Like the Singapore editions of Primary Math, you take for each lesson is not indicated, but you 019706 Textbook 8A . . . . . 24 .00 NEM course books only cover metric units. will want to finish one textbook per semester. 019736 Textbook 8B ...... 24 .00 Slightly different conventions and notation are Each chapter begins with an introduction to the 019737 Workbook 8A ...... 11 .00 also used in NEM. For example, spaces instead concept or topic and lists the learning outcomes 019811 Workbook 8B . . . . 11 .00 of commas are used to separate numbers with for the chapter. Each lesson includes an expla- 019813 Wkbk Solutions 8A . . 16 .50 four digits or more. Repeating decimals are not nation with examples for the topic or concept, 019817 Wkbk Solutions 8B . . 16 .50 designated by a bar, but by placing dots above and “Try It”, which is a question similar to the 019702 Tchg Notes/Solutions 8A 31 .00 the first and last digits in a repeating set. Time is example. A variety of side notes are found in the 039122 Tchg Notes/Solutions 8B 31 .00 expressed in military time, and a space is used to margins. For example, “Math Web” includes a separate hours and minutes. For example, 2:30 link for additional information, “Remarks” lists New Elementary Math (7-8) pm would be written 14:30. key learning points, “Recall” asks students to Don’t let the title of this series fool you. Compared to Saxon, NEM begins introducing remember earlier presented content, “Discuss” “Elementary” refers to “the basics,” as in the algebraic concepts earlier, generally includes is a thinking question related to the topic, and basics of higher-level mathematics. New more complex geometry problems, and covers “Math Bits” states an interesting fact related to the Elementary Math (NEM) 1 and 2 respectively more trigonometry. However, Saxon’s Algebra 2 topic. You will find an exercise for every lesson cover introductory and intermediate algebra. course covers a wider variety of topics, including that includes “Basic Practice” (direct application There’s quite a jump from Primary Math 6 to NEM polar coordinates, imaginary and complex num- of the concept), “Further Practice” (more chal- 1 (7th grade). NEM 1 requires greater discipline on bers, and logarithms. In Algebra 2, students must lenging questions with application of concepts), the part of the student because there is an intense solve 3 by 3 systems of linear equations, while “[email protected]” (practice with integrated con- amount of computational practice to be done. NEM only covers 2 by 2 systems. Also, NEM cepts in practical situations), and “Brainworks” NEM course books are four times thicker than is extremely weak in coordinate graphing. The (higher order thinking questions that involve Primary Math textbooks. NEM takes a straightfor- slope-intercept method of graphing lines is also an open-ended approach to problem solving). ward approach which emphasizes concepts, appli- not covered. Instead, students graph equations Occasionally a “Class Activity” introduces new cations, and mathematical reasoning. by plotting points from an x-y chart. Systems concepts through cooperative learning methods. Each level requires one course book and one of equations are primarily solved by algebraic At the end of each chapter you will find “In a teacher’s guide (NEM 1, NEM 2). One sup- manipulation; graphical interpretations are not Nutshell,” which summarizes important rules plementary workbook containing extra practice emphasized. This approach to solving systems and concepts from the chapter for easy review; problems is available for each grade. may be difficult for students who need visual a “Review Exercise” that offers a variety of inte- Course books have plain black and white representations in order to understand algebra. grated questions for students to apply chapter pages with two-color diagrams and graphs. ~ Anh concepts; “Extend Your Learning Curve” that Although the texts are visually unexciting, they 013666 1 Text (7) ...... 35 .00 offers an opportunity for individual research; and contain clear and simple explanations. As the 013667 1 Workbook (7) . . . . 14 .50 “Write in Your Journal” that offers questions for student progresses to higher levels, course book 013760 1 Solution Manual (7) . 27 .99 reflection on chapter content. An answer key explanations become more technical. Each 013670 2 Text (8) ...... 35 .00 is found at the back of the book. Students will lesson contains written explanations, worked 013671 2 Workbook (8) . . . . 14 .50 begin using a calculator (TI-30Xa is used for examples, and an exercise set. Most lessons 013761 2 Solution Manual (8) . 25 .75 examples). also include a class activity. Exercise sets are ~~~~~~~ Workbooks offer additional practice for each graded, with harder problems located towards lesson and include Basic, Further, Challenging, the end of a set. Chapter reviews summarize MATH IN FOCUS: THE SINGAPORE and Enrichment sections – the latter being the main ideas and definitions but do not include APPROACH (K-8) most challenging problems. Answers are listed review problems. For review problems, try Math in Focus is the newest program to incorpo- in the back of the workbook for your conve- the corresponding workbook problems for that rate the widely-used Singapore approach to math. nience. If you would like more complete, worked chapter. Each chapter ends with a Challenger Two key ways that the Singapore approach differs solutions to the problems in the workbook, a problem set and a Problem Solving section. The from more traditional programs are: Workbook Solutions is available. Problem Solving section describes and provides ¾¾ Consistent use of models that allow stu- Teaching Notes & Solutions offer fully worked exercises for different problem solving techniques dents to tackle concepts that are normally solutions for “Try It”, “Class Activity”, “Basic (guess & check, working backwards, using mod- delayed until later grades Practice”, “Further Practice”, “[email protected]”, and els, etc). After every few chapters, there are ¾¾ An emphasis on application of math skills “Brainworks” exercises found in the textbook, as Revision, Miscellaneous, and Investigation exer- to real-world situations helps children well as the “Review Exercise” for each chapter. cises. Revision and Miscellaneous problems become formidable problem solvers in The teaching notes are found in the front section provide cumulative review, while Investigation real life of this book. It includes a suggested approach exercises help build higher-order thinking skills. The question is not whether to use the Singapore for each chapter and a brief suggestion (about a Each course book provides two sample final approach, but which version you should choose: paragraph) for each lesson and what the student exams. Answers to both finals plus all lesson, Primary Mathematics from SingaporeMath.com should gain from the lesson. I read on the pub- revision, and miscellaneous exercises are located or this new Math in Focus? lisher’s website that there is a weekly schedule in the back of each book. Solution manuals are The underlying philosophy of Math in Focus found in this book, but I can find it nowhere. available. A Quick Revision Guide is included is the same as Primary Math. It has the same There are just the very brief teacher notes for with the purchase of each course book. The emphasis on integrating concepts and skills; the each chapter and solutions. There are no tests guides are thin booklets consisting of study sheets same approach of beginning with concrete, then written for this new edition, but you could use on main ideas for each chapter. to pictorial, then to abstract; the same extensive your chapter reviews for assessment purposes. Workbooks are more like non-consumable problem solving using the famous bar models Keep up with the standards and teach good, exercise banks. Students must show their work to tackle the tough questions. The scope of the solid math concepts Dimensions Mathematics.~ on a separate piece of paper. Problems provide program is essentially alike, as well. On the Donna/Deanne specific instructions on when and when not to whole, I would say there is a bit more material in 024308 Textbook 6A . . . . . 22 .50 use calculators. Unlike Primary Math, workbook MIF than PM. Sometimes this includes additional 066822 Textbook 6B ...... 22 .50 exercises are not directly correlated with the concepts, sometimes just going deeper into a 055279 Textbook 7A . . . . . 24 .00 course book. In general, workbook exercises topic. While the sequence of topics corresponds 003530 Textbook 7B ...... 24 .00 for each chapter should probably be complet- for the most part between the two programs, 055280 Workbook 7A ...... 11 .00 ed before moving onto the next chapter. The I found a few places where it was different in 003540 Workbook 7B . . . . 11 .00 workbook also contains sample tests and exams. the two levels I compared. These differences 006347 Workbook Solutions 7A 16 .50 Tests cover two chapters, and they usually con- seemed limited to order of presentation within 006350 Workbook Solutions 7B 16 .50 sists of 6-8 multi-part, free-response questions. a grade rather than movement of concepts from 003524 Teaching Notes/Solutions 7A 31 .00 Midterms/final exams are longer. continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 449 one grade to another. MIF is CCSS-aligned, but Unlike the PM program, the MIF teacher edition in a situation are related.” It uses the example in a comparison between it and Singapore Math includes reduced images of both student text and of computing a person’s age next year and two Standards Edition, there only appears to be about workbook pages (with all answers printed in red). years ago. It is followed by a second Learn 10% new content at each grade level, and these I find it difficult to teach effectively without my segment explaining how to “Use variables to are all minor concepts and topics. The general own copy of student materials, so I appreciate represent unknown numbers and form expres- scope and sequence of the program has not been having it all in one place so I’m not juggling sions involving addition and subtraction”. This changed. To get a more detailed comparison of books while teaching. Teaching instructions expands on the first segment as two students dis- respective scope and sequences, you should visit appear directly below the corresponding student cuss how to compute their teacher’s age in these the respective websites (www. singaporemath. text page. These include concept information, cases, without knowing his age now. It shows com and www.greatsource.com/mathinfocus) directions for teacher-led and/or student activi- how a variable can be used to construct an for a complete scope and sequence for each ties, and discussion (which is fairly scripted). algebraic expression to solve the problem. The program. If you have previously used Primary The lesson presentation is very organized, Guided Practice follows up with a table present- Math, the transition to Math in Focus should be with several standard elements in each chapter, ing different situations (Now, 4 years from now, a smooth one. regardless of grade level. First, there is always 10 years from now, 5 years ago, 8 years ago) and Basic materials also are similar: both have two a Chapter Introduction which coordinates with asking a student to supply the appropriate alge- levels (A and B) of teacher editions, non-con- the introductory page in the student text. As an braic expressions (the ‘x’ for Now is supplied). sumable student texts, and workbooks per grade; example, let’s look at the Chapter Introduction Other lesson components include several of the and both have additional materials such as extra to “Subtraction Facts to 10” in the 1A book: The following: practice books, assessment (test) books, and student text page shows a boy in three frames: ¾¾ Let’s Practice – reinforces with addtion- enrichment (challenging) books. walking with five stickers in open hand; three al practice problems. When students The main differences between the two programs of them dropping into an open grate in the side- can successfully solve these problems, they are: walk; with two of the five stickers (sadly) left in are ready for independent work in the stu- ¾¾ The format / content of the Teacher Editions hand. It has a box at bottom left, delineating the dent workbook ¾¾ The presentation of lessons chapter into four lessons and a “Big Idea” box at ¾¾ Hands-On Activity – reinforces skills, con- ¾¾ The amount of instructional material in the bottom right telling the student “Subtraction can cepts and problem-solving strategies, using student text be used to find how many are left.” Next is a manipulatives. These show the items ¾¾ The integration of concrete (hands-on) stu- Recall Prior Knowledge section. These student to use, how to use to solve problems, dent activities into the programs text pages review concepts learned previously then provide several additional problems ¾¾ The graphic content / layout that are prerequisite to understanding material for . . .independent work. ¾¾ The incorporation of enrichment activities introduced in this chapter. Teaching instructions ¾¾ Game – breaks up the bookwork with a into the MIF program coincide, often including manipulative work for fun game using the target skill. the student. Immediately following, there’s a ¾¾ The larger size of the MIF program ¾¾ Let’s Explore! – uses a discovery approach Quick Check with several questions to assess ¾¾ The relative cost of the programs to learning. By working through the activi- whether the student is ready to continue or needs First, the teacher editions. I think the authors ty, the student will discern a concept, rela additional review. (If needed, an additional pre- tionship, strategy, or principle. of the PM teacher materials have done an out- test is available in the Assessments book). When standing job. It is difficult to write a teacher ¾¾ Math Journal – helps children put math readiness is affirmed, chapter lessons begin. For concepts into words. As you might expect, edition apart from the development of the student each, the teacher edition details lesson objec- materials. Since these are not the actual teacher these require much less writing in the ear- tives, coordinating resources, vocabulary, mate- lier grades. materials used in Singapore, or even translations rials needed for each day, and provides a 5-min- of them, it is no surprise that they are not quite Most lessons end with a Let’s Practice leading ute Warm Up activity. The 5-minute Warm Up into On Your Own assignments in the student as coordinated with the student materials as the activity introduces and prepares students for the Math in Focus teacher editions are. These were workbook. lesson. These generally involve work with con- Chapters usually consist of 2-7 lessons and written specifically for the MIF program and in crete objects (linking cubes, counters, etc.) but, tandem with the student editions. As such, the end with a Put on Your Thinking Cap! activity. at higher levels can include “teaser” problems or These draw on both previous knowledge and material relates directly to the student text and questions. This is in sharp contrast to the heavy workbook pages. This is a significant difference. skills acquired in the chapter to resolve chal- pre-text activities in PM. A lesson introduction lenging problems, combining problem-solving In contrast, most of the actual teaching in the PM in the student text states objectives and previews Home Instructor guides takes place before you strategies with critical thinking skills. It’s a little vocabulary. From here, lessons may vary, though like pages from a Critical Thinking Press book even open the student text. The work done in the the concrete to pictorial to abstract philosophy is student text is more reinforcement of concepts were purposely bound in. Think of these as ever-present and more integrated into the student enrichment exercises built right into the course. taught outside the scope of the text lesson itself. text itself. Most lessons consist of several Learn This puts a lot more of the teaching burden on Accompanying teacher instruction includes skills and Guided Practice segments, interspersed with required to solve the problem and how to direct the teacher. You must do the concept introduc- a variety of other components. Learn boxes tion, concrete modeling, and transition to picto- your child through the thought process as need- introduce, explain, and model each concept. ed. These activities also have workbook fol- rial before you “Have your student do tasks ___ These correspond to lesson objectives and con- , textbook pp.______”. low-up pages. A Chapter Wrap Up recaps all of tain a heading revealing what the focal skill is. the concepts and skills learned in the chapter. At The Math in Focus teacher editions begin, as most For example, In the “Ways to Subtract” Lesson, do, with a program overview, which describes most levels, this is followed by a Chapter Review/ the first taught concept is: “You can subtract by Test right in the student text. At early levels, the components of the program, lists manipulatives taking away.” The skill is then illustrated, mod- (with suggested alternatives), includes a three- chapter review/test is contained in the student eled and explained, showing step-by-step the workbook instead (probably to avoid having to grade scope and sequence, and detailed Table of related math techniques. Contents. Each chapter begins with an overview. rewrite the problems). The Assessments books Guided Practice segments almost always follow also contain a test for each chapter in the student It contains background information for teaching the Learn segments. At the lower levels, they the lessons, cross-curricular connections, and the book. usually photographically portray manipulative A lot of the same components exist, in some location of “before” and “after” concepts for this work used to solve problems. Correlating teach- topic. The Chapter Planning Guide is a tabular form, in the PM program. Hands-on activities, er edition instructions guide the teacher in use games, enrichment, discussion, and exploratory layout breaking the chapter into teaching units, of corresponding manipulative work. At upper showing for each the number of days it will take, exercises are all detailed in the teacher books, levels, these may be problems to work relat- along with most of the lesson instruction. There instructional objectives, vocabulary, resources, ing to the Learn segment. For example, in the materials needed, and how it fits into the NCTM is simply less reliance in the MIF program on the Algebra chapter lesson (grade 5) “Using Letters teacher getting skills and concepts across before standards. It’s an “at a glance” overview. The as Numbers,” the Learn teaches “how to write actual lesson pages follow. using the text pages; in fact, teaching takes place a numerical expression to show how numbers alongside and corresponding to the student text. 450 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Because of this, the text has a more ordered and you a meal. You should also take into consid- Statistics, and Probability. Course 3 completes systematic feel compared to the PM texts. So, eration whether you would need to use ancil- preparation for high school math by exploring if you are not going to actually read through lary materials for either program. Homeschool exponents, scientific notation, algebraic linear and teach from the instructor guides, you will Packages include the Student Book, Workbook equations, lines and linear equations, systems be better off with this program. While it is not and Teacher’s Edition for one semester of a grade of linear equations, functions, the Pythagorean intended to be self-instructional, your student level (A or B). The Kindergarten Homeschool Theorem, geometric transformations, congruence will have more complete guidance directly in the Packages include Part 1 and 2 of the Student and similiarity, statistics, and probability. Each student materials. And, once you have finished Book and the corresponding Teacher’s Edition. homeschool kit includes the hardcover teacher the lesson, he will have more to refer back to, Full year packages are also now available with edition and hardcover student edition (noncon- should he have a question or need clarification. a parent answer key instead of the Teacher’s sumable text) for one semester. The assessment While both programs sport full-color student Editions. Answer keys contain reduced student book is sold separately and includes content for texts, Math in Focus uses more photographic, pages and answers to the student textbook (in both semesters. Extra Practice books for each real-life images and fewer cartoonish render- the front) and workbook (in the back). Packages semester and a Blackline Activities book is avail- ings, giving them a more grown-up look. This with Answer Keys include Student Book A & B, able but optional. is especially attractive where manipulatives are Workbook A & B and the parent answer key. EACH STUDENT BOOK 1-2 . . . 33.40 25 .05 used to demonstrate a concept. As they say, “a Student packs are also available. These packs EACH STUDENT BK SET 1-2 . . 61.40 50 .10 picture is worth a thousand words.” MIF has include student textbooks and workbooks for EACH STUDENT BOOK 3-5 . . . 40.53 30 .40 even replaced most of the Singrapore math signa- both semesters and the assessments book. At the EACH STUDENT BK SET 3-5 . . 76.87 60 .80 ture “talking heads” (shoulder-up illustrations of kindergarten level, the teacher edition is included EACH WORKBOOK ...... 15.47 11 .60 children “talking” or “thinking” via word bubbles because of the interactive nature of the lessons. EACH WORKBOOK SET . . . .25.27 19 .95 to identify concepts, explain processes, even The Reteach Workbooks correspond to the chap- EACH TEACHER ED 1-5 . . . . 161.53 121 .15 provide instruction) with photographic images of ters in each level of the Student Book/Workbook. EACH ANSWER KEY . . . . . 31.65 29 .95 real children instead. While lower-level student They provide examples with guided instruction EACH ENRICHMENT BOOK . . . 39.13 24 .50 texts in both series are more heavily graphic, I along with additional practice problems. These EACH ENRICHMENT SET . . . . 71.67 41 .95 feel that the balance is better in the MIF program. serve the needs of some students who just need EACH EXTRA PRACTICE . . . .39.13 24 .50 Too many large illustrations can overwhelm and additional work on most concepts for mastery. EACH EXTRA PRACTICE SET . . 58.70 41 .95 distract. Answers/Solutions are found in the back of each EACH ASSESSMENTS (except) .63.87 47 .90 Since all of the Primary Math books are smaller book. 210 pgs, pb. EACH RETEACH BOOK . . . . 39.13 29 .35 format, these more typically school-sized materi- In a nutshell, while the core content and philo- als seem all the larger. MIF teacher editions are sophical approach of these Singapore programs is Grade K: oversized, spiral bound books (increased width much the same, the implementation is not. So, 047483 Student Bk A, Part 1 14.13 10 .60 needed to fit student pages side by side). They my best advice? Get yourself to a curriculum fair 047484 Student Bk A, Part 2 14.13 10 .60 are also much longer than the corresponding PM and look at the programs side by side. Then you 047485 Student Bk B, Part 1 14.13 10 .60 instructor guides, again largely because of the can decide the best fit for your teaching style and 047486 Student Bk B, Part 2 14.13 10 .60 inclusion of reduced images of all student pages. your child. MFKSTU Student Bk Set . . . 43.59 42 .40 The full-sized MIF student texts are hardbound, Note: Not included in the comparison above 002743 Tchr Ed Bk A . . . .161.67 121 .25 which not only makes them more durable, is the Math in Focus Kindergarten program, as it 002749 Tchr Ed Bk B . . . . 161.37 121 .25 but makes them heftier. With so much more is much different in both format and presentation 047811 Assessments . . . . 62.60 46 .95 instructional material in them, they contain about than the rest of the elementary program. The 047812 Homeschl Pkg KA 136.75 98 .95 double the pages of their PM counterparts. This four-part student book is a worktext. Teaching 047813 Homeschl Pkg KB 136.75 98 .95 page count difference does not carry over to the instruction is all in the Teacher Edition, and con- 049966 Student Pack . . . 304.55 234 .00 student workbooks, however, which are more sists of “Investigate,” “Discover,” “Explore,” and similar in length (PM’s may even have slightly “Apply” activities. As with the elementary levels, more pages). teaching instructions are correlated to student text Grade 1: 1A 1B 1A/1B Set Reviews are also implemented differently in pages. Lessons are detailed andscripted. Many Student Bk 047453 047455 MF1SST each series. Whereas MIF has a review of pre- reference a corresponding “Big Book.” Some of Workbook 047456 047458 MIF1WB viously-learned material at the beginning of each the Big Book pages are larger reproductions of Teacher Ed 002508 002509 chapter, PM (beginning in grade 2), generally student text pages; for others, you can use the Enrichment 048014 048016 MF1ENR has a cumulative review at the end of a unit, reduced copy in the teacher editions. Unlike the Extra Practice 048017 048019 MF1EPS which is also echoed in the workbook. MIF has other MIF books, student books contain colorful Reteach 061471 061472 a distinct chapter review and test at the end of illustrations rather than photographic images. Assessments 047796 each chapter. Workbooks contain cumulative The books have a “cute monster” theme carried Answer Key 061466 reviews after every two chapters (for only those throughout. Since there is no Primary Math kin- 047797 Homeschl Pkg 1A . . 151.80 113 .95 two chapters). Each workbook also contains a dergarten level, I can’t really compare content or 047798 Homeschl Pkg 1B . .151.80 113 .95 cumulative test at the end of the book; Workbook presentation. For a detailed scope and sequence, 049961 Student Pack . . . . 116.05 89 .00 A a Mid-Year and Workbook B an End-of-Year refer to the publisher’s website. 055850 H/S Pkg w/ Ans Key 159.80 114 .50 review. Both programs have an optional test Middle School Courses 1-3, corresponding book also. MIF calls this the Assessments book. to grades 6-8, have been added to this pro- It contains a diagnostic review for each chapter gram. These use the same conceptually rich Grade 2: 2A 2B 2A/2B Set (mentioned earlier), “Benchmark” cumulative approach and format as the elementary series Student Bk 047459 047461 MF2SST assessments to be taken midway through each but focus on ratio, geometry, number, statis- Workbook 047462 047464 MIF2WB text, and Mid- and End-of-Year cumulative tests. tics, and expressions. Course 1 covers positive Teacher Ed 002561 002571 A final difference between the programs is cost. and negative numbers, multiplying and divid- Enrichment 048020 048022 MF2ENR While workbooks and student books are fairly ing fractions and decimals, ratios and rates, Extra Practice 048023 048025 MF2EPS close in price, the teacher editions are not. If percents, algebraic expressions, equations and Reteach 061473 061474 you deduct the separate prices of student text and inequalities, coordinate plane, perimeter, area, Assessments 047799 workbook from the Homeschool Kit price, you’re volume, statistics, and measures of central ten- Answer Key 061467 still left with a considerable difference. You’re in dency. Course 2 chapters include: The Real 047800 Homeschl Pkg 2A . . 151.80 113 .95 the ballpark if you plan on using the more expen- Number System, Rational Number Operations, 047801 Homeschl Pkg 2B . .151.80 113 .95 sive Primary Math Teacher’s Guide instead of Algebraic Expressions, Algebraic Equations and 049962 Student Pack . . . . 116.05 89 .00 the Home Instructor Guide. Or, if you, like me, Inequalities, Direct and Inverse Proportion, 055851 H/S Pkg w/ Ans Key 159.80 114 .50 need a separate copy of student materials to teach Angle Properties and Straight Lines, Geometric with anyway, the remaining difference won’t buy Construction, Volume and Surface Area of Solids, See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 451 Grade 3: 3A 3B 3A/3B Set Grade 8: 8A 8B BOTH CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Student Bk 047465 047467 MF3SST H/S Package 017904 017906 MIFCMP Grades K-5 Kit . . .233.03 149 .00 Workbook 047468 047470 MIF3WB Student Bk 059070 059071 MFC3ST* MIFCUP Gr . K-5 Kit w/ Teaching Teacher Ed 002658 002698 Extra Practice 017833 017852 MFC3EP* Clock Upgrade ...... 249.85 155 .00 Enrichment 048026 048028 MF3ENR Assessments 017899 MIFGRK Grade K ...... 82.69 58 .50 Extra Practice 048029 048031 MF3EPS Activities 017816 MIFGR1 Grade 1 ...... 148.90 94 .00 Reteach 061475 061476 059067 Enrichment . . . . . 68.20 37 .95 MIF1UP Gr . 1 w/ Tchng Clock 165.72 109 .00 Assessments 047802 MFC3ST *Student Bk A/B Set . . 79 .60 MIFGR2 Grade 2 ...... 136.52 95 .00 Answer Key 061468 MFC3EP *Practice Bk A/B Set 58.60 49 .95 MIF2UP Gr .2 w/Tchng Clock 153.34 105 .00 047803 Homeschl Pkg 3A . . 157.00 115 .95 MIFGR3 Grade 3 ...... 84.78 63 .00 047804 Homeschl Pkg 3B . .157.00 115 .95 Math in Focus Manipulative Kits (K-5) MIF3UP Gr . 3 w/Tchng Clock 101.60 72 .00 049963 Student Pack . . . . 127.80 95 .95 Due to customer requests, we’ve put together MIFGR4 Grade 4 ...... 100.21 65 .00 055852 H/S Pkg w/ Ans Key 159.80 114 .50 these kits based on the lists of suggested manip- MIFGR5 Grade 5 ...... 90.23 59 .00 ulatives found in the Teacher’s Edition for each MIFBK1 Add-On Kit Gr . K-1 .69.70 43 .00 Grade 4: 4A 4B 4A/4B Set level of Math in Focus. Please see the corre- MIFB12 Add-On Kit Gr . 1-2 .26.61 24 .75 Student Bk 047471 047473 MF4SST sponding chart for a list of items you will find MIFB23 Add-On Kit Gr . 2-3 . 2.50 2 25. Workbook 047474 047476 MIF4WB in specific kits. Where applicable, we also offer MIFB34 Add-On Kit Gr . 3-4 .25.59 16 .95 Teacher Ed 002711 002722 a Teaching Clock upgrade for those who would MIFB45 Add-On Kit Gr . 4-5 .25.94 17 .75 Enrichment 048032 048034 MF4ENR rather have a large teaching clock instead of the Extra Practice 048035 048037 MF4EPS set of 2 small student clocks that are included in Reteach 061477 061478 the standard kits. We also offer Add-On kits so Assessments 047805 you can add items grade by grade if you wish. Answer Key 061469 For example, if you already have all the items 047806 Homeschl Pkg 4A . . 157.00 115 .95 you need for 1st grade and you just want to add 047807 Homeschl Pkg 4B . .157.00 115 .95 the extra items you need for 2nd grade, you 049964 Student Pack . . . . 127.80 95 .95 would purchase the Bridging Grade 1-2 Kit. All 055853 H/S Pkg w/ Ans Key 159.80 114 .50 items are also available for individual purchase.

Grade 5: 5A 5B 5A/5B Set STANDARD KITS ADD-ON KITS Math in Focus Required Manipulatives Student Bk 047477 047479 MF5SST K 1 2 3 4 5 K-5 K-1 1-2 2-3 3-4 4-5 Workbook 047480 047482 MIF5WB Teacher Ed 002733 002741 Transparent Counters, Set of 250 X X X X X X X Enrichment 048038 048040 MF5ENR Linking Cubes, Set of 100 X X X X X X Extra Practice 048041 048043 MF5EPS Reteach 061479 061480 Geometric Solids, Plastic, 5 cm X X X X X Assessments 047808 Attribute Logic Blocks in Case X X X X Answer Key 061470 047809 Homeschl Pkg 5A . . 157.00 115 .95 Balance Scale X X X 047810 Homeschl Pkg 5B . .157.00 115 .95 049965 Student Pack . . . . 127.80 95 .95 Plastic Coins - Bag of 96 X X X X X X 055854 H/S Pkg w/ Ans Key 159.80 114 .50 Number Dice (1-6, Set of 12) X X X X X X X

Dot Dice - Set of 12 X X

12 Blank Cubes with 77 Stickers X X X X X

Play Money - 100 Mixed Bills X X X X X X

Craft Sticks-1000 Natural Wood X X X X X X X

Student Clocks - Set of 2 X X X X X EACH H/S PACKAGE 6-8 . . . 102.30 77 .95 (Or Teacher Clock Upgrade) EACH STUDENT BK (exc noted) 53.07 39 .80 Math Balance X X X EACH EXTRA PRACTICE (exc) 39.07 29 .30 EACH ASSESSMT OR ACTY BK 68.20 51 .15 Base Ten Place Value Set X X X X X Overhead Game Spinner X X X X X X X Grade 6: 6A 6B BOTH H/S Package 050936 050937 Fiskars Flexible Ruler X X X X X X Student Bk 054713 054714 MFC1ST* Platform Scale X X X X Extra Practice 050940 050941 MFC1EP* Assessments 050938 Liquid Measuring Pitcher-Set of 3 Dual Scale X X X X X Activities 050939 English/Metric Tape Measure 60” X X X X X X 054712 Enrichment . . . . . 68.20 37 .95 MFC1ST *Student Bk A/B Set . . 79 .60 Decahedra Dice - 2 ea of 5 colors X X X X X MFC1EP *Practice Bk A/B Set 58.60 49 .95 Geoboard 6” 5x5 Pin w/ Rubber Band X X X X Grade 7: 7A 7B BOTH Fraction Builder Set X X X H/S Package 017857 017891 Angle Ruler X X X Student Bk 059065 059066 MFC2ST* Extra Practice 017796 017807 MFC2EP* 6” Plastic Protractor X X X X Assessments 017853 Activities 017795 Rainbow Decimal Tiles X X X 059062 Enrichment . . . . . 68.20 37 .95 Liter Volume Cube X X X MFC2ST *Student Bk A/B Set . . 79 .60 MFC2EP *Practice Bk A/B Set 58.60 49 .95 Place Value Disks-140 (20 each of 7 values) X X X 452 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Singapore Math Supplements ly suggested that the teacher preview the lesson the worksheet. Takes approximately 10 minutes by reading the Notes provided at the bottom of for each Sprint activity and is recommended 2-3 Math the Singapore Way (1-5) the Thinking Platform page. These concise yet times per week. The author suggests purchasing Math the Singapore Way refers to the math descriptive notes point out teaching tips, com- below grade level to give children the opportu- textbook series used in the Singapore schools mon errors, and areas of difficulty. Attaining nity for success with mental math fluency. The (known in the States as the Singapore Approach) Mastery pages follow the Thinking Platform. beauty of Math Sprints is two-fold. Designed to and supports both Math in Focus® and Primary Here, the student can practice new skills on a be a fast paced and fun way to do practice math Mathematics® from the same publisher (Marshall series of problems that feature Parallel Questions. facts and increase a child’s self esteem through Cavendish). The Practice and Challenge series of Parallel Questions are actually a series of similar self-competition, by b eating his previous score. workbooks were developed as supplements to yet different math questions which are strategi- While a supplement to the Singapore Math cur- provide students with either additional practice cally presented so that the differences between ricula, families using any math program may find for students who have not quite grasped the the questions either solidify concept understand- the mental math solving practice in this book an basics or additional challenge for students who ing or provide opportunities to clarify fuzzy excellent complement for any child. Answers have grasped the basic concepts and are ready to thinking. Answers are provided in the back of included. 126 pgs, pb. ~ Deanne move on. Both series are prepared consistently the book. Please note these books are transi- EACH WORKBOOK ...... 13 .00 with Singapore Approach fundamentals with tioning to the 3rd edition, which is based on the 063076 Grade 1 063079 Grade 4 their emphasis on problem solving. Each book newest Primary Maths syllabus. See our website 063077 Grade 2 063080 Grade 5 provides carefully crafted problems rather than for availability New editions include US money, 063078 Grade 3 019485 Grade 6 random repetition, scaffolded to provide careful but retain metric measurements. The 2nd editions variations in the given tasks. Unlike some supple- may depict Singapore coins and bills in the early mental series produced by American publishers, grades and use metric units throughout. Books the grade designations parallel the actual grade range from 115-224 pgs. ~ Anh/Deanne levels of Singapore Approach math programs. EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . 12 .80 Each book includes two end-of-year tests. 053419 Book 1A 053421 Book 2A The Practice series exercises closely follow the 053420 Book 1B 053422 Book 2B sequence of topics in the student texts and can EACH BOOK BELOW (except noted) 13 .20 be used for further practice to gain mastery or 053423 Book 3A 053425 Book 4A for testing to reveal re-teaching needs. A page of 053424 Book 3B 053426 Book 4B teacher notes introduce each unit. Books range 053427 Book 5A ...... 14 .00 from 120 – 160 pgs, pb with answer key includ- 053428 Book 5B ...... 14 .00 ed. The Challenge series provides problems 053429 Book 6 ...... 14 .00 in two levels within each exercise; one to test concept understanding and a more difficult level. Singapore Math Practice (1-6) Singapore Math Complete Maths Guides (1-6) Worked examples are provided at the beginning Another series directly correlated to the SM text- If you would like a topical supplement to go of each exercise. Books range from 105 to 140 books providing progressive exercises to master along with your Primary Math, Complete Maths pgs, pb with worked solutions. ~ Janice skills required to solve mathematical problems. Guide is an all-in-one reference and practice EACH WORKBOOK ...... 12 .50 The answer key features step-by-step worked out book. You will find notes and examples for Challenge Practice solutions. 104-120 pgs, pb. ~ Janice further explanation and methods used, study Grade 1 058526 058531 EACH BOOK ...... 9.99 6 .75 tips, thinking questions, and fully worked solu- Grade 2 058527 058532 018435 Level 1A 018495 Level 4A tions – all in one book. Each book is divided Grade 3 058528 058533 018443 Level 1B 018496 Level 4B into units and the topics are those found in the Grade 4 058529 058534 018447 Level 2A 018498 Level 5A Primary Math programs. The topics don’t align Grade 5 058530 058535 018451 Level 2B 018524 Level 5B perfectly with the sequence found in any of the 018461 Level 3A 018525 Level 6A three Primary Math curricula we carry, but the Visible Thinking in Mathematics (1-6) 018480 Level 3B 018542 Level 6B publisher states that this series is aligned to the What is visible thinking? In this case, to think newest syllabus for the Ministry of Education in visibly means that you can easily see or visualize Singapore Math (2-5) Singapore. That being said, the topics will be something in your head. This skill, of course, is A direct complement to the Singapore Math the same, but presented in a different order. As vital to the study of mathematics - you must be series, these are compilations of the Singapore a resource, you can use this book any way you able to make the leap from pictorial representa- Math Practice books above. 256 pgs. like – as additional practice, summer review, or tions to abstract ideas. Sometimes, this leap is EACH BOOK ...... 14.99 9 .95 test prep. This series will help you make sure the difficult which makes learning math extremely 036220 Level 1 A & B (Grade 2) concepts are mastered before moving on. Each frustrating. As the series title suggests, these 036224 Level 2 A & B (Grade 3) book is 320 pages or more – that’s a lot of addi- resource books from SingaporeMath.com focus 036242 Level 3 A & B (Grade 4) tional practice between two covers. ~ Donna on the pictorial stage and helping the student 036254 Level 4 A & B (Grade 5) EACH GUIDE ...... 12 .80 move from the pictorial to the abstract stage of 066041 P1 066044 P4 mathematical thinking. It is meant to be used Math Sprints (1-6) 066042 P2 066045 P5 as a supplement and not a replacement for Learning math facts need not be a boring, dry 066043 P3 066046 P6 Singapore Math Primary Math. While it is less drill! The premise is simple. Select the Sprint you than a complete program, the content is fairly would like your child to work on. Each Sprint has Singapore Math: 70 Must-Know Word Problems comprehensive and would be good for students an A first half, an A second half, a B first half and (1-6) having trouble with math or for re-teaching con- a B second half. The B worksheets are designed Singapore math is becoming a household term. cepts. for children stronger in math. Interestingly, the This series is directly correlated to the SM text- This series consists of 11 consumable books, answers to the A and B sheets are the same, but books. To help students who struggle with word two semesters each for Grades 1-5 and one book the B worksheets require more mental calcu- problems, these workbooks focus on diagrams, for Grade 6. The books are a blend of both lations. B sheets can be used with strong math number bonds, the “counting on” method and teacher and student books. Each lesson within students or can be used later in the school year. the “crossing out” method. The answer key a chapter consists of 2 types of pages – Thinking Once you select the appropriate worksheet, features step-by-step worked out solutions. 160 Platform and Attaining Mastery. Both teacher set the timer for one minute and say, “Ready, pgs, pb. ~ Janice and student should go through Thinking Platform Set, Go!” When the timer rings, underline the EACH BOOK ...... 12.99 8 95. pages together. This is where the math concept last problem completed and review the correct 018556 Level 1 018584 Level 4 is introduced, examples worked, and construc- answers with your child. Take a brief activity 018563 Level 2 018591 Level 5 tive mathematical thinking is modeled. It is high- break and return to complete the second half of 018565 Level 3 018620 Level 6 See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 453 Singapore Math Challenge (2-5) each skill. Then there is an illustrated teaching for the context of word problems. Modeling While Singapore Approach math programs sequence for each (with plenty of room for you bridges the gap between concrete and abstract seem to be all the rage, one complaint is the lack to make notes) and a possible teaching sequence by giving a visual or pictorial example. Work of practice. This series provides additional prac- with a group of students. Necessary solutions are systematically through this book for a thorough tice for the concepts taught in your Singapore provided at the end of each chapter. Approx. 150 understanding. Approach curriculum. These hefty books offer pgs, pb. ~ Janice Start with the basics and apply the modeling over 300 pages, 16-20 chapters per grade, that EACH WORKBOOK ...... 29 .90 method to whole numbers, fractions, decimals, include examples, practice, and solutions for 058536 Bar Modeling rate/distance, ratio, percent, two unknowns, each age-appropriate concept area. These books 058538 Decimals and algebra. There are 97 problems within do not provide complete instruction, rather sup- 058539 Fractions these chapters, and, in some cases, may take plementation with the expectation that students 058540 Whole Numbers two pages to explain the solution to the prob- are already familiar with the subject matter. This lem – very thorough and systematic! The author series addresses topics such as basic concepts, 8-Step Model Drawing (1-8) even suggests more than one way to solve the operations, strategies, classic problems, logic/ Pick up any elementary Singapore math text- problem, when that is a possibility. At the end IQ, and applied and advanced topics. Beef up book and flip through it. You’ll immediately of section, there are practice problems for you to your math and challenge your students beyond notice that it looks different. At least one try. A final exam of ten problems is found at the the curriculum with this series. Reproducible for reason for this is the prolific use of the model end of the Word Problems section, and solutions your family/classroom. - Donna drawing method for solving word problems. with visual models for practice problems and EACH BOOK ...... 14.99 9 .95 This approach is one of the things that sets the final exam rounds out the book. 034776 Grade 2 034793 Grade 4 Singapore method apart. However, it’s a skill I’ve often wondered why no one taught this 034777 Grade 3 034801 Grade 5 that can be applied to any math word problem method when I was young, because it makes from any math series. So, if you have a student sense of word problems. Use this alongside Problem Solving Beyond the Classrooom (1-7) that struggles with word problems, OR you want your Singapore Math for more practice and clear See description of this book in the Problem to give your students an effective tool for under- explanations, or use it with your regular math Solving section . standing and completing word problems, OR you program for an alternative explanation to solve EACH BOOK ...... 11 .33 want to understand a unique problem-solving difficult word problems. 153 pgs., pb. ~ Donna 060256 Primary 1 060259 Primary 4 method, this book provides the way. 064924 ...... 25.95 17 .50 060257 Primary 2 060260 Primary 5 Introducing and explaining model drawing first 060258 Primary 3 060261 Primary 6 but keeping it brief, the book then moves to its “heart” – guided practice. Starting with the Singapore Math Manipulatives Word Problems for Model Drawing Practice (4-6) simplest of addition problems and continuing Most or the manipulatives used in Singapore Math Model Drawing is one of the techniques through beginning algebra, problems are pre- programs are featured elsewhere in our catalog; employed by the Singapore Approach math sented and followed by step-by-step guidance in we include here ones that are less generic. programs. This series of books provides addi- finding solutions using the bar models. There is tional practice with word problems using Model “Teacher Talk” (scripting) for each of the eight Essential Number Cards (K-2) Drawing. There are 180 problems in each book, steps. Basic foundational principles are iden- Small (2.5” x 3.5”) with rounded corners; black one for each day of your school year. There is tified by instructing the student to “Hold This on white backgrounds. Set includes: Number no instruction for Model Drawing, simply word Thought.” A section called “Milking the Problem Cards from 1 – 9 (4 sets); Number Words (0 – problems for practice. This series assumes that for all It’s Worth” does just that – provides ques- 9 (1 set); ten frames (0 – 8 and 0 – 10); dots you are familiar with the Singapore Approach to tions that broadens the application of the princi- (0 – 9, two sets); +, -, x, ÷, =, ˂ and ˃ (2 sets). math and Model Drawing. ples. Although there are almost 70 pages in this Also includes activity suggestions for counting, A Solution Key is available for every two lev- section, there are only 20 problems. This exem- number recognition, relative position, number els, and shows what the drawn model should plifies a basic tenet of the bar modeling method. bonds, making 10, and writing number sentenc- or could look like and takes you step-by-step There’s more value in working 10-15 minutes es. ~ Janice through the answer for that problem. This series on one problem each day (consistently) than in 047337 ...... 6.99 4 95. is for those who will be supplementing their math working 15 problems once a week. Following the program or will be using the Singapore Approach guided practice is a section providing problems Subitizing Activity Cards (K-1) to math. ~ Donna for independent practice. These problem sheets Subitizing Activity Cards are a set of 38 4.75” EACH WORKBOOK ...... 9.95 7 .75 can be copied for classroom use. Worked solu- x 7.75”, two-sided activity cards. Subitizing 052673 Level 4 052675 Level 6 tions for each help the teacher confirm his under- means, “knowing how many without counting,” EACH SOLUTION MANUAL . . .8.95 6 .50 standing of the methodology. At the back, a and these dot cards are formatted in different 052677 Levels 3 & 4 resources section provides a print and CD-ROM ways to help students recognize two through ten 052678 Levels 5 & 6 references listing, a reproducible grid for model at a glance. Students might see two dots beside drawing, and an index. 160 pgs, pb The col- each other or two dots at a diagonal; three dots at Singapore Math Instructional Resources orful poster provides a visual representation/ an angle, three dots in a triangle format, or three reminder of the eight steps, reworded (curiously) dots forming a right angle. On the reverse of Teaching to Mastery Math (K-7) into seven steps. Similar black and white pages every card is the number and the number word. This is a different approach to providing teach- from the book can be copied. ~ Janice 064936 ...... 7.99 5 25. ing help for Singapore Approach math. Rather 047335 Book ...... 26.95 18 .95 than grade level, this series is organized by prac- 047336 Poster ...... 9.95 7 .75 Counting & Cardinality Collection (K-2) tice area (i.e. whole numbers, fractions, and dec- This set includes the Essential Number imals with the more generic bar modeling thrown Model Drawing for Challenging Word Problems Cards (#047337) and Subitizing Activity Cards in for good measure). It’s designed for teachers (6-9) (#064936). (parents?) that want a deeper understanding If you are familiar with the Singapore method- 064916 ...... 13.59 9 50. of the teaching methodologies of those areas. ology, then you are familiar with model drawing However, I can also see how they would be or the ‘bar modeling method.’ This was a real Numbers 0-100 Flash Cards (PK-2) helpful if you have a student who has difficulty eye-opener for me when I tried it several years These flashcards are great for building number grasping a single concept – for instance, fractions ago, and it can be so helpful to your students recognition. One side of the card shows a num- – and you want to be able to employ different in understanding and solving word problems. ber (like 26) and then the other side shows the strategies while focusing on the learning progres- This book offers very clear explanations with number word (like twenty-six). Covering num- sion within each concept. Each book identifies modeling examples and practice, so that you can bers 0-100, this set is colorful and durable. a progression of skills within that area and then use this method with any math program you are 043981 ...... 7.99 6 45. further identifies specific methodologies within using. This goal of modeling is to offer a visual 454 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Place Value Disks (1-3) do their work on a separate sheet of paper. The These colorful foam disks make learning place Student Pack includes quizzes, tests, and daily value easier for the visual or tactile learner. speed/mastery drills (math facts review) and mea- Place values from 1 to 1,000,000 are represent- surement equivalents. Full Solutions Answer Key ed in 7 value sets and values from 1-1000 are shows each problem of the textbook, quizzes, represented in 4 value sets. Each place value and tests with step-by-step solutions. Teacher is a different color, which makes them easy to Guides for the textbook are also in full color and differentiate. These disks are used in several of include student pages with answers and a cd of the Singapore Approach books. printables – posters, charts, and practice sheets. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. The addition/subtraction flash cards accompa- EACH SET BELOW ...... 18.95 12 .95 nying this curriculum for grades 1-4 are num- 045432 140 Disks (4 values) bered and tabbed to correspond to the teacher 35 each of 1, 10, 100 and 1000 disks. ☼Christian Light Sunrise Mathematics (1-12) guides at those grade levels. Cards measure 045431 140 Disks (7 values) Math is foundational in so many areas of study 3.5”x 7.5”, addition/subtraction go from 0 to Includes 20 each of disks 1 to 1,000,000. and life, and Christian Light Mathematics helps 18. Multiplication/division flash cards measure EACH DISKS SET BELOW . . . 7.99. 5 .25 lay that solid foundation. Packed with practice 3.5”x 5” and cover math facts from 0-12. The 047345 100 Ones and review, Christian Light employs an incre- multiplication fact is on the front of the card with 047346 100 Tens mental spiral approach in a workbook format. the opposite division fact on the reverse. These 025695 100 Hundreds Each lesson incorporates a new concept and is aren’t numbered and tabbed like the addition/ 030792 100 Thousands followed by review of previously learned con- subtraction cards. Math Reference Charts are 030735 100 Ten Thousands . . 15.95 10 .95 cepts. Written from a Christian worldview, every available for grades 2-6, 5-8, and 7/8. These are lesson reinforces Biblical values. The math cours- 8.5” x 11” laminated sheets for easy reference ☼Place Value Disks (1-6) es in this series from grades 1-9 are the Sunrise at a glance for those items that students need to This set of soft, foam, color-coded place value edition of the series. The Sunrise Edition divides remember but need a little help – measurement disks helps math students to master place values Light Units into daily lessons; two quizzes pro- tables, formulas, etc. and mathematical operations up to the millions. vide opportunity for application of skills learned; Grade 8 is considered pre-algebra and prepares The set contains 280 numbered disks, forty each and formatting is clear and more appealing. students for any algebra 1 course. It introduces of ones to millions. These place value manip- Each level is one year of math at grade level and students to concepts needed at the higher levels ulatives support core math curriculums such as those implementing the program will need one of math such as Pythagorean theorem, irrational Singapore Math® and more. Disks measure 1” in set of 10 Light Units per student and a Teacher square roots, and basic trigonometry. diameter. ~ Mike Guide(s) or answer key. At grades 1 and 2 the The sequence for high school is Algebra 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs teacher guides are required and teacher guides 1, Geometry, Algebra II, and Functions and 041710 (A .) ...... 9.99 7 .95 are strongly recommended for grades 3 and 4. Trigonometry. To use Algebra I you will need Each Light Unit contains student exercises and a the 10 Light Units (students write on their own B . test. The first Light Unit in grades 2-8 is a review paper), solution key (solutions to the Light Units of the previous grade. The Teacher Guides for exercises), tests & quizzes, and the test & quiz grades 1-8 include teacher tips and student answer key. These are all sold separately for pages with answers and solutions. If you don’t the Algebra I level. Geometry, Algebra II, and Functions and Trigonometry, each use 10 Light A . think you need the Teacher Guide, but want the answers at a quick glance, answer keys are Units and 5 answer keys. Finishing through Place Value Strips (1-6) available. Functions and Trigonometry will prepare students Colorful strips to illustrate place value concepts. To help ensure students learn their math facts, for college level math. Each set of these 4” tall strips can be used sepa- daily speed drills, oral exercises, and flash-cards Consumer Math is an optional math course rately or the Decimals set can be used together are tools used for students in grades 1-4. Basic offered in this series. Equivalent to one high with either of the Units sets. For each place algebraic and geometric concepts are introduced school credit, this course applies math to every- value there are ten strips (one for each numeral early, along with money, problem solving, men- day situations. There are 10 Light Units and 5 0-9). The Decimals strips have slightly larger tal math, and number patterns to help students answer keys needed to complete the course and numerals than the Units strips. Activity sugges- become proficient in these skills. A few supple- they cover basic and everyday math – fractions, tions are included with each set. ~ Janice mental materials are needed for the lower grades decimals, percent, family finances, construction CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. – Grade 1 uses addition and subtraction flash & building trades, service occupations, trans- 047343 Decimals (1-3)-(B .) . 13.95. 9 .95 cards (#72144); My Counting Book (#72357); portation, business services, and occupational 0.0 – 0.9 (brown); 0.00 – 0.09 (light green); Counting Chart (#72173); and optional My diagrams. ~ Donna 0.000 – 0.009 (gold) Calendar Book (#21786); and student clock 047348 Units-Thousands (3-6) 5.99 3 .95 (#15339 or #60101); Grade 2 uses addition Grade 1 0 – 9 (white); 00 – 90 (red); 000 – 900 and subtraction flash cards (#72144); Counting MTH1LU LightUnits 101-110 . . 35 .00 (orange); 0000 – 9000 (yellow) Chart (#72173); and optional multiplication/ 072341 Tchr Gd 101-105 . . . 7 00. 047347 Units-Millions (3-6) . . 9.99 6 .95 division flash cards (#72356); My Calendar Book 072342 Tchr Gd 106-110 . . . 7 00. 0 – 9 (white); 00 – 90 (red); 000 – 900 (#21786); student clock (#15339 or #60101); 072144 Addition/Subtraction (orange); 0000 – 9000 (yellow); 00000 – and math reference chart (#68518); Grade 3 uses Flash Cards . . . . . 16 00. 90000 (dark green); 000000 – 900000 (blue); optional flash cards as in 1st and 2nd grades, and 072357 My Counting Book . . . 2 50. 0000000 - 9000000 (purple). the math reference chart. Grades 4, 5, and soon 072173 Counting Chart ...... 1 50. to be 6 (later in 2018) offer the option of using 021786 My Calendar Book . . . 4 90. Place Value Decimal Tiles - 90 Tiles (1-3) the Light Unit approach or text book approach Designed to be used in conjunction with the – same content but a choice of consumable or Grade 2 Place Value Disks (whole numbers), these 1” non-consumable. MTH2LU LightUnits 201-210 . . 35 .00 square foam tiles (1/4” thick) help students devel- If you choose the Light Units path, parents MTH2AK LightUnits 201-210 op a more in-depth understanding of place value need only to purchase the Light Units and Answer Keys Set . . . 35 00. – a key concept that can be difficult. There are Teacher Guides or answer keys. If choosing the 072343 Tchr Guide 201-205 . . 7 00. 30 of each value – 0.1, 0.01, and 0.001 – and textbook path, then you will need the textbook 072344 Tchr Guide 206-210 . . 7 00. they are the same colors as the Place Value Strips (non-consumable), student pack (consumable), 072144 Add/Sub Flash Cards . . 16 .00 (brown, light green, gold). Instruction sheet is Teacher Guide and/or Full Solutions Answer 072173 Counting Chart ...... 1 50. included. ~ Janice Key. Textbooks are colorful with illustrations and 072356 Mult/Div Flash Cards . . 12 .00 047344 ...... 13.95 9 .95 pictures, and provide opportunity for students to continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 455 Grade 3 Functions & Trigonometry 3. Beginning concepts of time MTH3LU LightUnit 301-310 Set . 35 .00 FCTGLU LightUnits 1201-1210 . 35 .00 4. Dawn is variable; it gets light at different MTH3AK LightUnit 301-310 FCTGAK LightUnits 1201-1210 . times depending on the season. Answer Keys Set . . . 35 .00 Answer Key Set . . . . 17 5..50 5 + 2 = 7 072345 Teachers Guide 300 . . 14 .00 6. The relationship between numbers and 068518 Elementary Reference Chart 3 .00 Consumer Math quantities; a set of objects has the same CNSMLU LightUnit Set . . . . . 35 .00 number of objects regardless of position or Grade 4 CNSMAK Answer Key Set . . . . 17 .50 arrangement. MTH4LU LightUnits 401-410 . . 35 .00 7. What an equals sign means MTH4AK LightUnits 401-410 . . ☼Christian Light Math Reference Charts (2-8) 8. The answer to an addition problem won’t Answer Keys Set . . . 7 As.00 the name implies, these are laminated math change depending on the object(s) counted. 072177 Math Around the World reference charts and amazingly inexpensive. Whether you are adding hours, pencils, or Text ...... 40 .00 Elementary and Intermediate charts are 8” x trees, 5 + 2 will still equal 7. 072176 Tchr Guide (for Textbk) 52 .00 10.75.” The Advanced chart is 16” x 10.75” but 9. The commutative property of addition. It 072175 Student Material . . . 12 .00 folded. Content varies with grade level and is doesn’t matter whether you add 5 + 2 or 2 072174 Solution Key . . . . . 14 .00 well organized and presented in a straight-for- + 5, you will still get 7. 072346 Teacher Guide 401-405 9 .00 ward, easy-to-read format. ~ Janice 10. x and y can stand in place of numbers 072347 Teacher Guide 406-410 9 .00 EACH CHART ...... 3 .00 (pre-algebra!) 068518 Elementary (2-6) Not bad for a start! In the next lesson, children Grade 5 068519 Intermediate (5-8) learn: that Fred is neat (he puts his stuff away); MTH5LU LightUnits 501-510 . . 35 .00 068517 Advanced (7-8) what an ellipse is (and how to make one with a MTH5AK LightUnits 501-510 ~~~~~~~ flashlight); more about the passage of time and Answer Key Set . . . . 7 .00 addition; and that Fred’s doll, Kingie, can draw 072181 Math in Many Nations Text LIFE OF FRED MATHEMATICS better than Fred (he in fact becomes an accom- ...... 40 .00 plished oil painting artist). The YTTP in this sec- 072180 Tchr Guide (for Text) . . 52 .00 Life of Fred Elementary Series (1-5) tion teaches more addition facts (in the context 072179 Student Material . . . 12 .00 Great news for Life of Fred aficionados; Life of of adding Fred and Kingie’s drawings), then the 072178 Solution Key . . . . . 14 .00 Fred has gone elementary! In author Professor chapter ends by presenting the days of the week, 072348 Teacher Guide 501-505 9 .00 Schmidt’s own words, “Now you will be able to both by name and addition fact (5 weekdays 072349 Teacher Guide 506-510 9 .00 start the Life of Fred series with your child sitting + 2 weekend days = 7 days of the week). As on your lap…and finish the series sitting on his/ the book progresses, students learn more about Grade 6 her lap!” It’s as simple as ABC…just follow the months, seasons, days, time, addition, ellipses MTH6LU LightUnits 601-610 . . 35 .00 books in alphabetical order by title. Children and other geometric shapes, the composition of MTH6AK LightUnit 601-610 can start the series as soon as they know their the earth, Kansas, fish vs. whales, counting by Answer Key Set . . . . 7 addition.00 and subtraction facts up to 10. While 5’s, temperature, negative numbers, deciduous 072185 Math in History Text . . 40 .00 the entire series can be completed in just 12-18 trees, how to spell Wednesday and February, 072184 Tchr Guide (for Text) . . 52 .00 months, Apples through Dogs was designed for Archimedes (yay!), not to be rude, zero (and its 072182 Solution Key . . . . . 14 .00 grades 1-4, Edgewood through Jelly Beans for properties), sets, that birds don’t eat candy, chess 072183 Student Material . . . 12 .00 grades 2-4. Regardless of starting grade level, moves, fractions, the Titanic, ducks can’t add, 072350 Teacher Guide 601-605 . 9 .00 you will want to begin in Apples. So far, there the ≠ sign, circumscribed triangles, inscribed 072351 Teacher Guide 606-610 . 9 .00 are ten books to the series. Will there be Kittens triangles, counting by hundreds (why not?), tell- through Zebras? Only time will tell. ing time by increments of 5 minutes, a dime = Grade 7 I was sold even before I opened Apples by the 10¢, and even get to see a real picture of Prof. MTH7LU LightUnit 701-710 Set . 35 .00 picture of Archimedes (daughter Melissa’s inner Schmidt taking a nap! You get the picture. The MTH7AK LightUnit 701-710 . guide for matters of logic) on the cover. I could books progress with a spiral approach, each one Answer Key Set . . . . 7 already.00 tell that Prof. Schmidt was going to carry going deeper into math and other engaging facts 072352 Teacher Guide 701-705 . 9 .00 his tendency to instruct and inform on interesting and knowledge. Throughout them, Fred also 072353 Teacher Guide 706-710 . 9 .00 tidbits (and people) into the series. Another pleas- exhibits normal childlike behaviors (playing at ant discovery: no calculators allowed here. Until the table, mistaking a statue for a real lion, need- Grade 8 a child has cut his teeth on the building blocks of ing to sit on phone books to use his desk, along MTH8LU LightUnits 801-810 . . 35 .00 the addition and multiplication tables, just leave with positive character qualities (responsibility, MTH8AK LightUnit 801-810 . . ‘em in the box. Structured similarly to the upper love of God, cleanliness, desire to stay fit, a Answer Key Set . . . . 7 levels,.00 lessons are taught in a few pages of text, love for reading, a distaste for television, making 072354 Teacher Guide 801-805 . 9 .00 then it’s “Your Turn to Play”. Children write out wise choices, valuing truth and honesty, saying 072355 Teacher Guide 806-810 . 9 .00 their answers (emphasis by the author), read the prayers at night, being thankful and content even solutions, and then move on to the next delightful in times of adversity, etc.) And each book will Algebra I adventure. The first book, Apples, contains 18 leave your students wanting to hear more about ALG1LU LightUnits 901-910 . . 30 .00 short chapters (lessons). Unlike the upper level the life of Fred. As with the upper levels of this 072145 Quizzes/Tsts A/K . . . . . 3 .00 books, there are no cities. unusual curriculum, math principles and con- 072146 Quiz/Test Packet . . . 3 .00 So, since Calculus actually begins as Fred does cepts are taught along with direct application. 072147 Tchr Gd/Sltn w/answrs . 10 .00 (at three days old), where in the life of Fred does They are naturally integrated into the life of Fred. this series fit in? As we begin the series, Fred is Can you see how the Professor cannily whets the Geometry five, meaning he has been a professor at Kittens student’s appetite for future math discoveries? GEOMLU LightUnits 1001-1009 . . 35 .00 for as long. The closeness in age between Fred He gives them a small taste and, by doing so, GEOMAK LightUnits 1001-1009 . and the target audience should be a plus. In the makes the unknown familiar and waiting to be Answer Key Set . . . . 17 course.50 of ten books, we experience about a week explored… in the Life of Fred. The series begins with simple I would be surprised if this doesn’t become the Algebra II addition facts and, in the very first story and short math curriculum of choice for teachers using the ALG2LU LightUnits 1101-1110 35 .00 written exercise, students will learn: Charlotte Mason approach. It comes closer to ALG2AK LightUnits 1101-1110 1. Fred still sleeps with his Kingie doll (intro- embodying her principles than any other math Answer Key Set . . . . 17 .50 duced in Calculus). course I’ve seen. Other parents will enjoy its 2. Fred sleeps in a sleeping bag in his office fresh approach to teaching with storytelling rath- at Kittens. er than starting a child off with pages of circling 456 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. the groups of 7 or pages of addition problems to and magical mailboxes, Fred explores a whole with it. In fact, that’s part of the attraction for work. It emphasizes concept and understanding lot of math with a particular focus on functions. a student who really doesn’t enjoy math (yes, I over rote problem solving. Even if you feel more Besides learning many mathematical concepts have one of those). So, could the course possi- secure using a more traditional math curriculum, including (but not limited to): bly have the content that a more traditional text I would strongly encourage you to also purchase Numerals, fractions, borrowing in sub- (like Saxon) has? Moreover, what type of person the Life of Fred elementary series and read (and traction, functions, domains, codomains, would actually use this course, as entertaining work it) with your child. It would be a painless elapsed time, percents, telling time, standard and whimsical as it is (if you can think whimsy complement that would not only reinforce and to metric conversions, volume, perimeter, and Calculus in one thought). Well, after using practice skills learned in your “regular” math area, polar form, exponents, set theory, geo- Life of Fred for Beginning Algebra and reading course, but also prepare your child for higher metric forms, arithmetic sequences, arithme- through most of the Fractions book, I think I can level math concepts. tic series, Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, answer some of these questions. EACH BOOK ...... 16 .00 sigma notation, analytic geometry, commu- First, Fred IS the unlikely mathematician in all 029719 Apples 050462 Farming tative actions, adding fractions, multiplying of us. Despite his youth and other cards stacked 029731 Butterflies 050463 Goldfish fractions, geometric theorems, Pythagorean against him (you’ll have to read the books to 029777 Cats 050464 Honey theorem, pie charts, natural numbers, long understand this), Fred is amazingly successful as 029782 Dogs 050545 Ice Cream and short division, converting percents to a math professor. Why? It’s because he finds 050461 Edgewood 050546 Jelly Beans fractions, reducing fractions, converting frac- math so intriguing, entertaining, and downright LOFEAD A-D Package . . . . . 64.00 61 .50 tions to percents, averages, images in the USEFUL in everyday life (his life, the Life of LOFEEJ E-J Package . . . . . 96.00 91 .95 codomain of a function, doubling, rounding, Fred). Why, math is everywhere in the world of LOFEEH E-H Package . . . . . 64.00 61 .50 trillions, billions, set notation, perpendicu- Fred – and no matter how things are going, he LOFEIJ I-J Package . . . . . 32.00 30 .50 lar lines, diminutives, right angles, sectors, can always see the math in it. LOFELM Complete Set (A-J) . 160.00 149 .95 cardinality, inverse operations, metric sys- Then, there’s the psychology of Fred. You want tem, operations with time, diameters, radii, to help the little guy. I mean, he’s smart, but chords, secants, measurement conversions, so innocent, kind, helpful, endearing – small, temperature conversions, markup helpless, underweight (why, when he was erro- Your child will also learn about such things as: neously inducted into the army, they had to use Talent, practice, patience, idioms, how to a little cup instead of a helmet for his uniform!). write a check, how to stay on topic when Clearly the underdog in many situations, Fred speaking, chemical notation, why not to has ended up in the hospital in both books I’ve consume much sugar, redundant speech, read – even though one injury was accidental. basic laws of economics, stethoscopes, why But I digress. You do get wrapped up in the Life we have two kidneys, parts of speech, of Fred. And because you’re rooting for him and Life of Fred Intermediate Series (3-6) multi-tasking, logically equivalent state- concerned about him, you kind of get taken up in So, what to do after that last dose of Jelly Beans? ments, adumbration, how to take up slack the math that pervades his thoughts. No matter Head for the Kidneys, Liver and Mineshaft. If in a boot, summer solstice, encountering how tough the Life of Fred gets, he always has your child has completed LOF Elementary and lions at blood banks, how to take the SAT, time to explain the finer points of math to those is still under the tender age of ten (Prof. Schmidt reading the fine print, Armenian food, silent needy souls around him. Don’t get me wrong, recommends NOT beginning LOF Fractions until letters, treble and bass clefs, why there is Fred has plenty of fun, too. He always makes the the fifth grade) three more books have been little irony in children’s books, the singular best of things and has some great student/friends added to fill the “gap”. Also use this series if form of graffiti, why to exercise, how to open at Kittens who also seem to need math in their your 5th or 6th grader wants to switch to LOF a door, the use of silence in life, translating everyday lives…. and has been using another curriculum. If your Latin, reasons to be grateful, how address- These are, indeed, the most unconventional child does not yet have a good grasp of addition es and rooms are numbered, feudalism, full-program math texts I’ve ever seen. Maybe and subtraction, does not understand the concept hunting tigers, square knots, balalaikas, the that’s why students who dislike traditional pro- of multiplication and division, or is not yet in difference between concrete and cement, grams are so drawn to LOF. The books just seem 4th grade, complete the LOF Elementary series Maslow’s hierarchy of human needs, defini- more accessible and – well, friendly. Maybe it’s before beginning this one. tion of a mammal, searing a steak, telling the just the author’s personality or particular gift, but As in the Elementary series, each brief chapter truth, making mistakes, camping, and when students who are turned off by traditional math (about six pages) is followed by a short set of to be polite – just to name a few. seem to find refreshment and even inspiration in problems (usually 4-5) called Your Turn to Play. Even though I was rooting for Kittens, Lollipops, LOF. Although you may have read some debate These questions should be written out (NO calcu- and Milkshakes as follow-ups to the Elementary on whether the series is too lightweight for a basal lators are allowed) before checking the complete series, I can’t complain about the deliciously sat- program, my two cents is that it is not. The math solutions found on the next page. I strongly isfying content of these less appealingly named is all here – and then some. What is missing is recommend reading through the solutions even books. repetition, redundancy, and a multitude of prob- if you think your answers are correct as there is EACH BOOK ...... 16 .00 lems to work. These books are like my favorite often additional instruction or alternate solution 006892 Kidneys 006923 Mineshaft college math text. When I first saw it, I thought method(s) embedded in the answer section. Each 006899 Liver it was too slim for a whole-semester course. Ha! book consists of nineteen chapters and should LOFINT Set of 3 (K-M) . . . . 48.00 45 .95 Every word in that book was loaded. The text take roughly a month to complete. Since the was so cunningly and concisely written that you entire series can be completed in a mere three Life of Fred Upper Levels (5-12) actually had to study every word because nothing months, this would also be a great review course Even before we had a description of this math was repeated. While LOF isn’t quite that concise for students during the summer. program on our website or in our catalog, (it does have a complete storyline along with the If you are familiar with the other Life of Fred we had many, many inquiries about it (and a math), Dr. Schmidt doesn’t waste words or your books, you know that Prof. Schmidt educates goodly number of sales). Is it the name? Is it time. Every problem is almost like a brainteaser while entertaining. We pick up the Life of Fred the concept of a small, pointy-nosed 5-year old – just a little out of your reach unless you truly where we left it in the Elementary series. Fred is teaching Calculus at Kittens University? Is it the grasp the concepts. It gives you a chance to fig- still five, still a Professor at Kittens, still living on outrageous storyline? Or are people desperate ure things out for yourself. There’s a whole lot the third floor of the Math Building, and still can’t for another approach to math? Although I was of brain-stretching going on. Therefore, gifted paint as well as Kingie. Throughout this series, the one who reviewed and decided to carry this math students are also drawn to these courses we follow Fred as he catches criminals, visits program, I was initially skeptical about its scope. as they allow them to be challenged. Another the University President’s home, meets a talking After all, much of the text was given over to good candidate for LOF is the remedial student horse, goes to camp, babysits, and ALMOST falls following the Life of Fred, with all the strange who has already been through the course using into a mineshaft. Between beanbag-doll artists humor and unlikely scenarios that go along continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 457 another text. If it just didn’t click, I would try this definitely a full year course. Trigonometry can (isn’t this also the way we train our children? If one. Finally, a motivated or independent student be completed in half of a year and Calculus they don’t get it right, they need to correct and would also appreciate using the course. It’s pur- (although covering two full years of calculus) will do it again). Starting in Beginning Algebra, posely addressed to the student and intended to take one year. According to Mr. Schmidt, after chapters are longer. For courses with the Home be self-teaching. In fact, the author prefers that this progression “you will be ready to declare as Companion available (Advanced Algebra and students use these with very little help from you a math major at a university at the upper division Trigonometry), this book breaks the chapters into so they can learn to study and understand on level and take third-year (junior-level) mathemat- bite-sized lessons. Natural breaks occur when their own. Even the solutions are addressed to ics courses”. For even more Life of Fred, there is the student encounters a Your Turn to Play (series the student. In fact, there’s a lot of actual instruc- also a Statistics course which “has much more of problems with completely-worked solutions tion in the solutions, which students should read material than is normally covered in a beginning following), but the Companions also provide sets after trying to solve problems on their own. In university statistics course”. It’s been years since of problems for each lesson in between. There short, just about EVERY student could use this my required course as a business major at a uni- are 108 lessons as laid out in the Fred’s Home program. The only shortfall I have seen in the versity – I may just take this one myself. Partly Companion Beginning Algebra study guide, but program is for students who really need a lot of to test the author’s assertion and partly because many of these are short; most students would constant repetition and reinforcement. In some life is full of decisions and, as the author says, combine some of them. By comparison, Saxon sections there are just not enough problems, “Success in life is 90% making the right decisions has 120 lessons, but this does not include testing even using the Home Companion. I had this in the first place” (the other 10% is carrying whereas LOF’s lesson count does. At the end problem twice in Beginning Algebra as serious them out). Also new is Linear Algebra (as serious of each chapter there are six CITIES (which all as it needs to be. I both made up some of my as it needs to be). Scanning through the book, have names so you can assign a student to do own problems and supplemented with problems it looks a lot like an upper-level course called Palmetto and Radcliffe for homework). Actually, from Saxon Algebra 1 and Algebra 2 (some of Finite Math that I took in college. It covers: I’m not sure why they have names – but, as with the material is actually more advanced than in solving systems of equations with one solution BRIDGEs, these determine whether to move that series). I have since run across several other (includes Gauss-Jordan elimination, Gaussian forward. They have some review material from supplemental products that I could have used elimination), many solutions, and no solution previous chapters, but are largely chapter recaps. as well. Since writing the original description, (includes data fitting); matrices; vector spaces; They take roughly 20-30 minutes to complete Professor Schmidt has remedied this situation inner product spaces (including Fourier series and, again, give your student a chance to test, with his Zillions of Practice Problems books for and Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization process); review, and test again (or you might work the both Beginning and Advanced Algebra. The linear transformations; and systems of equations first two cities together, assign the next two, books offer additional problems for each section into the future (including eigenvalues, stochastic and use the final two as tests). The first two of each chapter of the corresponding algebra matrices, Markov chains, Fibonacci numbers) It CITIES have all answers provided; the next two books, along with complete (step by step) solu- is described by Dr. Schmidt as a math course have only odd answers shown; the last two have tions to them. Hurray! No more rooting around required by most colleges for math majors and none. All answers not in the text are in the in other books for some specific extra problems should be taught after Calculus. As far as progres- Home Companion or Answer Key. (Note: Home that your child needs extra practice with. I espe- sion, Dr. Schmidt has placed it at the very end Companions are being phased out and their cially appreciate the inclusion of word problems of his other courses, after Statistics. Like other content integrated with the text resulting in the as I remember this being a concept that Janine upper-level courses, this one has “Your Turn to Expanded Editions you see in the item listing needed a little more experience with.) Play” sections separating textual chunks. Each following . While some content has shifted Life of Fred is a series of 12 courses. Two of chapter ends with six CITIES. There is a separate slightly and the six Cities are now combined these are Fractions and Decimals & Percents. answer key for answers not included in the text. into three, the Expanded Edition is essentially The author recommends waiting to start these Organization and format of the books is similar; all of the material in the two volumes now until your child is old enough to work on his/ of course, they all have a captivating storyline loaded into one .) The back of each upper-level her own (about 5th grade). Each of these cours- centering on Fred Gauss, a very young university book (except Calculus) has an A.R.T. section es should take less than a quarter of a year to math professor. The author, Stanley F. Schmidt, (All Reorganized Together) containing defini- complete. The new LOF Pre-Algebra 1 with Ph.D., is a witty guy, a good storyteller, and he tions, formulae, theorems postulates – all the Biology is formatted like the previous books, also loves math. Unlike many programs, the text stuff you’d like summarized in one handy place with BRIDGES rather than CITIES. It would fit is not written at a 6th grade level. If anything, together for easy reference. The Life of Fred actu- in a teaching sequence between Fractions and the text is imbued with a little “extra” knowledge ally begins in the Calculus as serious as it needs Decimals & Percents and Beginning Algebra. in different areas – especially vocabulary. Dr. to be book (in which Fred is born), the first writ- You can get a good idea of what is taught in the Schmidt also appears to be a Christian man. ten (in 2001). Unlike the other volumes, it has course and the proportion of biology to algebra Although his books aren’t preachy and in places all the Your Turn to Play questions and answers by checking out the table of contents on our web- tend toward gritty realism, you will find a strong in the back and a Further Ado section containing site. Literally a “dream come true”, Fred is every plug for goodness here, along with a main char- even more rigorous material for you to include bit as entertaining while teaching biology as he acter who says his prayers every night. Fractions, at your discretion. Possibly because this volume is when teaching math! While this course will Decimals and Percents, and the Pre-Algebra was originally written for college students, the not replace high school biology, it will replace books are structured a little differently than the material is edgier in this first book (Fred’s dad much of the biology instruction in a general upper-level books. Chapters in these are short drinks, his family is somewhat dysfunctional, and science course. Pre-Algebra 2 with Economics (as are the books), ending with a Your Turn to there are other allusions to drugs, alcohol and completes the pre-algebra instruction, this time Play problem set, followed by complete solu- “hanky panky”). You may wish to skim ahead of delving into topics such as interest rates, com- tions with explanation. Generally, after every your student and “edit” anything unsatisfactory. petition, opportunity costs, supply and demand. five chapters, there’s a BRIDGE taking you from So far, I’m giving a thumbs up to this unique Following the same format as the Fractions, the culmination of the preceding chapters to the (and slightly eccentric) math program. It has Decimals & Percents and Pre-Algebra 1 and 2, new material. Actually, there are five BRIDGES made math more palatable (and interesting) for Dr. Schmidt has released Pre-Algebra 0 with – your student has five tries to make it across the my daughter. It has some unusual and novel Physics (formerly titled Elementary Physics). This BRIDGE. These contain a ten-question review approaches to problem solving (like a simple, book fits nicely into the Life of Fred sequence of everything learned to that point. Mr. Schmidt foolproof method for factoring trinomials where between Decimals & Percents and Pre-Algebra recommends that students get at least nine out of the squared term has a coefficient > 1 instead 1. Dr. Schmidt feels that too much time is lost ten right to move on. Answers to these are in the of the guess and check approach employed in before presenting physics in high school and back of the book. The final BRIDGE has 15 ques- other books). It incorporates critical thinking this book is designed as an introduction to fill tions (20 in Decimals) and, again, five tries to and a discovery approach to math by its very that gap. Algebra and Advanced Algebra should pass. This gives a student ample opportunity to nature. It integrates the value of learning in other each take a little more than half a year. While go back, study the material, and try again with- curricular areas. It teaches math in the context Geometry takes place during one day in the Life out feeling like they’ve failed. It is built-in reme- of real life – okay, real life uses for math in a of Fred (a Thursday after his sixth birthday), it is diation, rather than just failing and still going on kind of surreal life. And, who wouldn’t like a 458 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. math book that begins, “Hi! This is going to be LOFPAS Pre-Algebra Set . . . 125.00 119 .95 Life of Fred: Real Analysis (AD) fun,” then follows through on that promise? Visit Includes five texts above (not zillions of prati- Another serious math program for serious math www.stanleyschmidt.com for other Raves from ce problems books) students presented in the un-serious Life of Fred Readers or to find out more about the content of 046232 Beginning Algebra Exp . Ed 39 .00 way by Dr. Stanley Schmidt. This program is col- the books – or even to contact the author direct- 050547 Zillions of Practice Problems lege level, to be used only after algebra, geom- ly. (You can even read some of Mr. Schmidt’s for Beginning Algebra . 29 .00 etry, and calculus courses are mastered. Real 8:30 prayers). I’m not sure how Dr. Schmidt can 013147 Advanced Algebra Exp . Ed 39 .00 Analysis takes real numbers that were studied in include his home phone number on his website 046233 Zillions of Practice Problems algebra, and functions and limits that were stud- and encourage people to email and phone him Advanced Algebra . . . 29 ied.00 in calculus, and asks the student to analyze with questions, but I have read several testimo- LOFHS1 High School Set 1 . . 136.00 129 .95 them using the process of proofs that were stud- nies to his responsiveness. For a full scope and Includes Advanced Algebra, Beginning ied in geometry. Dr. Schmidt calls these proofs sequence, visit our website and take a peek at the Algebra and both Zillions of... books “puzzles”, and the idea is not to solve problems table of contents for each level. 001195 Geometry Exp Edition 39 .00 but to understand concepts. Some will be short As a teacher, I have obviously enjoyed this 016139 Trigonometry Exp . Ed . . 39 .00 and straightforward, while others will take some course. But my daughter, Janine, has never had LOFHS2 High School Set 2 . . . 78.00 74 .50 time to work through. Answers to all 113 puz- the innate appreciation for math that I do. Let’s Includes Geometry and Trig Expanded zles are included in the back of the book; how- ask her what she thought (or thinks – we still LOFCPS College Prep Set . . . 339.00 318 .00 ever, the idea is not to rush through the book, but have 14 lessons to go!). Here are her comments Includes 11 books above take enough time to see the real beauty of higher on Life of Fred Beginning Algebra as serious as it 001125 Calculus Exp Ed . . . . 49 .00 level math. All the important concepts that start needs to be:“I love Life of Fred because of, well, 053600 Statistics Exp Ed . . . . 49 .00 with mathematician names are covered: Cauchy Fred! But also because this is the most creative LOFTXT Gr . 5-12 Text Set . . . 357 .95 sequences, the Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem, math course I’ve ever seen. When I first looked Includes all texts above, but no Zillions bks Fibonacci sequences, Schwarzschild radii, etc, at the math course, the thing that made me excit- LOFCMP Gr . 5-12 Complete Set . 499 .95 but in a context that the student will enjoy and ed (besides the story) was not seeing millions of All texts above, plus Zillions books remember. Enjoy, because the text is so enter- problems. Just a few, thought-provoking and even 001198 Linear Algebra Exp Ed 52 .00 taining, and remember, because Dr. Schmidt funny ones. In the lesson book, you’ll only have 018033 5 Days of Upper Div . Math 19 .00 explains complex concepts in such a clear way. one small page, then you can be done. The Cities 066246 Real Analysis . . . . . 39 .00 So if you have a serious math student that can’t don’t even have that many problems. But they LOFCLG College Set . . . . . 208.00 199 .00 get enough math, put this one on his desk. are all worth your time and un-repetitive, and The 3 texts above, plus Calculus and Statistics 066246 ...... 39 .00 most inspire a challenge or are a little puzzle. ~~~~~~~ Mom didn’t think it would be a full-fledged math Five Days of Upper Division Math: Set course. But the more we’ve worked through it, Theory, Modern Algebra, Abstract Arithmetic, A+ TUTORSOFT MATH I’ve seen that it’s quite a bit harder and requires Topology (AD) more thinking. No wonder it’s been put on For the dedicated math student who wants A+ Interactive Math Software (1-8) some “gifted” lists. Moving along…..the writing is to push the envelope, here you go. Join Fred Whether you prefer for your students to learn HILARIOUS! It’s almost like Stanley Schmidt and at Kittens University for the summer session math via the internet, on the computer using I have the same sense of humor sometimes. I’ve – at least for the first five days – in which he local software, or with traditional text and work- read Fractions and most of Begininng Algebra and lectures (from 4am-8am) on, respectively, Set book, and whether you need a full year program enjoyed both immensely. It’s a ridiculous, bizarre Theory, Modern Algebra, Abstract Arithmetic, or just supplemental work on a single topic, little series, which makes me love it all the more! and Topology. Prerequisites for this course A+ Math software has an option for you. The My brother likes it so much he showed it to his include more than a passing knowledge of alge- approach is basically a sequential-mastery meth- college friends….and of course they all laughed. bra as well as a course in Geometry that taught od, rather than spiral or incremental, with con- The characters are amazing, and the illustrations and required proofs. Prior algebra instruction cepts presented, practiced, and expanded fully (especially of Fred) are priceless. Stanley even should have included: in each chapter. The author believes that having has a little fun subtly (and not so subtly) teasing ¾¾ Union of sets the material presented both audibly and visually movies, doctors, math books and a whole myriad ¾¾ Math induction helps in understanding and retention. Lessons of things, and he has never failed at amusing me. ¾¾ Associative property are very straightforward with no frills or distract- Math was my most hated subject. And while I ¾¾ One-to-one functions ing unnecessary graphics, only those needed to can’t say that I had a complete turnaround and ¾¾ Inverse functions explain or demonstrate concepts. wake up every morning saying “YAY! I get to do ¾¾ Multiplying matrices 1st and 2nd grade were added after the higher math today! Wheeeeee!” I can say that Life of Fred level courses and do incorporate more color and As you can see, this includes most high school has taken all the dullness out, keeps me captivat- fun illustrations. A cute little frog mascot appears seniors. However, final prerequisites I would add ed, and injected a lot of fun. I’d call it an art piece, on some of the screens to aid in answering the are an appreciation for math, an ability to think if a math book can be an art piece. An amazing, questions and gives a croak of approval when outside the book, ability for creative thought, and amazing series, even more so considering we’re the answer is correct. Worksheets for these levels a willingness to take a peek at “real” math. I got talking about a math course.” are a bit more colorful as well. I think this would this opportunity when I took some upper-level Well, there you have it – from teacher and definitely appeal to any child who likes to work university math courses. There is truly a “magic” student. Who says math can’t be entertaining? at the computer – A+ Math Software makes math and beauty to math (which Prof. Schmidt alludes 042828 Fractions ...... 19 .00 learning seem like a game. to in the introduction to this book) that most 043266 Zillions of Practice Problems In the program options are presented across the people never get to experience. If your student Fractions ...... 19 .00 top of the screen. You can watch and listen to would like to experience the same, I heartily rec- 042827 Decimals & Percents . . 19 .00 the multimedia lessons, view the suggested les- ommend this summer session with Fred. 043258 Zillions of Practice Problems son plans, print out or just view the curriculum Unlike other LOF books, there is no real storyline Decimals and Percents 19 .00 book (same content as that of the multimedia outside of Fred’s lectures. There are fun puzzles 054567 Pre-Algebra 0 w/Physics 29 .00 lessons), print out worksheets, tests, (and answer (which look suspiciously like proofs, for the most 043270 Zillions of Practice Problems keys for both) and reference sheets. You can part) to solve - 139 of them that require thought, Pre-Algebra 0 w/Physics 19 .00 set the program so that the parent has access to creativity, and, for some, dedication. Some are 046445 Pre-Algebra 1 w/ Biology 29 .00 the answers but not the students. The tests and easily solved, others are going to take some time. 069064 Zillions of Practice Problems worksheets are done in a multiple choice format, ☼ Solutions to all exercises are in the back of the Pre-Algebra 1 w/Blgy . . 19 .00 black and white, with a minimal number of book. If your student loves math or just wants to 048459 Pre-Algebra 2 w/ Economics 29 .00 appropriate graphics (coins, clocks, etc.). I feel get a glimpse of higher level math, this course is a 070663 Zillions of Practice Problems like this course might work well for students who ☼ great introduction to math beyond calculus. Pre-Algebra 2 w/Econ . 19 .00 018033 ...... 19 .00 continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 459 are distracted by a lot on a page; white space Printed/ Printed 051462 GRADE 6 . . . . . 204.40 184 .95 is in the students’ favor with this program. An Text/Wkbk Set Wkbk Students will multiply and divide using interactive Q & A button is found at the bottom Gr . 1 057675 055498 whole numbers and decimals. They solve of the page that allows the student to practice Gr . 2 057679 055501 equations and problems using fractions and the concept and get immediate feedback on the Gr . 3 057683 053941 mixed numbers. Study of geometric formu- accuracy of their answer. The software includes Gr . 4 057687 053944 las, data analysis and mathematical rea- everything you need to do the course, including Gr . 5 057691 053947 soning is included. Students will work with all necessary PDF files. The printed workbook is Gr . 6 057695 053950 percent, ratios, and proportions. Probability a convenience product that is helpful if you don’t Pre-Alg 057699 053956 and statistics is studied using data analysis want to print the pages yourself. We are stocking Alg 1 057703 053953 and estimation. Geometry, symmetry and both the Premium and Standard editions of the spatial relationships are taught. software. The Premium edition includes addition- 051464 GRADE 7 . . . . . 204.40 184 .95 al features such as the ability to lock solutions PRE-ALGEBRA: Seventh grade students study manuals, an electronic grade book with progress units of measure including time, customary tracking, and printable certificates of completion. and metric, and converting between custom- I have never looked at Teaching Textbooks at ary and metric. They study graphs and dia- the younger grades, but did have an opportuni- grams with focus on bar and line graphs and ty to look at the algebra. The A+ program has Venn diagrams. Also included are: rounding the same type of slide-like presentation for the and estimation, order of operations, absolute lessons and you can purchase the book in print value, prime numbers, comparing decimals, to follow along with the lessons as they are pre- fractions and percent. Story problems are sented. The content is comprehensive, and the Starline Press Math (3-10) studied as well as the consumer math topics pacing is steady and methodical. Starline Press Math is a character-based, indi- sales tax, discount and depreciation, and mark System requirements: Windows 2000/XP/Vista/ vidualized and independent learning curriculum. up and appreciation. Students also study Windows 7/8 and 250 MB disk space available Aligned to pre-Common Core California state multiplication, power, and division properties on the hard drive. NOT Mac-compatible. The standards (please see publisher website for CA of exponents and percent, probability and CD-based version doesn’t need the internet to run, state standards correlation), each grade level permutations. Seventh grade math includes but you do need internet access to register and provides self- directed instruction with minimal the study of perimeter, area and volume activate your software. If you are unsure about teacher supervision. Grades 3-8 complete twelve of polygons, rectangles, squares, triangles, where to begin in the program, you can visit www. units (booklets) per year, with a suggested 3 week trapezoids, circles and cylinders. Students aplustutorsoft.com for a free limited placement test. completion timeframe. Grades 9-10 complete 5 also study basic geometry, basic statistics and We are offering the curriculum in a variety booklets per semester /10 per year. Each grade pre-algebra. of packages, with or without printed texts and level includes vocabulary, fill in the blank ques- 051441 GRADE 8 . . . . . 204.40 184 .95 workbooks to give you options. Print texts and tions, practice problems, chapter reviews, and ALGEBRA I: Eighth grade students continue workbooks are also available individually. unit tests Consumable booklets are softcover. the study of algebraic concepts. They study Family Math Packages (see our website) provide Available only in complete sets which include the properties and operations of real num- access to an online version of the A+ Interactive answer and test keys. ~ Deanne bers, adding positive and negative numbers, Math curriculum for one year from activation. 051459 GRADE 3 . . . . . 204.40 184 .95 and adding decimals and percent. Students Upon purchase, you will receive activation infor- Review of addition, subtraction and shapes. study mathematical operations of fractions, mation and you can activate your account at any Place value. Rounding and expanded nota- linear equations, exponents, absolute value time. If you have children in multiple grades and tion. Multiplication facts include single and and scientific notation. They solve addition, online math instruction is convenient for you, multi-digits. Division by 2, 3, 4, and 5. subtraction, multiplication and division equa- this may be your best option. The more children Students also study decimals, fractions, unit tions as well as solving two step equations signed up under this option, the cheaper per conversions and volume, weight and area, and equations involving parenthesis. Students child the package becomes. Access is per child geometric shapes, solid objects, data collec- learn to solve equations and rate problems so if you purchase the package for 3 students, tion and outcome prediction. with variables on both sides. Inequalities, you will have access to all available grades of 051460 GRADE 4 . . . . . 204.40 184 .95 compound inequalities, and inequalities with the curriculum for three students for one year. If Review of Grade 3. Adding and subtracting absolute values are learned. Students will one grade level is completed, you may begin a with a number line, decimals to the hun- also study the Cartesian coordinate system, new grade level. Parent tracking is for one grade dredths place, multiply multi-digit numbers, verifying solutions, slope, graphing lines, and level at a time, but you can drop back a grade manipulate time and measurement equa- writing equations of lines in slope intercept level for reinforcement at any time, then return tions, and work with fractions and division. form and transforming to standard form. to the target grade level (progress outside of the The student completes problems using word Exponents, square roots, polynomials and target grade level is not tracked, however).Online problems, liquid and dry measures and mas- quadratic equations are taught. Students will version is Windows & Mac-compatible with a tering metrics. They also learn geometry, learn simplifying rational expressions and high-speed internet connection. working with rations and probability and solving rational equations as well as adding, EACH PREMIUM CD + PRINT how to coordinate and construct graphs. subtracting, multiplying and dividing radi- WORKBOOK . . . .144.99 114 .95 051461 GRADE 5 . . . . . 204.40 184 .95 cals. Note: this course may be used to meet EACH PREMIUM CD ONLY . . 124.99 99 .95 Students engage in standard’s based activi- requirements for High School Algebra. EACH STANDARD CD ONLY . . 99.99 74 .95 ties, including place value, decimals, expo- 051457 GRADE 9 . . . . . 174.50 164 .95 EACH PRINT TEXT/WKBK SET 59.99 45 .95 nents and prime factors. Student increase GEOMETRY: Covers Geometry basics: points EACH PRINT WORKBOOK . . .34.99 24 .25 their facility with the four math operations and lines, line segments, rays, planes, and (addition, subtraction, multiplication and lines and points in planes. Students study PREMIUM STANDARD division) and apply them to fractions, deci- definitions of angles, degrees, and measur- w/ Wkbk CD only CD only mals, positive and negative numbers. They ing the size of angles. They are taught to Gr . 1 057677 055496 055497 learn to identify and add and subtract inte- classify angles by size and relation and how Gr . 2 057681 055499 055500 gers, use variable and tables, organize and to bisect an angle. Students study parallelo- Gr . 3 057685 053939 053940 display data with graphs. Students study grams, properties of a trapezoid, ration and Gr . 4 057689 053942 053943 shapes, lines, points and angles, and learn proportions, and the Pythagorean Theorem. Gr . 5 057693 053945 053946 to solve perimeter, surface and volume of an Ninth grade students know, derive, and solve Gr . 6 057697 053948 053949 area. Students will develop strong problem problems involving perimeter, circumfer- Pre-Alg 057701 053954 053955 solving skills, conceptual understanding and ence, area, volume, lateral area and surface Alg 1 057705 053951 053952 procedural skills. area of common geometric features. Students 460 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. know the definitions of basic trigonometric colorful, easy to implement, and take an age-ap- Shiller Math Kit 1 Basic (PK-3) functions defined by the angles of a right propriate amount of time: 15 minutes for four This pared-down set includes Lesson Books triangle. They also know and are able to use year-olds, 20 minutes for 5 year-olds, 25 minutes 1-3, Answer Guides 1-3, Parent Guide and Vol. elementary relationships between functions. for 6 year-olds, 30 minutes for 7 and 8 year-olds, 1 CD along with only the custom or hard-to-find 051442 GRADE 10 . . . . . 204.40 184 .95 and 30-45 minutes for children 9 to 12 years manipulatives. These include: 4” yellow foam ALGEBRA II: Students add, subtract, multiply old. Each lesson begins by stating the objective, ball, probability bag, geared clock, symmetry and divide polynomials. They will also work manipulatives needed, the learning style to mirror, set of 14 operator tiles, number card set with complex fractions, ratios, and propor- which the lesson appeals, and whether the page with wooden tray, colored wooden shape tiles tions. The basics of quadratic equations, the is consumable. Instruction is scripted and dia- and number tiles. No decimal material is includ- square root method, and solving absolute grams, drawings, and illustrations are provided ed. Kit includes 5 years of access to downloads. value equations are also learned. Students for clear teaching of concepts. There is no set This is a good option if you already are well- learn about linear inequalities including their time per lesson or for the number of lessons per stocked with math manipulatives! addition and multiplication properties. They day. Each child is different and the child should 057314 ...... 299.95 249 .95 also study logarithms and antilogarithms and set the pace according to their learning ability how to work these problems on a calculator. and skills. A Quick Start Guide is printed in the ShillerMath Kit II (4-7) Pascal’s Triangle and the Binomial Theorem front of the Lesson Book which gives options for Kit II is intended for ages 9-12 and includes are studied. Students make and interpret use and tips to reduce frustration for the student pre-algebra. The kit includes Lesson Books 4-6 scatter plots, as well as parabola basics and and the parent. with 12 diagnostic tests; Answer Guides for 4-6; graphing parabolas. The Answer Guides include the pages from the Parent Guide; Volume II audio CD; 3-ring bind- 055691 Consumer Math (9-12) 174.50 164 95. Lesson Book with the answers printed in color. er; division table pad, degreed circle pad and This consumer math course is set up in 10 A ‘Completed Work Sheet’ chart provides space graph worksheet pad; tracking sheets; set of 12 units, one year to complete, for one full for tracking completed lessons, lessons to revis- see-through 3D geometric shapes; 4 geo-shape high school credit. Topics covered in this it, and minutes worked on each lesson. This is nets in wooden box; decimal fraction chips in series of workbooks are addition of whole found in books 1-3. A ‘Review Test Scoresheet’ wooden box and free downloads of consumables numbers/decimals/percents, subtraction with allows space at the back of the Answer Guide for 5 years. There are some additional items you whole numbers/negative numbers/decimals/ in Books 1-3 to track test scores and lessons to will need that aren’t included in Kit II: scissors, percents, handling a checking account, mul- be revisited and is provided separately for books paper strips, protractor, kitchen scale, drawing tiplication, division, fractions, percents, units 4 and up. Additional sheets can be purchased compass, measuring cups and spoons, Base 10 of measure, angles/triangles/quadrilaterals, for additional students or they are included with unit cubes, magnetic compass, calculator, paper planes & solid shapes, circle concepts, using the consumable downloads available with each money, playing cards, tape measure, crayons, variables, geometry & formulas, data anal- kit. Please see our website for individual lesson and colored markers. ysis, mean/median/mode/range, tables & books and answer guides. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. graphs, equations, writing expressions, order A 15-page Parent Guide tells you how to 045765 ...... 299.95 249 .95 of operations, reasoning, relevant/irrelevant get started with ShillerMath, how the program & missing information. works, how to build confidence in your child, Shiller Math Songs and much more. This booklet even offers an ShillerMath songs are included in each kit or explanation of parent responsibilities within the can be purchased separately. Each cd includes 25 COMPREHENSIVE PROGRAMS - ELEMENTARY parent-child relationship. original math tunes by Ron Brown of IntelliTunes. These programs offer all necessary teaching and The goal of this math program is for students to Listen to the songs in conjunction with the lesson student books for teaching grade-level math speak and write mathematics clearly, accurately while riding in your car, or while the kids are below Pre-Algebra. and concisely, and to achieve a solid understand- playing. I will say that the tunes are catchy, live- ing of math concepts. It seems Mr. Shiller had ly and upbeat and I caught myself singing them SHILLERMATH (PK-7) the right idea as he thought about how children later in the day. They teach concepts such as the Not just another math program; this one is learn and the best way for them to understand power of ten, counting by 2s, 4s, 5s, and mass different. ShillerMath is a Montessori-based, math concepts. As children hear the lessons and on Volume I and fractions, negative numbers and multisensory curriculum for grades PreK to 7th songs, play with manipulatives, and see the con- square roots on the Volume II CD. which meets all NCTM standards. “What is cepts applied, they can truly learn math in a way EACH VOLUME ...... 19.95 12 .95 Montessori?” you may be asking yourself. It is which would make Dr. Montessori smile. 045784 Volume I 045780 Volume II a method of educating children that stresses development of a child’s own initiative and nat- ShillerMath Kit I (PK-3) Shiller Math Fractions Kit (4-7) ural abilities, and the role of physical activity in Kit I is intended for ages 4-8, and is a com- Shiller Math is a trusted name in math edu- absorbing abstract concepts and practical skills. plete math program for 5 years of instruction. cation, and they have now composed a kit to But don’t panic, no Montessori or math knowl- Remember, the child sets the pace, so it can help those who need specific instruction with edge is required to use this curriculum, and there take more or less than 5 years to complete the fractions. The kit includes the fraction lesson is little to no preparation for the lessons. contents of this kit. The kit includes Lesson Books book and answer key, parent guide, fractions ShillerMath incorporates an incremental spiral 1-3, Answer Guides 1-3, Parent Guide, Volume guide book, tracking sheet for completed assign- approach (which guarantees plenty of practice) I CD, 4” yellow foam ball, nylon bag with string ments, and 2 sets of fraction circles. Each set into their math program along with a 3-step pre- tie, geared clock, assorted plastic U.S. coins, 8 of fractions circles includes 54 pieces which sentation of concepts. The three steps are: “This crayon set, 2 standard dice, 1- and 2-cup mea- represent whole, halves, thirds, fourths, fifths, is…” “Show me…” and “What is…” Parents use surers, safety mirror for symmetry work, 22”x34” sixths, sevenths, eighths, ninths, and tenths. this process developed by Dr. Maria Montessori cloth work mat, 3-ring binder, 0-9 set of wooden Concepts practiced begin with the basics and to ensure that the child understands each con- dominoes, #2 pencil, 12” clear plastic ruler, build fraction families, denominator, numerator, cept. The example given for this in the Parent pan balance for weight comparison, set of 16 addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, Guide is for teaching two-digit numbers: thousand cubes, set of plastic operation signs, least common denominator and much more. The ¾¾ Step 1: The parent says while pointing to complete number card set w/ wooden tray, base lesson book has 168 lessons that include review the numbers, “This is 10, this is 11, this ten set, materials bank wooden tray, 8 each of 7 tests (187 pages). The answer key offers answers is 12.” shape tiles, number tile set, and free downloads to all lessons found in the lesson book. Take time ¾¾ Step 2: The parent leaves all three numbers of consumables for 5 years. Downloads are the out from your regular curriculum to focus on out and says without pointing, “Show me consumable pages for each lesson, ‘Completed fractions, or use it with your regular curriculum 12; show me 11; show me 10.” Worksheet’ pages, and ‘Review Test’ scoresheets. to reinforce fraction concepts. ~ Donna ¾¾ Step 3: The parent points to one of the CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 057313 ...... 124.95 104 .95 numbers and says, “What is this?” 045763 ...... 399.95 334 .99 The Lesson Books provide lessons which are continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 461 Montessori Flash Cards extra practice for your student as they seek These flash cards allow students to see units to master the skills they have learned. Some along with the number. Students can then see drills test for accuracy and contain twenty-five how to correct errors while memorizing their problems while other drills test both accuracy facts. For example, if adding 3 and 4 there would and speed and contain fifty problems. The top be 3 unit cubes printed vertically below the num- of each drill page contains the workbook page ber 3 and 4 unit cubes printed vertically below number that your student should have completed the number 4 and a blank box to represent your before they can take the drill. The drills can be answer. On the reverse side of the card the same taken any time after that workbook page has problem is printed along with the answer. Below been completed; they don’t necessarily have the answer, the student will see unit cubes to to be done immediately following. The book is represent the total. A brief explanation for solv- Liberty Mathematics (Christian Liberty) (K-2) reproducible, so you can copy each drill several ing the problem is printed on the answer side of The purpose of Liberty Mathematics is to help times to give to your student, and each page is each card. parents communicate “a small part of God’s perforated for easy removal. EACH SET ...... 9.95 7 .50 knowledge and wisdom to children.” Since for- Level B is the newest edition to this series 045752 Addition 045754 Multiplication mal lessons are new to the student at this age, (2010). The lessons each day should include 045753 Division 072097 ☼Subtraction it is important to move slowly and carefully. certain components such as counting numbers, Understanding should be emphasized rather than math facts, lesson goals, drills and tests, and the ShillerMath Manipulatives quickly finishing workbook pages. Considerable workbook assignment. The student workbook is CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. importance is placed on math games and drills done in shades of gray, black, and red with plen- 045746 Complete Number Card Set outside of the workbook lesson. Suggested activ- ty of concept practice. Chapters build sequen- w/ Wooden Tray (A ). . . 39 ities.95 for each unit are listed in the Teacher’s tially with a review found in each, and speed This is a set of 108 color-coded cards with Manual. Standard drills involve counting on hun- drills after the 4th chapter. Chapter 1 is a review digits 1-9, 10-90, 100-900, and 1000-9000. dred charts or working with flashcards. Typical of concepts learned in level A and continues to The cards lay on top of each other to form games include making up oral story problems or build on the foundation. Concepts covered in 4-digit numbers when doing place value using math counters to illustrate math facts. this level include addition and subtraction up to work. Printed in red, green and blue which The kindergarten workbook contains 233 pages 4 columns with carrying and borrowing, place are characteristic of Montessori manipula- printed in shades of black and green. One les- value, telling time, calendars, money, story tives and comes in a partitioned wooden tray son usually takes up both sides of a page. Time problems, measuring, fractions, multiplying and with sliding cover. spent on games and drills should at least match dividing up to 5, shapes, balanced equations, 045750 Fraction Circles w/ Tray the time spent on the workbook each day. Brief and working with maps. Games are still used at ...... 19.95 18 .45 instructions are given to the teacher at the top this level and suggested items to have on hand Wholes through tenths, with different colors of each workbook page, while more complete are dominoes or dot cards, flashcards, coins and for each fraction circle stored neatly in wood- lesson plans and instructions are provided in bills, ruler with inches and centimeters, teach- en box with plastic cover. the Teacher’s Manual. Topics covered include ing clock, and miscellaneous manipulatives for 045782 Set of 16 Thousands Cubes identifying and printing 1-10, counting from counting. The test packet includes one cumu- ...... 19.95 18 .45 0-100, place value, addition and subtraction lative test for each chapter (8) and the answers. Die-cut flats which fold easily into a perfect through the family of 10, counting by 1, 2, 5, 010968 Level K Workbook . . . 12.75 9 50. 10cm x 10cm sturdy cardstock cube. and 10, time, and ordinal numbers. Measuring in 010969 Level K Tchr Manual . . 7.50 5 75. 057312 Geo Shapes (12 pcs) (3-7) inches, simple fractions (halves and thirds), and 049622 Level K Flashcards . . . 4.25 3 25. (B . . . ..) . . . . 17.99 13 .95 addition and subtraction story problems are also 026059 Level A Workbook . . . 17.00 12 .25 This set of blue, transparent, 3-D, geometri- briefly covered. Continual review is integrated 049620 Level A Tchr Manual . . 7.50 5 75. cal shapes and includes sphere, hemisphere, into subsequent workbook pages. Compared to 049621 Level A Tests . . . . . 5.25 3 95. cone, cylinder, two pyramids (one triangular Horizons K, Liberty Mathematics makes more 042136 Level A Drill Book . . . 11.75 8 50. base, one square base), triangular prism, hex- efficient use of space, generally fitting more 005682 Level B Workbook . . . 17.00 12 .25 agonal prism, cube, and three cuboids. Each practice problems on a page than Horizons. 005685 Level B Tchr Manual . . 7.50 5 75. shape has a removable end for measuring Horizons, however, has more workbook pages 005746 Level B Test . . . . . 5.25 3 95. volume and is approximately 2 inches. This than Liberty. Liberty presents a solid math foun- ~~~~~~~ same set is included in Kit II of Shiller Math dation, although Horizons covers more advanced (045765). material. Horizons K Book Two ends with prob- MCRUFFY MATH PROGRAM lems like 72+5 or 69-5, whereas Liberty ends Complete Number Tile Set (Shiller Math)(PK-3) with problems like 4+5 or 10-6. Horizons covers McRuffy Math (K-3) 108 color-coded number tiles 27 ones, 27 tens, time and measurement in short sections scattered Just like a child’s mind, this manipulative-based 27 hundreds, and 27 thousands. The color-cod- over many lessons, while Liberty treats time and curriculum grows more complex with each ing matches the colors of the number cards. measurement as main topics concentrated in passing grade. At the kindergarten level, math 045747 (C .) ...... 19.95 18 .95 fewer lessons. lessons are short and sweet. These bite-sized The 1-10 number line is an important aspect lessons will not overwhelm your child with of every lesson. It is printed at the top of nearly too much information presented too quickly. every workbook page in the K and A workbooks. Lessons involve simple hands-on activities, such In the first few lessons, students use the number as making pattern block designs or modeling line to learn number recognition. Later on, the addition using base ten materials, which will B . concept of “adding one” is equated with count- help young learners to make concrete connec- ing the “number that comes after.” For instance, tions. A greater emphasis is placed on auditory 2 comes after 1 is the same as adding one to 1. math exercises in the first grade. These exercises Eventually, addition and subtraction are modeled simultaneously help develop listening skills as by moving up and down the number line. 1+2 = well as mental math skills. By the second grade, A . 3 is verbalized as going to 1 and adding 2 more. students should be ready to tackle an increased Working on games and drills outside the work- amount of workbook practice which is provided book may be especially important if the student for each lesson. The third grade curriculum becomes accustomed to referencing the number returns to a normal amount of practice, but also line and using it as a “crutch” when solving implements two new programs, Memory Skills C . problems. Building and Basic Facts Mastery. The 129-page drill book for level A contains The curriculum for each grade comes as a 462 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. boxed set which includes a teacher’s manual and MKT1UP K to Gr 1 Upgrade Kit 13.18 7 .50 Third Grade Math a consumable workbook. The teacher’s manual Dice (set of 4), pentominoes (1 set), spin- This is actually the first curriculum I looked at generally includes a scope and sequence, daily ner (0 to 9), and transparent chips (250). when we decided to carry McRuffy Math, and it lesson plans, copy masters, and tests. For the CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. is still my favorite. Built into the curriculum is a second and third grades, workbook answers are MKCT1U Color K to Gr 1 Manipulative Memory Skills Building program which uses short also provided. Instruction spirals so skills are Upgrade ...... 19.72 11 .75term memory cards and visual memory picture reviewed and expanded upon when a topic is Base ten rods (20), geoboard (5 x 5 pin), cards. With the visual memory picture cards, revisited. Lesson plans are highly organized and pentominoes (1 set), spinner (0 to 9), and the student studies the card and tries to copy simple to use. Each lesson plan provides: 1) transparent counters (250). the shapes and symbols from memory. A short lesson objectives, 2) a list of required materials CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. term memory card consists of a list of numbers (including any workbook pages to be complet- with which you can perform one of four different ed), and 3) teaching instructions that become First Grade Math drills: hear-write, see-write, hear-repeat, and more detailed and scripted with each grade. All Includes 175 lessons covering counting and see-repeat. This curriculum also includes a Basic workbooks are printed in black and white with writing numbers to 500, 3-digit addition/sub- Facts Mastery program for multiplication fact up the exception of the Kindergarten Color Math traction, 2-digit addition with regrouping, telling to 10. It is a combination of hands-on activities Workbook. As they are not reproducible, extra time to 5 minutes, counting money, estimation, using counters, written timed tests, auditory tests, workbooks for additional students are available place value to 100s, charts and graphs, prob- and flashcard drills. Fun, geometric puzzles separately. Some of the curriculum sets also ability, measurement, multiplication by two, involving a geoboard, tangrams, or pentominoes include either a card set or a resource pack and more. Auditory exercises like skip counting are also included throughout the year. The which contains other required materials such as backwards or saying two numbers and having curriculum set includes a teacher’s manual, number cards and charts. the student subtract them are often incorporated workbook, and the third grade math card set. Manipulative kits are not included with any into lesson plans and can be utilized during free The teacher’s manual also includes workbook curriculum set and should be purchased sepa- moments. A list of different exercises is provided answers. This curriculum covers 4-digit addi- rately. For your convenience, we have several in the teacher’s manual. The teacher’s manual tion and subtraction with regrouping, writing “upgrade” kits available that will let you add also includes unit tests and significantly more and reading Roman numerals in the thousands, on to your current manipulative kit for the next timed tests than the kindergarten programs. multiplication facts to 12, division facts to 10, grade. Or, you can opt to get the Super Set which 032707 Curriculum . . . . . 74.95 48 .50 money (adding, subtracting), place value to mil- includes all manipulatives for grades K through 3. 036233 Workbook Only . . . 18.95 12 .75 lions, fractions (adding, subtracting, multiplying), Please note that common household materials M1GMMK Manipulative Kit . . 38.22 27 .95 perimeter and area, logic, geometric reasoning, such as paper, pencil, crayons, scissors, or coins, Base ten rods (20), centimeter cubes (20 - 2 and more in 160 lessons. are not provided in any manipulative kit but may of 10 colors), Write On/Wipe Off Student 032710 Curriculum . . . . . 74.95 48 .50 be required for certain lessons. ~ Anh Clock, dice (set of 4), geoboard (5 x 5 pin), 036241 Workbook Only . . . 25.95 16 .95 pattern blocks (100), pentominoes (1 set), M23GMK Manipulative Kit . . 43.16 29 .95 Kindergarten Color Math spinner (0 to 9), teddy bear counters (48) and Base ten flats (10), base ten rods (20), centi- The curriculum set includes a teacher’s man- transparent counters (250). CHOKING meter cubes (20 - 2 of 10 colors), clock face, ual, a workbook, and a resource packet. The HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. dice (set of 4), Frax Pax Tiles, geoboard (5 teacher’s manual contains 160 lesson plans with M1T2UP Gr 1 to 2 Upgrade . . 22.48 14 .95 x 5 pin), pentominoes (1 set), tangrams (2 substantially enhanced teaching instructions for Base ten flats (10), Frax Pax Tiles, and tan- sets), and transparent counters (250). Note each lesson. It is also easier to identify workbook grams (2 sets). that this is the same manipulative kit used pages and materials needed for lessons due to CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. in Grade 2. newly added illustrations. The workbook still CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. has a neat, uncluttered appearance, but there are Second Grade Math more exercises per workbook page. There are In this grade, daily auditory exercises and math also more lessons with corresponding workbook journal entries are added to each lesson. A practice. Bright colors and fun illustrations defi- bigger emphasis is placed on practice. There nitely make this workbook more appealing than are two workbook pages for every lesson, which the original. The resource packet includes sev- explains why the student workbook comes in eral sets of precut cards, laminated game boards, two volumes. However, the importance of number lines, charts, and posters. Games, developing math reasoning skills in addition to which practice following directions as well as computational skills is also emphasized through counting skills, have also been incorporated. the inclusion of story problems. The teacher’s This program also makes better use of geoboard manual contains 160 lessons and answers to activities. Reproducing designs on a geoboard is the exercises. This curriculum covers, but is not only fun, but it also helps develop visual dis- not limited to, 4-digit addition and subtraction crimination skills. Covering much the same con- with regrouping, Roman numerals, multiplication tent as Kindergarten Basic Math, this version also facts to 10, division facts to 4, place value to ten includes measurement using non-standard units, thousands, beginning fractions (to eighths), geo- fractions (halves), and slightly more advanced metric reasoning, odd/even numbers, and linear subtraction (12 - 7 vs. 9 - 2) although both kin- measurement. The curriculum set includes the dergarten programs teach addition up to 18. teacher’s manual and both workbooks. 036225 Curriculum . . . . 124.95 75 .95 032709 Curriculum . . . . . 74.95 48 .50 036226 Workbook Only . . . 39.95 25 .95 036238 Workbook 1 Only . . 20.95 13 .95 A . MKCMMK Manipulative Kit . . 19.62 15 .95 036239 Workbook 2 Only . . 20.95 13 .95 Centimeter cubes (20 - 2 of 10 colors), clock M23GMK Manipulative Kit . . 43.16 29 .95 Manipulative Super Set (K-3) face, dice (set of 4), pattern blocks (100), Base ten flats (10), base ten rods (20), cen- This complete set for Grades K-3 includes base tangrams (1 set), teddy bear counters (48). timeter cubes (20 - 2 of 10 colors), Write ten flats (10), base ten rods (20), centimeter *Please note that a geoboard and base ten On/Wipe Off Student Clock, dice (set of cubes (20 - 2 of 10 colors), write-on/wipe-off stu- blocks are NOT included in this kit because a 4), Fraction Tiles, geoboard (5 x 5 pin), dent clock, dice (4), fraction tiles, geoboard (5 x laminated geoboard grid and paper base ten pentominoes (1 set), tangrams (2 sets), and 5 pin), pattern blocks (100), pentominoes (1 set), blocks are provided in the resource packet as transparent counters (250). This is the same spinner (0 to 9), tangrams (2 sets), teddy bear alternatives. If you want the actual manip- manipulative kit used for Grade 3. counters (48), and transparent counters (250). ulative items instead, please see MKCT1U. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. MMMSST (A.) ...... 60.70 41 .00 See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 463 REKENMATHLINE (K-8) K Materials ☼MathLine Concept-Building System (K-8) Building Number builds early number This series, aligned to NCTM standards, follows ☼RekenMathLines (K-5) sense with a focus on learning 0-20 by a more typical scope and sequence utilizing The hands-on RekenMathLine is an interesting counting, subitizing, and building number. the RekenMathLines for hands-on applications. cross between an abacus and a number line. Understanding Operations materials focus Teacher books provide a complete set of repro- Basically, various numbers of easily slid ridged on early addition and subtraction, introduc- ducible (black and white) student worksheets. rings are on a stick; one side numbered and ing tens and ones. Both books use either the Lessons include instructional material plus a one side plain, to quickly check your answers. MathLine or the MathLine+ (for very young practice section, lesson activities, a challenge Rings are always in groups of five but can be or students having fine motor difficulties). section, and sometimes a warm-up activity. ten, twenty, or twenty-five to a line (depending 068529 Building Number Workbook Extensions are included on some student pages. on the student’s skill level). The number of lines 068530 Building Number Teacher Support Teacher books also include an answer key also varies: from two for beginners, to four, five, 068539 Understanding Operations Workbook (reduced student pages with answers filled in). or ten for advancing students. 068540 Understanding Operations Tchr Support Student Activity books provide a printed ver- A variety of lessons (sold separately) have been sion (black & white) of the student worksheets. developed for the struggling student and for the 1st Grade Materials Teacher books are spiral bound; student books typical school scope and sequence. These might Building Number Lessons focus on learning are stapled. All levels use the RekenMathLine be used as a supplement to another program or 0-20 by counting, subitizing, and building Student 100. ~ Janice (possibly) as a stand-alone program if you care- number with exposure to 100. Understanding EACH STUDENT ACTIVITY . . . 2 95. fully provide enough mastery practice as well Operations Lessons are for 1st grade students EACH TEACHER GUIDE . . . 14.95. 12 .75 as pay attention to what skills must be mastered learning early addition and subtraction with B2 (K-1) Level each year. Some free lessons and videos are a focus on 0-20 and introducing composition 27 Lessons. Teacher books have full color, available on the MathLine website (howbrite. and decomposition. Both workbooks use the detailed lessons. Worksheets are blackline com), but we also carry three different series. Of RekenMathLine 100. masters. Covers: introduction to MathLine, the companion written materials we carry, both 068531 Building Number ML100 I Workbook counting, number recognition, compare and Building Number and Understanding Operations 068532 Building Number ML100 I Teacher order numbers 0-100, place value to 100, have a delayed scope and sequence and are 068541 Understanding Operations ML100 I addition/subtraction through two-digit with to be used in sequence with one another. The Workbook regrouping. This level is aligned to CCSS. MathLine Concept-Building series follows a more 068542 Und . Operations ML100 I Teacher 068982 B2 (K-1) Student Activity typical scope and sequence and is aligned to 068987 B2 (K-1) Teacher state standards. ~ Janice 2nd Grade Materials 068809 RekenMathLine (K-1) . . . 5.95 5 .75 Building Number Lessons are for 1st – 2nd C2 Level (2-3) Level Two bars of ten; 8” x 2.5” x 1.25” grade students learning place value with a 28 Lessons - all materials are black and 068810 RekenMathLine+ (PK-1) 13.95 11 .95 focus on learning 0-100 by counting, sub- white. Covers: review of B2 level material, Bulkier two bars of ten; 15” x 5” x 1.25’ itizing, and building number. Understanding even/odd numbers, rounding, money/making 068811 RekenMathLine100 (1-2) 25.95 23 .50 Operations Lessons focus on double digit change, two-digit addition/subtraction with/ Ten bars of ten; 11.25” x 8.5” x 2” addition and subtraction for numbers 0-100 without regrouping, number patters, multipli- 068812 RekenMathLine 5x20 (3-4) . 25.95 23 .50 with composition and decomposition and cation to fives, measuring, decimals, division Five bars of 20; 16.5” x 5.7” x 2” introduces multiplication. Both workbooks as repetitive subtraction. 068992 MathLine Student 100 . 24.95 21 .00 use the RekenMathLine 100. 068983 C2 (2-3) Student Activity Four bars of 25; “five”-spots are marked by 068533 Building Number ML100 II Workbook 068988 C2 (2-3) Teacher blue and red rings enabling the student to 068534 Building Number ML 100 II Teacher count by 5s and 10s; 16”x5”x2” For K-5. Support D (3-4) Level 068543 Understanding Operations ML100 II 35 Lessons – all materials black and white. Workbook Covers: review and extension of number pat- 068544 Understanding Operations ML100 II terns, addition, subtraction facts and fact fami- Teacher Support lies, place value, addition/subtraction, money/ making change, multiplication/division (to 3rd & 4th Grade Materials nines), long division, measurements, decimals. Building Number Lessons for ML 5x20 is 068984 D (3-4) Student Activity ☼Building Number on RekenMathLines (K-4) for 3rd and 4th grade students working at 068989 D (3-4) Teacher This series written for the RekenMathLines a 1st-2nd grade level who need to devel- aims for struggling student. The term “building op number sense to 100. Understanding E (4-5) Level number” means learning number sense, number Operations for ML 5x20 I is for 3rd and 33 Lessons – all materials black and white. recognition, quantity recognition called sub- 4th grade students not ready for multi- Covers: review of previous material, liquid itizing. These skills are necessary for learning plication and division. The focus is on measurements, prime/composite numbers, math operations and ultimately for algebraic learning addition and subtraction through estimating, multiply larger numbers, division reasoning. Follow this with the Understanding double digit composition and decomposi- with remainders, fractions, decimals, per- Operations series to continue the instruction at tion. Understanding Operations for ML 5x20 cents, probability, algebra (solving addition/ each level. Lessons focus on conceptual and II is for 3rd and 4th grade students who subtractions equations). procedural methods starting with early addition are ready for multiplication and division. 068985 E (5-6) Student Activity all the way through long division and partial quo- Lessons include partial products/quotients, 068990 E (5-6) Teacher tients. Workbooks in both series are collections and long division. All workbooks use the of colorful worksheets; problems illustrated with RekenMathLine 5x20. F (6+ - remedial) Level the RekenMathLine. The Teacher Support work- 068527 Building Number ML 5x20 Workbook 39 Lessons – all materials black and white. books include full-size student pages plus teacher 068528 Building Number ML 5x20 Teacher Covers: reviews all operations, measuring, support materials (in the back). Teacher material 068535 Understanding Operations ML5x20 I money, prime/composite numbers, fractions, includes how to introduce the MathLines, spe- Workbook decimals, percents, probability, algebra cific instructions and extensions for workbook 068536 Understanding Operations ML 5x20 I (solving addition/subtraction/multiplication/ lessons plus some games that can be played with Teacher Support division equations). the MathLines. Both series have workbooks that 068537 Understanding Operations ML 5x20 II 068986 F (6-8) Student Activity are 48 pgs with 20 Lessons. ~ Janice Workbook 068991 F (6-8) Teacher EACH WORKBOOK ...... 7.95 6 .95 068538 Understanding Operations ML 5x20 II ~~~~~~~ EACH TEACHER SUPPORT . . . . 9.95 8 .50 Teacher Support 464 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathseeds Online Program (K-3) working through the beginning of each in a guid- EACH WORKBOOK ...... 34.95 24 .95 ed fashion then having the student finish inde- 041053 Workbook Grade K pendently. This section may also include some 041038 Workbook Grade 1 fun hands-on type activities for reinforcement. 041050 Workbook Grade 2 “Assess” is a variety of opportunities to informally 041055 Online Program: 12-month assess the student’s grasp of the concept. Also, subscription . . . . . 49 .95 included in the teacher notes are suggestions for teaching students with mixed abilities, extension EnVision Math (2011 Ed) (Pearson) (K-6) activities, and enrichment. Some suggestions This highly visual math will help your child may be for a group or classroom setting, so you “envision” math concepts. EnVisionMath is a may have to adapt. Alternate tests for each chap- series by Scott Foresman-Addison Wesley, origi- ter are found in the back of the teacher edition, nally printed for classroom, and is now available and the kindergarten level even includes addi- for homeschool. This is for parents who want to MCP Mathematics (2005 Edition) (K-6) tional reproducibles. keep pace with what is going on at grade level MCP Math has been around for many years Homeschool Bundles are available for this in the classroom. Every lesson includes an inter- with the latest revision in 2005 (pre-common program, which include the student edition, active activity to help build math understanding. core): solid program with a good balance of math teacher edition, and parent guide at a slightly The student workbooks at K-2 levels of the pro- mechanics and math reasoning, at an affordable lower price. The Parent Guide included in the gram are large format books with “tear-‘n-take” price. MCP uses a research-based approach that Homeschool Bundles is a brochure that lists the pages for hands-on learning activities. The 3rd incorporates direct instruction, guided practice, bundle contents, gives an overview of the curric- through 6th grade levels of the curriculum offer a and independent practice for mastery of the con- ulum, how to use the materials, lesson prepara- hardcover text with step-by-step instruction and cepts. Students then apply the learned concepts tion, and suggestions for adapting the curriculum illustrations for interactive learning. I have only using problem-solving strategies. to fit you and your student. had an opportunity to look at the K-2 student Every level’s Student Edition is a workbook and I have always been a fan of this curriculum with workbooks. They are brightly colored, and I can’t each lesson is two pages. Graphics are black and its constant review and incorporation of good imagine any child not loving the cute graphics white with an accent color and offer a worked math thinking skills. For those who don’t want and visual presentation. example when a new concept is presented. math curriculum that has been rewritten to align Books are divided into 20 units (16 units at Problem-solving lessons allow an opportunity to common core standards, MCP is a solid math the kindergarten level), and each unit is broken for students to apply the skills they have learned, choice. ~ Donna down into daily lessons. At the end of every unit and Chapter Challenge pages provide practice EACH STUDENT BOOK . . . . 19.97 17 .95 is an assessment and review. Units are arranged of new skills. “It’s Algebra” pages are lessons EACH TEACHER BOOK . . . . 36.97 29 .95 topically and some instruction is included at the that will help in preparation for algebra. Chapter EACH H/S BUNDLE ...... 51.97 39 .95 bottom of the pages (K-2) for things to do at home tests are found at the end of every chapter; and Level Student Teacher Bundle and an activity. So that students stay fresh with to help keep skills sharp, cumulative assessments K (K) 046042 046043 052314 their concepts, spiral review pages can be printed are included at the end of every chapter in grades A (1) 046028 046030 052308 from the Teacher Edition CD-ROM for repeated 1-6. At the kindergarten level, instruction and B (2) 046031 046032 052309 practice. You may see an occasional reference to stories are found in the teacher edition, so it is C (3) 046033 046034 052310 pearsonsuccessnet.com – homeschool families required to complete the student pages. Minimal D (4) 046035 046036 052311 don’t have access to that online content, but it instruction is found at the bottom of each page E (5) 046038 046039 052312 isn’t necessary for teaching or completing the for completion, but there is no lesson content in F (6) 046040 046041 052313 curriculum. the student workbook. Each two-page lesson cov- Bundles include the student book, MindPoint® ers one main objective or concept and offers a Purposeful Design Math, 2nd Edition (K-6) Quiz Show CD-ROM, and Teacher Edition visual model and practice. Both workbook pages This series should be considered a strong math CD-ROM. The MindPoint® Quiz Show is a are used with direct instruction by the parent/ option: a solid scope and sequence; pacing sim- CD-ROM with a fun, interactive game that teacher as they explain the model or process and ilar to a Singapore Math approach; well laid-out students can play to hone their math skills. The identify symbols to teach the lesson. As the levels and colorful student texts; themed chapters and Teacher Edition CD-ROM has a lot of useful progress (1-6), the student editions include more courses; and an excellent balance between prob- information and is easy to use. Simply put the instruction, but there will always be the direct lem solving skills (the STAR methodology: Seek, disc into your computer and it is ready to go. instruction component for use with the first page Think, Act, and Review) and basic algorithms. You will find 3 tabs along the top for easy of each lesson, found in the teacher edition. The It is not a student-directed series, so the teacher navigation. Parents and teachers will be able second page for levels 1-6 are for practice of the should be prepared for minimal teacher prep for to print out center activities, vocabulary cards, concept. You will also find calculator lessons in each lesson (15 minutes or so) and teacher-stu- an interactive math story, lesson masters, and grades 3-6, for incorporating technology and the dent interaction (foundational at the K-3 level assessments. They will also find materials for concepts learned. and supplementary at the 4-6 grade levels.) planning and teaching lessons – a teacher edition Teacher Editions are packed full of useful infor- Claiming Psalm 8 as the series theme, each in PDF format. System Requirements for the CDs mation and guidance. The front of each book is grade (1-6) centers around a particular aspect are Windows 2000/XP and Mac OS X 10.3.9 or an uncomplicated explanation for how to use of God’s creation - Life in the Sea; Life in the higher. I tried both CD-ROMs on a Windows both the student and teacher books. An expla- Air; etc. These Biblical themes illustrate how 7 and had no difficulty opening the content on nation of the four-step lesson plan (used in this math concepts are observable in creation and either of them. Donna series) and assessments is also included, along how man has applied these concepts. Scriptural EACH BUNDLE K-2 . . . . . 116.97 106 .95 with a scope and sequence for grades K through references, allusions and passages are frequent EACH BUNDLE 3-6 . . . . . 116.97 106 .95 6. The teacher edition includes small format throughout the student texts. While it is obvious EACH WORKBOOK K . . . . . 39 .95 student pages with answers and the four-step that this series was created for a classroom setting EACH WORKBOOK 1-2 . . . . 54 .95 lesson plan printed in the margins of the pages. (i.e. letter to be sent home to parents), it can be Bundle Workbook The four-step lesson plan includes: 1) Getting adapted to a home setting as long as the parent/ Kindergarten 062185 062186 Started; 2) Teach; 3) Practice; 4) Assess. “Getting teacher is willing to commit to a student-teacher 1st Grade 062181 062182 Started” includes objectives, vocabulary, mate- interactive approach and recognizes the necessi- 2nd Grade 062183 062184 rials, a mental math warm up (I love this), and ty of choosing some of the offered options rather 3rd Grade 029617 pencil and paper warm up. “Teach” is where the than trying to do everything. 4th Grade 029620 concept or skill is being taught and may use some Cross-curricular applications are definitively 5th Grade 029624 manipulatives or items from around your home, emphasized. To give you an idea, here are 6th Grade 029627 but they aren’t required. “Practice” is using the some examples from Chapter 10 (Measurement) pages of the lesson in the student workbook and continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 465 in the Grade 3 - unusual units of measurement in grades K, 5-6) and overhead transparencies is still a chapter emphasis on Biblical worldview (language arts), relating temperatures and rainfall (CD-ROM versions of these can be digitally and the Life in the Sea theme is still part of the to geographical regions (social studies), making projected) used to illustrate teaching sequences. First Grade material. Second edition Teacher’s inch-worms (art), and temperature collage books Blackline masters include drill masters (timed Manuals are even more user-friendly and attrac- (science) spread over a week or so. There are exercises to be used as often as needed) as well tive (and they were excellent before); reduced literature selections for each chapter and short as 200 or so reproducible “additional work” color copies of the student pages are found in segments on each of these selections are includ- sheets for practice, recovery or for enrichment. the TM. Also, the TM format matches the other ed within the daily lesson plans. You can pick Chapter Reviews, Cumulative Reviews as well Purposeful Design Bible and Science courses. and choose from these activities rather than try as Chapter Tests are also part of the blackline I’m glad to see this quality update of an excellent to do them all. master package. Answers to problems from program. ~ Janice Manipulatives are used throughout the series either the Student Worktexts or Student Texts are but predominantly in the K-3 books. Instructions found in the Teacher Guide (reduced pages with Grade K for making some of these manipulatives are answers). Answers to the blackline masters are on Grade K focuses on the many places math found in the Teacher Guide while others are the backside of each master. can be found. Coverage includes classifying included in the blackline masters. However, The K-3 softbound Student Worktexts are and sorting; exploring patterns; counting there are some traditional math manipulatives colorful with well-illustrated worksheets (usually to 100; less/more; reading/writing numbers used at each level (We have prepared packages two per lesson) that include practice problems, to 30; shapes, solids, and equal parts; of these). The scope and sequence for this series word problems, and review, as well as occasion- skip-counting; counting money; telling time is broad. Basic algorithms addition, subtraction, al games and activities. The 4-6 grade hardcover to the half hour; addition/subtraction to 10; multiplication, and division are covered thor- Student Texts are also colorful but non-consum- and beginning measurement. oughly. Other topics include patterns, number able. These have more reading and a consistent 063595 Student ...... 19.95 theory, place value, fractions/decimals (intro- pattern: construct meaning (instruction), check 063596 Teacher w/ CD-ROM . 90.25 duced early), measurement, time, money, geom- understanding (short problem set), practice (more PDMKK2 Manipulative Kit . 129.98 97 .00 etry, algebra (also introduced early), probability, extensive problems), and apply (word problems) statistics, and technology (i.e. calculator and or review. Both worktext types utilize a nice vari- Grade 1 computer activities). ety. There are Chapter Check-Ups as well as an Life in the Seas theme. Coverage includes This series compares favorably with the Singapore end-of-the chapter Study Guide. Calculator use is addition/subtraction facts to 12; adding/sub- Math approach although there appears to be taught from Grade 1 and problems occasionally tracting two-digit numbers; number order less emphasis on mental math. The scope and instruct the student to use a calculator. through 100; ordinal numbers through 10th; sequence is roughly parallel and similarly paced. We have also assembled Manipulative Kits for place value to hundreds; fractions to ¼; time This series does not share the rather unique prob- each grade level. Items in these kits are men- to nearest quarter hour; adding money; lem solving methodology found in the Singapore tioned in the teacher guides as suggestions for plane/solid figures; finding missing addends; program’s bar modeling but it does have its own demonstrating concepts. Manipulatives aren’t writing number sentences; tally charts, picto- emphasis on problem solving. The strong Biblical required, but these kits have been assembled graphs, and bar graphs. themes and emphasis will appeal to many who for the convenience of those who choose to use 063594 Student ...... 19.95 like the Singapore scope and sequence but prefer manipulatives. There are other items mentioned 063597 Teacher ...... 90.25 material from a Christian publisher. in the teacher guides that are not included in our PDM1K2 Manipulative Kit .151.59 115 .00 The Teacher Guides are substantial (especially kits. They are items that may only be used a few Geometric shapes, attribute blocks, geared at the younger levels), essential, and spiral-bound times or might be something you can skip or may teaching clock, base ten set, dominoes, (4th grade, however, comes in a binder). There already have at home. Some items are a little student clocks, teddy bear counters, hun- are two to four pages of detailed lesson plans for more expensive, so substitutions have been made dred number chart, MultiLink Cubes, pattern each of the 176 daily lessons (170 lessons in the where possible – others have been omitted. If blocks, indoor/outdoor thermometer, color 6th grade) packed with useful information in a you have purchased the manipulative kit for the tiles, play paper money, dry erase marker friendly, easy-to-use format and contain general previous level of this curriculum, Add-on Kits are board set, 8 dice, mixed plastic coins, com- information for each chapter (11-14 chapters in available. These kits are just the additional items pact digital scale, write & wipe-# line. each course). Lesson objectives and an introduc- needed for the next grade level. PDMK1A K-1 Add-on Set . . . . 54.52 38 .00 tion with a materials list are followed by directed Second Edition materials reflect an obvious Includes Gr. 1 manipulatives not included in K kit. instruction which includes math moments (sug- graphics and appearance update as well as gested activities or applications that reinforce a complete lesson “re-do.” The courses have Grade 2 the lesson), cross-curricular moments, reduced retained all of their many excellent features but Life in the Seas theme. Coverage includes student pages (with answers) and suggestions for there are some welcome differences. In general, addition/subtraction facts to 18; multipli- enrichment activities. Moments with the Master within the colorful and engaging books there is a cation facts (2, 5, 10); relating division to or Moments with Bible segments provide biblical greater emphasis on skill development, mastery, subtraction and multiplication; symmetry; applications. Periodic recovery segments provide cumulative review and formative assessment. reading/writing numerals to 9,999; place review and help for struggling students. Note: The STAR methodology is still foundational but value to thousands; fractions through 1/8; chapter resources include separate software lists there is a greater emphasis on STEM’s interdis- US customary and metric measurements; for PCs/Windows and Macs, but these lists may ciplinary approach. Chapter assessments are time to 5-minute intervals; value of coins; be dated (some have a 1999 copyright; others available in a traditional test format as well as in adding/subtracting coins/dollar bills; cube/ 2005 or 2007) and lists are definitely classroom an editable test bank. Lessons include hands-on sphere; writing number sentences; collecting/ geared. The bottom line is that while you might activities, conceptual understanding, problem recording data. find some valuable gems, I wouldn’t count on solving, application, modeling, reasoning, and 064787 Student ...... 19 .95 these lists for software suggestions. But then strands of algebra and geometry. The many 064788 Teacher ...... 90 .25 these suggestions are supplemental to the cours- course resources found on the included CD-ROM PDM2K2 Manipulative Kit .108.62 82 .00 es rather than integral. The Directed Instruction and PowerPoint presentations (editable) have Geometric shapes, attribute blocks, base ten sequence is the heart of each lesson and while been added to the blackline masters, transpar- place value set, set of 2 student clocks, geo- not scripted, it is very thorough. “Explain that . . . ency masters, memory masters, and test banks. board, folding meter/yard stick, MultiLink “; “Demonstrate the . . . “; “Ask students to think Software links have been removed altogether – a Cubes, pattern blocks, indoor/outdoor ther- about . . .”; or “Direct students to (worksheets).” good call since they are difficult to keep updat- mometer, color tiles, vinyl English/Metric These follow a general path of concept to con- ed. Cumulative reviews are provided every third ruler, mixed coins set, play paper money, crete/practical context to abstract explanation. chapter and a comprehensive year-end cumula- Triangle Flash Cards (add, subtract, multiply, Resources bundled with these Teacher Guides tive review is usable as the next grade’s pre-as- divide), 6 blank counting cubes. include blackline masters (printed, reproduc- sessment test. Although in this edition, the daily PDM12A Gr . 1-2 Add-On Kit . 27.62 23 .00 ible copies in grades 1-4; CD-ROMs of PDFs Moments with the Master has disappeared, there Includes geoboard w/ rubber bands, folding 466 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. meter/yard stick, vinyl English/Metric ruler, reading/writing whole numbers to hundred activity. Lessons are consistent in daily format Triangle Flash Cards (add, subtract, multiply, billions; reading/writing decimals to thou- but have a progression through a chapter. Lesson divide), set of 6 blank counting cubes. sandths; greatest common factors, finding components include Listen and Draw (hands ratios, proportions, and percent; length, on activities), Share and Show (related prob- Grade 3 capacity, and weight measurements; inter- lems), On Your Own (small set of problems), Life on the Land theme. Covers adding/ preting statistics; identifying solid figures; Problem Solving/Application (word problems), subtracting three/four digit numbers with and understanding order of operations; using the and Practice and Homework pages that include without regrouping; multiplication/division commutative and associative properties in Lesson Check and Spiral Review problems. The facts 0-9; multiplying/dividing two, three, addition and multiplication. Teacher books lead the student through these and four-digit numbers with and without 066861 Student ...... 19 .95 lesson components as an interactive dialog and remainders; geometric patterns; reading/writ- 066862 Teacher ...... 90 .25 incorporating activities. ing numerals through 999,999; identifying There is a progression through the chapters. whole numbers to hundred thousands and Grade 6 For instance, the 2nd grade chapter on 3 Digit decimals to hundredths; forming equiva- Theme: In His Image. Coverage includes: Addition and Subtraction has these lessons: lent fractions; relating fractions to decimals; adding, subtracting, multiplying (three digit draw to represent 3 digit addition; break apart finding area and perimeter; time to nearest factors), and dividing (three digit divisors) 3-digit addends (separate into hundreds, tens, minute; adding/subtracting money; mak- whole numbers, decimals, fractions, mixed ones); 3-digit addition, regroup ones; 3-digit ing change; parallel and intersecting lines; numbers, and with money; rational and real addition, regroup tens; addition, regroup ones & motion geometry; solving problems using numbers; perimeter, area, and circumference; tens; problem-solving, 3 digit subtraction; 3-digit variables; graphing ordered pairs; making equivalent and improper fractions; lines, rays, subtraction, regroup tens; 3-digit subtraction, predictions. angles, triangles, polygons, quadrilaterals, regroup hundreds, subtraction, regroup hundreds 064789 Student ...... 19 .95 and circles as well as solid figures; commu- & tens; regrouping with zeros. A glossary – in 064790 Teacher ...... 90 .25 tative, associative, and distributive proper- pictures in the early elementary courses – in the PDM3K2 Manipulative Kit . . . 136.36 104 .00 ties; computing simple interest; understanding back of both student and teacher books provides Base ten place set, 2 student clocks, folding mean, median, mode, and range; ordered consistent definitions. meter/yard stick, color tiles, ruler, play paper pairs and four-quadrant graphing. Engage, Explore, Explain, Elaborate, and money, mixed coins set, customary Safe-T 066863 Student ...... 19 .95 Evaluate. These are the core elements of this pro- weights, Triangle Flash Cards (add, subtract, 066864 Teacher ...... 90 .25 gram; designed to capture children’s interest, to multiply, divide), set of 6 blank counting communicate that math is involved in all aspects cubes, geoboard, MultiLink Cubes, geo- of their lives, to give them the opportunity to metric shapes, indoor/outdoor thermometer, multi-sensorially delve into math concepts while Fraction Tower Cube Equivalency set. at the same time systematically practicing and PDM23A Gr . 2-3 Add-On Kit 49.88 39 .50 reviewing what has been learned. The Teacher’s Includes play money, customary Safe-T and Student Books work together providing weights, Fraction Tower Cube Equivalency Set. instructional dialog, manipulative-based illustra- tion of concepts, worked examples, reinforce- Grade 4 ment games and monitored practice. This is Theme: The Earth Below. Covers adding/ probably a good place to mention that while it subtracting whole numbers, decimals, frac- will be very tempting to try to “do” this course tions, and mixed numbers; multiplying/divid- with just the Student Books since they are avail- ing three-digit by one-digit numbers with able as a set, there is practically no instruction in and without remainders; square, prime and them and the teacher will find herself having to composite numbers; numbers in expand- Go Math! (K-6) supply instructional content (as well as answers) ed form through millions; reading/writing Opening the cover and flipping through the with minimal cues. whole numbers to hundred millions; find- first several pages of the student math books in The Planning Guide provides daily lesson ing equivalent fractions; finding perimeter/ this series may leave you a bit confused. Take plans, a chapter pacing chart, sections on daily area; comparing money amounts; identifying the 2nd grade for example. The first page is a classroom management as well as differentiated points, rays, lines, angles, triangles, poly- gorgeous picture of a whale and the next several and specialized instruction; plus a wealth of gons, and quadrilaterals; writing equations; pages, with equally beautiful photos, talk about math educational philosophy. Please note that grouping numbers using parentheses; locat- the different kinds of whales and where they are there is mention in the Planning Guide of various ing an object using ordered pairs; collecting, usually found. There’s even a map on most pages online resources that are not available for home- organizing, and analyzing data. so you can pinpoint the location. Accompanying schoolers using this material. The publishers 064791 Student ...... 19 .95 questions – Where is the Pacific Ocean on the have selected from the course components the 064792 Teacher ...... 90 .25 map? – will do nothing to help sort things out. elements they believe make a cost-effective yet PDM4K2 Manipulative Kit . . . 116.51 87 .00 Did you just drop into a geography lesson think- complete set of materials for homeschoolers. The grade 4 kit includes geometric shapes, ing you were in math? Nope! This really is math While this program obviously pays a lot of base ten place value set, student clocks, – at its newest and cross-curricular best. Perhaps attention to its Es, there is a “C” and an “M” that geoboard, folding meter/yard stick, MultiLink I should have mentioned the part where the sci- are conspicuously missing. Computational prac- Cubes, color tiles, play paper money, geom- entist sees a group of 27 fin whales – how many tice is minimal. In fact, daily lessons have sur- etry ruler combination set w/ compass, mixed tens in the number 27? prisingly few problems with the number of daily plastic coins, customary Safe-T weights, set “Fun” is integral to this program – something practice and homework problems range from just of 6 blank counting cubes, pattern blocks, that is often sought in math programs but rarely a handful in the lower grades to averaging 10-20 and Triangle Flash Cards (multiplication, found. Student books are colorful; chapters are in the upper grades. Also missing is any emphasis division). introduced with interesting trivia-types of infor- on the Memorization of math facts. While some PDM34A Gr . 3-4 Add-On Kit 11.98 8 .95 mation that is somehow always math related. For may applaud this de-emphasis, others might find Includes pattern blocks and geometry ruler instance, the White House has 412 doors and they would like to add some sort of supplemental combination set w/ compass. 147 windows; suppose 10 parrot fish are eating workbook and/or fact drill – especially for stu- at a coral reef . . . . Photos (i.e. parrot fish, White dents who take longer to master concepts. Grade 5 House) engage the eyes as well as the mind. The consumable, two-volume Student Editions The Heavens Above theme. Coverage Introductory activities typically include review, are colorful with perforated pages. Lots of space includes adding/subtracting/multiplying/ games, vocabulary activities, more games – all is provided for students to work problems and dividing (two digit divisors) whole numbers, under the heading of Show What You Know and complete related writing and drawing activities. decimals, fractions, and mixed numbers; ending with Write Way, a journal-type writing continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 467 Teacher Editions are a set of large (9.75” x concepts; two and three dimensional shapes; MAKING MATH MEANINGFUL (K-7+) 12”), magazine-size “handbooks” for the teacher; measurement and classify/sort data. In the words of author David Quine, “Making one handbook for each chapter. These provide 064316 Homeschool Package Math Meaningful is based upon the idea that reduced copies of student pages (with answers 064323 Student Set people are a special creation of God with abil- filled in) and instructional information “along 064309 Assessments ities and needs to worship, to create, and to the sides.” Lessons are scripted with an ongoing reason. With Making Math Meaningful children teacher-student dialog provided in the sidebars Grade 1 are taught to reason, to understand, and to apply as are suggestions for differentiated instruction. Covers addition/subtraction concepts and what they learn – not simply parrot back infor- One of the special facets of this curriculum is strategies; addition/subtraction relationships; mation!” The curriculum stresses understanding the cross-curricular applications, some of which count/model/compare numbers; two-digit concepts over computational practice. are found in the Student books and some in the addition/subtraction; measurement; time to This is a complete math program for levels Teacher’s. half hour; and represent data. K-6. Each Parent-Teacher Guide consists of a Mid-Chapter Checkpoints and Chapter Review/ 064310 Homeschool Package series of highly organized activities, or lessons. Tests are provided in the Student Books (answers 064317 Student Set Chapter objectives are clearly stated. Each les- in Teacher Editions). However, assessment is 064303 Assessments son is separated into “What I am to Say” and broader than just course tests and crosses over “What I am to Do” sections that the teacher can into preparation for the High Stakes Assessment Grade 2 easily follow. There are three basic lesson types: Testing becoming standard in elementary schools. Covers number concepts; numbers to 1,000; Exploring, Naming, and Applying the Concept. Providing a format that replicates the comput- basic facts and relationships; 2-digit addi- In Exploring, the child investigates a concept. er-based questions that distinguish those tests, tion/subtraction; 3-digit addition/subtraction; Manipulatives are used in levels K-3 to provide the black and white Assessment Books provide money/time; length in customary/metric; concrete examples. In Naming, math terminolo- beginning/middle/end-of-the-year assessments data; and geometry and fraction concepts. gy is introduced. In Applying, the child practices as well as Performance Tasks for those same 064311 Homeschool Package the concept or skill. checkpoints. Test-taking strategies are explained 064318 Student Set A suggested teaching schedule is provided, but throughout. Student Assessment Books provide 064304 Assessments the teacher should move at the student’s pace. non-reproducible copies of the various assess- Quine recommends that children be taught math ments while the Teacher Assessment Books Grade 3 during longer periods of time, 1.5-2 hours, for provide filled-in, reduced-size test pages and Covers addition/subtraction within 1000; 2-3 days a week. This provides sufficient time scoring rubrics. represent/interpret data; multiplication con- for the teacher to introduce whole concepts and Providing a problem-solving space for the fre- cepts/facts/strategies; division concepts/facts/ the student to digest the information. If a grade quent requests for student-generated illustrations, strategies; fraction concepts/compare; time/ level is completed before the school year ends, the write-on/wipe-off, double-sided MathBoard length, liquid volume/mass; perimeter/area; move to the next level. Otherwise, stop and pick (12” x 17”) has questions in both English and and two-dimensional shapes. up at the same point for the following year. After Spanish as well as various “rules” (i.e. inches, 064312 Homeschool Package completing level 6, students should be ready for centimeters, number line, etc.). This board is 064319 Student Set Algebra I. used for the Quick Pictures, Problem of the Day, 064305 Assessments Sets for levels K-4 consist of a Parent-Teacher Share and Show, and Essential Question portions Guide (includes answers to the workbook exer- of the Lessons. Grade 4 cises) and a Student Workbook. Level 5 has a Digital Resources are mentioned throughout Covers place value, addition/subtraction to Student Directed Workbook only with answers at the teacher’s material and to a lesser degree in one million; multiply by 1 and 2 digit num- the end of the workbook. Level 6 has a Student the student’s books. However, it’s important bers; divide by 1 digit numbers; factors/ Directed Text only with answers at the end of to note that most of these resources are not multiples/patterns; fraction equivalence/com- the text. Also available is a math manipulative available with the purchase of the homeschool parison; add/subtract fractions; multiply frac- kit for grades K-3 that includes 50 Unifix Cubes, packages. The exception to this is the well-do- tions by whole numbers; relate fractions and 100 Counting Chips, and 100 Connecting Links. ne and entertaining Math on the Spot videos decimals; two-dimensional figures; angles; Other required materials are listed at the begin- that are accessed via QR codes in the Student relative sizes of measurement units; and ning of each activity and can generally be found Books. Examples similar to various problems in perimeter/area. around the house. the Student Books are worked step-by-step by a 064313 Homeschool Package One aspect I liked about the Parent-Teacher “teacher” sort of real person talking to a muppet 064320 Student Set Guides is every lesson is an activity. Students sort of student. Unavailable resources include 064306 Assessments cannot be passive about learning math when interactive teacher’s and student versions of the they are asked to count pennies, dimes, and text, a Personal Math Trainer (additional prac- Grade 5 dollars (to learn about base 10 place value) or to tice), animated math models, and some virtual Reviews place value, multiplication/division equally divide a loaf of bread for a family of 8 manipulatives. While some of these sound inter- and expressions. Covers 2-digit division; (to learn about fractions). This program does a esting, none of them are integral to the program. add/subtract/multiply/divide decimals; add/ great job presenting “real-life” math problems to Homeschool Packages include the Student subtract/multiply/divide fractions; patterns/ which students can easily relate. For example, Edition (2 volumes), the Teacher Edition (chapter graphing; measurement conversion; and division problems are presented in the context of booklets), a Planning Guide, access to Math on geometry/volume. a family’s summer travels across the U.S. and the the Spot Videos, a bilingual MathBoard, and 064314 Homeschool Package distance they traveled between cities. both Student and Teacher editions of the Getting 064321 Student Set Although I agree with Quine in emphasizing Ready for High Stakes Assessment Workbook. 064307 Assessments concepts over computation, my concern is that There are no “perfect” math programs, but there may be students who need more practice this one will be a good fit for those wanting a Grade 6 in computation than is provided. Personally, the well-constructed, attractive, user-friendly math Covers whole numbers/decimals; fractions; more practice I got, the better my computational program that parallels those used in the public rational numbers; ratios/rates; percents; mea- skills became. If this is the case for your child, schools. ~ Janice surement conversions, algebraic expressions; you may need to find a suitable computational EACH STUDENT SET . . . . . 33.60 25 .20 exponents; equations/inequalities; relation- supplement. Also, there are no written tests or EACH HOMESCHOOL PKG . . 171.05 129 .95 ships between variables; area; surface area/ quizzes for this curriculum. The rationale here EACH ASSESSMENTS ...... 6.80 5 .00 volume; data displays/measures of center; is that the parent should know whether or not and variability/data distributions. the child has understood a concept since he/ Grade K 064315 Homeschool Package she interacts so closely with the child in this Covers count/write numbers to 100; com- 064322 Student Set program. However, for student-directed levels (5 pare numbers to 20; addition/subtraction 064308 Assessments & 6), there are evaluations by the chapter. ~ Anh 468 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Grade K ing & dividing, word problems, computational counting; say for example, 1-ten 1 for elev- Equal & unequal, making lengths equal, serial problems), ratios, proportions, & percentages en, 1-ten 2 for twelve, 2-ten for twenty, and order (putting objects in order), making groups (relationships, equivalence, ratios and triangles, 2-ten 5 for twenty-five. equal, representing objects with symbols (pic- percent as a special ratio), algebraic relationships 5. Use expanded notation (overlapping) tures and numbers). (order of operations, introducing a variable, place-value cards for recording 10s and 1s 010760 Set ...... 40.00 36 .00 writing equations, introducing negative numbers) 6. Proceed rapidly to hundreds and thou- 010771 Workbook ...... 15.00 13 .50 and mathematical reasoning. sands; use place-value cards. Provide oppor- 010769 Text ...... 50.00 45 .00 tunities for trading between ones and tens, Grade 1 tens and hundreds, and hundreds and thou- Comparison sentences (are two groups the same?), Principles from Patterns - Algebra (7-9) sands with manipulatives. order sentences (less than, greater than, equal to), Presumably the next step after Making Math 7. Only after the above work, give the tradi- equalizing sentences (making two groups equal), Meaningful Level 6, this student-directed work- tional English names for quantities 20 to 99 and addition & subtraction sentences. book covers the fundamentals of Algebra. With and then 11 to 19. 010762 Set ...... 50.00 45 .00 clear conceptual presentations, this is indeed 8. Teach tens-based strategies for addition 010772 Workbook ...... 25.00 22 .50 written in such a way that the student really can and subtraction facts that have a sum > 10. teach himself Algebra. Like the rest of the Making Teach informal solutions and mental compu- Grade 2 Math Meaningful series, the activities require tation before written algorithmic work. Addition & subtraction (involving numbers the student to frequently reflect on conceptual 10. Teach four-digit addition and subtraction 0-20), place value (tens, ones), addition & sub- understanding. Questions beginning with “what on the abacus; let the children discover the traction with real objects & symbols (involving happens if/when…” are used throughout. This paper and pencil algorithms. numbers 0-99), part-whole (solves math sen- workbook consists of 10 chapters covering math 11. Short division precedes long division, tence, or equation, with missing part or whole), sentences, negative numbers, fundamental prin- which is taught in fourth grade.” and multiplication & division (grouping, com- ciples, equations with one or two variables, poly- In Level G, students continue to practice arith- mon fractions). nomials, the quadratic formula, factoring, frac- metic, fractions and decimals, while they begin 010763 Set ...... 50.00 45 .00 tions involving variables, and the Pythagorean to also explore triangles, area, volume, ratios, 010773 Workbook . . . . . 25.00 22 .50 theorem. ~ Anh Pythagorean Theorem, tiling, and other new 010770 ...... 50.00 45 .00 concepts. Grade 3 All levels require a lesson manual and work- Place value (hundreds, tens, ones), addition & sheets, which are included in the starter kits. subtraction (involving numbers 0-999), multipli- (The worksheets are also available separately cation & division (writing equations using group- for multiple students.) Lesson manuals contain ing notation, i.e. 9(3) + 2 = 29, and basic facts), detailed lesson plans with helpful diagrams and common fractions (identifying fractional parts of teaching notes. Both lesson manuals and work- a whole, fractions in measurement, introduction sheets are spiral-bound. Add on kits allow you to mixed numbers), and investigating problems to move forward, buying only what you need in (word problems). addition to what you already have for the next 010766 Set ...... 50.00 45 .00 levels. Deluxe Starter kits (and deluxe add-on 010774 Workbook ...... 25.00 22 .50 kits) are now available, which include everything in the original kits, plus additional recommended Making Math Meaningful Math Kit (K-3) books and manipulatives. Please note that if Manipulatives to use along with the Making you start with a deluxe kit, you will need a dif- Math Meaningful Sets. ferent upgrade kit to transition to the next level. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. See individual descriptions for more details on 010779 ...... 15.00 12 .95 kit-specific contents.~ Anh RIGHTSTART™ MATHEMATICS (K-7) EACH WORKSHEETS (exc noted) 21 .75 Grade 4 Based on research comparing the differences 002238 Level A Worksheets . . 10 .75 Place value (up to hundred thousands), addition between Japanese first grades and first grade 024831 Level B Worksheets . . 16 .25 & subtraction (involving numbers 0-999,999), classrooms in the U.S., this curriculum incorpo- 024833 Level C Worksheets multiplication & division (involving numbers rates certain aspects from Asian math programs 024835 Level D Worksheets 0-99), fractions (greater than, less than, or equal such as non-counting strategies and, for us, 024837 Level E Worksheets to, and whole sets of fractional parts, i.e. 11 is ¼ an alternative number naming system. In this 051501 Geometric Approach . . of this number), and problem solving. program, the student is taught to see quantities Worksheets . . . . . 38 .00 010767 Set ...... 50.00 45 .00 in groups of fives and tens. When asked to add 010775 Workbook ...... 25.00 22 .50 9 + 7, instead of counting 7 up from 9, you Starter Kits: would take 1 from 7 to make 10 and 6. This CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Grade 5 program also uses a unique number naming sys- 039343 Level A with AL Abacus Very large numbers (up to septillions!), mul- tem. Asian words for numbers greater than 10 Standard (K) . . . . . 163 .75 tiplication (up to 5 digits by 3 digits), division implicitly give you a feel for the base ten system. Includes lessons, worksheets, geared clock, (up to 4 digits divided by 2 digits), fractions & Literally translated, eleven is “ten-one,” twelve is cards for math games, tally sticks, 2 geo- decimals (equivalent fractions, completing equa- “ten-two,” and so on. RightStart™ students learn boards, colored tiles, abacus tiles, place tions, computing sums & differences, multiplying to count the “math-way” before they are taught value cards, Standard AL Abacus, geometry whole numbers and fractions, decimals-tenths the less intuitive words for 11 to 19. reflector, “Yellow is the Sun” CD and Math and hundredths), and patterns (factors and mul- I can’t summarize this program better than the Card Games DVD (no book). tiples of a number, describing and extending creator, so let me quote from the manual: 039345 Level B with AL Abacus sequences). “There are eleven major characteristics. Standard (1) . . . . . 218 .00 010768 Workbook . . . . . 50.00 45 .00 1. Refer to quantities of up to 3 as a group; Includes lessons, worksheets, math balance, do not count individually. geared clock, cards for math games, tally Grade 6 2. Use fingers to show quantities up to 10; sticks, 2 geoboards, wooden cubes, place Division (review of long and short hand meth- teach 6 to 10 as 5 plus a quantity.… value cards, base ten picture cards, col- ods), fractions (addition & subtraction with mixed 3. Avoid counting procedures for finding ored tiles, abacus tiles, geometry reflector, numbers, multiplying and dividing, solving word sums and remainders…. Standard AL Abacus, “Yellow is the Sun” CD problems), decimals (up to thousandths, parts 4. Once quantities 1 to 10 are known, pro- and Math Card Games DVD (no book). of a dollar, adding & subtracting, multiply- ceed to 10 as a unit. Use the “math way” of continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 469 039366 Level C with AL Abacus gons, 20 hexagons), mmArc Compass, and Bridge Math Sets Standard (2) . . . . . 267 .00Casio Calculator FX-300MS For transitioning from 1st Ed. to 2nd Ed. Includes lessons, worksheets, transition les- sons and worksheets, Math Card Games, RightStart™ Arithmetic Packet (K-12) Bridge Math Set RS1 Level A Basic to RS2 cards for math games, Casio calculator, place This packet includes the Activities for the AL If you already have RightStart™ Math Level A value cards, abacus tiles, drawing set (Safe-T Abacus Manual (11217), Standard AL Abacus Kit (1st Ed.), this kit provides the manipulatives compass, T-square, 30º-60º Triangle, 45º (4083), and Place Value Cards (25803) – doesn’t you need for Level B 2nd edition. Includes Math Triangle, 11”x 13” drawing board), 2 fraction include Worksheets for the AL Abacus (6255), Card Games book - 5th edition, base ten picture charts, colored tiles, geared clock, tangrams, which is referenced in the lessons of the AL cards, fraction charts (2), Goniometer, geomet- centimeter cubes, Standard AL Abacus. Abacus Manual. Great for learning math basics! ric solids, folding meter stick, Casio calculator 039437 Level D with AL Abacus 053065 ...... 38 .00 SL-450, plastic coin set, RS geometry panels, Standard (3) . . . . . 267 .00 math balance, 4-in-1 ruler, centimeter cubes, Includes lessons, worksheets, transition les- RightStart™ Fraction Kit (4-8) tangrams, drawing board set, and dry erase pen. sons and worksheets, Math Card Games, Subtitled “Learn fractions in 42 ½ Days,” this kit 016147 ...... 146 .75 abacus tiles, thousand cubes, cards for math is great for those just beginning fractions or those games, colored tiles, Casio calculator 450, struggling with them. 56 games and 17 worksheets Bridge Math RS1 Level B Basic to RS2 drawing set, place value cards, geared clock, are used to help students master addition, sub- For transitioning from first edition B to 2nd edi- folding meter stick, 4-in-1 ruler, 2 laminated traction, multiplication, and division of fractions, tion C: Math Card Games book, Fraction Charts, fraction cards, Standard AL Abacus. and introduce percents. This isn’t a conventional Drawing board set, geometric solids, plastic 039439 Level E with AL Abacus approach to learning fractions, but it works well coins, geometry panels, Casio Calculator 450, Standard (4) ...... 267 .00with more active learners. tangrams, centimeter cubes, 4-in-1 ruler, folding Includes lessons, worksheets, transition les- The kit includes the spiral-bound lesson book, meter stick and goniometer. sons and worksheets, Math Card Games, spiral-bound worksheets, two plastic Fraction CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. cards for math games, drawing set (Safe-T Charts, Basic Number Card Deck, Multiplication 009703 ...... 119 .50 compass, T-square, 30º-60º Triangle, 45º Card Deck and Fraction Card Deck. The Lesson Triangle, 11”x 13” drawing board), 4-in-1 book is divided into 42 ½ daily lessons. Each les- RightStart™ Manipulatives (PK-4) ruler, centimeter cubes, angle measurer/ son begins with objectives, a list of what you will 004083 AL Abacus Standard . . 9 95. goniometer, abacus tiles, colored tiles, Casio need, and instructions for teaching. An appendix Larger horizontal abacus (measuring 9.75” calculator, fraction charts, place value cards, includes seven reproducible pages that need to x7.5”) made from plastic. 10 metal rods, 10 folding meter stick, Standard AL Abacus. be copied for some of the games. The worksheets plastic beads per rod (5 yellow, 5 blue). 1, 049103 Level G Geometric Approach book is non-reproducible and contains 17 work- 10, 100, and 1000 marked on frame. (5-7) ...... 174 .50 sheets that are used with specific lessons. Three 059363 AL Abacus - Blue . . . 15 .75 This kit includes the Level G/Geometric decks of cards are included. The Basic Number 025478 Abacus Tiles . . . . . 4 00. Approach lessons, worksheets, solutions, Deck includes 132 cards numbered from 0 to 10 Set of 11 cardstock cutouts ready to be folded RightStart™ Geometry Panels (32 triangles, (12 of each number). The Fraction Deck holds 75 into hundred 10 x 10 squares. 25 squares, 12 pentagons, 20 hexagons), cards with 20 different fractions and 20 matching 025591 Base 10 Picture Cards . 6 00. Casio Calculator FX-300MS, and the contents percent cards. The Multiplication Deck includes 1.5”square which each depict a base ten of the Geometry set – drawing board, 2 trian- 100 cards from 1x1 to 10x10 (there are dupli- manipulative. Includes 9 cube cards and gles, MM Arc Compass, 2 sets of tangrams, cates of some cards). The two Fraction Charts are approx. 25 each of flats, rods, and units. removable tape, T-square, 4 in 1 ruler, cen- made of durable, heavy plastic – one is whole 063099 Lam . Fraction Chart (small) 4 50. timeter cubes, and Goniometer. showing the markings of all the different fraction A set of two 8”x 8” laminated charts printed While continuing to practice arithmetic, bars, and the other is separated into the different with fraction bars: 1 whole, ½, 1/3, ¼, 1/5, fractions, and decimals, students explore parts. Directions for using these are included in 1/6, 1/7, 1/8, 1/9 and 1/10. Cut one of them triangles, area, volume, ratios, Pythagorean the lessons. apart and leave the other one whole for stu- Theorem, tiling, and other new concepts. If you are already using RightStart™ Mathematics, dent practice with parts and whole concept. you will notice that there is some overlap; some 018355 Math Balance . . . . 19.00 12 .95 RightStart™ Add-On Kits of the lessons are pulled from levels D and E and A concrete way to show number relation- These expand your already existing RightStart™ some games from the Math Card Games Book. ships, operations, and comparisons. The Starter Kit. For example, if you have already This is a perfect supplement for the student who T-shaped number balance is 9” tall. Each purchased the Level A Starter Kit and you will might be a little more visual or hands-on and arm is labeled from 1 to 10 from the cen- be using Level B next, simply purchase the A to needs more fractions practice. ter moving outward. Pegs are located at B Add-on Kit for items you will need in the next 059202 Kit ...... 48 .75 each numbered position for hanging weights. level. Transition lessons are not included in the 009547 Lesson Book Only . . . 21 .75 Twenty 10g plastic weights included. Add-On Kits. 009609 Worksheet Bk Only . . 8 .25 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 039115 A to B Add-On Kit . . 125 .50 007202 Geometric Solids . . . 23 .75 Level B lessons and worksheets, math bal- RightStart™ Geometry Panels (5-7) Set of 12 wooden geometric solids includes ance, base ten picture cards, wooden cubes Includes 32 blue triangles, 25 yellow squares, cylinders, prisms, cube, cone, pyramid, 039140 B to C Add-On Kit . . 174 .50 12 green pentagons, and 20 purple hexagons (all sphere, and hemisphere. Level C lessons and worksheets, math card with 10 cm edges), rubber bands, and instruction 007217 Wooden Cubes . . . . 2 75. games book, centimeter cubes, Casio calcula- book. A refill for the panels found in level G of Set of 20 1” wooden cubes. tor, tangrams, 2 fraction charts and drawing set RightStart Mathematics or just as a hands-on CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. (Safe-T compass, T-square, 30º-60º Triangle, option for geometric exploration. 059367 Goniometer/Pro Ruler/Angle 45º Triangle, 11”x 13” drawing board) 053066 ...... 24 .00 Measurer (PK-AD) . . . 10 .75 039141 C to D Add-On Kit . . 114 .50 This handy little tool is used for measuring Level D lessons and worksheets, 4-in-1 ruler, RightStart™ Geometry Set (5-7) and drawing angles. Simply open the tool folding meter stick, thousand cubes All neatly packed in a large storage pouch, this and line up the inside edges to the sides of 039290 D to E Add-On Kit . . . 98 .25 set includes a drawing board, 2 triangles, mmArc the angle you want to measure – the mea- Level E lessons, worksheets, and angle mea- Compass®, 2 sets Tangrams, roll of removable surement, in degrees, can be seen through surer/goniometer tape, t-square, 4-in-1 Ruler®, Goniometer, and the magnifier. To draw a specific angle, open 049102 E to G Add-On Kit . . . 152 .75 centimeter cubes. Tools to help in learning basic the tool to the desired angle (read the degree Level G/Geometric Approach lessons, work- geometry and is used in Level G of RightStart™ of angle through the magnifier), and draw on sheets, and solutions, RightStart™ Geometry Mathematics. the inside edge of the tool. Panels (32 triangles, 25 squares, 12 penta- 053067 ...... 49 .50 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 470 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Math Card Games (PK-4) a few other songs used in the RightStart program Conventional Arithmetic with Spunky the A supplement to RightStart™ Math, the spi- Level A and B. ~ Lisa Donkey (1-2) ral-bound book describes 300 card games your 007218 Book ...... 6 .50 This is a solid, no-frills math program from child can play using the 6 special card decks 039978 CD ...... 2 .50 Schoolaid, the publishers of Climbing to Good (sold separately). Games are divided into eight 007236 Book & CD Combo . . 8 .00 English. Written for 1st and 2nd grade, your categories: number sense, addition, clocks, mul- students will get the foundation needed to prog- tiplication, money, subtraction, division, and RightStart™ Mathematics 2nd Edition (K-7) ress in math. This early elementary series was fractions. The book includes an instructional RightStart™ Mathematics originally written for use in a one-room school- DVD that shows how to play 14 of the games is a name synonymous house. That indicates less prep time, simple featured in the book. The DVD is also available with quality math. This presentation, and some independent work for the separately if you have an earlier version of the new edition of the pro- student; just like what one might find in a setting book. Please note that book and cards are sepa- gram is no exception. with multiple students and grade levels. Lessons rate items, but meant to be used together. Many people are scared follow a consistent pattern so that students learn Card decks are also available individually. The off by the use of the words quickly and can move along without teacher Addition (Basic) Games cards are a set of 132- “common core,” but don’t help. Each lesson is divided into 3 sections – 3”x 2” cards numbered 0 – 10. Corner Games let that be the case with class preparation, class time, and drill. Class cards includes 50-1 ½”x 1 ¾” cards with numbers this curriculum. RightStart preparation is the portion to read through the 1 through 10 printed in the corners (no two uses the Common Core night before or items to gather before the lesson. cards are alike). Fraction Games cards are a set State Standards as a base minimum for their con- Class time is separated in to 3 parts as well – of 75-2”x3” cards that includes 20 percentage tent – they meet and exceed those requirements. daily practice, part A, and part B. Daily practice cards that correspond to the fractions. There are This edition is a complete rewrite and includes usually consists of a workbook page or other 100-2”x3” cards in the Multiplication Games set new research and ideas developed over recent activity that can be done independently, Parts A that correspond to numbers in the multiplication years. and B are lesson presentation and accompanying table from 1x1 to 10x10. Each level of the new edition uses most of the workbook pages (1 page per part a and b). Drill is 025802 Bk/DVD (no cards) . . 27 .25 same manipulatives used in the previous edition; done in the form of another page or drill activity 051500 Instructional DVD . . . 3 .25 however, the sequence and use may change. as suggested in the teacher book. 025800 Cards only . . . . . 38 .00 As a result, there is now one manipulative kit The Teacher’s Edition offers a very thorough 024738 Cards Only (Canadian) . . 38 .00 that has everything you need for all levels of explanation of the program in the front of the 041356 Kit ...... 64 .50 the program. Each book bundle contains a book and preparation is fairly easy. You will 024745 Kit (Canadian) . . . . 64 .50 spiral-bound lesson book, spiral-bound work- want to make flashcards (these are different Kits includes Math Card Games book (with sheets, a Yellow is the Sun book, and appendix than the preprinted flashcards available for this DVD), 6 special card decks, laminated frac- pages for that level . program) that are formatted according to the tion charts, and AL Abacus Standard. RightStart offers you an easier-to-teach lesson specifications found in the front of the teacher format. Objectives and Materials are listed in edition, number line or number chart, money Individual Card Games/Decks the heading area of each lesson. Below the for counting, a clock for time practice, and a EACH BOXED SET W/INSTRUCTIONS 7 .75 heading area, the page is divided into two col- flannel board or wall chart on which “Spunky 007197 Corner Games umns – Activities for Teaching are listed in the the Donkey” will be used as a lesson visual. 007199 Fraction Games left column, and Explanations provide additional The pattern is included in the teacher edition for 007203 Multiplication Games information in the right column. you to copy and use with your lessons. Lessons EACH CARD DECK ONLY . . . 7 .00 The appendix pages included in the bundle are laid out in an easy-to-follow format and are 009492 Basic Card Deck are the same appendix pages found in the back scripted for those who need a little more help 009510 Clock Card Deck of the lesson book, but they are already copied with concept explanations. Small format student 009545 Corners Card Deck for your convenience - some printed on heavier pages with answers are included. 009546 Fractions Card Deck cardstock, and some printed multiple times in Student books are consumable and non-repro- 009650 Money Card Deck order to meet the requirements of the lessons. ducible with simple line drawings. Grade 1 cov- 009686 Multiplication (Product) Deck EACH BOOK BUNDLE . . . . 90 .75 ers writing numbers to 1000, single and double 046235 Level A Book Bundle . . digit addition and subtraction without carrying or Yellow is the Sun (K-1) 046236 Level A Worksheets . . 16 .75 borrowing, addition and subtraction families to Have you noticed kids learn to count on their 013206 Level B Book Bundle . . 10, more/less/after/before/between, pennies/nick- fingers? This rhyming picture book blends the 013213 Level B Worksheets . . 16 .75 els/dimes/quarters, counting by 1s, 2s, 5s, 10s, finger-counting concept with an abacus to teach 007772 Level C Bk Bundle . . . 25s, time up to 5 minute increments, fractions of the numbers 1-10. The pages teach numbers 007773 Level C Worksheets . . 21 .75 ½ and ¼, and measuring inches. Grade 2 reviews by showing four different illustrations of each 063621 Level D Bk Bundle . . . first grade concepts listed previously before intro- number. The top of the page shows a hand (or 063622 Level D Worksheets . . 21 .75 ducing new ones which are labeled as ‘new.’ hands) holding up the appropriate number of 019230 Level E Book Bundle . . Along with the first grade concepts students will fingers; next to the hands are vertical lines rep- 019268 Level E Worksheets . . 21 .75 do addition with up to 4-digit numbers and use resenting the number. The middle of the page 067227 Level F Book Bundle . . carrying and subtraction up to 3-digit numbers contains an illustration of an abacus with the 067228 Level F Worksheets . . 21 .75 using borrowing, adding and subtracting by end- appropriate number of beads slid to the left. The 071355 ☼Level G Book Bundle ings, money up to $10 dollar bills, circle/square/ bottom of the page shows the number written 071356 ☼Level G Worksheets 38 .00 triangles/rectangles, great than (>)/less than (<)/ out (with directional arrows for handwriting). A 046285 Manipulative Set 2ED . . 209 .50 equal to (=), reading a thermometer, feet and short rhyme ties it all together. The book begins, The manipulatives set required for the inches, time to one minute, pounds and ounc- “Yellow is the sun. This is only one.” Quantities RightStart™ 2nd edition mathematics series. es, multiplying and dividing by 2/5/10, Roman beyond five require two hands to count, so the The set includes an AL abacus, Math Card numerals, working with 1/3, and counting by 3s. rhymes teach students how to count by adding Games book, place value cards, AL abacus There are also sections in the 2nd grade book five and another number. For example, “Why is tiles, folding meter stick, geoboards, colored labeled ‘oral’ which are exactly as they sound – the sky so blue? Seven is five and two.” Numbers 1” tiles, Casio calculator, tangrams, base ten exercises to be done orally. Timed tests are found 11 through 20 are depicted in abbreviated form picture cards, tally sticks, geared clock, six in the back of each student book and are to be in the back, with illustrations of the abacus’ and card decks, two fraction charts, drawing set, done twice a week. vertical lines (no hands or rhymes). Music and 4-in-1 Ruler, Goniometer, coins, geometry There are 3 sets of flashcards referenced in the lyrics for the song “Yellow is the Sun” are includ- reflector, centimeter cubes, math balance, teacher edition lessons. Instructions on how ed, so you can sing as you count! An audio CD is RightStart geometry panels, geometric solids, to use them is included in each set. Numbers available which includes “Yellow is the Sun” and Yellow is the Sun CD, and dry erase pen. continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 471 Flashcards are two-sided and measure approx- ways to arrive at it, and it encourages them to ☼Themeville Math (1-5) imately 4”x5.5.” These are for use beginning develop their own techniques. The “standard” Combine the daily review of Saxon, some of the with Grade 1 for number recognition, and the approach is not always the best. For example, methodology of a Singapore program, instruc- sequencing concepts after, before, between, which is easier, to teach borrowing and carrying tional videos, manipulatives to demonstrate les- more and less. Adding & Subtracting by Endings for a problem like 400 - 298 or to teach the the son concepts, and you have the new program Flashcards (adding only the ones column) are child to restate the problem as 398 - 298 + 2 or titled Themeville. I really like this straightforward for use with Grade 2. This concept is more old 400 - 300 + 2? Techniques like these really help program that combines desirable aspects of sev- fashioned but is a method for quick computation to develop mental dexterity in problem solving. eral different programs. This is titled Themeville taught at the second grade level. The lesson in After using Miquon with our seven children, we because the lessons let you see the themes which each card is used is referenced at the can attest that this program has promoted flex- behind the details of the math you are learning. bottom. The Column Addition Flashcards are ibility in problem solving and teaches them to There are four black & white student worktexts simply for practice adding 3 single-digit numbers find the best technique for the situation. Ours per level with over 1000 pages of instruction and and are for use with referenced lessons in grade students now tackle new or difficult problems practice. Written primarily for US homeschoolers 2. Both sets of the second grade flashcards are creatively, even fearlessly! instruction, word problems include US currency two-sided with the problems printed vertically on Altogether, the six student workbooks contain over and common US names and city names. one side and horizontally on the reverse. 650 lab sheets. Concepts covered include: count- Comprehensive and easy to implement, it would This comprehensive math curriculum will fit ing, odd-even, addition, subtraction, multiplication, be a good fit for many homeschool families. nicely into the budget and cover concepts with division, fractions, equalities, place value, number Each book is divided into daily lessons: 140+ plenty of practice. Word problems aren’t found line and functions, factoring, squaring, simultaneous per grade level. Each daily lesson follows the in great abundance and you may want to supple- equations, graphing equations, geometric recogni- same format: pre-lesson, video/discussion, and ment in this area. Let Spunky the Donkey help tion, length, area, volume, series and progressions, lesson. The pre-lesson is a warm-up and reviews your children with math. ~ Donna grid and arrow games, mapping, clock arithmetic, topics up to this point and includes, in many EACH STUDENT BOOK . . . . 5 .20 sets, and word problems. cases, simple math problems to keep math facts EACH TEACHER EDITION . . . 10 .00 We recommend purchasing the Lab Sheet sharp. Video/discussion is a time to watch the 037766 Learning Numbers - Book 1 (1) Annotations. This is the teacher’s guide for all video on the publisher’s website and discuss the 037773 Learning Numbers - Book 2 (1) six workbooks. Because the approach taken new topic. The lesson is where the new concept 037715 Continuing Numbers - Book 1 (2) in the program is so different, it explains the is introduced and practiced through activities. 037765 Continuing Numbers - Book 2 (2) reasoning behind the presentation and provides There is no separate, expensive teacher edition 037869 Grade 1 Teacher’s Edition several suggestions on how to present each for this course. All Parent/Teacher notes are 037873 Grade 2 Teacher’s Edition topic. It also provides preliminary activities for found in a shaded box at the top of the lesson’s a concrete understanding of the math concepts first page. You will find plenty of practice with as well as more detailed explanations for many math facts and word problems in this series. Tests of the workbook pages. While answers are sup- are found directly in the student worktext – one plied for some of the more “tricky” sheets, most every ten lessons. worksheets are shown sans answers, so take the Themeville Math does a good job of presenting time to fill in the answers as you correct work concepts in an orderly manner that makes sense for your first Miquon student - then you’ll have a to children and works to build a progressively completed key to use with the next! solid math foundation: concrete, to pictorial, to The Miquon Math program would be an excel- conceptual. The program incorporates methods lent start in math to move into any other pro- like modeling using ten-frame, visual models, gram, but it would lend itself particularly well to and continual review. The student worktext those intending to use the Singapore approach to doesn’t include an abundance of written instruc- math in the future. tion (similarly to Kumon workbooks); the video EACH STUDENT BOOK . . . . 12.95 8 .95 lessons and manipulative instruction are intended Grade 1 Grade 2 to teach the concept. Video lessons are included 001184 Orange 001186 Blue with curriculum purchase: create a user ID and 001185 Red 001187 Green password at the publisher’s website and in 2 to 3 MIQUON MATH LABS (1-3) days you will be e-mailed access. These videos Math is not just numbers! Using Cuisenaire Grade 3 are an important part of every lesson. If you are rods, Miquon Math Labs allows children to 001188 Yellow 001189 Purple unsure of where to begin in the series, a place- model numbers and operations concretely. It 001191 Annotations . . . . . 21.95 14 .95 ment test available. uses a hands-on, pattern-building, discovery 023832 6 Student Bks . . . . 77.70 48 .95 Grade 1 covers counting in groups of 10s, 5s method that fosters independence and creativity MIQSET 6 St Bks + Annotns . . 99.65 60 .95 and 1s; place values of 10s and 1s; addition/sub- in problem solving. The unique page-numbering traction within 20; length measurement; opera- format of the program allows for flexibility - use Notes to Teachers tions with number line/colored rods; partitioning/ each book straight through, covering a variety Presents the philosophy behind the Miquon comparison of numbers; money; chart of 0-100; of topics, or use only the pages in each book math method. Interesting reading. Also includes numerals; skip counting; counting forward/back- relating to a specific topic (easily identified by the helpful appendices on pre-math activities with ward; word problems; ordinal numbers. alpha-numeric page numbering system). the rods and instructions for making other home- Grade 2 includes review of the first ten les- Instead of holding off on more difficult math made manipulatives. sons in Level 1; place values of 100s,10s and topics until later grades, the Miquon approach is 001190 ...... 11.95 8 .50 1s; multiplication/division within 100; even & unique in teaching all four basic math operations odd numbers; long addition/subtraction; opera- in Grade 1 - plus fractions, clock arithmetic, First Grade Diary tions with arrays; number line; money; numer- area, volume and factoring. This builds confi- Lore Rasmussen chronicles the information, als; comparison/rounding of numbers; plane / dence in children as they see how the basic oper- experiences, and results of using Miquon Math solid figures; perimeter; clock reading; calendar; ations are intterrelated and takes the “mystery” in her first-grade class. If you’re not convinced graph reading/plotting; word problems. out of these otherwise-delayed topics. By Grade that this program will make a difference in the Grade 3 includes review of the Levels 1-2 (the 3, children understand different base systems and math reasoning ability of your children, read this. first fifteen lessons); long multiplication/division; graph algebraic equations! The discoveries, insights and responses displayed long addition / subtraction, area and perime- These are not typical workbooks that test what a illustrate the power of this method to bring out ter, symmetry, combined operations, number child already has learned, but lab sheets - teach- the best in budding mathematicians. composition / decomposition with place values; ing pages. Children are shown that, while there 001192 ...... 13.95 9 .60 words; comparison/rounding of numbers; clock/ is only one correct solution, there are different ~~~~~~~~ calendar reading and working with durations; 472 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. data analysis and histogram; measurement units in Worktext 4-B is simply entitled, “Division”. (kg – gm, lit – ml); word problems. It reviews division, and then covers every facet Grade 4 covers review of the Levels 1-3 (the of fourth grade division. Since division skills are first fifteen lessons); fractions; mixed numbers; being built step-by-step throughout the chapter, addition/subtraction of fractions; factors; prime there’s really no need for review or testing until numbers; comparison/rounding of numbers; long the end; but it does make for a long teaching division; decimals (tenths, hundredths, and addi- unit. Each chapter begins with a short introduc- tion/subtraction); big numbers; multiplication/ tion. This is where you will find any teacher division by 10 or 100; time calculations; word instruction for the chapter, including background problems; area/perimeter. information, strategies and ideas for teaching Grade 5 includes review of the Levels 1-4 MATH MAMMOTH PROGRAM (1-7) lesson concepts, a summary of lessons by title (the first fifteen lessons); multiplication/division There’s a whole lot to like about this well-con- (including number of pages for each), and a list with fractions; addition/subtraction with mixed ceived and inexpensive math program. The main of Helpful Internet Resources for further explo- numbers; decimals till millionths; finding the features of this program, according to author ration, practice and enrichment. If the chapter unknown in an expression; multiplication/divi- Maria Miller, are: is on a skill introduced in a previous grade, sion with decimals; area with fraction/decimal ¾¾ Focus is on conceptual understanding rath- the skill is reviewed before the new material is units; plotting graphs; units compatibility; word er than rote problem-solving introduced. Lessons each include a complete problems; exponents; combined operations; ¾¾ Teacher instructions are right in the book; explanation of each skill being taught, numer- angles; volume. no need to buy a separate teacher book ous examples and models (many visual) to help Answer Keys for this series provide the com- ¾¾ Clear explanations are written for the student, students understand the concepts behind the plete solutions to all problems in the worktexts, so the lessons are virtually self-teaching math, and a reasonable number of problems for including the pre-lesson exercises, lesson exer- ¾¾ Lessons use lots of visual and pattern exer- students to work to ensure comprehension. The cises, and tests. In cases of simpler problems that cises lessons vary from 1-5 pages each. For planning, may not require an explanation (like math facts), the author suggests simply dividing the number ¾¾ Curriculum is mastery oriented; it con- there will just be answers. This book is small-for- of pages in each book by the teaching days rath- centrates on each specific topic for a long mat student pages with the answers/solutions. er than planning to teach a lesson a day. This time studying fewer topics per grade than a are needed to demonstrate would generally mean covering 1-2 pages a day Manipulative Kits spiral curricula the concepts in the lessons. Kits are available depending on grade level. After the last lesson ¾¾ Emphasis on mental math and number sense for grades 1-3 and 4-5. The following items are in each chapter there are one or two reviews. included in the 1-3 kit: Play money set; col- ¾¾ Very little teacher preparation is required Chapter tests are contained in the separate Tests ored rods (Cuisenaire® type), place value foam ¾¾ Content is aligned to Common Core and Cumulative Reviews book, as are cumu- disks, place value strips for whole numbers and Standards lative reviews (taken upon completion of each decimals; hundred number chart; area overlays These are all valid claims and sum up this worktext chapter) and a comprehensive test for (whole number multiplication); vinyl unit rulers approach nicely. It’s linear approach is similar to the grade level. A nice feature is the inclusion of 1-3; geared clock; plastic centimeter cubes; 12” that of the MCP Math program. Topics are intro- grading instructions and scales. If remediation is ruler; 50 yards of ribbon; Rekenrek parts (Red/ duced, studied in depth, then the student pro- indicated, the author provides a website (www. White beads and stems). Parents will need to ceeds to the next topic. Visually, it reminds me homeschoolmath.net) for additional math work- assemble the Rekenrek and do a bit of prep with of Developmental Math because of the extensive sheets by grade level and skill. Worksheets are the unit rulers and place value strips. A manipu- use of pictorial representations. Users posting randomly generated within your provided param- lative preparation video on the publisher’s web- online have compared the course to Singapore eters, so each is different. site will help with preparation. Math, but I don’t really see much similarity. As mentioned briefly before, I find the author’s The Full Manipulative Kit for Level 4-5 has the While they both emphasize conceptual learning teaching methods very solid, efficient, and effec- necessary manipulatives for levels 4 and 5 (use if and mental computation skills, Math Mammoth tive. Her goal is to imbue the student with an you do not have the 1-3 kit manipulatives): play has a much more traditional feel. A distinguish- understanding of the concepts in math rather money set; place value foam disks; place value ing feature of this program is the author’s amaz- than just how to solve problems and this is evi- strips for whole numbers and decimals; vinyl unit ing ability to simplify and clarify math processes dent in her instruction. She consistently shares rulers 4-5; area overlays – (for whole number so children can understand them easily. Even strategies, “tricks” and revealing insights into the multiplication/ Fractions / Mixed numbers multi- in printed form, this course is the easiest on the mysteries of math, essentially putting a teacher plication / decimal multiplication); geared clock; budget using a strictly by-grade comparison. And right on the page. An example is in teaching centimeter plastic cubes ribbon (50 yd); 1 foot for those purchasing the complete program on beginners to add numbers with sums greater ruler; angle protractor. CD (or download), the savings are even greater. than 10. She tells students that when adding 9 If you already have the 1-3 kit, then you only Imagine getting a complete, masterfully taught to a number, the 9 “really wants to be a ten”, need the Add-on kit for grades 4-5. It includes math curriculum for grades 1-6 for less than so you should take one from the other number vinyl unit rulers 4-5; area overlays for fractions $160. I would call that frugal – and smart. to make it a ten, and then add the rest. I have / mixed numbers multiplication / decimal mul- Each grade level set consists of four compo- seen few other curriculums (see Miquon Math) tiplication; ribbon (50 yd); and angle protractor. nents: two student workbooks an (optional) set of that teach students alternate, flexible ways like Although a relatively new program, this is a Tests and Cumulative Reviews and an Answer this to approach operations. Another feature I top pick for a solid and thorough approach to Key containing answers to both workbooks and liked in the book was using gridded workspaces elementary math at an affordable price. Great tests. Currently, we carry the curriculum in print for solving problems. Especially for students for families on a budget who still want quality format or CD format by the grade level, Grades just starting to use multiple-digit operations, curriculum! ~ Donna 1-3 and 4-7 combined on CD, and the entire it’s helpful to get them in the habit of keeping EACH WORKTEXT BUNDLE . . . 59.85 58 .25 course on CD. The course is also available as a answers neatly aligned in columns. I also like 049521 Level 1 049524 Level 4 download (go to mathmammoth.com) for slightly the scale problems in Grade 4’s multiplication 049522 Level 2 049525 Level 5 less than the CD price. Both download and CD and other chapters. These are much like the 049523 Level 3 have colored student pages. All grade levels ones in CTP’s Balance Math program and very EACH ANSWER KEY . . . . . 14.85 14 .75 of printed materials are now available in your effective for understanding how equations work. 049462 Level 1 049490 Level 4 choice of black and white or color. Currently, There’s also a healthy balance of word problems 049481 Level 2 049495 Level 5 CDs also include the author’s Soft-Pak math, lan- in the lessons with realistic, practical contexts. 049487 Level 3 guage arts and testing software programs. The geometry sections are particularly good, too, 049513 Manipulative Kit - 1-3 49 .85 Student Workbooks A and B for each level have with ample hands-on work. The author even 049504 Full Manip Kit - 4-5 . . 49 .85 varying numbers of chapters, each focusing on includes printable manipulatives for constructing 049456 Add-On Manipulative Kit - 4-5 a math topic. These are sometimes very broad. your own geometric solids. For example, one very large chapter (68 pages!) ...... 29.85 29 .25 continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 473 Taken as a whole, the curriculum follows a stan- 062823 Grade 7 Test/Review . . 9.95 9 .25 Math Mammoth Review Workbooks (1-7) dard scope for elementary level work. Besides MMSET7 Grade 7 Set . . . . . 52.80 42 .95 Math Mammoth Review Workbooks offer topi- learning standard math operations, students learn 018891 Grade 7 CD . . . . . 42.50 36 .25 cal and mixed review pages based on the topics money, time, measurement, fractions, number and content of each grade level. Along with theory, place value, geometry, percents, deci- Colored Version: reviews, there are topical tests and a year-end mals, ratios, proportions, graphing, probability, EACH WORKTEXT 1A-2B . . . . 17.95 15 .50 test to make sure there are no gaps. Answers statistics, and using the calculator. The sequence EACH WRKTXT 3A-B, 4B 6A-B 19.95 17 .25 are found in the back of each book. Use these is a little different in places, but makes sense and EACH WORKTEXT 4A, 5A-B . 21.95. 17 .95 for additional practice or for summer review in is only a factor if you are moving into or out of EACH ANSWER KEY 1-3 . . . . 14.95 12 .95 preparation for the next grade level. the curriculum. Visit our website and view the EACH ANSWER KEY 4 . . . . . 15.95 12 .95 018894 Grade 1 ...... 13.45 12 .95 table of contents for each book for an exact scope EACH ANSWER KEY 5-6 . . . . 18.95 16 .50 018958 Grade 2 ...... 15 .95 and sequence. For placement, a diagnostic test EACH TEST/REVIEW 1-4 . . . . 12.95 11 .25 018966 Grade 3 ...... 16 .95 is available on the Math Mammoth website. Each EACH TEST REVIEW 5-6 . . . . 13.95 11 .95 019047 Grade 4 ...... 15 .95 grade set includes the student workbooks A & B, 019054 Grade 5 ...... 18 .95 Answer Key and Tests with Cumulative Review. Grade Wkbk A Wkbk B Ans Key Tests 019058 Grade 6 ...... 21 .45 While some cut-out manipulatives appear in the 1 031511 031512 031509 031510 019075 Grade 7 ...... 30 .45 book, some others are helpful and recommended 2 042624 042595 042612 042622 by the author. These include: 3 042667 042604 042631 042652 ¾¾ A geared student clock (Grades 1-3) 4 062812 062813 062810 062811 ¾¾ A ruler with inches and centimeters (Grades 1-3) 5 062816 062817 062814 062815 ¾¾ Base ten blocks (optional) 6 062820 062821 062818 062819 ¾¾ Measuring tape in feet and meters (Gr. 3) Grade 7 ¾¾ Scale in pounds and kilograms (Grade 2) 015577 Answer Key . . . . . 27.45 22 .25 ¾¾ Platform (kitchen) scale which measures in 015581 Test/Review . . . . . 15.95 12 .95 oz. and grams (Grade 3) 015584 7-A Worktext . . . . 23.45 19 .25 ¾¾ Measuring cups with oz. and milliliters (Gr. 3) 015585 7-B Worktext . . . . 28.45 23 .25 ¾¾ Thermometer in Fahrenheit and Celcius MM1CLR Grade 1 Package . . . 63.80 48 .95 RAY’S ARITHMETIC (optional – Grade 3) MM2CLR Grade 2 Package . . . 64.30 49 .25 ¾¾ Circle fraction manipulatives (optional – Gr 3) MM3CLR Grade 3 Package . . . 67.80 52 .50 Ray’s Arithmetic (1-8) I feel other manipulatives, such as a small set of MM4CLR Grade 4 Package . . . 69.80 53 .95 In America’s one-room schoolhouses, Ray’s geometric solids, would be helpful as well, espe- MM5CLR Grade 5 Packge . . . 75.80 57 .95 Arithmetic was used alongside the McGuffey cially in the upper grade levels. We carry most MM6CLR Grade 6 Package . . . 72.80 55 .75 Readers. These are exact reproductions of the (if not all) of the above manipulatives. MM7CLR Grade 7 Package . . . 95.30 72 .95 originals and their small size (4.5” x 7.25”) If you are on a tight budget, this is one to con- cause one difficulty – they don’t easily lay flat sider. You will spend considerably less without ☼Math Mammoth Colored Version Skills making copying difficult. But the no-nonsense compromising on content or quality of instruc- Review Workbooks (1-4) topic coverage provides old-fashioned com- tion. As a bonus, it will be easy for you to use, EACH WORKBOOK GR . 1 . . . 11.95 10 .50 petence so it’s easy to understand why they require little preparation time, be easy for your EACH WORKBOOK GR . 2-4 . . 12.95 11 .25 are recommended by the Well-Trained Mind. children to understand, and will prepare them EACH ANSWER KEY ...... 7.45 6 .75 Primary Arithmetic covers all four basic func- well for middle-grade math. Workbook Answer Key tions – addition, subtraction, multiplication, & Black & White Version: Grade 1 072105 072106 division in single digits with word and money EACH WORKTEXT ...... 14.95 12 .95 Grade 2 072107 072109 problems. New Intellectual Arithmetic reviews EACH CD ...... 42.50 36 .25 Grade 3 072110 072111 those four functions with multiple digits adding EACH ANSWER KEY GR 1-2 . . 9.95. 9 .25 Grade 4 072112 072113 fractions and introducing ratio and percent. EACH ANSWER KEY GR 3-4 . .10.95 9 .95 Practical Arithmetic continues the four functions EACH ANSWER KEY GR 5-6 . . 11.95 10 .95 Math Mammoth Blue Series Package CD (1-7) along with fractions, decimals, percents, metrics, EACH TEST BOOK 1-6 . . . . . 7.95 7 .35 This topical worktext series and introduces interest, discount, insurance, EACH SET GR 1-2 ...... 47.80 38 .95 is not a full math curricu- taxes, ration, proportions, square and cube EACH SET GR 3-4 ...... 48.80 39 .95 lum, but is intended as sup- roots, measurement, and progressions. Higher EACH SET GR 5-6 ...... 49.80 40 .95 plemental, review or reme- Arithmetic reviews the four functions and con- 054562 Grades 1-3 CD . . . . 80.00 70 .25 dial material. CD includes tinues more advanced work in all the Practical 054563 Grades 4-7 CD . . . 105.00 89 .95 40 workbooks on topics Arithmetic topics including percentage appli- 049670 Comp Program CD . 180.00 151 .95 including: addition, subtrac- cations with and without time. The Teacher’s tion, place value, time, money, measurement Guide, designed to encourage teacher-student Grade Wkbk A Wkbk B CD (customary and metric), multiplication, division, interaction, provides a scope and sequence as 1 054622 054623 054556 geometry, statistics, probability, fractions, deci- well as general information on math instruction- 2 054626 054627 054557 mals, ratios, proportions, percentages and inte- al stages (i.e. manipulatives, mental, abstract). 3 054630 054631 054558 gers. Answers are included. There are also grade by grade teaching sequences 4 054634 054635 054559 058944 ...... 125.00 102 .50 along with a Planning Guide that shows a typical 5 054638 054639 054560 day and suggests weekly lesson plans as well as 6 054642 054643 054561 Math Mammoth All Inclusive Package Blue / providing an assessment chart and test schedule. Light Blue / Golden / Green CD (1-8) SC ~ Janice Grade Ans Key Tests Set Includes complete Light 027088 Primary (1-2) . . . . . 8.99 6 95. 1 054620 054621 MMSET1 Blue Series (math curriculum 027086 New Intellectual (3-4) 12.99 10 .75 2 054624 054625 MMSET2 for grades 1-6), Blue Series 027087 Practical (5-6) . . . . 16.99 13 .95 3 054628 054629 MMSET3 (worktexts with lessons and 027089 Primary/Intellectual/Practical 4 054632 054633 MMSET4 problems for various topics Answer Keys . . . . 13.99 10 95. 5 054636 054637 MMSET5 in grades 1-7), Golden Series 027084 Higher Arithmetic (7-8) 18.99 15 .50 6 054640 054641 MMSET6 (grade-level worksheet collec- 027085 Higher Answer Key . . 13.99 10 .95 062261 7-A Worktext . . . . 14.95 12 .95 tions for grades 3-8), and Green Series (worksheet 027090 Test Examples . . . . 13.99 10 .95 062262 7-B Worktext . . . . 14.95 12 .95 collections for various topics in grades 3-8). 027082 Parent-Teacher Guide 12.99 10 .75 062822 Grade 7 Key . . . . . 12.95 11 .95 058943 ...... 249.00 204 .25 027083 Set w/ Teacher Guide 105.99 82 .95 474 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Classic Curriculum Arithmetic Workbks (1-4) gram works, your role as a parent/teacher, list of unlike denominators, and reducing), decimals in Back in the 1800’s children completed their suggested manipulatives, and how to assess. You money, place value through thousandths, equiv- Ray’s Arithmetic work either orally or on chalk- can use the suggested manipulatives or household alent decimals, comparing and ordering, and boards or personal slates. I’ll bet these kids items, which are: more than 100 counters, chalk- addition and subtraction of decimals; graphing would have loved to have these babies. Series board/whiteboard or blank paper (your choice), averages, median and mode; problem-solving; One workbooks teach the skills needed before jumbo-sized craft sticks, rubber bands, handwrit- Venn Diagrams. beginning Ray’s: writing, counting, combining ing practice pads (optional), 12-month calendar, Levels 1 through 4 are now available in this sets, comparing numbers to 20. Series Two 100 pennies, 10 dimes, 4 quarters, 2 half dollars, eight-level program. Levels 5 and 6 in 2018, and requires use of Ray’s Primary Arithmetic and one dollar bill, crayons, 2-4 treats to ‘sell’, 5 game Levels 7 and 8 in 2019. If you want that ‘old covers addition, subtraction, multiplication, and markers, paperclip, various sized toys, plastic school’ feel to your math program, straight-for- division through 9 along with time, measure- glasses, plastic fork, measuring cups, empty gallon ward and uncomplicated – give Ray’s for Today ment, and money problems. Series Three jug, funnel, various templates found at the back a try. It’s easier to use than the original Ray’s and Four requires Ray’s Intellectual Arithmetic. of the Instructor’s Manual. These are some of the Arithmetic, but gives that same solid math foun- Series Three continues work in learning the facts items used in both Levels 1 and 2, but a few other dation as the original. of the times and division tables, working word items are listed at the beginning of each unit. EACH TEXT ...... 49.99 45 .95 problems, fractions and mixed numbers. Series There are no formal assessments, but there are EACH INSTRUCTOR MANUAL 29.99 29 .50 Four covers basic operations on integers and suggestions to help you out. ‘Cement Mixers’ are EACH SET ...... 69.99 64 .25 fractions, equivalent fractions, least common oral drills that are found at the beginning of each Level Text Manual Set multiplier, and ratio. Throughout the series there unit (three units in Level 1 and five units in Level Level 1 067702 067700 067701 is a continual emphasis on learning and reciting 2). These are used to ‘cement’ the facts into the Level 2 067705 067703 067704 the fact tables as well as working story problems. minds of young learners. Each unit begins with an ☼Level 3 069640 069638 069639 Workbook pages are black and white with sim- overview, suggested schedule, background, goals, ☼Level 4 070806 070804 070805 ple illustrations in the earlier books. Periodic materials list, and extension activities. Each lesson reviews and quizzes and a test complete each within the units includes materials needed and book. Each series is designed to be used in a step-by-step instruction for teaching the concept – year with each book in the series being used in very easy to follow. The appendix includes scope one quarter. Except for Series One, all answer and sequence for that level, end-of-year bench- keys are included. ~ Janice mark checklist, summer skills review, ‘cement EACH WORKBOOK ...... 13.49 10 .75 mixers’ checklist, reproducible templates for the lessons, and answer key. Series 1 Series 2 Ray’s Arithmetic isn’t one level per grade, and 017858 Workbook 1 017862 neither is Ray’s for Today. You can begin Level 1 017873 Workbook 2 017880 at grade one or two and progressive from there. 017893 Workbook 3 017896 Level 1 includes reading, writing, and counting 017927 Workbook 4 017928 through 100, shapes, one more, one less, group- ing by ten calendar, addition with up to three Series 3 Series 4 numbers, number bonds, story problems, money, 017863 Workbook 1 017872 time, temperature, and length. Level 2 includes 017884 Workbook 2 017888 reading, writing, counting, and conceptually 017903 Workbook 3 017905 understanding numbers through 1,000, multipli- 017938 Workbook 4 017949 cation of numbers with products up to 100 and dividing numbers with dividends up to 100, divi- Ray’s for Today (1-3) sion fact families 1-10, place value to thousands, Ray’s for Today puts the methodology and con- graphs, weight, capacity, shapes, story prob- tent of Ray’s Arithmetic into a format for today’s lems, perimeter, and skip counting by 10s and homeschool families. Ray’s for Today doesn’t 100s. Level 3 is for students ages 8 and 9 and ROD AND STAFF MATHEMATICS (1-8) look anything like the little brown, hardcover includes number concepts; arithmetic operations More expensive doesn’t always mean better, books of Ray’s Arithmetic, but almost all of of addition, subtraction, multiplication, short and this curriculum proves that point. Rod and the problems from the original texts are includ- division, introduction to order of operations; Staff places a strong emphasis on mastery of math ed. Ray’s employs a concrete, to pictorial, to money; time; measurement including fractions skills using a very traditional approach in order to conceptual presentation of math, progressively and metric; geometric constructions; fractions, prepare students for real-life math. They use math builds on basic math concepts, and provides including comparing and ordering fractions and problems from everyday life, aid in development good mental and oral math opportunities. For addition and subtraction with like denominators; of mental math skills, and offer continuous those frustrated with the new math programs that decimals, including ordering and comparing, review built into the lessons. are on the market today, Ray’s for Today offers decimals in money, and place value to the hun- There are several different components to the them a solution. dredths place; graphing, circle and line graphs, Rod and Staff Math curriculum. For grades one The original Ray’s was used in a group setting, using a grid and ordered pairs; problem-solving and two, student workbooks provide information so the textbooks didn’t include the teaching with multi-step word problems, estimating, and for the student and a place to do their work. information; it was intended for the teacher to estimating. Level 4 is for ages 9 and 10 and Grades 3-8 present information in hardcover present the information, but Ray’s for Today has includes fractions, decimals, mixed numbers, texts, and students do their work on their own added the lesson/teaching information right in commutative, identity, and associative properties paper. The teacher’s manual at each level the Student Text. There are 170 lessons in each for addition and multiplication; powers of ten, includes copies of student pages, speed drills, of Level 1 and Level 2 of this series. Both the rounding, estimating, signs of operations, mental practice sheets with answers written in, and Student Text and Instructor’s Manual are 3-hole math, functions to millions, multiplying 2-digit instructions for each lesson. Practice sheets and/ punched for you to place in your own binders. numbers, long division, and dividing by 2-digit or blacklines provide more practice and may The Student Text is easy-to-use and students numbers, money, time, measurement (includes be copied for multiple students. Speed drills are provided space on each page to work – les- customary and metric measure and abbrevia- emphasize accuracy and speed. Flash cards are son instruction is presented, examples, then an tions); geometric constructions, review of plane incorporated at the first grade level. Beginning in exercise. Books are printed in black and white and solid figures, regular and irregular figures, tri- 4th grade, chapter tests are in a separate booklet. with no fancy graphics or pictures. The only angles and angles, circles, area, perimeter, point, Grades 2-8 are broken into 170 lessons each. illustrations you see are associated to the lesson lines, rays, protractor, diagonals, and tangrams, If you want a good practical math program, Rod or exercises. fractions (wholes, proper and improper fractions, and Staff covers all the bases. The Instructor’s Manual explains how the pro- mixed numbers, addition and subtraction with continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 475 Beginning Arithmetic Revision (Grade 1) measures, scale drawings, metric units of length, mula and tables; writing checks; maintaining and The concepts in grade one are money, mea- comparing fractions, equivalent fractions, reduc- reconciling the account balance; extracting square sures, place value, and fractions, along with ing fractions, adding and subtracting fractions roots; base twelve and base two numeration; sci- addition and subtraction. We carry the 3rd edition and mixed numbers, finding perimeter and area entific notation; and statistics. of this level (also referred to as revised edition), of squares and rectangles, and using picture and 027548 Pupil ...... 17 .95 and the revision includes more variety in art- bar graphs. 027553 Tests ...... 2 25. work, more drill in some areas, and improved 027849 Pupil ...... 14 .95 027550 Quizzes & Speed Tests . 4 50. Bible tone. The artwork reflects Bible stories or 027910 Tests ...... 2 .25 027551 Tchr Manual, Pt 1 . . . 11 .95 Christian family life rather than an animal theme. 027882 Speed Drills . . . . . 4 .90 027552 Tchr Manual, Pt 2 . . . 11 .95 The ‘zero’ is taught as ‘nothing’ and as a place- 027892 Tchr Manual, Pt 1 . . . 11 .95 APLMTH Complete Package . . . 53.16 48 .60 holder. Fractions have more teaching – denomi- 027909 Tchr Manual, Pt 2 . . . 11 .95 nator taught first and numerator taught in the last PWARTH Complete Package . . . 50.31 46 .00 quarter of the year. Place value is taught using tangible, real-life items. Practice sheets are now Gaining Skill With Arithmetic (Grade 5) available as a complete set, so you don’t have to Grade 5 reviews and builds upon previous copy them. These are categorized as ‘strengthen- grades. New concepts include place value to ers,’ ‘required,’ and ‘challenge.’ Flash cards are hundred billion, decimals to thousandths, fac- also used at the first grade level (for 2nd and 3rd toring, prime numbers, metric system for basic ed.) and include vertical addition and subtraction units and prefixes, changing units, multiplying facts through sums of ten. and dividing fractions, understanding ratio and 027557 Flash Cards . . . . . 17 .80 proportion, finding volume, introduction to lines/ 027566 Practice Sheets . . . . 16 .50 points/angles, fraction/decimal/percents equiva- 027567 Speed Drills . . . . . 4 .90 lents, and line graphs. 027571 Teacher’s Manual . . . 20 .95 027750 Pupil ...... 14 .95 027574 Workbook, Part 1 . . . 6 .95 027786 Tests ...... 2 .25 JUMP Math Program (1-8) 027583 Workbook, Part 2 . . . 6 .95 027764 Speed Drills . . . . . 4 .90 JUMP (Junior Undiscovered Math Prodigy) BGARTH Complete Package . . . 74 .05 027766 Tchr Manual, Pt 1 . . . 11 .95 Math is a numeracy program. Not sure what 027769 Tchr Manual, Pt 2 . . . 11 .95 that means? Think “literacy” with numbers. Working Arithmetic (Grade 2) GSARTH Complete Package . . . 50.31 46 .00 Numeracy, a term coined in the UK, means the Grade 2 reviews skills taught in grade 1, and ability to reason and to apply simple numerical also covers addition and subtraction facts for Understanding Mathematics (Grade 6) concepts. Developed in Canada to encourage 11 – 18, carrying and borrowing, a review of Grade 6 reviews previous skills and includes an understanding as well as a love of math, money/time/measures, and an introduction to greatest common factor, lowest common mul- JUMP Math is also an evidence (research) based the concepts of a half dollar, quarter hour, and tiple, mental shortcuts in calculation, decimal/ approach. Since its price tag might cause you to pounds and ounces. The teacher manual is nec- fraction equivalents, multiplying and dividing, assume it’s a supplemental program or to seri- essary for instructions and directions. discounts, commissions, interest, conversions ously underestimate its scope, it might help to 028107 Blacklines ...... 10 .25 between English and metric measures, time know that there are extensive teacher materials 002355 Blossom & Bee Poster Set 14 .95 zones, perimeter and area of triangles and par- available online and they are FREE! Funded by 028123 Tchr Man, Unit 1-2 . . 7 .95 allelograms, circumference and area of circles, charitable donations, the heart-of-the-program 028124 Tchr Man, Unit 3-5 . . 10 .95 measuring angles with a protractor, and con- Teacher Resources (teacher guides, lesson plans, 028125 Workbook, Unit 1 . . . 5 .25 structing circle graphs. blackline masters, mental math, sample quizzes 028128 Workbook, Unit 2 . . . 3 .50 028040 Pupil ...... 14 .95 and tests, answer keys and more) are all provided 028130 Workbook, Unit 3 . . . 5 .25 028082 Test ...... 2 .25 as pdf files. You can print them out or use from 028135 Workbook, Unit 4 . . . 4 .50 028064 Quizzes & Speed Tests . 4 .50 your computer. It’s rather simple, too – just set 028159 Workbook, Unit 5 . . . 4 .50 028065 Tchr Manual, Pt 1 . . . 11 .95 up an online account. But be prepared to spend WKARTH Complete Package . . 52 .15 028066 Tchr Manual, Pt 2 . . . 11 .95 some time familiarizing yourself with the web- UNDMTH Complete Package 49.88 45 .60 site, the program and the Canadian way of label- Exploring Arithmetic (Grade 3) ing material. Primarily intended to be used by Grade 3 includes review of addition and subtrac- Mastering Mathematics (Grade 7) teachers in a classroom, the program’s goals are tion skills from grades 1 and 2 and teaches multi- Grade 7 reviews and extends previous skills, and to lead students through guided discovery, asking plication and division through 9, fraction meaning, Bible applications enhance the reading problems Socratic questions, providing harder challenges measure equivalents, money values, telling time, and illustrations. New concepts include non-ter- and activities while all the while being involved mixed computation, and Roman numerals. minating decimals, profit and loss, compound in immediate assessment and feedback. 027688 Blacklines ...... 4 .50 interest, Bible measures, Celsius/Fahrenheit con- Since so much is available online, you’re 027707 Pupil ...... 14 .95 version, histograms, plane and solid geometry, probably wondering what is in these consum- 063734 Worksheets . . . . . 3 .95 algebraic expressions, order of operations, expo- able, semester worktexts – only some bare- 027711 Speed Drills . . . . . 4 .90 nents, square roots and signed numbers. bones instructions and practice exercises. Called 063733 Answer Key . . . . . 3 .50 027789 Pupil ...... 16 .95 Practice and Assessment books (AP), they are 027716 Teacher’s Manual . . . 15 .95 027804 Tests ...... 2 .25 nevertheless an essential part of the teacher-stu- EXARTH Package ...... 40 .30 027790 Quizzes & Speed Tests . 4 .50 dent interaction that characterizes the program. Includes blacklines, pupil, speed drills, and 027799 Tchrs Man, Pt 1 . . . 11 .95 Used at the end of the lessons, they provide teacher’s manual. 027803 Tchrs Man, Pt 2 . . . 11 .95 practice as well as the on-going assessment – a MSTMTH Complete Package . . 52.06 47 .60 useful diagnostic – that is the basis for the teach- Progressing With Arithmetic (Grade 4) er-student interaction. Grade 4 has counting tests, fact review, multi- Applying Mathematics (Grade 8) The detailed lessons plans are keyed to specific plication and division through 12s, long division, Grade 8 extends previously learned skills and pages in the AP book and are fully correlated multiplying by two-digit numbers, reading prob- incorporates real-life and Bible applications. New with the CCSS. Sections include Goals, Prior lem skills that include distance-rate-time, two- concepts include part-year interest; sales and Knowledge Required, Materials, Activity and step problems, using sketches, and identifying property tax; conversion between Bible, metric, Extensions as well as very specific instruc- missing information. Other concepts included and English measure; double-line graphs; rectan- tion with worked examples and intermittent are place value to hundred millions, decimals to gle graphs; Pythagorean rule; surface and volume work. Blackline Masters for each lesson provide hundredths, Roman numerals through the 300s, of spheres; polynomials; computation with signed reproducible/printable worksheets and activities. equivalent measures, adding and subtracting numbers and exponents; compound interest for- Lesson structure includes short explanations, 476 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. exercises and bonus questions, and incremental- Beast Academy (2-5) math curriculums? Compared to Saxon Grade ly increase in challenge. Quizzes are every five The Art of Problem Solving folks present: Beast 3, they cover basically the same topics, though lessons (on average) with Tests after every 2-3 Academy. Proving that any monster can do each covers a few that the other doesn’t. Saxon quizzes. An online answer key is available for math, these comically monstrous beasts take you follows a spiral approach and integrates review grades 3-8 AP books. along with them as they face math challenges whereas this program is very topical and by the There is no glitz whatsoever in this program both inside and outside the Academy. Described strand with neither tests nor chapter reviews. – however it is cleanly done and very well-con- as “rigorous, challenging, engaging, and fun” by Saxon is a traditional math course whereas Beast structed. For those appreciative of or patient with the publisher, I would expect nothing less from a Academy is not. It is innately more conceptual (depending on your viewpoint) the online atmo- curriculum designed to ready your child for the and interactive because of its unique lesson sphere, this program is a tremendous value, offer- demands of MATHCOUNTS and post-elementary format. While Saxon is intended to be teach- ing solid math instruction, good teacher support, AOPS curricula. er-led, Beast Academy is written to the student. an attractive learning environment (i.e. teach- There are four parts for each grade level though While manipulatives are an integral part of Saxon er-student interaction), and a standards-based the series is not all available as of this writing. instruction, they would only be used here by teaching progression. 200 – 215 pgs, pb ~ Janice Each part consists of two books: a Guide and choice as student problem-solving aids (though a Practice book. Core instruction takes place the characters use “real” objects in the context Assessment & Practice Books in the Guide which is written in colorful, com- of the lessons). Students are encouraged to think NOTE: Teacher materials are FREE on the JUMP ic-book style and stars a cast of not-quite-cute and problem solve to a greater degree as you Math website; set up an account to access them . monsters. Each book is divided topically into might expect in a curriculum from this publish- EACH SET ...... 11 .00 three chapters. er. There is no shortage of practice problems, a 062267 1 .1 062275 5 .1 Grade 2 chapters are: 2A – Place Value, shortcoming often found in less traditional pro- 062268 1 .2 062276 5 .2 Comparing, Addition; 2B – Subtraction, grams. The math-oriented student would get the 062269 2 .1 062277 6 .1 Expressions, Problem Solving; 2C – Measurement, most mileage (and challenge) out of this program. 062270 2 .2 062278 6 .2 Strategies (+ & -), Odds & Evens; 2D – Big It is probably NOT for the student that needs a lot 062271 3 .1 062279 7 .1 Numbers, Algorithms (+ & -); Problem Solving. of hand-holding. That said, my child that most 062272 3 .2 062280 7 .2 [Currently, only 2A and 2B are available. Contact disliked math would have loved this program 062273 4 .1 062281 8 .1 us for availability.] because of its highly-visual format and contextual 062274 4 .2 001033 8 .2 Grade 3 chapters are: 3A – Shapes, Skip- presentation of concepts. Counting, Perimeter and Area; 3B – Beast Academy has its own support website JUMP at Home Worksheets (1-8) Multiplication, Perfect Squares, Distributive (www.beastacademy.com) which contains free You might call these worksheet books “kissing Property; 3C – Variables, Division, Measurement; pre-assessments (with solutions), selected print- cousins” to the JUMP Math program. Employing 3D – Fractions, Estimation, Area. Grade 4 topics able practice pages, coloring pages, and errata. the same mastery and incremental methodology, are: 4A - Shapes, Multiplication, Exponents; When your little beast is finished with grade 5, emphasizing continuous assessment, these work- 4B - Counting, Division, Logic; 4C - Factors, he or she can move on to AOPS (or any other sheets are designed to be used at home (as the Fractions and Integers; 4D - Fractions, Decimals demanding) middle-school math program. Grade name implies) in a tutoring situation. In fact, there and Probability. These chapters are further divid- Packages include all four Guides and all four is even some introductory information providing ed into sections (subtopics). For example, Practice Books for each grade level. help for tutors. Also, rather than being depen- Chapter 1 of Grade 3A: Shapes contains sections EACH GUIDE ...... 15 .00 dent on online teaching resources, these books labeled: Angles, Triangles, Quadrilaterals, and EACH PRACTICE BOOK . . . . 12 .00 are stand-alones providing clear explanations of Polyominoes. 5A practices 3D solids, integers, Guide Practice Book math concepts for both students and tutors. Some expressions and equations. 5B covers statistics, 069161 ☼2A 069162 of the JUMP Math extra resources – mental math factors & multiples and fractions. 5C will teach 016943 ☼2B 016945 and games – are provided in hard copy in these sequences, ratios & rates and decimals. 5D 043675 ☼2C 043677 workbooks as well. Answer keys are available includes square roots and exponents. 000517 3A 000521 for grades 3-8, but only on the Canadian “side” Activity sheets, asides, notes, extensions, and 000530 3B 000531 of the Jump Math website. You will have to set games are often interspersed between the sec- 000534 3C 000540 up an account to access the answer keys. [www. tions. Helpful, red rectangles at the end of some 012975 3D 012979 jumpmath.org>Canada>Publications>Answer pages tell you when to break and do practice BSTAC3 Grade 3 Package . . . 108.00 106 .00 Keys>Answer Key for AP Book __ (scroll down problems. Stop signs also appear in the cor- 011777 4A 011779 to Jump at Home Answer Key).] ners of some panels. These contain questions 056567 4B 056568 It should be noted that these sets of worksheets for the student to answer before continuing to 012575 4C 012580 do NOT include all the content of the JUMP read. Guides are non-consumable. All written 061272 4D 061273 Math program. There are significant strands that work is done in the corresponding Practice book BSTAC4 Grade 4 Package . . . 108.00 106 .00 are missing altogether (geometry, statistics and which contains 300-400 practice problems and 001460 5A 001461 advanced probability). Although there is specific puzzles that reinforce the Guides’ instruction. 066171 5B 066172 topical content from the JUMP Math program Practice chapters each begin with a recommend- 023472 5C 023477 repeated in the worksheets, the scope and ed sequence (like a lesson plan) correlating the 048702 5D 048742 sequence of the two programs are not identical. reading (Guide) to practice pages. Problem sets BSTAC5 Grade 5 Package . . . 108.00 106 .00 Comparing the tables of contents on our website generally begin with a recap of the concepts from each series will give you an idea of the covered and a model problem with solution. differences. Roughly, it appears that the JUMP Some problems have a pencil icon next to them at Home worksheets trail behind the JUMP Math signaling the student to write an explanation in levels. You might think of JUMP at Home work- addition to their answer. “Very challenging” sheets as providing review of last year’s content problems are starred. Doubly-starred problems and preparing the student for the next level. For are, well, beastly. For students requiring a little instance, JUMP at Home 7 would review JUMP help with these, each has a hint to get them start- Math 5 & 6, really only covering content through ed. These are found in a separate section in the JUMP Math Book 6.1. 175 – 200 pgs, pb. ~ back of the book so students won’t be tempted to Janice use them unless necessary. Complete solutions EACH BOOK ...... 17.95 12 .95 to all problems in the book are also included. 062558 Grade 1 062562 Grade 5 All pages in the Practice book are perforated, so 062559 Grade 2 062563 Grade 6 you can optionally tear out either problem sets or 062560 Grade 3 062564 Grade 7 solution keys if you desire. 062561 Grade 4 062565 Grade 8 So how does this program compare to other See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 477 able worktext and grades 6-8 is a hardcover text. palm-sized (5”x7”x1.5”) hardback books demand Student books include the lessons and consist of your respect from the beginning – they’re a explanations and examples, practice of the new glimpse of life in the past lane. First of all, concept, “bell boxes” which include important explanations are kept as simple as possible information about the concept, review exercises requiring the student to take only one step at a of previously learned concepts, “Check It Out” time. Then, mastery is achieved through prac- which is used to create more interest and further tice exercises (lots of them). Finally, application thinking, and an occasional dictation or oral problems relate to real life – or at least real life exercise at the younger levels. Timed drills are in the 1930s. One of the unique aspects of the marked with an hourglass symbol found next to series is the role of tests – and there are several the page number. different types of tests. Improvement Tests pro- The Teacher Manual at every grade level vide review; the test topics are previously studied includes a unit overview, teacher tips, oral material not included in the most recent instruc- review, lesson preparation (very minimal), and tion. In other words, if instruction has been corresponding student pages for every lesson. on multiplication, the Improvement Test will Study Time Arithmetic (3-8) Small format student pages with answers are cover addition and subtraction. Problem Tests For the families that use Conventional Arithmetic included for all student worktext or textbook are word problems. These tests are arranged with Spunky the Donkey, this is the recommend- pages, timed drills, reviews, and tests. in groups known as Groups A, B, and C, each ed next step. Study Time Arithmetic is printed in A separate test packet for each grade level consisting of three tests (i.e. A1, A2, A3, etc.). black & white and takes a no-nonsense, straight- includes 6 unit tests and timed drills that are The problems on Test A1 cover the same range forward approach to math, using real-world numbered for the specific lessons with which to of difficulty as those found on Tests A2 and A3. themes from a simpler lifestyle and application. use them. The answers for these are found in the By test A3 the student should have all problems The content of the curriculum is solid and teacher manual. right on the test. Perhaps the most valuable type moves at a brisk pace. The lesson sequence is Flashcards are available for grades 3 and 4 and of test in the series is the Diagnostic Tests. These similar to the Saxon methodology in which each are specific to the lessons at those levels. There tests provide several rows of problems, each of a lesson presents a different topic and builds on are over 700 cards at each level and are refer- similar sort, with the instructions that if a student previous lessons. Review is ongoing and found enced in the teacher manual. If you choose not misses an exercise in any row, they need more in daily lessons, weekly practice pages, weekly to use them, you will need to make your own or practice and should return to the listed Help check-ups, and unit reviews – students don’t run adapt the lessons for use without them. Pages. These tests are an ingenious method for the risk of forgetting previously learned concepts. Overall, this is a very nice program to round keeping track of a student’s proficiencies and for Along with math concepts that you would typi- out your elementary/junior high math education providing extra help if needed. All instruction, cally expect from your curriculum, students are incorporating practical math skills and applica- exercises, problems, and tests are provided introduced to math application skills like check- tion. Components of the program are available sequentially as a student works their way through ing and savings, finding original prices and dis- separately or in a complete kit, which includes a book. All answers are in the back of the book. counts, record keeping, taxes, and more. When the student worktext or textbook, tests & drills, Each 500 page book includes two years of learning about money, the curriculum includes and teacher manual (flashcards are not included instruction. Book 1 covers addition, subtraction both U.S. and Canadian coins. This curriculum in the sets). ~ Donna multiplication, division, and introduces geome- does a nice job of including word problems to EACH WORKBOOK ...... 12 .95 try, fractions, and measurement. Book 2 reviews develop math thinking skills, but when compared EACH TEXTBOOK ...... 19 .25 basic operations and covers fractions, decimals to the scope and sequence of other math pro- EACH TEACHER (exc below) . . 27 .95 and basic operations with each; measurement; grams, some topics seem delayed. For example, 004345 Grade 3 Teacher* . . . 15 .50 consumer and personal applications; percentage; cubic measure and exponents are introduced at EACH TESTS/DRILLS (exc below) 1 .75 and graphs. Book 3 covers banking interest, the 7th grade level, and mean/median/mode and 004448 Grade 8* ...... 2 .40 geometry, installment buying, stocks, bonds, metric/English conversion are introduced in 8th EACH FLASHCARD SET . . . . 36 .95 investments, ratio and proportion, square roots, grade. If you’re wondering where to go for high 004340 Grade 3 070834 ☼Grade 5 writing and solving equations. school math after completing this program, one 004342 Grade 4 Originally designed to be very practical in source suggests Videotext Interactive for Algebra terms of application, now from the vantage point and Geometry, which means that students are Wkbk Text Tchr Test/Drill of 75+ years, the word problems reflect both prepared by Study Time Arithmetic to enter a Gr . 3 004491 N/A 004345* 004391 timeless content (i.e. proportions of the U.S. pre-algebra course. Gr . 4 004496 N/A 004354 004398 flag) and amusingly quaint historical perspective There are 6 units at every grade level, and every Gr . 5 004501 N/A 004367 004422 - “wonderful machine is more than human” (i.e. unit is divided into lessons. Each unit should take Gr . 6 N/A 004454 004368 004445 an electric calculating machine). Of course, any 6 weeks to complete and is theme-based – farm, Gr . 7 N/A 004470 004375 004447 problems involving monetary costs are poignant- stars, blacksmith shop, etc. Poems are found Gr . 8 N/A 004481 004385 004448* ly archaic. throughout the student book that correspond Since we’re on the subject of money I should to the theme and can be used as copywork or COMPLETE SETS (minus cards): mention that for the amazing sum of significantly memorization (an added bonus). The consistency STASG3 Grade 3 ...... 28 .25 less than $10 per year, this series represents a of the lesson presentation makes it easy for the STASG4 Grade 4 ...... 40 .50 very economical math education. You’ll have to parent and the student to know what is expected STASG5 Grade 5 ...... 40 .50 be prepared to do without the amenities of work- of them. Every lesson is 2 pages in length, and STASG6 Grade 6 ...... 46 .95 books, worksheets, color, manipulatives, script- the student is to read the lesson, attempt to do the STASG7 Grade 7 ...... 46 .95 ed lessons, etc., but the books are surprisingly exercises in the lesson, then discuss the lesson STASG8 Grade 8 ...... 47 .50 user-friendly and engaging. You certainly won’t and ask any questions that might need answers be sacrificing strength of instruction or content. from the parent or just go over the high points ~~~~~~~~ I would probably start the series earlier than 3rd of the lesson if the student seems to have an grade. A student completing the series should understanding of the topic. Students complete 4 Strayer-Upton Practical Arithmetics (3-8) be ready for algebra, but since it means changing lessons per week (except at the end of the unit) Customer requests always get our attention into another scope and sequence, it might be with an additional practice page in the middle of because some of our favorite products have more comfortable to go into a pre-algebra and the week and a “weekly check-up” at the end of surfaced that way. It’s easy to see why Practical cover it quickly. ~ Janice the week. The last week of every unit includes Arithmetics would appeal to those wanting to EACH COURSE ...... 15.95 14 .95 only 2 or 3 lessons, a 2-page unit review, and keep their schooling experience basic, practical, 022834 Book 1 (3-4) a unit test. and inexpensive, yet challenging. Originally 022835 Book 2 (5-6) The student portion in grades 3-5 is a consum- published in 1934 and reprinted in 2007, these 022836 Book 3 (7-8) 478 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. COMPREHENSIVE PROGRAMS - SECONDARY 10.2-10.4 and internet access for the codes and websites which homeschoolers do not currently These programs offer all needed teaching and links. The All-in-One Student Workbook offers have access to, there is another website, www. student books and (sometimes optional) materi- consumable formatted pages for daily note tak- interactMath.com which is available to homes- als for teaching grade-level math for Pre-Algebra ing, guided problem solving, additional practice, choolers and provides students with step-by-step and above. vocabulary checks and reviews for use with spe- tutorials for problems similar to their homework cial needs students. The pages offer room to work problems. Each problem regenerates to a new PRENTICE HALL MATH problems, less clutter, and more white space. problem, so students have unlimited homework This series allows for some flexibility in the help. Prentice Hall Middle School Math (6-9) course sequence. Students can choose to do The Student Text includes lessons directed to If Saxon isn’t your cup of tea, but you need a Course 1 and Course 2, and then they have the the student with examples and exercises. Lessons very good secular math program – Prentice Hall option of doing Course 3 or Algebra Readiness. begin with a quick “Solve it” puzzle that incor- can fill that void. This series is written to meet This series offers a strong alternative for those porates review and new topic, followed by key standards and prepare students for standardized who want classroom equivalent courses and concepts, and explanations of new concepts. testing. The books are colorful and easy to use content that meets standards. More time is spent Step-by-step practice problems and lesson checks while the teacher resources give you everything on the concept at the time of presentation, but follow prior to the practice and problem solving you need to teach the course and a lot of extras. review keeps the material fresh. Overall, this exercise. Lessons also incorporate standardized Each course bundle includes a Student Text, series is strong enough to prepare students for test prep questions for ACT/SAT tests and mixed All-in-One Student Workbook, and Teacher high school math with the flexibility in the cours- review. Vocabulary is included, although the Center CD-ROM. The Student Text not only es you take. ~ Donna audio vocabulary review is part of the unavail- gives you comprehensive colorful lessons, but EACH BUNDLE ...... 117.47 107 .95 able online component. The student book also a plethora of resource information. The front 053012 Course 1 (6) references the Math XL websites, which are not of the book includes web codes (for use at the 053014 Course 2 (7) available in a homeschool setting. Both student publisher’s website) for easy access to vocab- 053016 Course 3 (8) text and Teacher Edition include a skills hand- ulary quizzes, chapter tests, chapter projects, 053018 Algebra Readiness book, visual glossary (English and Spanish), and how to access them; how to use the book; Reference pages, selected answers and index. diagnostic test; and a problem-solving hand- The Practice and Problem Solving Workbook book that teaches students how to work through offers adapted lessons that correlate to the student problems – understand, plan, carryout, and book. Adapted lessons offer more step by step check. Resources are continued in the back of problem solving support to analyze the exercises the book with chapter projects, extra practice, and adapted test prep. (They do not include the skills handbook with exercises, reference tables note taking pages or vocabulary review as refer- for measurement, math symbols, formulas & enced in the old edition’s workbook) There is properties, an English/Spanish glossary, select room to solve problems but not excessive or plen- answers to exercises (mostly odd problems), and tiful. The Practice and Problem Solving Workbook “Instant Check System” answers. Each chapter Teacher Guide contains reduced student pages in the student text begins with a short review of with answers. No solutions and no additional previous concepts and an introduction as to what teaching notes are included. will be covered in the present chapter. Chapters You’ll find all of the textbook answers and solu- are broken down into lessons which include tions in the Answers and Solutions CD-ROM. a list of skills needed for fulfilling the chapter Prentice Hall High School Math (8-12) System requirements for CD-ROM: Windows content, concept presentation with examples, Saxon is a great program but not a good fit for 2000/XP/7; CD-ROM Drive; 750 MB Hard Drive highlighted vocabulary, ‘Quick Check’ practice, everyone. If that describes you, then take a look at Space; 256 MB RAM. Macintosh: MAC OS ‘Check Your Understanding,’ homework exercis- this quality math series. The concept presentation 10.2/10.3/10.4; CD-ROM Drive, 750 MB Hard es, notes for where you can go for help, guided is meaty, it is aligned to standards, and comes Drive Space; 256 MB RAM. problem solving, web codes for homework video from a secular publisher if you need or prefer The Teaching Resource DVD includes printable tutors (short lessons on key concepts), test prep that. Now 2011 editions, Homeschool Bundles (and some editable) worksheets, assessments, & mixed review, and activity labs. Sometimes include a student text, teacher’s edition, Practice answers, homework video tutorials, and ELL there will be test prep tips, vocabulary builders, and Problem Solving Workbook, Practice and Support. Computer Requirements: Windows 98/ or “Math at Work” which highlights math in Problem Solving Workbook Teacher’s Guide, ME/2000/XP, DVD drive, 100MB disc space, careers. At the end of each chapter you might Teaching Resources DVD, and Answers and 32 MB RAM. MAC: OSX 10.2/10.3/10.4, DVD find test-taking strategies, chapter review, chap- Solutions CD-ROM. drive, 100 MB disc space, 32MB RAM (64MB ter test, and a test prep which will be either read- The two-volume Teacher Edition is what you recommended). ing comprehension with math reading and word might expect in a classroom edition. It includes The content of this series ranks right up there problems or a cumulative review. The Teacher a sequence chart, pacing chart, entry level with the Bob Jones and Saxon courses and covers Center CD-ROM includes an extreme amount of assessments, pacing and assessment guide, small the same topics in a very comprehensive way. If information and resources and includes 4 discs format student pages with answers, and teach- you are looking for a course that will teach the for installation and program elements along with ing notes (interactive learning, guided instruc- same content with the same format as courses guides for installation and use. The resource disc tion and lesson check). Most lessons include for the classroom, this series is solid with a good includes test forms, answer keys, answer grids, three options for remediation recommendations: amount of teacher support, although you may progress charts, practice tests for ITBS, NAEP, online at Math XL or PowerGeometry.com (these feel that you are missing out on some of the and SAT10, project pages, note taking pages, are not available to homeschoolers), reteaching online support that is available in school systems. activity pages in Spanish, transparencies, and the lessons from the All in One Teaching Resources The sequence for the Prentice Hall High School list goes on. One very helpful component in the DVD (included) and Practice Problems in the Math series is intertwined and interchange- teacher materials is a readiness test that lets you All in One Teaching Resources DVD (includ- able with some elements of the Middle School know if your student is prepared for algebra. The ed). Lesson Resource Charts direct teachers courses. Students using the Prentice Hall Middle Teacher Center CD-ROM is awesome and easy to to the Answers and Solutions CD-ROM or the School Math Courses can choose to do Course 1 use, but I do have one complaint. The pdf.files All in One Teaching Resource (included) as and Course 2, and then they have the option of for all of the printable pages and answer keys, well as the online support that is not available doing Course 3 or Algebra Readiness. After that, etc. don’t have the titles of them listed. They are to homeschoolers. The Lesson resources also students will then do Algebra 1, Geometry, and labeled with cryptic letters and numbers, so you offer differentiated remediation exercises and Algebra 2. ~ Donna will need to decipher the code to find the file you standardized test prep (found on the All in EACH BUNDLE ...... 132.97 111 .00 need. System Requirements for the Teacher CD One Teaching Resource). Although the Teacher 052330 Algebra I 052332 Algebra 2 are Windows 98, ME, 2000, XP or Mac OS X, Edition refers frequently to the Math XL and other 052334 Geometry See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 479 ART OF PROBLEM SOLVING (6-12) that all of the material from this series has been and learning techniques and strategies to win. covered before continuing on to the Intermediate The other MAJOR difference is the amazing, Art of Problem Solving Introduction (6-10) series. complete solution manual provided in the AOPS This is an outstanding math program for the Taken together, these constitute a complete cur- curriculum. After working in LOF Calculus with math-gifted student. It is rigorous and oriented riculum for outstanding math students in grades Stephen, I REALLY appreciate having more than to the independent problem-solver. The texts 6-10 and one that prepares them for competi- just an answer (honestly, it would be nice to not are based on the premise that students learn tions such as MATHCOUNTS and the American have to work through the problems myself when math best by solving problems – lots of prob- Mathematics Competitions. The material is chal- a question arises—call me lazy). lems – and preferably difficult problems that they lenging and in-depth; this is not a course for the Students beginning this series should have don’t already know how to solve. Most sections, mathematically faint of heart. If your child loves either completed the Introductory level or, if therefore, begin by presenting problems and let- math, is genuinely math-gifted, or is interested in coming from another curriculum, have complet- ting students intuit solutions BEFORE explaining participating in math competitions, you definitely ed Algebra I and Geometry at a minimum. Even ways to solve them. Even if they find ways to need to give this one serious consideration. then, they should take the diagnostic test for answer the problems, they should read the rest AOPS Introduction to Algebra and only tackle of the section to see if their answer is correct Pre-Algebra Intermediate Algebra if indicated. After complet- and if theirs is the best or most efficient way to 050262 Text ...... 49 .00 ing Intermediate Algebra, students can choose to solve that type of problem. Textual instruction, 050263 Solutions Manual . . . 12 .00 take either Intermediate Counting & Probability then, is given in the context of these problems, AOPPRE Set ...... 61.00 54 .00 or Precalculus next, or do both simultaneously. explaining how to best approach and solve Both should be completed before beginning them. Throughout the text there are also special, Introduction to Algebra Calculus. A brief description of courses appears blue-shaded boxes highlighting key concepts, 003999 Text ...... 53 .00 below; see our website Table of Contents pages important things to retain (like formulas), warn- 002304 Solutions Manual . . . 14 .00 for a more complete scope and sequence. ings for potential problem-solving pitfalls, side INTRAL Set ...... 67.00 59 .00 notes, and bogus solutions (these demonstrate Intermediate Algebra misapplications). There are exercises at the end Introduction to Counting & Probability Reviews topics covered in the Introductory of most sections to see if the student can apply 004624 Text ...... 38 .00 Algebra book. Covers advanced topics what’s been learned. Review problems at the 004623 Solutions Manual . . . 10 .00 found in Algebra 2 (and advanced ones end of each chapter test understanding for that INTRCP Set ...... 48.00 42 .00 outside the scope of a standard Algebra chapter. If a student has trouble with these, he 2 course) plus standard non-trigonometric should go back and re-read the chapter. Each Introduction to Number Theory Precalculus topics. chapter ends with a set of Challenge Problems 007602 Text ...... 42 .00 051935 Text ...... 59 .00 that go beyond the learned material. Successful 007601 Solutions Manual . . . 10 .00 051934 Solutions Manual . . . 12 .00 completion of these sets demonstrates a high INTNMT Set ...... 52.00 47 .00 AOPIAL Set ...... 71.00 64 .00 degree of mastery. A unique feature in this series is the hints section at the back of the book. These Introduction to Geometry Intermediate Counting & Probability are intended to give a little help to selected prob- 004640 Text ...... 51 .00 Continues discrete math topics begun in lems, usually the very difficult ones (marked with 004638 Solutions Manual . . . 14 .00 Introductory Counting & Probability includ- stars). In this way, students can get a little push INTGEO Set ...... 65.00 57 .00 ing topics of interest to future computer in the right direction, but still have to figure out scientists. the solution for themselves. The solution man- 051938 Text ...... 42 .00 uals do contain complete solutions and expla- 051937 Solutions Manual . . . 12 .00 nations to all the exercises, review problems AOPICP Set ...... 54.00 47 .00 and challenge problems. It is best for students not to access these until they have made several Precalculus attempts to solve the problems first. I particularly Covers complex numbers, vectors, matrices, like one of the motivating boxes in the text that and trigonometry at a deeper level than a coaches, “If at first you don’t know how to solve typical high school course. a problem, don’t just stare at it. Experiment!”. 051941 Text ...... 47 .00 That pretty much sums up the philosophy of the Art of Problem Solving Intermediate (9-12) 051940 Solutions Manual . . . 12 .00 course, encouraging children to take chances, The intermediate series picks up where the PRECLC Set ...... 59.00 53 .00 become aggressive problem solvers, and attack introductory series leaves off. Please read that problems with confidence. I wonder how far description (immediately preceding this one) as Calculus some children would go if they were encouraged it applies to this series as well. Note that all More intense than a normal high school or this way instead of being spoon fed? AOPS books are intended for high-performing first-year college course, this is a full course Though this course is used in classroom set- (motivated) math students. These are rigorous in single-variable calculus. tings, the texts are student-directed, making them texts that require a high level of commitment 051932 Text ...... 44 .00 perfect for the independent learner or homes- from students, but the benefits are worth the extra 051931 Solutions Manual . . . 10 .00 chooler. Students should start the introductory effort. For comparison, this curriculum is more AOPCLC Set ...... 54.00 49 .00 sequence with the Prealgebra book. Afterwards, advanced than Saxon and rather like Life of Fred ~~~~~~~ begin the Introduction to Algebra. Students will on steroids. It is like LOF in that often, teaching be prepared for both the Introduction to Counting takes place through problem solving, even in the Basic Math Skills (Paradigm Accelerated) (7) and Probability and Introduction to Number solutions to the problems. These books are huge Paradigm Accelerated Math Curriculum is for Theory courses after completing the first 11 chap- compared to the LOF volumes which are, even the junior high level and is intended to cover ters of Algebra. It won’t matter whether they do then, largely devoted to the story of Fred’s life. math skills that will prepare students for algebra these along with Algebra, put aside Algebra and Math in LOF is taught in that context; we under- 1 and standardized testing. There are 6 chapters complete the other two or finish Algebra first and stand that Fred needs to calculate the derivative in each level, which means 6 softcover textbooks then do them. All of them should be completed of a stock market equation in order to invest his and 6 softcover activity books for each level. prior to the Introduction to Geometry book. If penny while the slope is increasing AND why The textbooks are non-consumable and present you are coming into this course from another discovering that vertical asymptote resulted in the lesson information, while the activity books curriculum, you will probably want to take the his becoming a millionaire. Here, the heart (non-reproducible) are the place for students to Algebra diagnostic test to decide where to enter of the course is the problem-solving. Virtually practice the concepts presented in the textbooks. this program. Even if your student has finished all of the text is devoted to this. Students are Each text is divided into three sections, and each Algebra 2 elsewhere, you will want to make sure preparing for problem-solving competitions here section into 5 lessons, for a total of 90 lessons. 480 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. The Teacher Resource Kit (TRK) includes answer tion, divided into chapters, then into lessons. keys for the activity books, quizzes, chapter tests Important notes about the curriculum and its and their answer keys, and some special forms – use are found in the front of the book. Students transcript planner, academic contract, goal charts, will read the lesson in the Student Book and and more. You will also receive with the TRK a complete the activity page found in the Teacher free digital download of the same content found Guide (more about that in a bit). That’s how in the printed TRK. Parents can then copy or print easy it is to use this curriculum. Don’t confuse the quizzes and tests (or any other forms from the easy-to-use with over-simplified content. After TRK). The printed TRK is 3-hole punched for your comparing the content of this course with that of convenience. Bob Jones, Saxon, Alpha Omega etc., Principles If you are unsure where to begin with this cur- of Mathematics stays with the pack. It covers all riculum, you can go to pacworks.com and take pertinent topics for algebra preparation. While the Basic Math Skills diagnostic test. This will there is quite a bit of reading, the language is help determine if a student should begin with fairly easy to read and comprehend (conversa- Basic or Intermediate Math Skills. tional). The text is black and white with examples The Full Course Kit contains 6 text books, 6 and illustrations, so may not appeal to your more activity books, printed Teacher Resource Kit, and visual learner. Calculator instruction is included, the code for a free Teacher Resource Kit digital beginning with lesson 4.5, but parent/teacher can download. Covers identity property, commu- discern the amount of calculator use allowed. nicative property, single and multiple digits, Lessons that have recommended calculator use MEMORIA PRESS RECOMMENDED COURSES place value, carrying, borrowing, multiplication, are marked with a calculator symbol. division, remainders, length, volume, whole The Teacher Guide is a very important part of College of the Redwoods Pre-Algebra (7-10) numbers, counting , sets, greater and less than, this program. You will find a course schedule, An interesting – and potentially very econom- patterns, number line, fractions, decimals, con- worksheets for each lesson, answer keys (a mix ical – option for pre-algebra! College of the versions, money, addition, subtraction, rounding of answers and solutions), quizzes, and tests. Redwoods Pre-algebra Textbook is an easy to use and estimation, ratios, percent, simple inter- Also included in the worksheets are math prob- course that is well laid out and offers a logical est, word problems, graphs, negative numbers, lems from historical text books, such as Applied sequence of arithmetic skills necessary for alge- grouping, operational symbols, associative and Mathematics for Junior High Schools and High bra. The text covers whole numbers, integers, distributive properties, exponents, square power, Schools and Secondary Arithmetic: Commercial fundamentals of algebra, fractions, decimals, square roots, cubes, English weight, fractional and Industrial for High, Industrial, Commercial, ratio and proportion, percent and graphing. measure, interest, shapes, Pythagoras, com- Normal Schools, and Academics and Practical Topics are covered repeatedly to ensure that the plements and supplements, transverse angles, Algebra: First Year Course. These problems help student remembers how to apply concepts within solids, surface area, volumes, equations of one students understand the role of math throughout equations using different types of numbers: equa- unknown, lengths and combining, fractional history, but they are also good thinking math tions with whole numbers, equations with frac- metrics, English to Metric system, prime, mean, problems. There are two versions of the schedule tions, equations with decimals. The black and mode, median, range, scientific notation, tem- – two-year and one-year. The two-year schedule white text is almost 600 pages with a softcover perature conversions, calculation with a scientific is basically one lesson per day using both books and the price is very affordable. Every chapter is calculator (TI83), weight conversions, unknowns. to equal two years of junior high math. If you chock full of examples for the presenting con- 059888 Full Course Kit . . . 111.35 99 .75 have a student who is really motivated and wants cept. For each example a You Try It section offers 059889 Teacher’s Res Kit . . . 18.95 18 .20 to finish both books in one year, there is a sched- the student one practice problem; the answer is ule for that. In this option, students complete on the same page for these problems. A longer Principles of Mathematics (7-8) about 2 to 3 lessons per day – depending on the practice exercise is found at the end of each We don’t often think of math in terms of being length. The Student Workbook is consumable section with answers immediately following. This presented with a Christian worldview, but Master (not reproducible); pages are perforated with longer exercise may have 30 or more problems Books and author Katherine A. Loop have done plenty of space for students to show their work in it, but they are divided into smaller sections so just that. Using a Biblical lens, this comprehen- and answer questions. you could do them as shorter assignments. sive, two-year, junior high math course will cover The Principles of Mathematics Sets include the The Solutions Manual offers step-by-step solu- the basics of arithmetic and pre-algebra and thor- student text and the teacher guide. tions for every other problem (all odd-numbered oughly prepare your student for algebra. Supplies suggested for this course are the problems) found in the textbook. These are solu- This curriculum is intended to be used for two student textbook and workbook, binder with tions for the exercises at the end of each section, years for 7th and 8th grades, although advanced notebook paper, abacus, blank index cards, cal- not for the You Try It problems. 6th graders could also complete it. It is designed culator, graph paper, compass, measuring tape This text is also available as a free, online PDF to be used before the student starts Algebra (in with Metric and US measure, ruler with Metric version (search for College of the Redwoods Pre- the curriculum of your choice). This curriculum and US measure, and a protractor. Algebra). The PDF document includes both the would also work well for high schoolers who There is no separation of math and God: this text and the solution manual. Students can read need a review of basic concepts and beginning text strives to teach students math and its con- from the document and then either print work- algebra. The table of contents’ topical format nection to God and the Bible. The first 3 sections sheets or copy problems. When you look at the allows you to use this text as a reference or extra of chapter one are full of information to debunk number of pages found in the PDF documents, practice for someone who might be struggling. misconceptions about math; explain math from a you may not want to print them out – that is why There are two books for each level of the Biblical foundation; and expose the spiritual bat- there are also printed books available. program – a student text and a teacher guide. tle in math: all to lay a solid foundation for study- Memoria Press provides support material. The The teacher guide also holds all of the student ing math with a Biblical Worldview. I have read Lesson Plans are day-by-day, weekly checklists worksheets. Book 1 reviews basic arithmetic and a lot of articles and books on the relationship of of material from the text to cover. Quizzes and teaches problem-solving skills and mental math math and God, but have never seen an actual Tests provides two to four quizzes and a test for through a Biblical lens. Book 2 is considered the curriculum that incorporates the two. ~ Donna each chapter, plus a semester cumulative test and pre-algebra portion of the program, so students 065937 Book 1 Student . . . 39.99 28 .95 a final exam. The Quizzes and Tests Answer Key need to be competent in basic functions of frac- 065938 Book 1 Tchr Gd/Wkbk 39.99 28 .95 provides the quizzes and tests forms with answers tions, decimals, percent, and basic geometry. 022788 Principles of Mathematics supplied. ~ Janice/Donna Book 2 assumes the knowledge of content pre- Book 1 Set . . . . . 79.98 57 .95 060248 Textbook ...... 28 .95 sented in Book 1; so if you aren’t sure where to 065939 Book 2 Student . . . 39.99 28 .95 062034 Solutions Manual . . . 28 .95 begin, have your student take the placement tests 065940 Book 2 Tchr Gd/Wkbk 39.99 28 .95 056846 Lesson Plans . . . . . 6.00 5 50. available on our website. 023059 Principles of Mathematics 056847 Quizzes & Tests . . . 9.95. 8 69. The Student Book (textbook) is the instruc- Book 2 Set . . . . . 79.98 57 .95 008490 Answer Key ...... 5.00 4 50. See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 481 Prentice Hall Algebra Classics (9-12) tional resources. This comprehensive course A FRESH APPROACH (8-12) “Classic” seems like a good description for this has 14 chapters – Points/Lines/Planes/Angles, series that will remind you of your high school Deductive Reasoning, Parallel Lines and Planes, Algebra: A Fresh Approach (8-10) days (hopefully, in a good way). The series authors Congruent Triangles, Quadrilaterals, Inequalities If you are looking for a different approach to (Smith, Charles, Dossey, and Bittenger) have in Geometry, Similar Polygons, Right Triangles, Algebra with: provided coverage that is comprehensive and tra- Circles, Constructions and Loci, Areas of Plane ¾¾ Logically organized introduction of concepts ditional, as is the progression of topics. Instruction Figures, Areas and Volumes of Solids, Coordinate ¾¾ Simple, clear explanations is clear with worked step-by-step examples and Geometry, and Transformations. The course ¾¾ Student-directed instruction opportunities for the student to try. emphasizes logic and offers a good amount ¾¾ Non-intimidating text Chapters focus on specific topics and start with of worked-out examples, hands-on activities, ¾¾ Work space in the text (or to photocopy an overview of the skills and concepts you will real-world applications, exercises, chapter and and work) need for the chapter as well as what you will mixed reviews, and a technology strand that ¾¾ Thorough coverage of algebraic concepts learn. Lessons (6-12 per chapter) include a bit includes calculator and computer applications without “extras” thrown in of math history, instruction, worked examples for geometry. ¾¾ A discovery approach to learning and exercises that include practice, test prep Each chapter in the Student Edition begins Then these texts may be just what you’re looking applications, critical thinking, mental math and with objectives, an explanation of the concept for. The author has made clear choices to keep challenge sections. Mixed review is included being covered, examples, classroom exercis- the course simple, understandable, self-directed, with each lesson, and real-life application tidbits es and written exercises. Self-tests are found and easy to succeed at. Even the font sends a are scattered throughout. mid-chapter, and algebra and mixed reviews “you can do it” message. It’s large, bold, crisp Chapter reviews go lesson-by-lesson and culmi- prepare you for the next lesson. A chapter review and clear with plenty of white space on each nate with a chapter assessment. There are peri- and chapter test are found at the end of each page. There are no side notes or rabbit trails odic cumulative reviews. A “selected” answer chapter; these are different from those found in here; everything is direct, on task, and pertinent key (not solutions) in the back provides answers the Teacher Edition and are not reproducible. to mastering Algebra. The result of this is a less for odd-numbered problems in the exercises and The chapter reviews have reference numbers for overwhelming feel to the text. This approach mixed reviews as well as all answers for chapter each section, for the lesson in which that concept would work well both for the student who is an wrap-ups and cumulative reviews but no answers was presented. Even numbered chapters are fol- independent learner and the student who doesn’t for the assessments. There are sidebar references lowed by a section titled, “Preparing for College particularly enjoy math (the “let’s just get it done” to worked-out examples available at the Prentice Entrance Exams,” which is a multiple-choice test type). Some children don’t really care for the hall website. The help is there, it’s easy to use with questions like those found in some college (exciting to me!) explanations and nuances of and, while not elaborate, is helpful. entrance exams. Answers are provided for all mathematics. They just need to learn it to get to Memoria Press has chosen the Algebra 1 and mixed reviews, self-tests, “Preparing for College college or go on to what they’re really interested Algebra 2 texts for their 9th and 10th grade Entrance Exams,” odd-numbered problems for in. They need it like a tool to use; not like a packages respectively. They have created some written exercises, chapter reviews, and cumu- painting to be studied and enjoyed. These are the supplemental material: a set of quizzes (1-2 per lative reviews. Additional reference material is children that will appreciate what Christy Walters chapter) and chapter tests, a test answer key and included at the end. 740 pg, hc. (author) has done in this curricula. Her no-non- suggested lesson plans. 925 pgs. hb ~ Janice The Teacher Edition includes an explanation sense, straightforward explanations and examples of course content and it mentions some optional will help both types of student focus on under- Algebra 1 support materials that may or may not be avail- standing how Algebra works and overcoming any 13 Chapters: introduction, integers/rational num- able from the publisher (the Houghton Mifflin reservations they may have about their ability to bers, equations, inequalities, exponents/polyno- components sold by Rainbow are those necessary conquer the subject. mials, polynomials/factoring, graphs/linear equa- to do the course); organization of the text, and I appreciate that she has also incorporated tions, systems of equations, inequalities/absolute how to use the Teacher Edition. Diagnostic Test, self-discovery here; when a student makes their values, rational expressions/equations, radical Chapter Tests, and Cumulative Reviews are also own connections, they understand and retain expressions/equations, relations/functions, and included in the Teacher Edition and are repro- them. For example, she doesn’t introduce the quadratic equations. ducible for classroom or family use. You will difference between two squares factoring method 034818 Text ...... 87 .30 also find answer keys for the tests and reviews, as a different way of factoring. She purposely 062378 Quizzes & Tests . . .14.95 12 .95 scheduling suggestions for minimum, average, made the decision to allow students to discover 062379 Test Key ...... 16.95 14 .95 and maximum course content (broken down into this unique relationship for themselves. The way 034691 Lesson Plans . . . . . 9.00 7 .95 160 days), strategies for teaching, and lesson she introduces factoring gives them the under- commentary with teaching suggestions for each standing and confidence they need to just tackle Algebra 2 with Trigonometry lesson. Notes for the teacher are included in the this unique problem like any other factorization 18 Chapters: real numbers/algebra/problem margins of small-format student pages with print- problem. While there are techniques you can solving, equations/inequalities, relations/func- ed answers for all pages. 732 pgs, hc. apply, many students do better if they intuit tions/graphs, systems of equations/problem solv- The Solution Key offers worked problems those independently through trial and error. This ing, polynomials/polynomial equations, ratio- (where necessary) for all exercises, algebra is especially true of children who don’t do well nal expressions/equations, powers/roots/com- reviews, self-tests, challenge questions, chapter remembering a bunch of rules and techniques. plex numbers, quadratic equations, quadratic reviews, chapter tests, and examinations. Also They are forever “lost” applying random tech- functions/transformations, equations of second included are the solutions for additional sections niques to a problem in an effort to find the “right” degree, polynomial functions, exponential and found in the back of the student book and solu- one, but without a clear sense of which one to logarithmic functions, matrices/determinants, tions for the Handbook for Integrating Coordinate apply! If I sound like a parent of a math-indiffer- sequences/series/mathematical induction, count- and Transformational Geometry. 422 pgs, pb. ent child, well, let’s just say they’re not all “chips ing/probability, statistics/data analysis, trigono- I think the plus with this geometry curriculum is off the old block”! metric functions, and trigonometric identities/ the flexibility. The scheduling allows the course Mrs. Walters has, indeed, managed to keep it equations. to be used with average students and those who simple rather than mysterious, bewildering, and 066217 Text ...... 84.63 83 .95 need a challenge. The explanations are clear perplexing! It would be difficult for a child to 044876 Quizzes & Tests . . .14.95 12 .95 with plenty of examples and practice to cement be confused by the direct and understandable 044877 Test Key ...... 16.95 14 .95 the concepts. ~ Donna instruction. Moreover, she takes us through 046633 Solution Key . . . . . 68.00 48 .95 examples step by step and supplies many prac- ☼Jurgensen Geometry (10) 046637 Student Ed ...... 140.00 105 .00 tice problems that grow gradually more com- Memoria Press has uses this hearty geometry 046639 Teacher Ed ...... 235.33 176 .50 plex. She concentrates on one skill at a time course at the 10th grade level. College prep and ~~~~~~~ in progression from simple to complex. Her comparable content to Prentice Hall and Bob approach is stranded rather than spiral. Chapters Jones geometry courses with plenty of addi- are organized topically with a mixed review at 482 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. the end of each. You will not revisit mastered here; just a direct, front-on approach to learning JACOBS MATH concepts unless they are needed to solve more math. If you are not familiar with the Algebra complex problems later. If you allow your child courses, PLEASE READ THE DESCRIPTION Elementary Algebra (Jacobs) (9-10) to “use” the text, they can write in it; she has ABOVE, as all of the same applies here. If you Now published by Master Books, Harold left ample space to do so. Otherwise, you could have used the Algebra I course above, you will Jacobs’ Elementary Algebra is the same thor- photocopy the problem set pages and put them equally enjoy Geometry. ough algebra course it has always been. This in a notebook. There are also note pages at the In the Geometry book, I like that she begins course is the equivalent of Algebra 1 and cov- end of each chapter so the student can keep sum- with a mini logic course (much like Jacobs). ers the basic algebraic concepts from a review mary thoughts or points to remember together. Instead of waiting until introducing geometric of operations and functions through quadratic Answers to odd-numbered problems are in the theorems to have the student begin doing proofs, equations and number sequences. The chapters back of the text. Answers to all even problems she immediately introduces them in the context are Fundamental Operations, Functions and (showing all solution steps) are contained in the of what the student already knows (using algebra- Graphs, Integers, Rational Numbers, Equations solution guides. There is no separate teacher ic principles). In this way, proofs are not a “new” in One Variable, Equations in Two Variables, book or manual needed; the text contains all thing used to prove just geometry theorems, Simultaneous Equations, Exponents, Polynomials, needed instruction. There are also no separate but are familiar to the student as an extension Factoring, Fractions, Square Roots, Quadratic test books and keys. The Mixed Review prob- and organization of logical thought. Although Equations, Real Numbers, Fractional Equations, lems at the end of each chapter are to be used for non-Euclidean geometry is an interesting topic in Inequalities and Number Sentences – this is the testing the understanding of all material in that the Jacobs book, your math-reluctant student will same chapter sequence as found in the previous chapter. The author has left her email address in appreciate not having to deal with such abstract edition of this text. A midterm and final review the preface and welcomes all comments and/or concepts here. For a more complete idea of the are included in the text as well. suggestions. Algebra I was revised in 2016 and scope and sequence of this course (and other Master Books assures us that there have been features some reorganization of topics and some geometry courses, for comparison), please visit no changes in content – even the problems in new sections including statistics, probability, sci- our website to view the table of contents. the exercises have remained the same. If you are entific notation, graphing exponential equations, The thirteen chapters are broken into parts familiar with the older text, one thing you will rates of change, operations with sets and parent (lessons) with direct instruction followed by prob- miss is some of the cartoons; however, some graphs. lems. Again, I like the self-discovery incorporat- were kept in the text to add to the readability— The perfect component to round out this pro- ed into the exercises as well as the short-answer and a bit of humor never hurts. Although Master gram is a complete set of tests. There is one test questions, which require the student to put prin- Books is a Christian company, this text doesn’t provided per chapter, and the tests vary from 2 ciples into words. The last part of each chapter is proselytize – there is no Christian content. to 4 pages in length. Tests in this packet corre- a mixed review including material from previous Lessons in the Student Textbook begin with spond directly to chapter content, and beginning sections and chapters of the book. While the concepts, and Mr. Jacobs makes sure you under- with chapter six they include a section of review book is thick (730 pages before the answers to stand the ‘why’ before tackling the ‘how.’ The problems on each test. Tests are printed on 8 ½ odd-problems section), the larger typeset font is text’s thorough explanation bite-size amounts of x 11 inch paper with plenty of space for students easy on the eye and the less bulky text per page information make this a very popular program for to show their work. The tests are not 3-hole helps the instruction seem less intimidating and understandability. There are still four sets of exer- punched, so the first thing I would do is punch overwhelming. Since this book is intended for cises in each lesson – Set I reviews ideas from them and put them in a binder. use between Algebra I and Algebra II, there is previous lessons for that continual review; Set II This course is, indeed, a “fresh” approach. an Appendix devoted to a review of algebraic and Set III practice concepts taught in the lesson There is no “one size fits all” math curriculum, concepts. This is a great mini-refresher course (Set III exercises are found in the teacher guide so if your child is having trouble with other tradi- and I am glad to see it all in one place at the – more on this in a bit); Set IV can be optional tional approaches, you might want to try this one end of the book rather than parceled out in the or be used for extra credit – these offer challenge on. Unlike some other programs out there, this middle of the geometry course. I found the latter problems that go beyond the lesson. Answers to one is comprehensive in coverage, not “dumbed approach to be unnecessarily distracting in the Set II exercises can be found in the back of the down”. While the methods are fresh, the course Jacobs book. student book, which allows the student to self- is serious in scope and is college preparatory. If Another notable feature of this series is the abil- grade, if you would like. you compare course content to Saxon, you will ity to work directly in the book or photocopy the The Solutions Manual is just what the title notice that it does not include topics that are student problem pages rather than recopying the states – this book offers the solutions for all of normally taught in Geometry (or other branches problems and working on a separate sheet of paper. the exercises and chapter reviews. It does not of math - like box and whisker plots which are In the geometry course, this goes a step further in offer test solutions. normally taught in Statistics). Read on for more the inclusion of blank coordinate graphs on prob- The Teacher Guide offers a suggested daily les- details on the Geometry program! lems that require them. A companion DVD is also son schedule that allows you to finish the course 041936 Algebra I Text . . . . 64.95 59 .95 now included in the back of the book that includes in one academic year – 180 lessons. Worksheets 041937 Algebra I Solutions Guide extra help for chapters 2, 3, 12 and 13. The addi- for the Set III exercises are found in the teacher (to even # problems) 19.95 18 .95tional guidance on using a protractor, drawing 3-D guide. These are optional for those students who 045971 Algebra I Tests . . . . 14.95 14 .50 shapes and perimeter, area and volume will be an might need more practice. Tests for use at the A1AFAS Set of 3 above . . . . 99.85 88 .25 asset to most students. end of each chapter are also included. There 041938 Algebra II Text . . . . 64.95 59 .95 I really like this math series and would recom- are four different versions of each test that are 041949 Algebra II Solutions Guide mend it to any student, but particularly for chil- labeled A, B, C, and D. Problems are similar in (to even # problems) 19.95 18 .95dren who seem confused by other math courses each test and cover the concepts of that chapter. 047185 Algebra II Tests . . . . 14.95 14 .50 and for children who are working grade-levels There is some variation in the numbers used in A2AFAS Set of 3 above . . . . 99.85 88 .25 ahead. It is a good text for the easily-distracted the different tests. The question might say, “Use and math-phobic student as well – who needs to the property named to write another expression Geometry: A Fresh Approach (8-12) see things organized clearly and appreciates the equivalent to x(x+8) in test A. However, in test Another uncluttered, less-cluttered feel of the text. If your child has B, it says, “Use the property named to write fresh-looking math course had difficulty using other math programs, don’t another expression equivalent to x(x+3) or in Test from author Christy throw in the towel until you’ve tried “A Fresh C, x(x-6). Tests are one page, front and back, Walters. Again, I love Approach”. and the number of problems varies by chapter. that the book is addressed 047186 Geometry (hc) . . . . 64.95 59 .95 A midyear and final exam are also included (just to the student, has plen- 014513 Geometry Solutions Guide one version of each): 80 problems each and 4 ty of workspace for prob- (to even # problems) 19.95 18 .95pages in length. Answers to the tests are included lem-solving, and uses a 050517 Geometry Tests . . . . 14.95 14 .50 in the back of the teacher guide – not solutions, no-nonsense approach. GMAFAS Set of 3 above . . . . 99.85 88 .25 just answers. There is nothing “cute” ~~~~~~~ continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 483 Harold Jacobs’ math courses have a long-stand- prove properties of geometric figures. The DVDs glossary, answers to selected problems, indices, ing reputation for thorough explanations and it is correspond to chapters 1-15 of the text, and there and a skills handbook. The skills handbook is a nice to see them back on the market! ~ Donna are five discs in the set. Students using this DVD reference section for basic skills such as problem 010028 Student Textbook . . . 99.99 69 .95 set also have access to free homework help, via solving strategies, the four basic functions, frac- 010026 Teacher Guide . . . . 34.99 24 .95 e-mail, from Dr. Callahan. tions/decimals/percents, line and circle graphs, 010027 Solutions Manual . . . 34.99 24 .95 The Teacher Guide suggests that students will and spreadsheets. 022783 Curriculum Set . . . 169.97 121 .95 need a notebook and graph paper for use with The Solutions Manual contains all worked out 067714 3 Book / 6 Volume DVD the course, and the Dr. Callahan DVD (Disc 1, problems, step-by-step, for the exercise sets, oral Set ...... 265.96 182 .95 introduction) suggests that you will need a pro- practice sets, chapter reviews, chapter tests, and tractor, compass, straight edge, and calculator for the final review and examination that are found Elementary Algebra DVD Instruction (9-12) the course. Dr. Callahan’s suggestion is that, at in the student text. A Thumb Drive is also avail- With the same quality presentation, you have minimum, you should have a scientific calculator able for this course, see description after Algebra come to expect from Cassidy Callahan, from with SIN and COSIN, but if you are going on in 2 desc. AskDr.Callahan.com, DVDs have minor edits math, a graphing calculator (TI89) is preferred. 033416 Student Text ...... 63.30 62 .95 to align them with the new printing of Jacob’s For thorough preparation for the ACT, SAT, and 033404 Solutions Manual . . . 63.30 62 .95 Elementary Algebra from Master Books . Each future math courses, this geometry course has the set of DVDs provides approximately 12 hours of bases covered. ~ Donna Foerster Algebra 2 and Trigonometry (10-12) lesson lectures that parallel the respective texts. 041980 Text ...... 99.99 71 .95 It’s here – the recommended sequel to the Concepts are illustrated and problems (like those 038671 Teacher Guide . . . . 29.99 22 .50 Jacobs math series. Paul Foerster taught math in the text) are worked on a white or black board 041979 Solutions Manual . . . 34.99 24 .95 beginning in 1961 and puts his teaching exper- behind the lecturer. There is an occasional use 067717 Book Set ...... 164.97 117 .95 tise to work in this text which is designed as a of illustrative videos which provides a break from 038664 DVD Instruction . . . 95.99 69 .95 course in intermediate and advanced algebra the teaching environment. Solutions for assign- 067718 3 Book / 5 Volume DVD and trigonometry. After completing algebra 1 ment problems are not worked on the DVDs. Set ...... 260.96 179 .95 and geometry, this book is the next step before Content is compatible with any 3rd edition calculus. The presentation emphasizes the role Jacob’s Algebra. FOERSTER MATH of algebra and trigonometry as the foundation for 041977 ...... 95.99 69 .95 Paul Foerster is a name synonymous with calculus and should take a student 1 ½ to 2 years math. He has not only taught math, he has a for completion. Jacobs Geometry: Seeing, Doing, Understanding degree in chemical engineering and a Masters The text is divided into 15 chapters, beginning (9-12) in mathematics along with the honor of the with a brief review. Chapters 1-8 cover topics Now in third edition and being published by Presidential Award for Excellence in Mathematics that are considered intermediate algebra, 9-12 Master Books, this newest edition of Jacobs Teaching. He has written the successful Algebra are advanced algebra, and 13-15 cover trigo- Geometry: Seeing, Doing, and Understanding 2 and Trigonometry course that is to be used nometry. Chapters include functions & relations, preserves all the features that have made his text following Harold Jacobs Elementary Algebra linear functions, systems of linear equations so popular with educators in the past. Like pre- and Geometry: Seeing, Doing, Understanding. & inequalities, quadratic functions & complex vious editions, this text stresses logic and deduc- Paul Foerster has also written his own Algebra numbers, exponential & logarithmic functions, tive reasoning but does not take a “discovery” 1, which is the same great quality as his other rational algebraic functions, irrational algebra- approach. This is an excellent geometry course math courses. ic functions, quadratic relations & systems, with clear explanations of geometric concepts higher-degree functions & complex numbers, that include practice with proofs (informal and Algebra I (Foerster) (9-12) sequences & series, probability/data analysis/ paragraph). This text is a one year, high-school algebra functions of a random variable, trigonometric & The full color Student Text offers a thorough course that the author used in his own class- circular functions, properties of trigonometric & study of Euclidean geometry beginning with room. The first part of the book leads up to the circular functions, and triangle problems. an introduction to geometry then topics builds Quadratic Formula by mid-year; this is a break The appendices offer additional topics that are incrementally – nature of deductive reasoning, from a more traditional sequence. As a result, sometimes part of Advanced Algebra but don’t lines & angles, congruence, inequalities, paral- students are able to work more realistic word fit into the flow of the text. The topics are opera- lel lines, quadrilaterals, transformations, area, problems using decimals. The second part of tions with matrices, mathematical induction, and similarity, right triangle, circles, concurrence the book covers expressions with two variables, exploration of functions. Explanations, exercises, theorems, regular polygons and the circle, geo- harder factoring problems, algebraic fractions, and activities are provided for each topic and metric solids, and non-Euclidean Geometries. radical equations, and inequalities. This book is you can choose to present them as part of your Each chapter ends with review and a midterm in its third edition and now includes a chapter program. Helpful reference tables, a glossary, and final review. For every lesson, there are three on probability, scattered date, and linear func- and a skills handbook provide additional helps. sets of exercises – all three practice the concepts tions, which wasn’t included in the previous There are chapter reviews, cumulative reviews, presented, but the third set may offer a bit more edition. Chapters, in order, are: expressions and chapter tests, and a final exam found in the text. challenge. Each exercise assumes knowledge equations, operations with negative numbers, Note that these are different from those found in gained in previous lessons in order to construct distributing: axioms and other properties, harder the test booklet. An answer key is found at the proofs. An appendix containing a glossary, all equations, some operations with polynomials back of the book for odd-numbered problems in presented theorems, postulates, and formulas, and radicals, quadratic equations, expressions exercises and cumulative reviews, all problems and selected answers to exercises is most helpful. and equations containing two variables, linear in the chapter reviews, and select problems for A Teacher Guide includes a weekly lesson functions/scattered data/probability, properties appendices exercises, but not for chapter tests or schedule with space to record the due date and and exponents, more operations with polyno- the final exam. grade, chapter tests, mid-term and final exam, mials, rational algebraic expressions, radical Each chapter begins with a statement of the and test answer keys. The Teacher Guide also algebraic expressions, inequalities, functions, chapter’s content and is broken into lessons. includes reference pages that include a glossary, and advanced topics. Each chapter begins with Lessons include instruction, objectives, exam- formulas, and postulates & theorems as presented an introduction to the topic, a visual example, ples, and practice exercises. Throughout the by chapter. an objective for that section, and exercises. Some lessons the student will find blue boxes that The Solutions Manual is a big plus for this chapters include oral practice, but all examples contain definitions of important vocabulary and course! This book offers solutions (not just are shown in a step-by-step fashion for thorough terms. Problems titled “Do These Quickly” pro- answers) for all exercises in each chapter, as well understanding. The chapter wraps up with a vide opportunity for review of previous concepts, as chapter reviews and midterm and final review. chapter review and test, and a final review and and discovery exercises expose students to new DVD Instruction is a wonderful tutorial taught examination rounds out the text. The back of the concepts before they are presented as a lesson. by Dr. Dale Callahan. Using examples and illus- book includes reference materials such as a table Calculators and/or a computer are recommended trations, students will learn to write proofs and of square roots, table of trigonometric functions, for use at appropriate times. 484 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. The Solutions Manual offers answers to all prob- Although a mentoring approach to assessment solutions) for select problems are found at the lems found in the text (with the exception of the is encouraged, the Mr. Chandler does provide back along with a glossary and other reference simplest problems or problems that have more suggestions for material that can be used as self- materials, supplementary problems and reviews than one possible way to solve them as in linear tests or assessments. ~ Janice for basic skills. The Student Workbook offers equations with 3 variables), along with step-by- EACH THUMB DRIVE . . . . . 79 .00 one page of additional practice for each lesson. step solutions for most problems. A Thumb Drive 064431 Foerster’s Algebra 1 The Teacher Edition includes a planning guide, is also available for this course, see below. Text is Algebra I: Expressions, Equations, and lessons plans, small-format student text pages This thorough course does an excellent job of Applications by Paul Foerster (Prentice Hall with teacher notes in the surrounding margins, preparing students for calculus and college level Classics edition). The odd-numbered prob- overview and objectives with tips and ways to math. If you were to compare this course to lems have answers given at the back of the reinforce and extend the lesson, correlation to Saxon Advanced Math, the only thing not includ- book (use these for homework). Lessons are NCTM Standards, and answers to the workbook ed in this course is the interwoven geometry useful with older editions of the text. activities. Student workbook pages are shown in included in the Saxon course. ~ Donna 064430 Foerster’s Algebra 2 the bottom margin in the teacher edition, just 027247 Student Text ...... 63.30 62 .95 Text is Algebra and Trigonometry: Functions below the corresponding text pages so you know 001580 Solutions Manual . . . 67.30 66 .95 and Applications by Paul Foerster (Prentice when to assign them. Other answer keys (not Hall Classics edition). Mr. Chandler notes solutions) that are available in the teacher edition Math Without Borders Home Study Companions that trigonometry is rarely taught as a sepa- are those for odd numbered problems in the text (8-12) rate course anymore but rather paired with and a few select even numbered problems, sup- Pair a well-loved high school math series either Algebra 2 or Precalculus. Paul Foerster plementary problems, tests, and activities found (Foerster’s) with video instruction and you have includes it in both courses. Math Without on the Teacher Resource Library CD-ROM. a winning combination. Math Without Borders Borders strongly suggests that taking both Suggestions for instruction with manipulatives is Home Study Companions provide an element courses (don’t skip the Precalculus course) also included in the teacher notes. of confidence; the conviction that a challenging is recommended because work leading up The books are divided into chapters and chapters high school math course is completely manage- to calculus is foundational for later math into lessons so that you are completing approx- able. Why? You have a teacher in your corner. courses and mathematically based profes- imately one lesson per day to equal a one-year One who calmly and clarifyingly teaches math. sions. Lessons are useful with older editions course. Each lesson is formatted similarly and Packaged on practical thumb drives, the videos of the text. begins with the presentation of information, exam- (mp4 format compatible with both Macs & PCs) 064432 Foerster’s Calculus ples, and practice exercises. Calculator practice provide electronic whiteboard presentations to Text is Calculus: Concepts and Applications, is included in many lessons, and small boxes of accompany the textbook lessons plus worked 2nd ed. by Paul Foerster (copyright 2005). information or optional activities are included to solutions to selected assigned problems. Lessons are useful with older editions of the enhance the topic. Each chapter is concluded with I remember hearing of math courses authored text. a chapter review which is multiple choice (for stan- by Paul Foerster in the early 2000s. Considered 064433 Foerster’s Precalculus dardized test practice) and supplementary problems an excellent choice for college prep math, they Precalculus – text is Precalculus with found at the back of the student text which requires were nevertheless not readily available. And, you Trigonometry: Concepts and Applications, pencil and paper work can be used for review or were on your own with them. Many of us need 3rd ed. by Paul Foerster (copyright 2012). assessment purposes. good support material to bolster homeschooler’s Lessons are useful with older editions of the Unfortunately, there are parts of this program confidence and there just wasn’t much available. text. mentioned in the teacher edition that aren’t Sometimes, it was even hard to get an answer 064434 Geometry: Guided Inquiry w/ book available to homeschool families. The Teacher key. David Chandler and Math Without Borders Text is Geometry: A Guided Inquiry by Resource Library isn’t available and is referenced changes all that. These excellent courses (plus Chakerian, Crabill, and Stein. (several in the teacher edition as having additional activi- geometry from another author) provide a quality, publishers and different printings but all ties and the tests. The Skill Track Software is also college-prep, high school scope and sequence with identical content). Demonstration files unavailable and is used to assess the mastery of and they are do-able in a homeschool setting – from the lessons require a free program – each chapter and lesson of the book. If you aren’t even if mom is a mathophobe. Geogebra - (available as download). worried about tests or additional activities, you The videos are a substitution for class atten- won’t miss these items. dance. The idea is to read the day’s lesson, then I put the pre-algebra and geometry next to BJU watch the video. Use half of the lesson problems and Saxon and found some differences. BJU as a daily assignment; using the remainder if Pre-algebra jumps in using integers at chapter additional practice is needed. The Math Without 1; while AGS doesn’t even address integers Borders videos include explanatory videos plus until chapter 7. AGS spends more focused time worked problem solutions for either select prob- on graphing where the other courses integrate lems or the even problems. These solutions can graphing with other concepts. BJU and Saxon be used to get over a roadblock. Many of the both include instruction on polynomials – AGS thumb drives include a Resources File which doesn’t address the topic. AGS does a very thor- provides spreadsheets and material referred to in ough review of basic functions (add, subtract, the lessons. multiply, divide) using positive numbers only The videos (i.e. content of thumb drives) should with whole numbers, decimals, fractions, and be saved onto your computer as soon as possible; percents for the first 6 chapters. AGS, BJU, and do not continue to use them from the thumb Saxon Geometry cover most of the same topics drive for the duration of the course. They are AGS High School Math (Pearson) (9-12) including axioms, postulates, and theorems, but nontransferable and can only be used on one This series by AGS comes from a secular publish- BJU and Saxon appear to have more practice and computer although you can make a single copy er for our patrons who prefer or need curriculum explanation. as a back-up. Video lessons were filmed 2007- with no Christian content. Each bundle includes EACH BUNDLE ...... 128.97 110 .95 2008 although Geometry was updated in 2014 student text, student workbook, and Teacher’s EACH WORKBOOK ...... 21.97 19 .95 and Trigonometry in 2017. Each drive includes edition. The Student Text offers a “How to” at the 052292 Algebra I Homeschool Bundle material on how to set up the course, what texts beginning so you know how to use the book and 052293 Algebra I Workbook to use and how to use them, as well as links for how to study effectively. There is a section that 052294 Algebra II Homeschool Bundle obtaining suggested free software downloads. includes skills and concepts to be covered at that 052295 Algebra II Workbook Some courses include printable PDF material. level. “Chapter Features” includes a variety of 052302 Geometry Homeschool Bundle The drive material lists several software items – helpful information and exercises that support the 052303 Geometry Workbook freely available online – that are used in some lesson content. “Problem Solving Strategies” help 052304 Pre-Algebra Homeschool Bundle optional lessons. you use math in every day life. Answer keys (not 052305 Pre-Algebra Workbook See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 485 students review the course notes that summarize GEOABC Modules A-C . . . . 329.85 294 .00 and recap the concepts and terminology present- GEOMBC Modules B-C . . . . 219.90 184 .05 ed. They then work the exercises in the student GEODEF Modules D-F . . . . 329.85 279 .00 worktext. Rather unique to this program is the GEO5MD Modules B-F . . . . 549.75 429 .05 checking of this work by the student, using the GEOA2E Modules A-E ...... 549.75 469 .00 provided solution manual. In this way, the child Due to the delay on Module F, this package realizes and corrects his own mistakes, learning will be the temporary “complete set” until the correct procedure to follow. Solutions are F is available. Purchasers will be able to shown in detail. If needed, he can review the purchase Module F when released for $90 video also. You gauge the student’s performance or will be eligible to receive trigonometry VideoText Interactive Courses (9-12) via quizzes taken at the end of each lesson. An content after they have completed Module E This instructional system is the best I’ve seen “A” and “B” quiz are provided so that you can if F is not yet available. for students to learn and grasp algebra and review and retest if necessary. Tests (again “A” GEOALL All 6 Modules A-F 659.70 529 .00 geometry. The computer-generated graphics and and “B” forms) are provided for each Unit as GEO6WT Worktexts A-F . . . . 119 .70 animation on the DVDs visually bring home the well. The instructor’s guide contains solutions to GEO6PT Progress Tests A-F . . 119 .70 concepts presented in a way that won’t soon be all quizzes and tests. Worktext Progress Test forgotten. It would be difficult for any child to A sampler DVD (available for free at www. 041311 Module A 041325 fail using this system. It is systematic, incremen- videotext.com/samplerform.htm) contains lessons 041312 Module B 041326 tal, and reinforced with course notes, exercises, in both Algebra and Geometry, along with 041313 Module C 041327 quizzes and tests. The emphasis is on conceptu- a presentation about VideoText methodology, 041314 Module D 041328 al learning so students will be able to apply their endorsements from users, and all of the corre- 041315 Module E 041329 knowledge regardless of problem presentation. sponding print material (in PDF format), so you 041316 Module F* 041330 Although it is meant to be used along with an can “try before you buy”. It also contains a scope (*Module F items not yet available) instructor, if I had to choose a math curriculum and sequence for each course detailing contents to be used by an independent learner, this would of each of the modules. The Algebra course is a PROGRAMS - OTHER be it, hands-down. complete course containing pre-Algebra instruc- While offering some instruction, these programs The cornerstone of the program is the video tion and the equivalent of both Algebra 1 and include less teaching material or do not cover instruction. These presentations are very pro- 2; two years of instruction. In fact, Dr. Clark the full range of grade-level skills that the com- fessionally done. Instruction is clear and audio recommends students take a CLEP or college prehensive programs offer. is excellent. Every presenter speaks distinctly entrance exam upon completing the Algebra and at a moderate pace. One of the instructors course to place out of a college algebra refresher Math Lessons for a Living Education (PK-6) and the author of the program is Tom Clark, a course. The Geometry course includes a signif- What is a living education? Living education is math teacher with 30+ years of experience in the icant amount of Trigonometry instruction and the real-life application of the things you learn. classroom and as a district math supervisor. His may serve as both Geometry and Pre-Calculus When this approach is applied to math, it is not expertise at reaching and teaching children really courses. taught in a vacuum; rather, mathematical con- comes through in the presentations. Animated The complete courses consist of 6 modules, cepts are integrated into everyday situations. This graphics complement the audio, showing step- A thru F. Each Module consists of one or more is the Charlotte Mason approach to education, by-step explanation. It would be very difficult to Units of instruction, containing various numbers and Angela ODell, author of this curriculum, duplicate this quality on a board with a live pre- of lessons (about three months worth of course has captured the spirit of the methodology in this senter, especially in the case of 3-D graphics like work per module). Modules are contained in easy-to-use series. Math is taught through the conic sections and x, y, z axes. Relationships separate boxes which contain video lessons on adventures of a brother and sister, Charlie and are arranged, rearranged and moved to a coordi- DVD, course notes, student WorkTexts, Solution Charlotte, and their family. Books are designed nate plane with ease, bringing home the thought Manuals, Progress Tests and Instructor’s Guides. to be consumable but are not reproducible, and process and solution steps in a way that would Additional student materials are also available answer keys are downloadable with the link be difficult to achieve without this technology. below for each module or in complete packs. provided in each book. Levels are designed to be For students who aren’t math-oriented, the bite- EACH SINGLE MODULE . . . . 109 .95 one-year courses and each has 36 lessons. Books sized increments of instruction make the learning EACH WORKTEXT ...... 19 .95 feature a suggested daily schedule at the beginning process easy to digest. In school site trial tests, EACH PROGRESS TEST . . . . 19 .95 with a grid for completion and grading built in. students in classrooms using the VideoText pro- Although the books are titled as “levels,” the levels gram easily outscored students using convention- ALGEBRA are loosely based on grade. Even if you haven’t al textbook and instructor methods. Another plus 041281 Module A 041284 Module D used the earlier levels of this series, you can jump is the ability for students to play back previous 041282 Module B 041285 Module E in at an appropriate skill level/topical area for your instruction for review. This eliminates the poten- 041283 Module C 041286 Module F child. If you are unsure about where to begin, we tial for mistakes made due to misunderstandings ALGABC Modules A-C . . . 329.85 294 .00 offer a placement test on our website. or faulty memory. It also saves you, the math ALGEBC Modules B-C . . . 219.90 184 .05 There are no fancy manipulatives for this teacher, from repeating instruction over and over ALG5MD Modules B-F . . . 549.75 449 .05 series - paper versions are printed in the back if a child is having a difficult time assimilating it. ALGDEF Modules D-F . . . 329.85 294 .00 of each book, and you’ll use household or other Even if you are very math oriented, if you have ALGALL All 6 Modules A-F 659.70 559 .00 commonly-found items such as: contact paper, a student who is not, your teaching may not be ALG6WT Worktexts A-F . . . . 119 .70 construction paper, large index cards, brass fas- reaching your child at a level basic enough for ALG6PT Progress Tests A-F . . . 119 .70 teners, crayons, markers, colored pencils, glue, them to comprehend. These courses are great hole punch & reinforcers, flashcard rings, plastic at thoroughly laying a foundation then building Worktext Progress Test storage box, stickers for flashcards, pictures from carefully upon it. 041304 Module A 041318 old magazines, poster board, 100 counting items In this system, students first watch the video 041305 Module B 041319 (your choice), three containers for making the (without taking notes – those are provided). 041306 Module C 041320 Place Value Village, and snack-size/1-quart/1- While the instructions suggest repeatedly pausing 041307 Module D 041321 gallon resealable bags. In Books 2 and 3, you the video to discuss and answer posed questions, 041308 Module E 041322 will also need a 12” ruler, indoor/outdoor ther- I did not find this applicable to many of the 041309 Module F 041323 mometer, coins for money lessons, and $1 bills. lessons I watched. You will probably want to Book 4 requires poster board, a box of business watch the first several presentations along with GEOMETRY size envelopes, folder for charts, small counting your student to determine whether this will be a 041287 Module A 041290 Module D items, and modeling clay. To get started, simply necessary step in your lessons. Videos are 5-10 041288 Module B 041291 Module E cut out the manipulatives found in the back of minutes in length. After watching the video, 041289 Module C 041292 Module F your book and prepare them before the first les- 486 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. son. Whether you are using the Charlotte Mason teacher’s manual contains teaching suggestions approach or just attracted to the simplicity of the and the answers. These books are reproducible course, this series provides a solid introduction to for family use and range in length from 240-380+ math. Non-reproducible, over 300 perforated pgs pages. each, sc. ~ Donna 013092 Beginning 1 . . . . . 32 .99 EACH BOOK ...... 39.99 27 .95 013097 Beginning 2 . . . . . 34 .99 037144 Book 1 EACH BOOK A-B ...... 39 .99 Charlie and Charlotte visit their grandparents 018306 Level A (K) farm and learn numbers, shapes, place value, 018308 Level B (1) adding and subtracting. Along the way, the EACH BOOK C-F ...... 42 .99 children also learn about gardening, baby 001760 Level C (2) 026718 Level F (5) farm animals, nature, family and love. In the CRITICAL THINKING PRESS 013133 Level D (3) 025350 Level G (6) first 30 lessons children will learn numbers 001439 Level E (4) 0-9, place value, rectangles, circles, addi- Mathematical Reasoning (PK-8) tion, subtraction, skip counting with 2, 5, At such an early age, mathematical reasoning ☼Understanding Pre-Algebra (6-8) and 10, telling time with minutes and hours, begins with simple activities such as distinguish- For those using Mathematical Reasoning by and more. The last 6 lessons of the book are ing between even or odd amounts and learning Critical Thinking Company, here is the next step review. the ordinal numbers. This series is correlated to after finishing level G. Released in 2018, this 050290 Book 2 the NCTM standards and accordingly incorpo- course uses the same approach to help students Book 2 follows the adventures of Charlie and rates topics such as patterns, number concepts/ apply reasoning and skill for higher level math. Charlotte once they have returned home from number lines, graphs, fractions, probability, Understanding Pre-Algebra helps lay the founda- their grandparent’s farm. Using the same geometry, and problem solving, as well as basic tion that will build confidence before going on format as Book 1, Book 2 content teaches operations. The full color activity sheets should to Algebra I. addition and subtraction (including carrying especially appeal to the younger student. Not This book is standards-based and topics are orga- & borrowing), numbers to 100, simple frac- only are the illustrations eye-catching, but they nized logically. There are 15 chapters – Family of tions, word problems, skip counting, inches/ do an excellent job of demonstrating mathemat- Numbers, Working with Integers, Working with feet, perimeter, dollars/cents, temperature, ical representations and relationships. Although Rational Numbers, Ratio/Proportion/Percent, graphs, pounds/ounces, liquid measure, and manipulatives are not required, a link to a virtual Percent Applications, Algebraic Expressions, a bit about the seasons, geography, and love manipulative website is provided in case addi- Equations and Solving Word Problems, of family. tional concrete level reinforcement is needed. Inequalities and Applications, Understanding 051791 Book 3 A wide variety of exercises and activities are Square Roots and Irrational Numbers, Two- In Book 3, join Charlie, Charlotte, their utilized to keep your child both interested and Dimensional Geometry, Understanding Volume baby sister Ella, and their parents as they motivated. For instance, Thinker Doodles and and Surface Area, Graphing on the Coordinate prepare and go on a mission trip to Peru. Mind Benders activities from parent company Plane, Transformations and Congruency, Children will review concepts from Book 2 Critical Thinking are scattered throughout. Understanding Functions, and Probability and and learn addition and subtraction up to 4 Beginning 1 focuses on numbers 1-5 while Statistics. This is a reproducible, consumable digits, rounding to 10s, 100s, and 1000s, Beginning 2 focuses on 0-10, and they are workbook with plenty of white space for working multiplication and division up to 10s, area of intended for use with 3 and 4 year olds. The problems. rectangles and squares, place value through concepts are presented in a spiral fashion, so One of the program’s strengths is the abundance millions, more measurement, solving for students will see the concept repeated at differ- of word problems. These are taught using charts unknowns, greater/less than, and Roman ent intervals throughout the book. In most cases, and tables, which offer visuals to help students numerals. children who finish these first two books should interpret the problem. Chapters are divided into 006285 Book 4 be ready to tackle kindergarten math. concepts (each is typically 2 pages); cover one In Book 4 the family travels through the Books A through F are for grades kindergarten concept a day in order to work through the book United States. The twins and friends learn through 5th grade, and can be used as core math in one school year. Each concept begins with an about landmarks, Americas heroes, and work curriculum. We also like to recommend them explanation or definition; colored sample boxes in their garden as they review concepts from as a critical thinking supplement for any math offer visual instruction or explanation, followed Book 3 and do further work with larger program that is light in that particular area. These by an exercise or practice. Every chapter is fin- numbers, metric measurement, decimals, books incorporate the same spiral approach ished out with a Chapter Review, which could be operations with equivalent fractions, and found in the Beginning books. Level G has been used as a test. Chapter Reviews aren’t cumulative more. Math Fact Reviews are incorporated added for 6th grade and goes beyond drill and but a review of that chapter only. into the lessons so that students won’t forget practice. It incorporates discussion-based prob- Some helpful resources included are a glossary foundational math information. lem solving to prepare students for the reasoning of important math vocabulary, a list of formulas, 003719 Book 5 required for upper-level math. table of square roots, and answers to the exer- Book 5 reviews known concepts and teaches Book 2 of the original series, Mathematical cises with explanations for some of the more multiplying and dividing with 10/100/1000, Reasoning Through Verbal Analysis, can be used difficult problems. A two-part final exam is also 2-digit divisors, division w/ remainders as after the series as a supplement to your math included, which covers all material in the book. fractions, factoring, common factors, greatest curriculum. A more analytical or math reasoning Prepare your student for high school math and common factor, reducing fractions, proper & approach is needed for higher level math and standardized testing with the logical, thorough improper fractions, least common multiple, this book will help fill that need. This book can approach found in Understanding Pre-Algebra. finding a common denominator, adding & also be used as a reference and resource tool to 442 pgs, pb. ~ Donna subtracting fractions w/ uncommon denomi- fill in gaps. Since the book is nicely organized 031017 ...... 42 .99 nators, working w/ mixed numbers, multiply by “strands” (topics), and, additionally, into sub- fractions, dividing fractions, multiplying & topics, you can easily find problem solving exer- dividing decimals, and counting back money. cises to help repair any deficiency detected or 038674 Book 6 an alternate way of teaching a concept (useful if 069719 Book 6 Teacher Guide 39.99 27 .95 your child has developed a case of “math block” 032564 Student/Teacher Set . . 79.98 57 .95 to understanding a particular concept). Topics Continue the adventure with fractions, dec- cover the entire realm of elementary math: imals, percentages, basic geometry, maps, understanding numbers, counting, sequencing, graphs, charts, units of measure, averaging, geometry, basic arithmetic operations, mea- rounding, Roman Numerals (only 22 lessons surement, numerical comparisons (greater than, at this level). less than, equal to), and tables and graphs. The See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 487 Understanding Algebra I (Mathematical Core Standards for Math (Houghton Mifflin final test, which covers all of the chapters. The Reasoning) (7-9) Harcourt) (K-6) Spectrum series was revised and updated in The word ‘Algebra’ can strike fear into Now this series is something any homeschool- 2006, and Spectrum Math now features pre-alge- the hearts of many, but the Critical Thinking ing parent may use even though it is Common bra and algebra content, and introductory con- Company has done their part to calm your math Core. Harcourt has provided two-page lessons tent on geometry and probability. Most books nerves and prepare students for higher level math that cover every content standard per grade are over 150 pages. in Understanding Algebra. The newest member level in the Common Core State Standards for The latest in the Spectrum Math series for grades of the Mathematical Reasoning line is a full one Mathematics. The first page introduces the con- 6 through 8 is intended to help students improve year algebra course for students at the junior high cept with step-by-step instruction and modeling and strengthen their math skills in specific areas. and high school level in a consumable format. each sequence – perfect for checking a stu- Algebra focuses on factors, fractions, functions, The information in this worktext is a user-friend- dent’s understanding through open-ended prac- graphing, proportion, percent, interest, equa- ly format and presented in a step-by-step fashion. tice items. The second page includes multiple tions, inequalities, and rational numbers. Data The text makes a connection between the arith- choice practice items as well as problem-solving Analysis and Probability spends time on order of metic of the elementary years to the algebra they items. Each book starts with a brief explanation operations, measures of central tendency, calcu- need to succeed in high school math. Twelve and overview of the CCSS standards. Lessons lating probability, ratios, interpreting graphs, and chapters begin with the basics and build upon are organized by content standard and could problem solving. Geometry strengthens skills in each other – Our number system, Evaluating be done in a start to finish order – or standard areas of points, lines, rays, angles, circles and Expressions and Solving Equations, From by standard if you want to coordinate with your solid figures, volume, triangles, polygons, perim- Words to Algebra/Translating and Solving Word primary math program. The consumable books eter, and area. Measurement offers practice with Problems, From Words to Algebra/More Word (newsprint) include an answer key with reduced customary and metric measurement, percents Problems, Inequalities, Polynomials, Factoring, student pages in the back. Also in the back of and rates, angles, ratios and proportion, and vol- Working with Radicals, Linear Functions, each book is a complete list of the CCSS for the ume. These books are about 120 pages in length Systems of Equations and Inequalities, Other grade level. These lessons would be easy to do with the answer keys in the back along with a Types of Functions, and Working with Algebraic each day as a “daily warm up” or even as your scoring record chart which allows you to log the Fractions. practice work if you’re using a more relaxed student’s test scores. In addition to the pre and The author begins the book with a simple expla- math program. Regardless of what you think post test found in each chapter, a mid-test and nation of “What is Algebra,” and then jumps right about Common Core, this series will ensure your final test will allow you to check the student’s in. Each chapter is 20 to 30 pages in length and kids are measuring up to these standards, which cumulative progress. In true Spectrum fashion, broken into topics. Each topic or lesson offers is a good way to prepare for any standardized these additions to the series will help prepare the student explanations and examples in a very tests you may be required to take. 265 pgs, pb your students for standardized testing or can be visual fashion. Colored charts, illustrations, and ~ Janice used for additional practice. ~ Donna graphs are incorporated for clarity of explana- EACH BOOK ...... 23.99 17 .95 EACH BOOK ...... 9.95 6 95. tions. Within the lessons, students will be asked 032211 Grade K 032160 Grade 4 003827 Grade 5 questions to assure they know the concept being 032152 Grade 1 032161 Grade 5 003828 Grade 6 presented and a ‘more practice’ section rounds 032153 Grade 2 032169 Grade 6 026237 Algebra (6-8) out the lesson. Sets of ‘Enrichment Problems’ 032159 Grade 3 026256 Data Analysis & Probability (6-8) are scattered throughout the chapters to offer 026387 Geometry (6-8) additional practice in higher-order thinking using Spectrum Math (Carson-Dellosa) (5-8) 026459 Measurement (6-8) plenty of word problems. There are no chapter More than a practice book, each grade level tests in this book, so you would need to assess features comprehensive coverage of the basic Spectrum Math 2015 (Carson-Dellosa) (K-8) your student’s understanding of the concepts by skills. Books are two-toned, have a no-nonsense The 2015 edition of the Spectrum Math series other means – grades from the practice sets and appearance, and emphasize skill development states that it is “Correlated to the Current State exercises might be your best tool for assessment. and practice, “without complex terminology or Standards.” This means that significant changes New for the 2017 edition are chapter reviews abstract symbolism.” This uncluttered approach were made to bring it into alignment with the and a final exam. helps students focus on mastering the fundamen- CCSS (which most states align to). Although the A glossary that includes algebra vocabulary and tals. There are lots of nice features in this series: general format and structure of the books remain an answer key are found at the back of the book. each contains a scope and sequence chart for the same, the topics differ significantly at the mid- These are answers and not solutions. A helpful the entire program, has basic facts tests that can dle school levels and reflect more advanced alge- reference page is included. Students will learn be used for drill, and includes an assignment bra and geometry content as well as increased about the history of math as they learn math record sheet for you to use in making specific content in data, probability, and statistics. Each strategies to help them with algebra and beyond. page assignments. They also have a form for chapter starts with a pretest (Check What You 378 pgs. pb. Reproducible for home and single recording student test scores, which also pro- Know) and ends with a posttest (Check What classroom use. ~ Donna vides an immediate assessment of the grade You Learned). Lessons within each chapter cover 060818 ...... 39 .99 as “excellent,” “very good,” “good,” “fair,” or a progression of skills. Instruction is minimal but “poor,” and include a complete answer key at examples precede each worksheet. To give you Understanding Geometry (7-9) the back of the book. All of the pages are perfo- an idea of the differences in this edition, previ- Geometry isn’t treated rated, so you can tear out student sheets, or the ously the 7th grade book started with chapters with the intensity in mid- key, easily. Chapters each begin with a pre-test on whole numbers, fractions, decimals, percents, dle school, in many cases, to help identify problem areas, or determine if and calculating interest but the new edition starts for high school success your child can “place out” of that chapter and try with rational numbers, expressions, equations, in the subject. This book the next one. The pre-test comes in two parts; and inequalities. Both cover ratios and propor- follows the National Math one is purely computational, while the other tions but terminology and content are different. Standards and presents an is a problem-solving pre-test which uses the The previous edition had sections on both English introduction to the basics requisite skills in realistic, everyday problems. (customary) and metric measurement while those of geometry. Students The lessons begin with developmental exercises topics are not covered in the 2015 edition. Both won’t just learn the prop- that introduce each new skill. Visual aids or editions have sections on probability, statistics, erties of geometry, but will learn the reasoning models are used to demonstrate the concept on and geometry but the content of each is different behind the properties and learn the basics of these pages. Several pages of exercises follow, and the newer edition is more advanced. There is geometric proofs and coordinate geometry. A providing ample practice. Again, these include also a greater emphasis on problem solving and glossary is included in this 256-page book that both computational pages and problem-solving word problems in the newer edition. In general, I can be used as a text in junior high and it is pages. Chapters end with a test. Also included would say the 7th grade book is roughly one year reproducible for family or classroom use. are a mid-book test (about halfway through the ahead of the previous edition. These workbooks 052042 ...... 36 .99 course to test all previously-learned skills), and a are 160 pages in length. 488 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. The topic specific workbooks (124 pages each) It does seem like it would help a child to take Developmental Math (K-12) that are available for the 6th through 8th grade charge of his own learning and help himself to I would have loved using this math program levels have also had changes based on the newer understanding rather than being spoon-fed each as a child! It is an extremely sound, logically standards. Every chapter still has a pretest and bite. For Kumon math earlier than Grade 1, see presented math program that is virtually self-in- posttest, along with a mid-year test and final test. the Kumon section in Early Learning. structional (once your child can read). Best of The Algebra workbook has added chapters on EACH WORKBOOK ...... 7.95 5 .95 all, children can progress at their own pace, expressions and equations and systems of equa- 027926 Grade 1 Addition according to their ability, instead of having tions and has removed chapters on probability 027996 Grade 1 Subtraction to “put in” the requisite nine years of math and graphs and algebra and geometry. Chapters 047539 Grade 1 Geometry & Measurement before beginning higher-level math (algebra and in the Data Analysis/Probability workbook have 047545 Grade 1 Word Problems beyond). Not only is it great for a naturally inde- completely changed to probability models, cal- 027930 Grade 2 Addition pendent learner, but it would teach any child to culating probability and compound events, sta- 028011 Grade 2 Subtraction take responsibility for his learning, and greatly tistical thinking, measures of central tendency 047540 Grade 2 Geometry & Measurement improve thinking skills as well. Extensively & measures of variability, displaying data, and 047546 Grade 2 Word Problems field tested, Dr. George L. Saad and team made scatter plots & bivariate data. The Geometry 027925 Grade 3 Addition & Subtraction sure that children could progress through the 16 workbook is basically the same as the previous 027987 Grade 3 Multiplication levels of worktexts essentially unaided. Where edition, but all of the angle and triangle concepts 027961 Grade 3 Division confusion was found, additional instruction was have been combined into one chapter, which 047541 Grade 3 Geometry & Measurement added until the program was a finely-tuned math is titled Triangle, Properties, & Relationships. ~ 047547 Grade 3 Word Problems tutor! Many homeschooling mothers-of-many Janice/Donna 027995 Grade 4 Multiplication are stretched to the max with multiple levels EACH WORKBOOK ...... 11.99 7 .95 027962 Grade 4 Division of school to teach, toddlers to watch, babies to 001658 Grade K 001610 Grade 5 047542 Grade 4 Geometry & Measurement bubble, and teens needing driving practice (not 001440 Grade 1 001628 Grade 6 047548 Grade 4 Word Problems to mention husbands that need occasional atten- 001452 Grade 2 001634 Grade 7 027956 Grade 4 Decimals & Fractions tion!). This is a math course you can feel good 001462 Grade 3 001656 Grade 8 027960 Grade 5 Decimals & Fractions about using with no regrets about neglecting 001473 Grade 4 047543 Grade 5 Geometry & Measurement critical skills. Presentations are extremely clear, 025119 Algebra (6-8) 047549 Grade 5 Word Problems with very desirable progression of instruction 025135 Data Analysis/Probability (6-8) 027973 Grade 6 Fractions from the concrete level to the abstract, then 025154 Geometry (6-8) 047544 Grade 6 Geometry & Measurement mastery through practice, and, finally, applica- 047550 Grade 6 Word Problems tion with problem solving using word problems. Kumon Math Workbooks (1-6) Each skill is taught in bite-sized pieces and built A math program based on the Kumon method. Kumon Algebra Workbooks (6-8) upon slowly so as not to “lose” the child’s under- Basically, the earmarks of this system are: Continuing in the methodology and add- standing. In fact, presentation is so well done, ¾¾ Concepts introduced in small, incremen tal ing to the scope and sequence of the Kumon that children are able to deduce math principles steps, allowing children to master Math Workbooks, these two workbooks provide from working through the exercises, in much the them without confusion review and practice of pre-algebra and algebra same way as the Miquon lab sheets. There are ¾¾ Single topic books rather than mixed basic skills. The workbooks feature step-by-step no manipulatives used. Rather, pictures are sub- strands. Children concentrate just on instruction, a logical progression of concepts, stituted for live objects (this may hamper some addition, for example, before moving to then repetition to reinforce them. Word problems extremely kinesthetic children who need to touch subtraction are added for each skill set. Skills are taught (with and feel to understand). Also, some concepts ¾¾ Concepts are taught by discovery examples) and then practiced and reviewed. normally taught in math programs are not taught method than being spelled out Each level starts with reviews of the concepts in Developmental Math because they do not real- The series is meant to be self-directed. Students from the previous level and then adds new ly fit into the normal progression of skills. These take charge of their own learning on every level. material. Concepts are introduced gradually and concepts are time (including calendar time), They complete pages, check their work, record build upon one another. A complete answer key temperature, weights and measurement. The their scores, and determine whether to move on is included.192 pgs, pb. ~ Janice levels are ungraded, and students should be able or review. The pace almost guarantees success. EACH WORKBOOK ...... 14.95 10 .95 to complete about three levels per school year. Children should work a “few” pages a day; 057113 Pre-Algebra Each level book is divided into units, which assignments should take about 20 minutes to Covers fractions, decimals, percents, expo- culminate with a unit test to assure mastery. A complete. Pages are marked with the skill level nents, order of operations, positive/nega- diagnostic test is taken after students complete required at top and the points each question is tivenumbers, and algebraic expressions. each level also. Placement of your child in the valued at (a very young child will need some 026903 Algebra program depends on his/her skill level. Students help totaling points). Very short instruction (or Covers solving equations, simultaneous lin- should be placed at the level of skill that they’re an example) is given on a few pages. For exam- ear equations, inequalities, graphs, linear already familiar with, but have not totally mas- ple, there is a short explanation when children functions, and word problems. tered. Specific guidelines for placement are begin to subtract a 2-digit number from a 3-digit available if you’re in doubt. Alternatively, you number where borrowing is needed. However, Kumon Middle School Geometry (6-8) could use the Developmental Math Test Pack, a the child is given every opportunity to intuit this EACH WORKBOOK ...... 14.95 10 .95 series of 5 diagnostic tests, to accurately pinpoint beforehand. By the time he reaches this page, 072031 Intro to Geometry Workbook your child’s current level. Each 8-page place- he has already been subtracting double-digit 072030 Geometry Workbook ment test covers three levels. Placement Test A, numbers for many pages. Some of these would for example, covers Levels 2-4, while Placement require borrowing, but, since they are able to Test E assesses Levels 14-16. subtract, say, 7 from 12, the Kumon method Skills covered by level are as follows: wants the child to see a pattern when increasing Level 1 - Number concepts and symbols to 7 from 22, 7 from 32, etc. This does remind Level 2 - Addition concept, basic facts 1-9 me of the approach used in Miquon as well. Level 3 - Subtraction concept, basic facts 1-9 Besides these very infrequent helps there are Level 4 - Tens concept, addition & subtraction just some small prompts for children to look for of tens patterns in their answers, and words of encour- Level 5 - 2-digit numbers, addition & subtrac- agement. Pages are pleasing to the eye; they are tion without regrouping colored, clean, and problems are well-spaced. Level 6 - Addition with regrouping The Kumon method has been used successfully Level 7 - Subtraction with regrouping with children around the world for over 50 years. Level 8 - Multiplication concept and facts See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 489 Level 9 - Division concept and facts On Core Mathematics (Houghton Mifflin Student Edition Worktext: Level 10 - Hundreds concept, three-digit addi- Harcourt) (K-12) EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . 6.53 4 90. tion & subtraction Common Core Standards are still the current 018634 Grade K 018675 Grade 3 Level 11 - Three-digit multiplication & division standard in measuring student success with core 018655 Grade 1 018680 Grade 4 Level 12 - Thousands concept; all operations subjects. This math series is written to supple- 018659 Grade 2 018704 Grade 5 Level 13 - Decimal and metric system ment your math curriculum to ensure that your EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . 10.00 7 50. Level 14 - Fractions student meets the standards for math. 018709 Grade 6 018721 Grade 8 Level 15 - Fractions; advanced skills Each level contains lessons with content for all 018718 Grade 7 018752 Geometry Level 16 - Ratio, proportion, percent, Common Core Standards. The Common Core 018751 Algebra 1 018760 Algebra 2 probability, number theory, graphs Standards for practice cover 8 different areas – ~~~~~~~ Level 17 - Algebra I make sense of problems and persevere in solv- Level 18 - Algebra II ing them, reason abstractly and quantitatively, McGraw-Hill’s Math (1-8) Level 19 - Geometry I construct viable arguments and critique the rea- This program is most like the Spectrum Math Level 20 - Geometry II soning of others, model with mathematics, use program. It is a solid program with more com- Upon completion of level 16, your child should appropriate tools strategically, attend to preci- plete instruction than Spectrum, albeit with be ready for Algebra ½ or Pre-Algebra. Parent sion, look for and make use of structure, and look fewer pages. By comparison, at the 6th grade guides at levels 1-9 contain general suggestions for and express regularity in repeated reasoning. level, McGraw has 156 pages compared to the for the parent’s role in the course, a brief over- The content standards for K-6 are counting & 187 in Spectrum. I suspect the difference is due view of skills taught in previous levels showing cardinality, operations & algebraic thinking, to the format rather than the scope. Spectrum the current level in context of the program, a number & operations in base 10, measurement books have a pre-test for each chapter whereas lesson-by-lesson explanation of skills presented, & data, geometry, number & operations in frac- this series has one for the book. Because more and answers to exercises. Teacher guides at tions, ratios & proportional relationships, number space is devoted to instruction, there are cor- levels 10-16 are copies of student worktexts with systems, expressions & equations, and statistics respondingly fewer problems per page. Books answers shown. A program overview booklet & probability. You’ll notice that these skills are are notably more colorful than their Spectrum showing level by level progress, is available for foundational to the application and mastery counterparts and the pages more visually appeal- those who want to sample before deciding. of higher levels of math. The Teacher Edition ing; text is crisp and pages look clean. Font is Have you been waiting for the upper levels of contains lesson background for all Common grade appropriate. Published in 2011, these are Developmental Math – they have finally arrived. Core topics, and teacher support for all lessons. aligned with math Common Core Standards. If Levels 17-20 are for your students who are ready Common Core Standards for each lesson are you’ve escaped hearing about this latest edu- to move on to algebra and geometry using the noted, small format student pages are included cational catch-phrase, it refers to educational same format as the lower levels of this series. with answers along with objectives, essential standards which have been adopted by MOST of Students in 7th and 8th grade should have com- questions, vocabulary, materials list, and prereq- the 50 states (only five states and three territories pleted levels 13-16 in order to prepare for these uisites to that particular lesson or topic. These have not as of early May, 2012). So, you can levels which should then be done in sequence. lessons offer flexibility for incorporation into your bank on standardized tests incorporating these Levels 17 and 18 are Algebra I and II, Levels 19 weekly curriculum, and the number of lessons standards in testing. Series is transitioning to the and 20 are Geometry I and II. varies from level to level. The Student Workbook 2nd edition, copyright 2018, which is aligned 008493 Program Overview . . . FREE is black and white and each lesson is two pages to national standards. Contact us for availability. EACH WORKTEXT 1-16 . . . . 10.00 8 .45 in length. Each lesson begins with an explana- The pre-test in each book will determine wheth- EACH WORKTEXT 17-20 . . . . 15.00 13 .50 tion and model of the concept and is followed er you can skip chapters or not. The book is EACH EDUCATOR GUIDE 1-9 5.00 3 .95 by practice for the concept. Assessments to self-instructional with fairly complete teaching EACH TEACHER ED 10-16 . . . 10.00 8 .45 complement the On Core Mathematics program. of each concept, followed by an example, then EACH SOLUTION MAN 17-20 15.00 13 .50 There is an assessment for every lesson in the practice exercises. Teaching material includes EACH SET LEVEL 1-9 . . . . . 15.00 10 .95 student books. Each assessment is three to five colorful visual aids as needed. Each chapter EACH SET LEVEL 10-16 . . . . 20.00 15 .50 questions in length (1 page), and includes both culminates with a Unit Test and the book ends EACH SET LEVEL 17-20 . . . . 30.00 24 .95 fill-in-the-bubble multiple choice questions and with a comprehensive Test followed by a glos- Lvl Worktxt Guide Set at least one word problem. Each assessment is sary (dictionary at lower levels) and answer key. 1 011070 003220 LV1SET labeled for the corresponding standard, and the Pages are perforated for easy removal. 2 010122 003221 LV2SET answer key is found at the back of the book. The I would say these are on par with the Spectrum 3 020514 003222 LV3SET purchaser is given permission for copying if using series; while not a complete math curriculum in 4 011071 010967 LV4SET On Core Mathematics as a program. Be sure the traditional sense, they may be used in place 5 011072 010965 LV5SET you don’t miss anything and there are no gaps in of one coupled with additional hands-on teach- 6 011073 003223 LV6SET your math education. Cover the Common Core ing (at lower levels) or with additional practice 7 011074 013198 LV7SET Standards, no matter what math curriculum you where needed (at upper levels). They also make 8 011075 013199 LV8SET might be using. ~ Donna excellent practice, review, and reinforcement 9 011076 020936 LV9SET EACH SET K-5 ...... 34.20 24 .95 books to use with a program that is less tradition- Teacher EACH SET 6-8 ...... 36.50 27 .50 al (like Miquon or Singapore math). Certainly, Lvl Worktxt Guide Set EACH SET Alg . 1 - Geometry . . 36.50 27 .50 if you are concerned about state testing require- 10 011077 020937 LV10ST ments, these would assure you that your child is 11 019355 020938 LV11ST 050952 Grade K 050949 Grade 6 learning according to almost every state’s stan- 12 021069 020939 LV12ST 050944 Grade 1 050950 Grade 7 dards. Each book includes a 10-week summer 13 021277 021086 LV13ST 050945 Grade 2 050951 Grade 8 study plan, too, so your child could use these to 14 021087 021088 LV14ST 050946 Grade 3 050942 Algebra 1 get a head start on math for the next year. For 15 021276 021089 LV15ST 050947 Grade 4 050943 Algebra 2 the motivated child, doing so may allow them 16 021275 021090 LV16ST 050948 Grade 5 051102 Geometry to move ahead a grade level or at least progress Solution more rapidly through their coursework during the Lvl Worktxt Manual Set school year. 17 026974 026975 LV17ST Student Assessment Guide: EACH BOOK GR . 1-2 . . . . . 12.00 9 95. 18 053576 053574 LV18ST EACH BOOK ...... 46.47 34 .85 EACH BOOK GR 3-8 . . . . . 14.00 10 .95 19 053579 053577 LV19ST 002013 Grade K 002000 Grade 4 053246 Grade 1 053250 Grade 5 20 053582 053580 LV20ST 001977 Grade 1 002006 Grade 5 053247 Grade 2 034883 Grade 6 037736 Test Pack ...... 10.00 8 .95 001980 Grade 2 002008 Grade 6 053248 Grade 3 034897 Grade 7 001993 Grade 3 053249 Grade 4 034898 Grade 8

490 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. ☼Learn Math Fast (1-12) adding, subtracting, multiplying and dividing Key To ___ (McGraw-Hill) (4-12) Looking for a streamlined curriculum with negative and positive numbers. 164 pgs. The Key To... series targeted goals spanning from beginning math to 068314 Volume III (6-8) . . . 45 .00 is a very self-instruction- High School Geometry? The title’s fast highlights Introduction to Pre-Algebra; solving for X al, unintimidating, pro- this 7-volume 2nd edition curriculum’s goal: to and in terms of Y; order of operations; ratios; grammed learning series. develop students who can quickly produce auto- slopes; graphs; slopes; exponents and vari- Covering seven basic top- matic, confident responses to math problems. ables. 193 pgs. ics, students can work This mastery-based program presents math con- 068576 Volume IV (1-8) . . . 49 .00 through these horizontal- cepts in a sequential manner. Topically arranged, Basic Geometry: basic shapes; area; special ly or vertically. They are each of these un-graded levels handles multiple triangles; circumference; diameter; volume; ideal for “homework” or a concepts and can be used by multiple ages as a Pythagorean Theorem; hypotenuse; the 3-4-5 more topical approach to supplement or stand-alone. More mastery-based, triangle; and basic metric system. Requires the subject. Presentation this program can help shore up math skills or the Geometry Kit. 147 pgs. is done in a simple, friendly manner, incremen- help struggling learners who are behind in lev- 068310 Geometry Kit for Vol 4 (1-8) tally, and with examples to follow as needed. els. No matter your student’s grade, the author ...... 19 .00 Workbooks are thin and consumable. Answer recommends starting at Level 1. However, free See complete description above. keys are recommended. Order by the book or placement tests are available from the publisher’s 068315 Volume V (9-11) . . . 49 .00 in sets. website to either complete online or print. (http:// Algebraic terms; exponents and terms; laws We like this series because it encourages chil- learnmathfastbooks.com/placement-test-i.html) of Algebra; distributive law of multiplication; dren to tackle these subject areas in as much Level 1 contains 4 instruction pages for using the factoring and prime factorization; polynomi- depth as they can, rather than working strictly overall program with different aged learners. No als; quadratic equations. 255 pgs. within the confines of an age-graded math pro- teacher guide is available; answers and detailed 068316 Volume VI (11-12) gram. Starting in 4th or 5th grade, I purchased solutions (which vary based on level) are includ- (2nd edition) . . . . . 59 .00 a complete set of student workbooks for each ed in the back of each book. Applications of Algebra: how to build alge- child. Book 1 in each topic was put on the Each softcover book includes detailed lessons braic equations to solve story problems; school book shelf. When Key to... was assigned, written in a conversational—and sometimes solutions problems; mixture problems; prob- my children were free to work on whatever topic humorous—style at a 3rd-4th grade reading ability; and systems of equations. 232 pgs. they chose, and they worked as much as they level. At the lower levels, topics are introduced 068317 Volume VII (11-12) . . 59 .00 wanted. As soon as Book 1 in any subject was using a few different methods including tips and High school geometry: congruent angles; arc completed, it was replaced by Book 2. My oldest shortcuts and using U.S. coins as manipulatives. length; proofs; theorems; postulates; supple- daughter sometimes got so involved that she just Concepts are taught, a practice worksheet fol- mentary and complementary angles; Sine; kept going! lows, and then there is a timed test. Students Cosine; Tangent. 384 pgs. ********************************************** practice until they feel confident on the concept 068311 Smart Cards for Volume VII Key to Algebra (5-12) and complete the test before moving on to the (10-12) ...... 15 .00 EACH WORKBOOK ...... 5 80. next concept. At higher levels, students are Covers all postulates and theorems in Volume 7. EACH ANSWERS & NOTES . . . 8 76. taught the concept and complete a worksheet, 068309 Big, Big, Bookmark (1-8) 006655 Book 1: Operations on Integers with the possibility of repeated practice through 8 .5” x 11” . . . . . 8 .00 006656 Book 2: Varbls, Terms, Expressns free worksheets. All levels include chapter tests 006657 Book 3: Equations and a final review test. Geometry, Vol VII, ☼MathWise (3-9) 006658 Book 4: Polynomials requires a manipulative kit. Sometimes a little more practice is all that is 006659 Book 5: Rational Numbers Students can write in the book but it is designed needed to hone specific math skills. This series 006660 Book 6: Mult, Div, Rational Expr as a non-consumable and unlimited downloads offers just that: topical practice, review, and extra 006661 Book 7: Add, Sub, Rational Expr of worksheets are available at the publisher’s web practice. Peter Wise is a math teacher and author 012834 Book 8: Graphs site with the included code. of this series that takes a fresh approach to help- 012835 Book 9: Systems of Equations Supplemental materials include a water- and ing students understand. The basics are intended 012836 Book 10:Square Roots/Quad Equatns tear-proof, 8.5x11” Big, Big Bookmark which for any grade level that might include them and 004601 Answers and Notes for Books 1-4 serves as a reference guide of main math con- are explained in a comic-style format. The books 007111 Answers and Notes for Books 5-7 cepts for all books. For Geometry (2nd ed), the vary in length and are divided into one and two- 012837 Answers and Notes for Books 8-10 Smart Cards include four 3”x 6 1/2” postulate page topical practices. Special features include ALGCMP Set (all wkbks & ans) 84.28 82 .00 cards; 5 smart cards to review rules for angles, tips and tricks (memory aids), speech bubbles ALGWKB Workbooks only . . . 58.00 56 .00 triangles, quadrilaterals, polygons and circles; with teaching insights, step-by-step procedures, 004164 Reproducible Tests . . . 23 .48 a form to make a cube; and a pencil. The simplified terminology to introduce concepts, (not included in complete sets) Geometry Kit (contained in a zippered vinyl and occasional concept quizzes. Each book ********************************************** pouch with 3-hole punch) is a simple, helpful set goes from simple to more complex explanations Key to Geometry (4-12) that includes 15 1-inch foam squares; a 1-inch and challenge problems are included to stretch EACH WORKBOOK 1-6 . . . . 5 80. plastic ball; protractor and two kinesthetic cards students. Every topic includes explanations, sam- EACH WORKBOOK 7-8 . . . . 14 .64 which help teach Pi; a square foot paper; a for- ples, practice, and answer keys (not solutions) EACH ANSWERS & NOTES . . . 8 76. mula card; a square, rectangle, and one each of are found at the back of the book. There is plenty 002677 Book 1: Lines and Segments an equilateral, right triangle, and isosceles trian- of room for students to work right in the book, 006662 Book 2: Circles gle cards with helpful reminders printed on one and these are reproducible for a single classroom 006663 Book 3: Constructions side. Books range from 148-348 pgs, pb. ~ Ruth or family. This series is affordable, practical, and 006664 Book 4: Perpendiculars 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs a great option for students struggling with specific 006665 Book 5: Squares and Rectangles 068312 Volume I (1-3) . . . . 45 .00 concepts, needing more practice, or getting a 002017 Book 6: Angles Adding and subtracting with single & double jumpstart on new concepts. ~ Donna 002018 Book 7: Perp, Paral, Tang, Circles digits; multiplying and dividing up to 3 digits; EACH BOOK (except noted) . 10.95. 9 .95 002019 Book 8: Triangles and Polygons adding, multiplying and dividing by decimal 068399 Algebra Book 1 002020 Answers and Notes for Books 1-3 numbers; dividing with remainders; place 068400 Decimals 002021 Answers and Notes for Books 4-6 value; US measurements. 282 pgs. 068401 Fractions Book 1 . . . . 8.95 7 .95 002022 Answers and Notes for Book 7 068313 Volume II (4-5) . . . . 45 .00 068402 Fractions Book 2 002023 Answers and Notes for Book 8 Adding, subtracting, multiplying and dividing 068403 Integers GEOCMP Complete set . . . 99.12 97 .00 fractions and mixed numbers; decimals and 068404 Percents GEOWKB Workbooks only . . 64.08 62 .00 percentages; cross canceling; mixed numbers 069002 Number Sense . . . . 12.95 10 .95 ********************************************** and improper fractions; using math symbols; 069001 Linear Equations . . . 11.95 10 .50 continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 491 Key to Decimals (4-12) Ultimate Math Survival Guide (4-8) aspects of whole numbers, fractions, decimals, EACH WORKBOOK ...... 5 .80 For students who need more practice and review, percents, geometry, integers, charts and graphs, EACH ANSWERS & NOTES . . . 8 .76 these books cover all the basics before moving word problems, and review. An answer key 002678 Book 1: Concepts on to algebra. Using the same simple to under- is included in Books 1 and 2. Consumable, 004598 Book 2: Add, Sub, Multiplication stand format found in the Mastering Essential approximately 144 pgs. 004599 Book 3: Division Math Skills Series, students will gain confidence Topical book lessons have 4 key parts. They 004600 Book 4: Using Decimals as they master math essentials. Follow the five begin with a review exercise covering previously 004602 Answers and Notes for Books 1-4 steps outlined in the front of each book for math learned concepts. Helpful hints introduce the DECCMP Complete set . . . . 31.96 30 .99 success – Step 1: complete the review exercise new material, then two sample problems are to DECWKB Workbooks only . . . 23.20 22 .95 and show your work; Step 2: introduce the new be worked by the adult and the student, then 020915 Reproducible Tests . . . 17 .60 material using “Helpful Hints”; Step 3: work the students do problems on their own for practice. (not included in complete sets) two sample problems together (student & parent/ The last item of each lesson is one word problem ********************************************** teacher), then the student works independently; for students to solve. There are usually about 10 Key to Fractions (4-12) Step 4: go through the “Problem Solving” section practice problems except in the problem solving EACH WORKBOOK ...... 5 .80 and explain key words and strategies, then let book which may have fewer. Each book ends EACH ANSWERS & NOTES . . . 8 .76 the student solve the problem; Step 5: correct the with a Final Review and a Final Test over the 002679 Book 1: Fraction Concepts work using solutions in the back of each book. content of that specific book. 006055 Book 2: Multiplication, Division Ultimate Math Survival Guide, Part 1 includes The instructional DVDs which accompany 006056 Book 3: Addition, Subtraction whole numbers, integers, fractions, decimals, these books feature the author, Richard Fisher, 004597 Book 4: Mixed Numbers and percents. Ultimate Math Survival Guide, “America’s Math Teacher,” and can be pur- 004603 Answers and Notes for Books 1-4 Part 2 includes geometry, problem solving, chased separately or with the books. They FRACMP Complete set . . . . 31.96 30 .99 graphs, and pre-algebra topics. Each section in include thorough explanations and demonstra- FRAWKB Workbooks only . . . 23.20 22 .95 each book end with review and a test to check tions on a white board of the concept or concepts 020916 Reproducible Tests . . . 17 .60 proficiency. Each book is 240+ pages and would for each lesson. There is over 6 hours of instruc- (not included in complete sets) work well for test prep, a summer refresher or tion on each of the DVDs, and they are intended ********************************************** extra practice and review. ~ Donna to accompany the Mastering Essential Math Skills Key to Measurement (4-12) EACH GUIDE ...... 32.95 26 .95 books. The format of the DVDs remind me a bit EACH WORKBOOK ...... 5 .80 065872 Part 1 065873 Part 2 of the Saxon DIVE CDS, but these are written on EACH ANSWERS & NOTES . . . 8 .76 white board using a black marker and Mr. Fisher 004158 Book 1: English Units of Length Mastering Essential Math (4-12) uses red at times to make it easier to follow his 004159 Book 2: Measuring Length and This math system, designed explanations. His instruction consists of the Perimeter Using English Units by math teacher Richard information found in the “Helpful Hints” sections 004161 Book 3: Finding Area and Volume Fisher over a 20-year period, of the book with elaboration. These DVDs are Using English Units will bring to light any “holes” instruction only and you will need the corre- 004162 Book 4: English Units for Weight or deficiencies in math skills. sponding book for each student. - Linda / Donna , Capacity, Temperature, and Time Each lesson is presented on a 040619 Book 1 only (4-5) . . .27.95 21 .95 007794 Answers and Notes, books 1-4 single page and is designed 045527 Book 1 w/ DVD . . 43.95. 34 .95 MSRCMP Complete Set . . . . 31.96 30 .99 to be doable in 20 minutes. 040620 Book 2 only (6-12) . . . 27.95 21 .95 MSRWKB Workbooks only . . . 23.20 22 .95 There are two “groups” of 045529 Book 2 w/ DVD . . 43.95. 34 .95 ********************************************** books in the series: one roughly leveled series of EACH TOPICAL BOOK (exc) . . 22.95 19 .95 Key to Metric Measurement (4-12) two books that incorporates multiple topics, and 026679 Fractions EACH WORKBOOK ...... 5 .80 a topical series designed for grades 4-12. These 026684 Geometry EACH ANSWERS & NOTES . . . 8 .76 books aren’t colorful, but they have an unintim- 026685 Pre-Algebra . . . . . 27.95 21 .95 003636 Book 1: Metric Units of Length idating look that may make math practice more 045530 Pre-Alg Bk & DVD . . . 43.95 35 .95 003637 Book 2: Measuring Length and inviting. Book 1, Book 2 and Pre-Algebra also 026695 Problem Solving Perimeter Using Metric Units include access to online video tutorials. For addi- 026635 Decimals & Percents 003638 Book 3: Finding Area and Volume tional audio-visual instruction, the books are also 026737 Whole Numbers & Integers Using Metric Units available with DVDs. 003639 Book 4: Metric Units for Mass, Book 1 and Book 2 offer five parts to each sin- E-Z MATH (BARRON’S EDUCATIONAL) Capacity, Temperature, and Time gle-page lesson: speed drills, review exercises, 003635 Answers and Notes teacher tips, new material, and a word problem, E-Z Arithmetic (5-12) MTMCMP Complete Set . . . 31.96 30 .99 all of which fits into the 20-minute time frame. A comprehensive review of arithmetic. This MTMWKB Workbooks only . . 23.20 22 .95 Students first complete the review exercises. book probably contains everything you ever ********************************************** These are generally only four problems per day wanted to know about addition, subtraction, Key to Percents (4-12) that provide reinforcement of previously-learned multiplication, division, fractions, decimals, per- EACH WORKBOOK ...... 5 .80 math skills. Speed drills come next. These are cent, and measurement. Starting with a history EACH ANSWERS & NOTES . . . 8 .76 always fact wheels with the center blank. You of numbers and counting, this book assumes 006666 Book 1: Concepts supply the “wild” addend or factor, based on nothing. It’s also pretty easy to read for a math 006667 Book 2: Percents and Fractions your child’s particular need for practice with book. Although you’re probably familiar with 006668 Book 3: Percents and Decimals certain fact families. New material is introduced most of this material, detailed information and 007112 Answers and Notes for Books 1-3 next, along with “helpful hints” and examples. instruction is included for all topics. Worked PERCMP Complete set . . . . . 26.16 25 .25 You should work the two sample problems examples are clearly explained. If you’re in a PERWKB Workbooks only . . . 17.40 16 .95 with your child. Then, they complete the daily hurry and need a quick review, use the diagnos- 020917 Reproducible Tests . . . 17 .60 exercises (usually about ten) and word prob- tic pretest to pinpoint areas that need improve- (not included in complete sets) lem. Each book contains a “How to Use This ment. Includes 150 practice sets, a posttest, and ********************************************** Book” section, which makes it easy to use, and an answer key. 450 pgs. ~ Anh Key to Complete Sets all solutions to exercises are included. Book 1 021550 ...... 16.99 13 .75 KEYCMP Complete Set . . . 337.40 321 .95 chapters include whole numbers; fractions; deci- Complete set of all Key-To workbooks & keys. mals; ratios, proportions and percents; geometry; E-Z Math (9-AD) KEYWKB Set of Workbooks 232.28 219 .95 number theory and algebra; integers; charts and This book has some overlapping content with A complete set of all Key-To workbooks. graphs; probability and statistics; word problems E-Z Arithmetic. There’s a short review of the ********************************************** and final review, all in 160 pages. Book 2 is four basic operations in chapter one, but then divided into sections that cover more advanced it jumps right into fractions, decimals, per- 492 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. cents, beginning algebra, factoring, equations, MATH POWER BASICS (6-12) Despite what the title reads, these are not just geometry, tables and graphs, word problems, A basic skills curriculum dedicated to total con- books of problems. They are fully instructional and probability and statistics. Explanations of cept mastery and designed for students having texts that cover all of the major topics in their concepts and terminology are clear and to the difficulty with traditional courses. Lessons are strands. They just teach via problems – first a point. Algebraic processes, such as graphing a self-instructional and fairly lengthy, roughly 10 question is posed (in a gray-shaded box), then it linear equation or solving a quadratic equation, student pages per lesson. Instruction is clear is answered, with complete explanation. If you are systematically broken down and presented as (written at a fourth grade reading level), doesn’t already know the answer, just skip that one. This step-by-step procedures. Steps in worked exam- assume prior knowledge, and explanations tend makes for very efficient review. For the student ples are correspondingly numbered for clarity. to be more procedural than conceptual. Student intimidated by “regular” texts, these have enough Each chapter includes a pretest, a posttest, and pages include instruction, drill, practice prob- “asides” in the margins to make them “marginally numerous practice sets. The answer key also lems, and word problems. Activities develop acceptable.” A student who shuns your instruc- provides solutions for more difficult practice problem-solving skills and usually involve “real” tion may have an easier time learning from these problems. 230 pgs. ~ Anh world applications, such as planning a party, than from typical math texts. Written to the 021556 ...... 14.99 11 .95 comparison shopping, and balancing a budget. user, they are totally self-study. No looking up or checking answers here! They are right with E-Z Pre-Algebra (8-10) Basic Math: the question! Instead of teaching a concept, This E-Z book reviews fractions, integers, 033179 Student Book . . . . . 26.00 19 .95 then supplying a set of practice problems, each ratios, proportions, equations, inequalities, statis- 033178 Student Wkbk & Key 16.00 12 .50 question is different in some way and has its own tics, probability, algebraic terms, powers, square 033180 Teacher’s Guide . . . 7.00 5 .95 explanation or solution. This doesn’t mean there roots, etc. E-Z Pre-Algebra provides a terrific 033181 Test Pack w/ Ans Key 21.00 15 .95 isn’t practice for each concept; just that there review to help attain higher grades and prepares 041171 Set of 4 Above . . . . 61.00 45 .95 is not repetitive practice. Though a thousand students to meet the Common Core Standards problems may seem like a lot, for comparative in algebra. Information is presented in bite-size Algebra: purposes, the Saxon Algebra book has about four pieces along with examples for further clarity 033166 Student Book . . . . . 29.00 21 .95 times that – more if you include tests. Written by on the topic. Review questions and exercises 033165 Student Wkbk & Key 16.00 12 .50 the author of some of The Complete Idiot’s Guide are also found in every chapter, and answers 033168 Teacher’s Guide . . . 7.00 5 .95 to…. math tomes, these will drive concepts home are found at the back of the book. 289 pages. 033169 Test Pack w/ Ans Key 21.00 15 .95 without burning students out. ~ Donna 041168 Set of 4 Above . . . . 61.00 45 .95 EACH BOOK (except noted) . 21.95. 15 .50 055137 ...... 14.99 11 .95 053167 Basic Math & Pre-Algebra Geometry: 044787 Algebra 044789 Geometry E-Z Algebra (9-12) 033195 Student Book . . . . . 26.00 19 .95 044788 Calculus Uses a storyline approach, putting skills in 033194 Student Wkbk & Key 16.00 12 .50 044790 Statistics ...... 22.95 15 .95 meaningful topics as concepts are “discovered” 033196 Teacher’s Guide . . . 7.00 5 .95 to solve real problems (albeit in an imaginary 033197 Test Pack w/ Ans Key 21.00 15 .95 ☼Egghead’s Guides to Math (7-AD) land). Covers: rules of behavior for numbers, 041176 Set of 4 Above . . . . 61.00 45 .95 Help your visual learn- equations, negative numbers and integers, frac- er master concepts that tions and rational numbers, exponents, roots and Consumer Math: will help them through real numbers, algebraic expressions, functions, Covers making change, comparison shopping, their math curriculum graphs, systems of two equations, quadratic budgeting, loans, interest, and credit as well as and standardized testing. equations, circles, ellipses, parabolas, polyno- banking, taxes, and insurance. For every concept, this mials, exponential functions and logarithms, 040029 Student Book . . . . . 26.00 19 .95 series offers explanations simultaneous equations and matrices, series, per- 040031 Student Wkbk & Key 16.00 12 .50 accompanied by real-life mutations, combinations, the binomial formula, 040030 Teacher Guide . . . . . 7.00 5 .95 examples and a plethora proofs by mathematical induction, and imaginary 040032 Test Pack w/ Key . . . 21.00 15 .95 of visuals. The publish- numbers. 041174 Set of 4 Above . . . . 61.00 45 .95 er recommends working 005020 ...... 16.99 13 .75 through book chapters in order, allowing your Humongous Books of Math Problems (6-AD) understanding to build. Mr. Egghead will be pres- E-Z Algebra 2 (10-12) If you’re after size, these books will not dis- ent every step of the way with stories and pictures Prepare for a better understanding and higher appoint. They are, indeed, humongous. So, to represent the concept being taught. Every chap- grades in Algebra 2. Separate chapters focus on besides doorstops, what are they good for? Why ter presents several concepts. After each concept linear functions, polynomial operations, func- would anyone want a book with 1,000 problems presentation, examples and visuals, there are prac- tions and relations, absolute value functions, in it, anyway? Here’s the short answer: tice questions. At each chapter’s end, all concepts quadratic functions, complex numbers, poly- • Saxon isn’t your native language presented are reviewed. Full solutions are offered nomial functions, radical functions, rational • You need more hand-holding than your for all problems. A great supplement and prepara- functions, exponential functions, logarithmic Saxon book provides when working prob- tion for any student! Pages vary, pb. ~ Donna functions, trigonometric functions, graphs, & lems EACH BOOK ...... 14.95 10 .95 equations, sequences & series, and statistics. • You feel that working more problems would 067550 Algebra Explanations and examples are found throughout help you improve Variables, expressions, equations, exponents, each chapter, and exercises are also included for • You want a math book with a sense of roots, polynomials and polynomial equa- practice of the concept. Presented in a self-study humor tions, absolute value, inequalities, systems fashion, answers are found at the back of the • You’ve already taken a course in this math of equations, and word problems. 268 pgs. book for quick checking. 590 pages. subject, and failed 067551 Calculus 055136 ...... 16.99 13 .75 • You want to review the math you took with Algebra review, graphing, functions, trig- another book onometry, limits, differentiation, applying E-Z Geometry (9-12) • You’ve gone through Algebra and never differentiation, integration, and definite inte- This book presents geometry in a clear and heard of matrix Algebra or synthetic division grals. 265 pgs. logical way. Introduction of concepts is fairly • There are times when you “just don’t get 067552 Geometry standard, including the building of theorems, it” and would like an alternate instructional Plane geometry: lines and points, angles, postulates and proofs. Ample illustrations and resource to turn to quadrilaterals, triangles, similar and congru- examples, including many drawings and dia- • You like friendly, more informal, books with ent triangles, special right triangles, circles, grams, are included to help facilitate learning. explanatory “note bubbles” and skull-and- polygons, irregular and multiple figures. Solutions to exercises are provided. crossbones (signifying difficult problems) in Solids: cubes, rectangular solids, and cylin- 005024 ...... 16.99 13 .75 the margins ders. 410 pgs. See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 493 Top Line Math (Houghton Mifflin Harcourt)(9-AD) tice. There is also more general real-world appli- ASSESSMENTS / TEST PREPARATION An inexpensive and well-organized way to cation in this series as well as a greater test-taking provide targeted instruction in specific math skill preparation emphasis. Parents can use this series Essential Math Skills: Over 250 Activities to sets. Start with a diagnostic test to determine to reteach just one area or use it for general Develop Deep Understanding (PK-3) exactly where students need work; then work instruction or test preparation (GED or standard- Building a solid foundation with basic math through however many of these small but com- ized). Student Worktexts are typically 70 pgs, pb skills is so important; children will continue to prehensive worktexts are needed. Sounds simple, and have an accent color. Teacher Guides are 45 build on them for the rest of their math lives. doesn’t it – and it really is – with plenty of teach- pgs, pb and hole-punched. ~ Janice Making sure that the essentials are solid can be er support along the way. A great solution for EACH STUDENT ...... 10.73 5 .95 done with extra practice and activities and this helping a student catch up on specific skills or for EACH TEACHER ...... 12.07 7 .50 book provides over 250 suggestions that can help general preparation of high school math or GED Student Teacher from kindergarten to third grade. tests. An added bonus is the real-life application Data Analysis & Problty 060948 060949 The book is divided by grade level, so you of the problems and instructions. Data, Tables, & Graphs 060950 060951 know which activities will be appropriate. The The Diagnostic Test is a five-page assessment Decimals 060952 060953 first page of each grade level offers a list of items resembling standardized tests. There are four Fractions 060955 060956 to be used with the activities. These are items problems relating to the content of each of the Geometry 060957 060958 that you may already have in your home but worktexts. A score of less than three correct Mathematical Reason 060960 060961 feel free to substitute. At the Pre-kindergarten answers for these indicates a need for further Measurement 060962 060963 level, the book suggests about 30 items: vinyl work in that area. The Diagnostic Teacher Guide Number Concepts 060965 060964 non-skid spots, beanbags, abacus, ball, buttons, provides instruction for administering the diag- Pre-Algebra 060966 060967 hot glue, index cards, number cubes, counters, nostic, an answer/solution key, and a correlation Ratios & Percents 060968 060969 paper cups, manipulatives, letter tiles, blocks, sheet (so you’ll know what problems pertain 060954 Diagnostic Test ...... 7.07 4 .50 plastic containers, erasers, puzzle pieces, string, to what worktext). There is also a reproducible 060959 Information Booklet . . 1 .50 pencils, ribbons, calendar, stickers, interlock- answer sheet for the diagnostic that the student ing cubes, pen tops, old keys, two containers, can use to make scoring easier. Practice Makes Perfect: Basic Math (9-AD) marbles, crackers, pictures of animals, dish, The Student Worktexts cover basic arithmetic You’ve made it to high school and math is still cardboard rectangle and tape or chalk. In the first skill sets as well as pre-algebra and general math a challenge for you. A little review and practice activity you are asked to put vinyl non-skid spots skills. Each worktext has 3-5 units each with is all you need for the math basics to click, and on the floor and children are asked to follow 4-6 lessons. Books start with a pre-test and end now you’re ready to move on to the next math directions to go ___ steps forward or back. If you with a post-test (designed to build student confi- level. The Practice makes Perfect: Basic Math don’t have the non-skid spots, for example, you dence by seeing improvement). Lessons provide offers over 500 exercises in the areas of number can substitute sidewalk chalk and do the activity instruction, worked examples and a preliminary sense, calculation, algebraic reasoning, geomet- outside or use tape to put a pattern on your floor On Your Own problem; then practice laced with ric relationships, and statistical thinking. Basic or even cut shapes out of construction paper lots of real-world applications. Special sections math skills are imperative for passing the GED and tape them on the floor. The idea is that they highlight test-taking strategies (helpful since test and/or preparing for community college, and have a trail to follow and count. The supply list prep seems a sub-goal of this series). Units are this book reviews the basics – multiplication, is similar at each level with some variation and introduced with real-life applications. An over- division, negative numbers, square roots, frac- additional items needed at the higher grades. view of lessons highlights what will be learned tions, and more. 184 pages of clear explanations, The front of the book offers instruction for the and how that relates to what the student already examples, and practice provide help for the parent/teacher for incorporating activities into knows. A review of each unit keeps the learning struggling student and prep for standardized test- your curriculum and information on standards fresh. A number of helpful references are provid- ing. The book is not reproducible and the answer met. The appendices include reproducible pages ed at the back of each book – a Glossary and a key is found at the back. pb. ~ Donna that consist of a skills inventory (great for keep- Math Toolkit. The Math Toolkit for the Fractions 058551 ...... 16.00 13 .50 ing track of your child’s math progress), rubrics book includes a list of equivalent fractions and and pages needed for some of the activities. decimals, benchmark fractions, rules for frac- Math Skills for the Workforce (11-AD) These same pages are found in pdf format on tions, estimation, key operation words, and a Want your student to fine tune math skills the resource cd in the back of the book. The multiplication chart showing 15 x 15. before heading into the workforce? This series activities in this 168-page book add a multi-sen- The Teacher Guides are both inexpensive and from Steck-Vaughn aims to help students under- sory aspect to learning the foundational material truly useful (and I don’t say that often). In addition stand and practice math skills and problem-solv- needed in math and would be a great addition for to the expected answer/solutions key and learning ing techniques and then apply them in the work- your kinesthetic learners. ~ Donna objectives/tips, etc. there is guided instruction for place. Since the focus is mastering skills, each 057284 ...... 24.99 19 .95 each lesson that provides a script for talking the book begins and ends with skills inventory tests student through the learning process including the and each of the 6-7 units contains application Critical Thinking: Test-Taking Practice with examples and On Your Own problems. There is problems and several reviews as well as a unit Math (3-6) one TG page for each two-page student lesson and review. Each one-page lesson (labeled and orga- This unique series will help children prepare for student pages are referenced rather than provided nized by problem type) outlines the steps needed standardized testing. Each book provides 3 levels as reduced copies. Instruction is written to the stu- to accurately solve problems and provides sam- of tests, each with 100 questions and aligned to dent in the Worktext but not repeated in the TG. ple problems with solutions. Each book includes Common Core Standards. Using side bar notes The TG content builds on the Worktext instruction a glossary and answers/explanations for each and instruction, Test A provides students with in a question/answer type of dialog. Additional problem. All workbooks except for Fractions detailed guidance regarding how to solve the notes in the TG include those for English Language include a few pages of displayable charts to help problem; Test B provide continued supportive Learners, different learning styles, and references recall key math facts, formulas and symbols. notes, but with less depth of details; and Test to using the Math Toolkit. There are references Consumable, perforated, and non-reproducible. C provides no instruction or helps for solving in the TG to downloadable/printable worksheets Useful for math review or as a portion of a con- the problems. All 3 tests provide practice in the available at the publisher website but I suspect sumer math type course. One note: though the same skill sets but different problems are used. A some changes in their availability as I was unable publisher recommended grade is 11+, the math How to Use the Book section is included as are to find them on the parent-company website. skills in this series are generally covered by 8th the answers with explanations. A Bubble Answer There are some reproducible reference worksheets grade. Approx. 200 pp, sc. ~ Ruth Template is available in the back of the book. in the back of the TG itself. EACH BOOK ...... 33.80 18 .95 Reproducible for single classroom use. 112 pgs, While this series has some similarities to the Key 059783 Decimals & Percents sc. ~ Deanne to series, there are some significant differences as 059784 Fractions EACH BOOK ...... 14.99 11 .95 well. There is more instruction to the student in 059785 Measurement, Geometry & Algebra 060523 Math 3 060525 Math 5 this series but perhaps slightly less actual prac- 059786 Whole Numbers 060524 Math 4 060526 Math 6 494 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Algebra Test Prep and Review (7-AD) HANDBOOKS / REFERENCES Illustrated Elementary Math Dictionary (3-6) The quality of Critical Thinking Press is now in A full-color desk reference from Usborne, this a test preparation product. Algebra Test Prep and ☼Everything Parent’s Guide to Common Core math dictionary provides not only definitions, but Review is arranged topically, so you only review Math (K-8) also concrete, illustrated examples which are just the concepts you need or want. Important topics Struggling to help your children with their math as important, especially during the elementary from algebra 1 and algebra 2 are set up in units homework because it looks strange to you? You grades. Similar concepts are grouped togeth- and each unit is rounded out with a summary can show them how you know to do it, but it er so you can easily review one whole topic. of those topics and a practice quiz. Units cover conflicts with how they are learning at school. Alternatively, you can easily find a specific word algebra basics and include factoring, radicals, Avoid confusion and arm yourself with the or phrase via the index. Topics covered include exponents, graphing, linear equations, quadratic basics of CC math. Some of it is conceptual, but numbers, fractions, decimals, percentages, pro- equations, inequalities, functions, conics, loga- there is a different language as well that can be portion, estimating, arithmetic calculations, alge- rithms, determinants, matrices, and more. Each confusing. Learn what is covered in the grade bra, 2-D and 3-D shapes, symmetry, angles, topic is defined and clear examples given, along levels, multiple ways to look at math problems, measurement, perimeter, area, volume, data, with a thorough explanation of any information the rationale for the CC standards, and what you charts, graphs, averages, chance, probability, connected to that topic. There are no exercises really want to know – how to help your child and much more. 135 pgs. ~ Anh for practice, just the quizzes at the end of each with their homework and prepare for exams. sc, 021713 ...... 12.99 11 .69 unit. The pages are perforated for easier copying 304pp. ~ Sara for family, classroom and repeated review of EACH BOOK ...... 16.99 11 .95 Visual Math Dictionary (5-9) topics. Use this great test prep product for help 067968 Grades K-5 067967 Grades 6-8 I’ve never been strong in math but this handy with homework, review, or extra practice on key reference book makes things simpler with con- algebraic concepts. ~ Donna Usborne First Illustrated Math Dictionary (1-5) cise descriptions of terms and clear tables, charts, 060812 ...... 27 .99 This brightly illustrated dictionary clearly and diagrams to help students understand. About defines over 500 key terms and concepts, guid- half the book is an actual dictionary, with over ing children through the fifth grade through 600 terms (from abacus to zero) that are defined essential math concepts. But it’s not your typical and accompanied by a graphic, diagram, or dictionary! Students are taught how to work out example. Want to know what standard deviation concepts in straight-forward methods. For exam- means? Need to figure out what an isosceles trap- ple, how do you add/subtract when you don’t ezoid looks like? Forget which one’s the y-inter- know the starting number? How do you count cept? Just consult this book and all your questions by twos, threes, or fives? Terms are organized will be answered! The second half of the book by theme rather than following an alphabetical includes even more useful information and refer- order: Understanding Numbers, Using Numbers, ences such as a multiplication table, conversion Understanding Shapes and Space, Measuring, tables, clarification of formulas, explanations of and Data. This format allows students to read symbols, and descriptions of a variety of math through and build their knowledge. Students can concepts. Keep this book in reach during your ☼High School Algebra / Geometry Unlocked use Word Finder (a glossary) to find an exact math studies as a great reference and aid! 130 (9-12) term they need. Internet links offer math games pgs, pb. ~ Rachel Students who need a concise and up-to- and practice. 6.875” x 9.75”, reinforced softcov- 042363 ...... 12.95 10 .50 date preparation for the algebra and geometry er, 136 pp. ~ Ruth problems confronting them on the ACT® or 059700 ...... 12.99 11 .69 Usborne Illustrated Dictionary of Math (7-AD) SAT® exams will benefit from the instruction Sometimes a clear diagram provided within this math series. Each text in ☼How to Be Good at Math (2-5) or picture can make all the this three-volume series presents straightforward DK has published a great guide for children who difference, especially in the reviews of the core content and techniques that need visual examples and extra help with math. study of math. After looking are often included in the college prep exams. This book offers step-by-step explanations and at several similar products, Students are also provided with multiple strate- colorful graphics to aid children in grades 2-5. this one stands out among the gies for approaching and solving problems, along Get additional explanation for numbers, calcu- rest because of its high-quali- with over 100 practice questions and explana- lating, measurement geometry, statistics, and ty graphics. This colorful ref- tions that mimic the type that they will encounter Algebra. Students will be taken through examples erence is packed with over on the ACT® or SAT® . 380 pgs, pb. ~ Mike and then given the opportunity to solve a few 500 math terms, 300 dia- EACH TEXT ...... 14.99 10 .95 problems. Tips are given to make math concepts grams, and 100 worked examples. Alike topics 067770 High School Algebra 1 Unlocked more understandable. 320 pgs, pb. ~ Donna are grouped together into 4 main sections (num- Covers mathematical properties and termi- 045952 ...... 19.99 13 .95 bers; algebra; shape, space and measures; and nology, exponents and sequences, polyno- handling data) and extensively cross-referenced mial expressions, quadratic equations and ☼Math is Awesome: 101 Incredible Things at the bottom of each spread. 128 pgs. inequalities, systems of equations, functions Every Kid Should Know (2-8) 028443 ...... 12.99 11 .69 and intervals, graphing and absolute value, Want to transform your child’s attitude toward and other related concepts. math? Just hand him this book and let him thumb Charts / Guides 067771 High School Algebra 2 Unlocked through the world of fascinating math applica- Covers complex numbers and polynomials, tions that will silence the lament, “when will I Math Charts (PK-AD) modeling situations using equations and ever need this?” Egyptian pyramids that line up Colorful wall charts are helpful in a learning graphs, radical and rational equations and to a constellation, a metric standard that is based space for quick reference of those functions used inequalities, trigonometric functions, log- on a precise measurement of the earth’s circum- over and over. These are a nice size at 17.5”x arithms and logarithmic functions, using ference, or even the simple, no-brainer that it’s 22” and made of heavy cardstock. The charts statistics to interpret data, and frequency and easier to remember long numbers if we divide have colorful backgrounds and graphics, with probability distributions. them into groups of 3 or 4 digits. Packed with clear explanations and examples. There is infor- 067772 High School Geometry Unlocked facts presented within high energy graphics, and mation on the back of each poster which you can Covers translation, reflection, rotation and hugely applicable to all aspects of life, this book use to explain the concepts. ~ Sara symmetry, congruence and theorems, rela- will be a welcome addition (pun intended) to EACH CHART ...... 2.99 2 75. tions between 2-D and 3-D figures, trigo- any [boring] math curriculum. Or, hide it away, 039715 Comparing Basic Fractions nometry, circles, angles and arcs, the alge- bringing out a new math fact every time you need 039904 Mean, Median, Mode bra-geometry connection, along with volume to answer THAT question. 128 pgs, pb. ~ Janice 039991 Plane Geometric Shapes and surface area. 067250 ...... 9.95 7 .50 040001 Solid Geometric Shapes See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 495 ☼Math Thinking Mats (K-5) Adhesive Desk Reference Stickers (PK-5) Math Flippers (8-12) Each of these books pro- Decorate your desktop with these colorful math Flippers are handy reference tools with stag- vides 20 colorful, write- reference stickers! Each self-stick desk prompt gered, titled cards that let you flip immediately to on/wipe-off mats featuring measures 3.5” x 4” and allows for easy peeling the information you need. All the math flippers activities with simple, easy- and repositioning. ~ Anh display math rules, word symbols, equations, to-follow directions and EACH STICKER ...... 0 .25 and how-to’s. coordinating game cards/ 052281 Colors, Shapes, Money (PK-3) EACH FLIPPER ...... 9.95 8 50. pieces to practice import- Shows 10 basic shapes and colors as well as 005534 Algebra 1 002570 Math ant math concepts. Durable five U.S. coins and the dollar bill. 005536 Algebra 2 005522 Pre-Algebra mats are perforated for easy 052282 Equivalent Values (PK-2) 005540 Geometry 1 removal and double-sided Displays 6 simple fractions (1/2, 1/3, ¼, 1/5, glossy. These reinforcement math games cor- 1/8, 1/10) plus their corresponding decimal, GENERAL INSTRUCTION relate to current state standards, focus on grade percentage, and pie graph equivalents. level skills and are color-coded for ease of use. 052283 Hundred Chart (PK-3) Resource Books For example, one mat in the Grade 1 book A mini-100-number chart in a 10x10 grid. features a brightly colored picnic basket and 058627 Counting 1-120 (1-3) Family Math (PK-8) blanket, with blank squares up above arranged This 4” x 3.5” chart contains numbers 1-120 Designed as a resource book for parents to to write a typical plus or minus equation. in a grid-like structure with the fives and tens reinforce math concepts at home, this flagship Accompanying pieces include ants and a + and bolded for easy reference. book concentrates on hands-on learning and – sign. Students place ants on the blanket and 052286 Multiplication Chart (2-5) applying math skills in everyday life for the K-6 basket and an operation symbol, and then write The 1-12 times tables in a 12 x 12 array. grade set. Families learn together and work up in the corresponding numerals in the squares to some excitement for math in the “real world”. solve the equation. They would be great to use Math CCSS Quick Studies (K-12) Math topics include word problems, logical rea- alongside any math curriculum for practicing key Straightforward and easy to use, these multi-col- soning, measurement, geometry, spatial thinking, concepts or to place in a learning center. 40 pgs, ored laminated foldout charts are a handy way probability, statistics, calculators, estimation and reinforced sc. ~ Ruth to reinforce math concepts for middle school more. Includes many games and reproducible EACH BOOK ...... 18.99 13 .95 students. Each grade specific chart folds out, pro- charts and a list of required skills for each grade 035500 Grade K 035436 Grade 3 viding 6 pages of simple explanations, tips, and level K-6. Family Math II follows the same 035398 Grade 1 035446 Grade 4 examples to assist children in understanding topics format and targets the same grade range as the 035429 Grade 2 035481 Grade 5 found in the Math CC Standards. 3-hole punched original book, providing additional activities on for storage in a binder. ~ Deanne the same range of topics. Math Learning Charts (2-6) EACH CHART ...... 6.95 5 .95 Family Math for Young Children specifically The majority of these brightly colored charts 025694 1st Grade 008830 6th Grade targets the four- to eight-year olds with many are geared towards younger children. These are 025696 2nd Grade 008832 7th Grade hands-on exploration activities to acquaint chil- great for kids who may not be quite ready for the 025701 3rd Grade 008834 8th Grade dren with number and math concepts. Intended more extensive nature of Ready References. The 025712 4th Grade 013209 Gr . 6-8 for home use, the emphasis is on comparing charts are 17” x 22” in size and have supplemen- 008827 5th Grade 013201 Algebra 1 via enjoyable discovery-based exercises. Each tary information and tips on back. ~ Enh 012964 Integrated Math 2 (High School) activity page includes: concepts covered (This is EACH CHART ...... 2.99 2 .75 About), materials needed, preparation, activity 023372 Angles 023383 Multiplcation ☼Math Teaching Poster Set (3-AD) instructions, and tips for you as teacher. 023373 Area/Perimeter 023388 Volume This poster set can adorn your walls and serve Family Math: The Middle School Years directs as reminders for your math students. Each poster instruction to the 5th-8th grader. Activities Math Charts (2-6) measures 17”x 21.5”, and includes colorful dia- still use an investigative approach, but require These useful charts measure 17” x 21” and are grams and illustrations along with vocabulary, a deeper level of thought as children analyze, made of durable cardstock, printed in full-color definitions and samples. Sets include a teacher record and draw conclusions about mathemat- with kid-friendly illustrations. The back of each guide with four reproducible activity pages, ical situations. The book is divided into two chart includes additional reproducible activities. answer keys, and additional teaching information basic sections, Algebraic Reasoning and Number A great aid for any math class. for each poster. See below for contents of each Sense. Activities include concept explanation, EACH CHART (except noted) . . . 2.99 2 .75 set. ~ Donna/Deanne materials needed, instructions, and application. 014887 Graphs ...... 2.99 2 .60 EACH SET ...... 9.99 7 .95 As with the lower-level books, this program is Definitions and illustrations of popular 032402 Integers & Other Numbers meant to be used at home with family participa- graphs, including the line graph, bar graph, Number Line & Absolute Value; The Real tion. This is an excellent hands-on program; a pie chart, and pictograph, all using the same Number System; Adding & Subtracting rare commodity at this grade. numerical data. Integers; and Multiplying & Dividing Integers. 006967 Young Children (PK-3) 24.95 21 .95 015024 Metric Conversion 066524 Algebraic Expressions & Equations 004714 Family Math (K-6) . . . 24.95 21 .95 Explains and illustrates how to change inch- Algebraic Expressions basics; Evaluating 020810 Family Math II (K-6) 24.95 21 .95 es to centimeters and vice versa, weight Algebraic Expressions; Simplifying Algebraic equivalents, capacity equivalents, length and Expressions and Solving Algebraic Equations. Right-Brained Math (K-7) distance equivalents, U.S. customary abbre- I think as parent-teachers, we recognize that not viations, and metric abbreviations. Math Fundamentals Reference Guides (6-12) everyone “gets math”. Whether the struggle lies 015195 U S. . Customary Measurement These colorful, laminated reference guides by in the memorization of facts or inability to ana- Weight, capacity, length, and distance in US/ BarCharts provide easy access to important math lyze the data, many of our children (and some metric measurement. concepts that you may need a quick refresher adults!) exert great effort without results. Could on. Guide 1 covers numbers, operations, & it be they learn differently? Much research con- Metric Conversion Chartlet (3-AD) measurement; Guide 2 covers algebra; Guide 3 ducted in the past several years has analyzed the This bright yellow poster displays English units covers geometry; Guide 4 covers data analysis & differences in right and left-brain learners. Many with their metric equivalents on the left. On the probability; and Guide 5 covers word problems, of the popular math curricula options today are right side, you’ll see common metric measure- process, tips & strategies. - Enh written to meet the needs of the left-brain learn- ments with their English equivalents. Includes: EACH GUIDE ...... 4.95 4 .45 er- sequential, detailed, repetitive and often tex- length, volume, weight, and area. Two illustrated 023701 Guide 1 023777 Guide 4 tually plain or black and white. However, what examples of converting from English to Metric are 023756 Guide 2 009658 Guide 5 happens to our children who learn differently? provided. 17” x 22” – Rachel 023776 Guide 3 Children who see the whole picture rather than 031258 ...... 2.99 2 .60 bite-size pieces; and respond to color, patterns, 496 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. or pictures? Entirely capable of learning, children one for each of the targeted skills, lessons begin Interactive Notebooks: Math (K-8) who are right brain learners often fall through the with simple concepts and increase in difficulty. An interactive notebook is a cracks or receive unwarranted labels. It is recommended you only go as far as your colorful, sometimes 3D, way This newest math series meets the math needs student is ready, depending on age and level. of taking notes and remember- of the visual spatial learner, right brain learner or Part I, Time, covers everything from introducing ing important things that may any other child with a unique learning situation the hands on a clock (Ollie Hour, Molly Minute, involve drawing, doodling & that does not grasp the typical left brained focused and Sammy Second), to future and elapsed time, diagrams to help the student math programs available. While each book in and to estimating time. In Money, children are retain information in a way that the series is a stand-alone resource, there will be introduced to the different money denominations makes sense to them. Because great value in reviewing books in order to ensure and end with adding money and making change. it is so personalized, students children have a solid foundation. The final section, Measurement, focuses on become actively involved in their note taking First in the series, Addition and Subtraction measuring temperature, length, perimeter, area, and it can be adapted for various age/learning begins with background information to help weight, and volume. Resources for practicing the levels. It can take as much or as little time as you you understand the right brain learner. As a left- skills taught in the book and an answer key are like. You might make a notebook page only at brain learner, I found this to be one of the most included. Depending on your child, you may the beginning of a unit, or perhaps one for each valuable aspects of the series. I experienced wish to add a clock, play money or measuring topic. These books are a guide for formatting and many “AHA” moments as I read the information, cups (not required). You will need a 12” ruler, for grade level content to include in your note- which enhanced my understanding greatly of the measuring tape (or yard stick), kitchen scale, book, though this can easily be varied. Students right brained learners in my family. The author bathroom scale, and a food thermometer. The are encouraged to make their own choices about provides background understanding of teaching final section also includes cooking activities, so the look of their pages. A grading rubric helps children of various ages from preschool through other common household and food items will be teachers and homeschooling parents assess the fourth grade before expanding on principles for necessary. This is a wonderful resource to engage student’s work. You can begin with a spiral note- teaching the right-brain learner. Topics in this your child’s learning practical math skills. book, a composition book or a 3 ring binder with book include learning numbers, understanding Right -Brained Math Vocabulary provides par- loose leaf paper. The content in each grade level the meaning of numbers, transitioning from ents and teachers interactive, visual and tac- aligns to current state standards and gives you visual to symbolic and mastering computa- tile methods for teaching the math vocabulary something to work with. Reproducible for one tion to 10. Loosely scripted, each topical area necessary for math success. Each double-sided classroom, co-op or family. Homeschoolers may includes goals, manipulative lists, activity/game page provides a colorfully illustrated vocabulary recognize this method as lapbooking. 96 pgs, pb. instructions, and reproducible activity pages. word with brief explanation, summarized activity EACH NOTEBOOK ...... 9.99 7 50. Answer Keys and Classroom Records are includ- and sample sentence on one side, with a story, 034654 Grade K 034646 Grade 5 ed. Suggested hands-on manipulatives utilize picture related information or activity, related 034567 Grade 1 034649 Grade 6 commonly found items. thinking question and kinesthetic activity. The 034568 Grade 2 034652 Grade 7 Right-Brained Place Value follows and begins teaching process is clearly explained: introduce 034569 Grade 3 034653 Grade 8 with an overview of how children learn, a review and model the word, get student participation, 034643 Grade 4 of foundational concepts, all before introduc- tell the story, follow with the visual exercise, ing place value and multi-digit computation. journal and a kinesthetic activity, and post the Challenge Math (K-9) Introducing place value in concrete terms and word on wall for visual reminder. Use along with Some kids have a natural talent for mathe- activities, children as young as kindergarten may the other books in this series or as a companion matics. It doesn’t take much explaining before be able to comprehend this vital concept. Math to your current math curriculum to teach key they’re nodding or saying, “I’ve got it.” Then fluency develops through a variety of hands on math concepts. Each page includes 2 vocabulary they’re off, racing through their homework at and total body activities, engaging stories, dis- words with dotted lines to cut between them, the lightning speed. It’s not much of a challenge and covery based exercises, oral practice and repro- individual vocabulary word card measures 8” x frankly, kind of boring. That’s where Challenge ducible worksheets. Answer keys and student 5 ½”. Pages are perforated for easy removal and Math comes into play. These books are a great assessment forms are in the appendix. Hands-on could easily be laminated. Includes 138 words. resource for finding topics and problems that manipulatives utilize commonly found items. This pioneering teaching resource would make will spark their interest and challenge their math Right-Brained Multiplication and Division an excellent companion to the Life of Fred ele- and problem solving skills. Though referred to reviews the right brained elements used through- mentary series or mastery based instruction for as a curriculum, I think it is best used as a sup- out the series. Although formatted a little differ- struggling math students. Dedicated teaching plement. For instance, if you’re teaching a unit ently than the previous books, teaching elements time is necessary for success and may take 30-45 on multiplication, you could refer to the multi- are the same: visual illustrations, personification, minutes per day depending on your student’s sit- plication, exponents, area, or distance chapters pattern discovery, story telling, and hands on or uation. Books are complementary, but may also for some interesting problems. Each chapter total body activities. Teaching information (not be used independently. Reproducible for instruc- begins with instruction so the student has the scripted) and tactile/kinesthetic activities includ- tional use in a single classroom or homeschool. necessary background to solve the upcoming ed in each topical chapter. Appendix contains 120-223 pgs, pb. ~ Deanne problems. The text uses fun cartoon characters reproducible practice worksheets and answer EACH BOOK (exc noted) . . . . 29 .95 and language that is easy to understand. At the keys. 058386 Add ./Sub ...... 28 .95 end of each chapter, there are problems which Right Brained Fractions focuses on immersive 021969 Fractions are grouped by level of difficulty. The Primary storytelling, vibrant images, hands on activities 058387 Multiplication/Division Grade book has four levels: easy, somewhat and pattern discovery, children review concepts 058388 Place Value challenging, challenging, and very challenging. and terminology, fractional parts, improper frac- 069185 ☼Time, Money and Measurement In Challenge Math, there are only three levels: tions, fraction number sense, adding fractions 014127 ☼Math Vocabulary challenging, very challenging, and extremely and mixed numbers, as well as, subtracting, challenging. ~ Anh multiplying and dividing fractions. Reproducible EACH BOOK ...... 24.95 19 .50 resource pages and answer keys are included. 033665 Primary Challenge Math (K-4) Right- Brained Time, Money & Measurement is This volume has 27 chapters covering an engaging resource to teach practical skills to sequences, problem-solving, money, frac- children from 5-8 years of age. Like the others tions, multiplying, exponents, percents, mea- in this series, the targeted learner is the visual surement, probability, ratios, proportions, or right brain although it may benefit children of negative numbers, division, distance, alge- all learning types. Concepts are taught through braic thinking, algebra and equations, using images, stories, hands-on activities, and patterns: algebra, square roots, circumference, area, all designed to engage and target a child’s natu- logic, and decimals. ral learning strengths. Divided into 3 sections, continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 497 059812 Upper Elementary (2-6) pyramid fold, standing cube, accordion book, presenting the material in understandable terms, The front cover states, “Math is often taught etc.) are provided. Many colorful photos of your students’ understanding will be pulled along as all scales and no music. This book con- completed Foldables are helpfully included. with Crazy Applications, Brain Stretchers, and tains the music!” Our math study is indeed The next section lists math activity suggestions sometimes Super Brain Stretchers. Many of the lacking if we don’t see how it can be used to that lend themselves to Foldables. For a more forty activities and games in each book employ do wonderful things. The book’s first premise complete list of math topics covered, please see readily available school or household materials is that we learn through being challenged. each book below. Although the activity ideas to take the lessons out of the book and into the Students, secondly, should be presented suggest a basic topic and the type of foldable students’ hands. - Tom with these challenges in ways that intrigu- to use, the actual implementation (choosing a 026842 Dazzling Division . . .16.00 12 .75 ingly connect math and the real world. Each model and content to include) is completely up The Magic of Division, Understanding chapter introduces concepts and discusses to you. Until you become more comfortable Division Facts, Division Practice Games, the real world situation using a charming with the concept of Foldables, you may find the Becoming Dazzling at Division. animal companion and an Einstein-like char- lack of step-by-step instructions in this section to 032594 Fabulous Fractions . . . 14.95 11 .95 acter drawn in black and white cartoons. be somewhat daunting. Finally, the last section Various games and activities, such as Fraction The formula and key processes they discuss contains some reproducible graphics, such as Jeopardy, are used to teach fraction facts are highlighted on a drawn chalkboard. The templates and flashcards, which you can use (how to represent fractions, reducing to low- 21 chapters each pull from a wide variety of when making Foldables. ~ Anh est terms, proper vs. improper fractions, etc.) topics: astronomy, problem solving, algebra, EACH BOOK ...... 23 .20 and the four basic operations on fractions. probability, ratios, perimeter and circumfer- 002998 Elementary (K-6) The last section covers fractions and their ence, area, volume, analogies, speed, bases Includes math activity suggestions for num- decimal equivalents. and more. First in each chapter come prob- bers, factors, place value, sets, addition, 026846 Marvelous Multiplication lem sets. You can easily select the difficulty subtraction, multiplication, division, inte- ...... 14.95 11 .95 of problems to specifically challenge your gers, fractions, geometry, graphs and charts, The Magic of Multiplication, Games for student. All material covers four different Venn diagrams, measurement, and more in Understanding the Multiplication Tables, levels of difficulty: easy, somewhat chal- 178 pgs. Multiplication Practice Games, Becoming lenging, challenging and very challenging. 002992 Middle and High School (6-12) Marvelous at Multiplication. Each problem set has “warm up” exercises Ideas for math activities cover number systems, 032598 Wacky Word Problems 16.00 12 .75 with one problem for each of the four dif- algebraic patterns and functions, geometry, These games and activities teach math with ferent levels. After a few pages of problem measurement, data analysis and probabili- a little flair, so your students will enjoy mas- sets come extended sets of questions at each ty, problem solving, communication (concept tering computation, measurement, counting level--a good handful (5 or so) of questions maps, note taking, vocabulary), and represen- and logic, percentages, distances, algebra, per level. Answers are provided in full and tation (charts, graphs) in 128 pgs. geometry, and graphing in order to conquer comprise 125 pages of the book. Pages are many different real-world word problems. reproducible for classroom use. 398 pp, sc. Teaching Math Through Art (2-10) Each lesson begins with a list of materials 033664 Challenge Math (4-9) Math is used every day and all around us, and needed, objective, and a simple explanation Topics covered include astronomy, problem with this book by Visual Manna you can help of how to perform the activity, complete with solving, algebra, the metric system, deci- your students realize the concept. This book can examples. Most activities are spruced up mals, fractions, perimeter, circumference, be used as a supplement to your math program with a fun brain stretcher or math challenge, area, volume, percents, ratio, proportion, which would allow students to see the connec- tips and tricks, and, as the title suggests, trigonometry, probability, statistics, distance, tion to cooking, architecture, engineering, and wacky word problems for you to solve eas- algebra, graphing equations, acceleration, other aspects of everyday life. It touches upon ily with the skills just perfected through the and calculus in 19 chapters. This book also the math concepts of money, time, measure- game or activity. contains 20 math contests at the end of the ment, geometry, real numbers, whole numbers, book. Each math contest is a mix consisting integers, fractions, angles, multiples, prime num- of 5 different math problems. bers, and factors. Students will see how, through Exploring the World of Mathematics (4-12) the centuries, famous artists have used math to This fascinating book explores many different create great works. Learn about the Fibonacci facets of mathematics, and is an intriguing read Sequence, The Golden Mean, symmetry, and for anyone - whether or not they enjoy the actual more as you look at the use of math in art. 83 subject! It begins with a chapter which discusses pgs, pb. – Donna the calendar - how it came about, problems and 043223 ...... 19.95 17 .95 changes that were corrected and re-corrected, how the months were named and the days were Amazing Visual Math (2-AD) divided amongst them, different people who Maybe your students wouldn’t typically describe influenced the calendar, and finally the system math as “amazing,” but they will see math differ- that we have today. Did you know that our cal- ently with this book! Each color-popping page endar will have to be adjusted again, assuming Dinah Zike’s Big Book of Math (K-12) presents pop-outs, sliders, lift-the-flaps and other we reach the year 5329? By then, our current Fans of Foldables will really enjoy this teaching hands-on methods to illustrate different math calendar will be off an entire day. The text is resource series. Foldables are graphic organizers concepts. 17 cardboard pages cover addition and so interesting it’s hard not to just keep reading. with flaps or folds that students can make to subtraction, shapes (2D and 3D), multiplication Throughout the text, questions, puzzles, and demonstrate learning. Try picturing this: general and division, volume, and fractions, offering con- problems are offered as a challenge for students. information is usually displayed on top of a flap cise explanations and helpful tips for figuring. A Some of the topics covered include measuring, or fold while more specific details are written or two-page fun quiz tests students knowledge and a practical mathematics, number names and pat- illustrated underneath. Not only are they fun to glossary in the back rounds out this DK hardcov- terns, endless numbers, math for scientists, and create, but they also make useful study aids. er book. All learners, but especially visual ones, computing machines. Lots of history is given This series helps parents and teachers inte- will benefit from “seeing” math. – Steph with each topic, so students learn not only about grate math concepts with Foldables. Both the 061048 ...... 15.99 11 .50 the concepts but how they were formed and Elementary and For Middle School and High developed over time to give us the functions we School books are similarly structured. First, Magical Math Series: Games and Activities that commonly use today. An excellent supplement to author Dinah Zike describes what a Foldable Make Math Easy and Fun (3-7) any math curriculum, reading a chapter from this is and why they are useful. Then, step-by-step The covers of these books by Lynette Long have book would provide an excellent break from the instructions for making various models (the half in common the idea that math concepts like daily math lessons. 157 pgs. - Melissa book, two-tab book, matchbook, shutter fold, multiplication and division are magical. While 026972 ...... 14.99 10 .85 498 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Competition Math for Middle School (5-8) Worktexts & Reproducibles Informational Books / Math as Literature Art of Problem Solving is known for their math series catering to gifted students – Beast Academy Math Express Speed Maths Strategies (1-6) Series at the middle grades and Art of Problem Solving This series is designed to help students learn for higher levels. These courses are for those and implement strategies that will help them do ☼My Math Readers (PK-1) students who need additional challenges not pro- math computation more quickly, therefore more Many of the math readers on the market today vided in regular math courses. Competition Math efficiently. Each book offers 14 strategies, each are for early elementary or higher, but this little for Middle School is by the same publisher and is beginning with two problems which you are to series is specifically intended as an introduction intended for gifted math students, math coaches, answer in a specified amount of time (seconds at the preschool level. This is a set of 25 small and parents or teachers in search of material to not minutes). The two following pages explain readers (5.5” square) that vary in length from 7 challenge accelerated students. The book’s con- the strategy and then 2 more pages offer work- to 11 pages, each with a specific focus: “Zero tent will really make your math gears turn! You’ll sheets for additional practice with that strategy. Means There Are None, Count to 10 in Color, find great, meaty problems in the areas of alge- A one-page speed and accuracy test follows each 100 is a Lot.”An included parent guide offers bra, counting, probability, number theory, and section in the book, and each book ends with 2 ideas for each book before, during, and after geometry, along with answer keys and complete diagnostic tests (1 page each). 102-pages with reading. A small workbook (same size as readers) solutions and instructions that include examples solutions included at the end. Although distrib- is also included and has one page to be complet- and the reasoning required. uted by SingaporeMath.com, these books would ed after reading each book. Children can trace This book assumes that students using this book provide quick strategy and computation practice and practice writing numbers on the last few are competent in pre-algebra concepts. This is for any math curriculum. ~ Donna pages of the workbook, 0-20 and 100. A sheet of definitely a book for the math-minded and can EACH LEVEL (except noted) . . . 12 .80 16 reward stickers is also included to encourage be used for students who are interested in math 047882 Level 1 047883 Level 2 your math learner. ~ Donna competitions, such as MathCounts and AMC, or 047884 Level 3 047885 Level 4 067817 ...... 21.99 15 .95 those who just want to add more indepth think- 047886 Level 5 ...... 13 .00 ing problems to their math curriculum. 370 pp, 048056 Level 6 ...... 13 .00 ☼Animath (PK-1) p/b. ~ Donna Do your children love stories about animals? 060689 ...... 25 .00 Math Tutor (3-8) Do they love photos of animals too? This series Need a bit of extra practice with some of your combines animals with simple math concepts in Understanding Mathematics (7-AD) math skills? Let the Math Tutor help. This series colorful and interactive reading books. The pages A non-technical book that provides instruction, practice, and assessment in are vibrant and engaging, great for home or class- explains math from count- correlation with state, national, and provincial room. In the back is an animal fact page and a ing to calculus. Topics standards. The books in this series are all format- math/animal glossary page, as well as a listing build on one another, ted similarly which makes them easy to use for of correlating CC standards and some teaching providing the reader with independent practice in specific skill areas. Each notes. I think your kids will want to read these a complete overview of book is 78 pages, reproducible for classroom or again and again just to see the cool animals! sc, mathematics. This book is family use, and arranged in a systematic way 24pp, 7.5x8.5” ~ Sara divided into three sections where skills build on previous skills. Each sec- EACH BOOK ...... 6.95 5 95. - elementary (numbers, tion begins with “Absorb” in which the concept 068119 Adding with Ants addition, subtraction, mul- or skill is introduced. Key terms are highlighted 068120 Comparing with Cats tiplication, division, frac- in this section for easy identification. The sec- 068121 Measuring with Monkeys tions, percentages, negative numbers, exponents, ond part of each section is “Apply” in which the 068122 Skip Counting with Meerkats pre-algebra), intermediate (solving one algebraic students practice the new skill or concept, and 068123 Taking Away with Tigers equation, solving a system of equations, word “Extra Practice” is exactly that – extra practice. problems, functions, graphing, geometry, mea- 2 or 3 ‘section reviews’ are found strategically MathStart Books (PK-2) surement of geometric figures, trigonometry), and placed in which students are quizzed over the Funny stories that show how kids use math! advanced (logarithms, complex numbers, finding skills covered to that point, and a ‘final review’ Each book focuses on a single math concept. geometry, using algebra, introducing calculus, is found at the end of the book which covers Colorful illustrations entertain while accurately the derivative, the integral). This is not a text, all skills presented in the book. Step-by-step depicting the concept. Level 1 books are for ages but a discussion that includes numerous worked instruction provides students with a refresher 3 and up, Level 2 for ages 6 and up, and Level 3 examples. For parents, students, or anyone who on specific topics, extra practice, or just review for ages 7 and up. wants to understand math. Also useful as a com- before a big test. EACH LEVEL 1 BELOW (PK+) . . . 5.99 4 95. prehensive math reference. Multiplication & Division explains the functions 024287 3 Little Firefighters It does no good to have a text without practice of multiplication and division, multiplying and 018156 Beep Beep, Vroom Vroom! of the concepts. Students read the content found dividing by 1, 2, and 3 digit numbers, multiples (pattern recognition) in the main text “Understanding Mathematics,” of 10, remainders, multiplying and dividing 018157 Best Bug Parade then complete the corresponding section in the with decimals (1, 2, or 3 places), and estimating (compare/contrast sizes) solutions (companion) guide. The first half of results. Fractions & Decimals explain fractions, 018162 Bug Dance the guide offers hints, examples, explanations, add/subtract/multiply/divide fractions and mixed (directions - left, right, forward, etc) exercises, and problems for practice. Each chap- numbers, improper fractions, ordering fractions, 018165 Circus Shapes (shapes) ter’s content builds on the previous chapter, and converting fractions to decimals, and decimals 017291 Double the Ducks (doubling numbers) initial problems incorporate the new concept to fractions. Pre-Algebra concepts include fac- 018174 Every Buddy Counts (counting to 10) presented in the main text and more challenging toring, fractions, positive & negative numbers, 018179 Greatest Gymnast of All (opposites) problems with multiple concepts by the end of order of operations, square and square roots, 018181 Henry the Fourth (ordinals) the chapter. The second half of the book gives exponents, variables, problem solving, perim- 026648 House for Birdie (capacity) the solutions for all of the problems in the book. eter, area, volume, circles, number properties, 032456 It’s About Time! (hours) A 20-question chapter summary concludes each and data analysis. Algebra concepts include 035658 Jack the Builder (counting on) chapter. The text along with the solutions guide factoring, fractions, positive and negative num- 018183 Just Enough Carrots (more, fewer) provide extra practice in specific skill areas, bers, order of operations, exponents, variables, 035660 Leaping Lizard (counting by 5s & 10s) allow students to work ahead of their curriculum problem solving, equations, and polynomials. 032463 Mighty Maddie (comparing weight) for an added challenge, or can be used for a EACH BOOK ...... 11.99 8 .95 018196 Missing Mittens (evens, odds) comprehensive review before taking a standard- 049197 Algebra Skills 018197 Monster Musical Chairs (subtraction) ized test. pb.~ Anh / Donna 049198 Fractions & Decimals 018200 One . .Two . .Three . .Sassafras! 018292 Text ...... 24.95 24 .75 049199 Multiplication & Division (number order) 047522 Problem/Solution Gd 24.95 24 .75 049200 Pre-Algebra Skills continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 499 018201 Pair of Socks (matching) Math Adventure Series (1-6) Sir Cumference Series (3-6) 018206 Rabbit’s Pajama Party (sequencing) Introduce students to mathematical concepts Go on math adventures with Sir Cumference 018213 Seaweed Soup (matching sets) in a fun way with these entertaining storybooks. and his family, Lady Di of Ameter and their son Each storybook has full-color, captivating illustra- Radius. In each book, a mathematical concept EACH LEVEL 2 BELOW (1+) . . . 5.99 4 .95 tions and a fun story, complete with quirky char- is explored and “discovered” in such a way it 026593 100 Days of Cool (numbers 1-100) acters and appealing dialogue. Within the stories allows students to fully comprehend the “how” 018152 Animals on Board (addition) are hidden explanations of math principles, or and “why” as the characters in the story use this 018158 Best Vacation Ever (charts) sometimes the characters have to use real math concept to solve their unique problems. 018161 Bigger, Better, Best (area) to get out of some adventurous fix. Each book EACH BOOK ...... 7.95 5 95. 018163 Captain Invincible & Space Shapes teaches a different principle through an interest- 011090 & Dragon of Pi (3-D shapes) ing story. 32 pgs, pb. ~ Rachel 017252 & Great Knight of Angleland 024289 Coyotes All Around (rounding) EACH BOOK ...... 7.95 5 .95 011175 & Sword in the Cone 018173 Elevator Magic (subtraction) 030461 Alice in Pastaland 026120 & the First Round Table 018175 Fair Bear Share (regrouping) Join Alice as she solves basic math problems 067081 & the Fraction Faire 018177 Get Up and Go! (telling time) (addition, subtraction, multiplication, and 012963 & the Isle of Immeter 018178 Give Me Half! (fractions) division). 020661 & the King’s Tens 018185 Let’s Fly a Kite (symmetry) 042103 Beanstalk: Measure of a Giant 051986 & the Viking’s Map 035661 Mall Mania (addition strategies) Learn about ratios in this twist on the classic 013865 & the Off-the-Charts Dessert 032464 More or Less (comparing numbers) story as Jack and the giant become friends. 059918 & the Roundabout Battle 018203 Pepper’s Journal (days, weeks, months) 047238 Cut Down to Size at High Noon 018205 Probably Pistachio (probability) Learn about scale and proportion in the old Sir Cumference Classroom Activities (3-6) 018207 Racing Around (perimeter) frontier town of Cowlick. The Sir Cumference series now has a companion 036237 Same Old Horse (making predictions) 043362 Equal Shmequal book. Sir Cumference Classroom Activities offers 018223 Spunky Monkeys on Parade Mouse and other animal friends are trying to 35 activities to connect math to this book series. (pre-multiplication) play a game of tug-of-war. They learn that The artwork, story references, and problem-solv- 017294 Sundae Scoop (combinations) the same number of players on each team is ing strategies found in the Sir Cumference books 018224 Super Sand Castle Sunday (measurmt) not enough – size, strength, and other factors are reinforced in the activities of this book. Some 032467 Tally O’Malley (tallying) must be taken into account. of the activities include story mapping, graphing, 046377 Fractions in Disguise mazes and codes, and making animals of the EACH LEVEL 3 BELOW (2+) . . . 5.99 4 .95 Just when George C. Factor (GCF) is set to kingdom using Tangram pieces. Students practice 018159 Betcha! (estimating) add a new fraction to his collection, Dr. Brok with shapes, basic operations, fractions, graph- 018166 Dave’s Down-to-Earth Rock Shop steals and disguises it. Will George’s Reducer ing, matching, diameter, circumference, area, (classifying) invention remove the disguise? Includes tips perimeter, length, and triangles. Critical thinking 018167 Dinosaur Deals (equivalency) for you to use your own “Reducer”, too! strategies are practiced through observing, classi- 018168 Divide and Ride (pre-division) 015571 Multiplying Menace fying, and sequencing. Now this series has even 026631 Earth Day-Hooray! (place value) Rumpelstiltskin wreaks havoc with his mul- more to offer as students can do hands-on math 018176 Game Time! (hours, minutes seconds) tiplication stick. But can someone undo it? activities while reading books they really enjoy. 017293 Grizzly Gazette (percentage) 010382 Multiplying Menace Divides Reproducible for classroom use. ~ Donna 035657 Hamster Champs (angles) Sequel to Multiplying Menace. Rumpelstiltskin 020660 ...... 9.95 7 50. 018182 Jump, Kangaroo, Jump! (fractions) attempts to divide the kingdom with whole 018184 Lemonade for Sale (bar graphs) numbers and fractions. 024298 Less Than Zero (negative numbers) 030462 Once Upon a Dime 018202 Penny Pot (counting coins) Farmer Worth makes an interesting discovery 032466 Polly’s Pen Pal (metrics) — money really does grow on trees! Three 018210 Ready, Set, Hop! (simple equations) step problem solving with money. 035664 Rodeo Time (reading a schedule) 022459 A Place for Zero 018211 Room for Ripley (liquid measurement) Helps kids understand the number zero, in 018212 Safari Park (algebra) addition, multiplication, and place value. 018219 Shark Swimathon (subtraction) 032054 Pythagoras and the Ratios 018221 Sluggers’ Car Wash (dollars & cents) Cousins compare the relationship between the 018225 Too Many Kangaroo Things to Do longest and the shortest of Pythagoras’ pipes to (multiplication) find the ideal musical ratio. 032469 Treasure Map (mapping) 030463 Rabbits Rabbits Everywhere - Fibonacci Tale ~~~~~~~ Rabbits are multiplying so quickly that even Math for the Real World Series (3-6) the Pied Piper can’t get rid of them. How many times have your children asked you, ☼Money Matters Blastoff Readers (K-3) 000978 Toads and Tessellations “When am I ever going to use this?” This series Learn the ins and outs of money while practic- Enzo, the magician’s son, helps Tessel the of readers shows how math is used in the real ing your reading. I love checking off two things shoemaker make twelve identical pairs world, and why it is helpful to understand math at once. These Level 2 Readers offer early read- of shoes from just one piece of leather. functions and when to apply them. Measure the ers a bit more challenge through varied, simple Introduces the concept of tessellations. difference in the Gokstad Ship and a smaller long sentences, increased text, and less repetition 013691 Very Improbable Story ship (you’ll be amazed). Set the pace in a poem of high-frequency words. Level 2 is the perfect Ethan wakes up with a talking cat on his using poetic meter, and draw the horizon and time to add some interesting content. I’m thrilled head, who refuses to get down unless Ethan vanishing point in a picture. Apply ratios, dec- these money topics are covered in a way that wins a game of low probability. imals, fractions, and percentages to the under- early readers can encounter them. A glossary, 030465 Sold! standing of the stock market or apply different references for looking up more information, and A boy gets caught up in the excitement of concepts of fractions to music. Translate miles an index are in the back. 24 pgs, pb. ~ Janice an auction and buys more than he intended. using expanded notation while globe trotting, EACH BOOK ...... 6.99 5 .75 Two step problem solving using monetary and compare geometric shapes and tangrams. 068106 Counting 068108 Saving concepts. Math is everywhere, and sometimes not easily 068107 Earning 068109 Spending 011059 What’s Your Angle, Pythagoras? realized. Help your children learn and apply 068110 Types of Money Introduces students to the Pythagorean math concepts while visiting the world around Thereom and right triangles. them. ~ Donna 500 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. EACH BELOW ...... 5.00 3 .95 Individual Titles (alphabetically) brightly colored and packed with informational 009745 American Flag tidbits, illustrations, and scattered activities cov- 009757 Animals on the Farm Ben Franklin and the Magic Squares (2-4) ering topics such as number systems, sequenc- EACH BELOW ...... 6.00 4 .95 Based on a mostly-true story about Benjamin es, calculation tips, 2-D and 3-D dimensions, 009909 Counting w/ Abacus Franklin’s invention of the popular math puzzles shapes, magic squares, optical illusions, logic, 009926 Day with the Baker “Magic Squares.” It begins with a general history infinity, and much more. An example from the 010049 Food Fractions of Franklin’s accomplishments up to his service Seeing Sequence page explains that “Math is 010279 Magic Squares as a clerk in the Pennsylvania Colonial Assembly. the search for patterns - patterns of numbers, of 010392 On the Trail with Lewis & Clark With challenging vocabulary, short paragraphs, shapes, of anything. Wherever there’s any kind EACH BELOW ...... 7.00 5 .75 and funny illustrations, this book is perfect for of pattern, there is usually something interesting 009742 Amazing Animals students who are comfortable reading on their going on, such as a meaning or a structure. A 047770 At Sea on Viking Ship own. Instructions are included on how to make number sequence obeys a rule or pattern - the 047775 Tangram Puzzles your own magic squares. 48 pgs, pb. fun is in figuring out the pattern.” The activity EACH BELOW ...... 8.50 6 .95 047741 ...... 3.99 3 .25 provides step-by-step instructions for mathemat- 009737 Aircraft Carriers: Supplies ical art, using sequences of squares to create a for a City at Sea Fractions, Decimals, and Percents (1-5) golden rectangle and spiral. Some additional 009746 America’s Electoral College These math concepts are explained during a math tools are required for the activities includ- 009751 Ancient Civilizations of Greece and Rome trip to the county fair and the use of money. ing a ruler, compass and tape measure. A glossa- 009758 Architecture of Frank Lloyd Wright Explanations are simple yet effective, show- ry, index and answers are located in the back of 009788 Building Washington, D .C . ing how fractions, decimals, and percents are the book. 128 pgs, hc. ~ Deanne 009791 Calendars of Native Americans all related and can be used interchangeably. 031683 ...... 15.99 11 .50 009797 California Gold Rush Colorful illustrations and questions are through- 010365 Mesopotamia out the book. 32 pgs, pb. ~ Alissa Math for all Seasons: Mind-Stretching Math 047771 Music Math 033683 ...... 7.99 5 .95 Riddles (K-3) 010430 Recipes for a Medieval Feast This lighthearted book contains 16 math riddles 010483 Silk Road Fun With Roman Numerals (1-5) that follow the same format as The Grapes of This colorful book introduces students to the Math but are geared towards a slightly younger ☼Go Figure: A Math Journey (3-6) seven Roman Numeral symbols and then pro- age group. For each riddle, a certain number of Each book in the series engages students in gresses to “building” larger numbers using the illustrated objects are grouped together in differ- math by providing information and practice seven symbols. Plenty of examples for small ent ways. The riddle then tells a quick and easy applying math concepts. Concepts are presented and large numbers are given, with step-by-step trick to count the items. The math tricks given in a 2-page spread, with the first page providing instructions for adding (and subtracting) accord- in the riddles are explained in further detail in explanations and practice, while the second ing to the rules of Roman Numerals. Playful, the back of the book. Answers are included so page offers an opportunity for the student to colorful illustrations of armor-clad, toga-wearing, students can check their own answers. apply what he has learned, appropriately called chariot-riding Romans enhance the lessons as the 017124 ...... 6.99 5 25. Go Figure. For example, in the Journey through Romans “demonstrate” the concepts with signs, the Animal Kingdom perimeter and area are banners, and Roman Numerals painted on their Mesmerizing Math (2-5) defined with a practice problem showing how to shields. Also included is a hands-on practice My daughter majored in math and physics, calculate the area of a rectangle. The following activity that students can do by taping Roman my husband is an engineer, and I have always “Go Figure” page, presents information on how Numeral symbols to coins, allowing them to been good at math. But it took this book for to track a jaguar’s movement, a map, and follow practice the concepts of place value and adding me to understand tessalations. A fascinating up questions applying the math concept learned. numerals. By David A. Adler; illust by Edward introduction to various, intriguing aspects of Answers, Math Glossary and additional website Miller III. 32 pgs, pb. ~ Lisa numbers (triangular numbers), statistics (picto- links are included in the back of the book. SC. 047450 ...... 7.99 5 .95 grams), geometry (the golden rectangle loved by 32 pgs. ~ Deanne the ancient Greeks), measurement (the man who EACH BOOK ...... 9.95 7 .95 Grapes of Math (PK-AD) measured the earth), transformations (where tes- 067426 Planet Earth This book contains sixteen counting problems salations come in), probability (lottery chances), 067427 Space with riddles to solve them. For each riddle, a and sequences (fibonacci numbers), this book 067428 Animal Kingdom certain number of illustrated objects are grouped will also acquaint you with some of the historical 067429 Human Body together in different ways. The riddle then gives “biggies” of mathematics. With oversized, heavy a clue about a trick to count the items more effi- cardstock paper, pop-ups, lift-flaps, spinners, Mathematicians are People, Too (5-12) ciently than by simply counting each item sepa- colorful cartoon-like illustrations, and a wealth of Did you know that Pythagoras had to pay his rately. The book is full of colorful pictures, bright understandable information, this book intends to first student to listen to him? That Newton was colors, and fun objects to count such as food “hook” your kids (and you) on the “amazingness” considered an average student, until he became items, snails, camels, and more. The fun quality of math. ~ Janice interested in astronomy and mathematics? That of this book makes it ideal for teaching counting 056073 ...... 18.99 13 .50 at age 13, Sophie Germain secretly studied strategies that will build a great mathematical math by candlelight? Capture your students’ foundation for any student. The math tricks given ☼Prices! Prices! Prices! Why They Go Up & attention with these intriguing but true stories in the riddles are explained more thoroughly in Down (K-3) about famous mathematicians. Learn about the back of the book and include the answers It’s never too soon to teach their lives, their times, and what made mathe- for each riddle so students can check their own kids to be a good consumer! matics so fascinating to these individuals. Each answers. ~ Rachel S. This is a simple explana- volume contains 15 highly readable stories 017123 ...... 6.99 5 .25 tion of economic principles suitable for junior high to high school students. with colorful illustrations. Volume I covers Thales, Pythagoras, Archimedes, How to Be a Math Genius (3-9) It’s sure to bring on lots of Hypatia, Napier, Galileo, Pascal, Newton, Euler, Whether you are a math enthusiastic or questions, so be ready with Lagrange, Germain, Gauss, Galois, Noether, and math-phobic, this book is sure to engage your your answers! Don’t worry, Ramanujan. Volume II covers Euclid, Khayyam, brain! Students will read about men and women you know this stuff: supply Fibonacci, Cardano, Descartes, Fermat, Agnesi, with great math brains who changed our world, and demand, profit margins, variables, etc. The Banneker, Babbage, Somerville, Abel, Lovelace, have the big ideas of math explained with clarity, examples are ones kids can relate to: buying Kovalevsky, Einstein, and Pólya. ~ Anh and be given the opportunity to grow their math sneakers, selling lemonade, weather, and putting EACH BOOK ...... 20.97 19 .50 brain through the diverse activities found within gas in the car. pb, 30pp, 8x10”. ~ Sara 014131 Volume I 014132 Volume II the pages of the book. Each two-page layout is 067595 ...... 7.99 5 95. See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 501 ☼Why PI? (2-5) Math Journal (K-6) situation. There are enough pages (80) to do 40 Many young math students never learn the story This book isn’t what I expected. I thought I problems and makes a nice companion to your of how and why people have chosen to measure would be spending time looking through a book math curriculum. ~ Donna things over the span of human history. This book that offered help in everyday math concepts. A 057641 ...... 5.95 3 95. will give students a greater understanding of the journal of ideas proven to be effective. Not so! value and usefulness of mathematics to the prog- This is a spiral bound book of 60 double-sided 1 cm Graph Board (PK-AD) ress of civilization as they study many of the most pieces of graph paper. The graph paper has ¼” An interesting 3D model of graph paper. The significant developments in the field of mathe- squares and is perfect for doing math problems. board features ten columns each indented so you matical reasoning and measurement. Contrary Number alignment can be a real issue in math, can place 1 cm unit cubes in the groove. There’s to the assumption of many, the history of math and it’s so important for accuracy. Have your space for 20 cubes in each column. What can has a fascinating story to tell, and this colorful student do math problems on the pages in this you use this for? So glad you asked. There’s an and beautifully illustrated book will help to bring book and you will have a record of past work accompanying task sheet showing five different that story to life. If you have a young student that and concepts they have covered. This allows you possibilities – number facts, real statistics, dif- needs to be inspired and motivated to recognize and your student to use the book as a reference. ferent arrangements, determining the mean, and the importance of mathematical reasoning, then Although recommended for grades K-6, but it displaying/solving (i.e. modified bar modeling do not hesitate to purchase this excellent supple- would be helpful at any age. Use it for working method used in Singapore approach math). With mental resource. 92 pgs, pb. ~ Mike on fractions, place value, graphing, and so much countless variations and applications of each 067748 ...... 9.99 7 .50 more. ~ Donna task, this could be a well-used manipulative. ~ 040290 ...... 4.50 3 .95 Janice Videos / Software / Audio 048986 (A .) ...... 4.50 4 25. Math Journals (K-8) I Love Math! CD-ROM (2-6) 068502 My Math Journal-32pg 1 .75 057262 ...... 9.99 7 .95 068503 My Math Journal-64pg 2 .60 068497 Math Journal - 32 pg . . 1 .75 Carmen SanDiego Math Detective CD-ROM (3-9) 068498 Math Journal - 64 pg . . 2 .60 A . Carmen has been reducing the size of some important features around the globe – and they Math Journals (1-6) need to be restored for all to enjoy! These adven- These affordable blank journals provide the tures require math skills to solve. Use multiplica- formatted paper you need for your students, all tion and division, convert fractions and decimals, in one neat booklet. These journals allow plenty calculate percentages, create 2D models and of space for your students to keep their practice solve word problems as you collect codes to work all in one place. Sections are labeled so the help deactivate Carmen’s shrinking machine. student can work independently. There are 3 levels of difficulty and thousands EACH JOURNAL ...... 5.95 3 .95 of math problems in all. Music and graphics 054482 Book A (1-3) B . may be a little intense for younger users. System Every two-page spread includes a blank box requirements: Windows: 95, 98, Vista, 7; Mac: at the top of the left page for writing out math InstaGraphs (K-AD) OS 7.5.1 – 9.2. problems, five - ½” writing lines with ¼” dot- No more separate sheet of graph paper! Wow 057266 ...... 9.99 7 .95 ted guideline for describing or writing about – I wish these had been around back when I was the mathematical process, and on the right is in school. This is one of the best applications of Teaching Aids / Student Tools a full page of ½” grid paper for drawing dia- Post-It® “technology” I have seen! These small grams, graphs, and charts. 8½” x 11”. papers are sticky on two ends to adhere to paper Dianne Craft Math Supplements (K-6) 054483 Book B (4+) like a “second skin” and contain that errant Designed to accompany your current math Formatted like Book A (#54482), this journal graphing problem, saving you from drawing program, these supplemental resources will help provides blank space for writing out mathe- number line, x/y axis, or grid on your paper or your right brain or visual learner finally see matical problems, 3/8” lines for describing attaching (horrors!) a separate graph paper sheet. math—and without using their fingers! Each set or writing about the mathematical process, Worse yet, your children come to a graph-paper includes quality glossy cards and instructions. and a full page of ¼” grid lines for diagrams, problem and “skip” it, never to return! These are Visual Number Cards allow you to teach the graphs, and charts. 8 ½”x 11” handy to throw in backpack or take with you if, whole with the parts by this unique system con- like my kids, yours are doing some math home- taining the number with an embedded picture on Math Journal (1-AD) work “on the run”. Besides these handy graphing the front of the card and the related number story This handy little journal is the perfect accom- forms, multiplication table pads and 100-number on the back. Set includes numbers 1-9, cards are paniment to any math program. 64 blank pages grids are available for more elementary applica- single hole punched with a hinged ring and mea- provide room for students to show their work tions. Affix a multiplication table sheet to their sure 5 1/2” x 4 1/4”. Multiplication Cards are when solving problems. Left-hand pages hold desktop or worksheet for a little help before those double sided with a math problem with embed- lines while the right hand pages are 1-cm graph tables are learned or use to track tables already ded pictures on one side and related story on paper. Inside the cover are helpful math tips - committed to memory. Use blank 100-number the back side. Covering multiplication facts 0-9, terms describing number operations, common grids when learning skip counting, or practicing these glossy cardstock cards measure 11”x8 ½”. I math terms, 5 steps to solving word problems, numbers 1-100. Use numbered 100-grids to greatly appreciate the large bold font used for the and a 12x12 multiplication table. ~ Steph identify primes, factors, or learning by repeated story line which makes it practical for individual 033690 ...... 2.50 2 .25 addition. I’m sure you’ll find even more uses. . or group use. ~ Deanne EACH 3” x 3” PAD BELOW . . . 4.00 1 95. 064821 Visual Number Cards . . 6 .99 Mathematical Reasoning Journal (3-12) 022086 24 x 24 Grid with marked axes 064818 Multiplication Cards . . 29 .99 Using a 5 step process, students learn to 022021 20 x 20 Grid plain (no axis) organize their thinking and understanding of 022016 10 x 10 (Hundred #) Grid Blank mathematical problems. Every two-page spread 022018 Hundred Number Grid w/ Numbers is intended for one problem, and provides 1) EACH 3” x 4” PAD BELOW . . . 4.00 2 35. space to write the question or facts; 2) 1 cm grid 022043 20 x 30 Grid plain (no axis) space to use one or more strategies to solve the 022092 24 x 32 Grid w/ marked axes (B .) problem; 3) lines to write math terminology; 4) 022109 Multiplication Table Grid a larger area in which to justify your solution by 022112 Trig Grid with axes explaining your reasoning; and 5) space in which EACH 4” x 4” PAD BELOW . . . 4.00 3 25. to apply your solution to another problem or 022029 20 x 20 Grid plain (no axis) 502 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Write-On/Wipe-Off Math Mats (PK-4) 1/2” squares on the backside. White with Gridded / Graphing Surfaces These heavy vinyl mats are excellent for illus- black lettering and royal blue frame. trating a variety of essential concepts in mathe- Centimeter Grid Board (PK-12) matics. Each mat (except blank) features several ☼Number Bonds Dry Erase Boards (PK-AD) This economical dry-erase board has many blackline printed on both sides, which can be Boards (heavy-weight plastic) are 12” x 9” with uses. It’s a glossy, flexible, two-sided sheet used with dry erase markers and math manipu- a dry erase, write-on, wipe-off surface. Large, measuring 12” x 9” (and less than a mm thick). latives like counting cubes or fraction tiles. The left-hand square is 6” while the two right-hand One side is blank white while the other contains mats are also double-sided; the number-based squares are 3.5”. Sold either as a single item or a centimeter grid of 20 cm squares by 28 cm mats generally feature one “blank” and one in sets of ten. ~ Janice squares. Works well with any dry-erase marker. filled-in side, while the operations-based mats 041478 Single (A .) ...... 1 .25 045498 ...... 1.99 1 50. demonstrate two ways to perform the operation. 044870 Set of Ten ...... 11.99 9 .75 D . E . Mats measure 9” x 12” except for Number Paths mats which are 4” x 20”. ~ Stephen ☼Venn Diagram Chart (2-AD) EACH MAT (except noted) . . . 1 .45 Demonstrate Venn diagrams and have your stu- 064883 Blank dents practice using them with this write & wipe Blank on both sides with a blackline border chart. Each side circle contains 16 lines, with 14 064885 Fact Family Triangle Mats: Addition lines in the overlapping section in the middle. Front features an addition fact-family triangle, Circles are 11 inches and lines are half inch. back has a number bond/factor diagram. Dotted lines show the intersecting themes. The 064884 Fact Family Triangle Mats: back provides a reduced black and white view of Multiplication the front. 18 3/4”x 12.5”. ~ Ruth Grid Dry Erase Boards (PK-AD) Front features multiplication fact-family trian- 066854 (B .)...... 2 .25 Dry erase boards are always a handy, eco- gle, back features a factor diagram. nomical tool for use in classroom or at home. 064886 Fraction Mat Student Solutions Laminated Math Charts (1-AD) You make an initial investment, and use them Squares on which to draw fractional divisions These handy reference pages are great tools over and over and over. This series of boards are and space and a number line on which to for the math class. Each is covered with a heavy designed for practice with specific math skills. show work, the reverse has the same but laminate and contains useful information front The two-sided hundreds board (9” x 12”) has with circles and back. “Counting by Multiples includes the a hundred number chart (grid) on the front and 064887 Fraction Number Line Mat multiples of 2s, 3s, 4s and 5s on the front, and a blank 10 by 10 grid on the reverse, printed in Three blank number lines on the front; on the 10s, 20s, and 25s on the reverse. The multiples blue. Students can practice filling in numbers reverse, blank number lines that are divided are listed in columns with a blank column next on the blank grid for counting and sequencing into tenths, twelfths, and sixteenths to the multiples for counting practice on the lami- practice. There is blank space below the grids on 064888 Number Array Mat nated surface. “Squares & Square Roots” includes both sides for written practice. Front has a blank 5 x 5 grid; back has a blank the squares and roots for 1 through 50 on the The two-sided quadrant boards come in two 10 x 10 grid. front and 51-100 on the reverse. sizes, 9” x 12” and 12” x 18”. The smaller board 064891 Step Up to 120 Mat 053767 Counting By Multiples is a 15 by 20 grid and the larger is a 20 by 30 Front contains a numbered 120 grid (10x12); 9” x 12” ...... 3 grid..50 The squares are ½” and the grids are divid- back has blank 120 grid. 053788 Squares & Square Roots ed into 5x5 quadrants with heavier lines. These 064892 Unifix Mat 1-100, 6” x 9” . . . . 1 boards.95 work well to teach and practice graphing 1-10 stair outline for counting or simple oper- A . of all types. The reverse on both boards is blank ations (can be used with markers or counting B . and can be used for written practice. ~ Donna cubes); the reverse provides a work space for 064241 Hundreds (9x12) (D .) . . 4.63 4 25. loose cubes, rod building outline, and blank 064243 Quadrant (9x12) . . . . 4.42 3 95. space to write the number and number word 064242 Quadrant (12x18) . . . 7.20 5 95. 064889 Number Paths: 1-10 . . 0 .95 Number Path (side-by-side rectangles) with ☼Grid Graphing Charts (K-AD) numerals, the back has a blank number path Printed on poster board, these 13” x 19” lami- (similar to a number line) nated charts can be used with dry erase markers 064890 Number Paths: 1-20 . . 1 .00 for graphing practice. On the reverse of each Front features a numerical number-path; poster is an 8.5” x 11” reproducible of the same back is a blank number path. image on the front of the chart. EACH CHART ...... 2 25. Write-and-Wipe Math Mats (K-AD) C . 066836 Small Grid Graphing Chart (E ). These inexpensive, double-sided mats are flex- Each square is approximately 1cm and the ible and lightweight; useful reusable resources Table-Time Look & Learn “Mostly Math” grid is 28 by 42 squares. for teaching important number concepts, saving Tablecloth (PK-1) 066840 Large Grid Graphing Chart money and paper - a winning combination for Take a step up from learning placemats to a Each square is approximately 2cm and the homeschooling parents, tutors and teachers. Use lively and colorfully illustrated math tablecloth! grid is 14 by 21 squares. with any dry-erase marker. ~ Deanne Kids can soak up a lot of knowledge from their 066857 XY Coordinate Graph Chart 056975 Coordinate Mat . . . . 1 .45 surroundings, and they will love to explore all X-axis is numbered -20 to 20 and Y-axis is 9” x 12” horizonatal mat with XY axis and 1 the different concepts featured here. Seasons, numbered -30 to 30. cm. squares (28 x 20 squares) months, days and hours, weather, shapes, count- 056976 Graphing Mat . . . . 1 .45 ing by 1’s, 5’s, and 10’s, counting backwards, Math Graph Write & Wipe Desk Mat (K-8) 9” x 12” mat with 1 cm. squares (28 x 21 comparisons, addition and subtraction, greater Both sides of this 11” x 17” graph mat have 1 squares) and less than, patterns, money, and more are cm. square graph design. One side has labeling 036689 120 Number Mat . . . 1 .45 illustrated with cute images of animals and lines across the bottom and left side of the mat. 9” x 13” mat with numbers 1-120 (in rows objects. Kids can even use ultra-clean washable Use horizontally or vertically for line graphs, bar of ten) in 1/2” squres on one side and blank markers to answer problems if they wish, and the graphs, as a mapping or drawing grid, or for any- 1/2” squares on the backside. White with tablecloth wipes clean with a damp cloth and thing you’d use graph paper for! Although you black lettering. dish soap. Tablecloth is PVC free, made of PEVA can use either a dry-erase or wet-erase marker, if 036563 120 Number Board . . 1 .25 with flannel backing, and measures 52” x 72” using with wet-erase, use only a damp (not wet) 9” x 13” mat with numbers 1-120 (in rows (fits table sizes 28”x 46” to 44”x 64”). ~ Megan cloth as too much water will ruin the mat. of ten) in 1/2” squres on one side and blank 066827 (C .) ...... 19.99 15 .50 042633 ...... 1 25. See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 503 Graph Paper (PK-AD) MathNotes (1-6) EACH BOOK ...... 14.99 11 .95 Graph paper was invaluable in our math classes Help your students organize their math prob- 067000 Attribute Blocks all the way up to high school! Larger ruled sheets lems with this pack of grid paper. The pack con- 067001 Base Ten are perfect for learning simple geometry, making tains 150 three-hole punched 8 ½” x 11” sheets of 067002 Bead String graphs, place value, and solving basic math grid paper which allows students to lay out their 067003 Counter problems at the lower levels, and you can almost problems and notes in an orderly fashion and 071564 ☼Dice never have enough finely ruled graph paper at keep track of place values. 071565 ☼Domino the upper grades when you’re drawing x-y axes 027416 ...... 3.59 3 .25 067004 Fraction at every math lesson! It’s also perfect for science 071566 ☼Geoboard lab notebooks or just to draw on. Each pack of Grid Paper Sticky Notes (4”x6”) (PK-AD) 067005 Graph & Chart graph paper below contains approximately 100 Drawing graphs on my Saxon homework always 067006 Hundreds Board sheets of 9” x 12” white paper with light blue felt like a pain. Either I couldn’t find my graphing 067007 Link Cube grid lines. - Jess paper (or would lose it in the process of turning 067009 Measure EACH PACK ...... 2 .80 it in), or I couldn’t draw an accurate enough 067010 Money 019709 1” Ruled 019733 ½” Ruled graph to convey my answers. These graph paper 067011 Number Line 019734 ¼” Ruled sticky notes seem like a great solution! Just stick 067012 Pattern Block a sheet with your answer on your notebook page 067013 Place Value Graph Paper (100-sheet packs) (PK-AD) or worksheet and you’re good to go. The adhe- 071567 ☼Playing Card Graph paper is a must have for math class, and sive will keep it with your homework. These 4x6 067014 Shape Hayes Graph Paper is a convenient, affordable notes have .25” squares and come as a pack of 5 067015 Ten Frame option. Each package is 100 sheets (8.5” x 11”), pads with 25 sheets to a pad for 125 total sheets. 067016 Time 3-hole punched, and printed on both sides on A really handy tool for upper level math. – Laura white paper in a variety of grid sizes. 062257 ...... 5.46 4 .95 ☼Magnetic Math Manipulative Bundle (1-5) EACH PACK ...... 3 .75 Have you ever been in the middle of a math 064245 2 Grid X/Y 1/4” Squares Overhead Graph Grids (K-AD) lesson and need a visual way to reinforce the 2 Grid XY Graph Paper features two, 4-quad- You can think of these as write-on, wipe-off concept only to realize you don’t have a manip- rant blue lined grids. The grids have an accen- graph paper. Obviously designed for use with ulative? No more! Set includes the following tuated axis on the left half side of the sheet. overhead projectors, they can be used with dry- magnetic pieces: 200 double sided 1” counters The right side of the sheet is left blank for erase markers to draw geometric figures or to (yellow on one side and red on the other); 2 equations, comments, and/or notes. work problems. These also provide a handy tool clocks with hands, 2 sets of numerals 0-9, and 064246 3 Grid 1/8” Squares for measuring the volume of geometric figures. 2 digital format clocks; 49 multi-color pattern 3 Grid Graph Paper features three, 4-quad- Just lay the grid over the figure and calculate the blocks (hexagons, trapezoids, squares, triangles rant blue lined grids. Each grid has an accen- square inches or centimeters. Sheets measure 25 and rhombi); set of 100 magnetic numbers and tuated axis. The grids are printed on the left x 25 cm or 10” x 10” with margins. ~ Janice operations signs (addition, subtraction, mul- side of the paper, and the right side of the EACH GRID ...... 1 .75 tiplication, division, equals, greater than and sheet is left blank for notes, comments, and 024156 Centimeter 024169 Inch lesser than, decimal point and dollar sign); set equations. of 72 single-sided coins (mix of heads and tails) 064247 6 Grid 1/8” Squares MANIPULATIVE-BASED INSTRUCTION including 40 pennies, 12 nickels, 12 dimes, and 6 Grid XY Graph Paper features six, 4-quad- 8 quarters; set of 12 single-sided bills including rant blue lined grids. Each of the grids have Books Only five $1 bills, four $5 bills; two $10 bills and one an accentuated axis. $20 bill; set of single color, base 10 magnets: 064248 Classic 1/6” Squares ☼50 Manipulative Activities (PK-4) two wholes (hundreds), 20 tens and 40 ones Classic Graph Paper features a blue lined grid These activity cards (4.5x7”) with colorful (approximately ½” diameter) and the multi-col- (8” x 10.5”) with 1/6” squares. borders and rounded corners provide activities or fraction set which includes: whole, halves, to accompany a variety of math manipulatives. thirds, fourths, fifths, sixths, tenths and twelfths) Grid Paper - 1 cm (K-AD) Cards are numbered and an extra card has a Magnets are perfect for smaller hands and have Perfect for creating graphs in math and science checklist to track progress. One side lists script- a bit of flexibility. Perfect to teach visual math or learning to draw! Standard white paper (8 ½” x ed instructions and lesson objectives, resources lessons on a magnetic dry erase board, unused 11”) with a light gray grid; 26 x 20 one-centime- needed and step-by-step instructions. Here is an cookie sheet or refrigerator. Individual sets arrive ter squares. 50 sheets. – Rachel example for the Place Value Activities card #1: in plastic storage bag, which are stored in a larger 035305 ...... 2.40 2 .25 the objective is 2 digit place value, resources zip-closure plastic storage bag. ~ Deanne include your environment (walk outside), the 006032 ...... 39.99 33 .99 ☼Whitelines Notebook: Graph paper (K-AD) procedure is to 1-Draw student’s attention to Write or draw free expres- numbers around you, 2-On a walk, ask students Math Chef: 60 Math Activities & Recipes for sions or math equations to look for and point out two digit numbers, Kids (3-9) in this unique spiral note- 3-How many tens are in each number?; 4-What A delightful way to introduce book. Setting it apart from would it be if you added 30 more?, and 5-What math concepts! This book con- the abundance of other if you took away 10? The other side of the card tains 14 chapters, each cover- graph paper notebooks is is what you show students. This one has a group ing one math topic. Math con- the free Whitelines app that of school-age children wearing backpacks and cepts are explained in terms of allows you to scan and holding hands out in front walking to school. cooking, i.e. kitchen utensils, save your important writ- You also see a speed sign (20) and a mail box recipes, or food. Each chapter ings. Once the paper is with a house number on it (12.) These have a includes one set of practice scanned and saved, the lines and grids disappear charming European look. These cards allow you problems followed by several recipes that apply leaving you a clean and professional look. Use to focus activities on a certain concept and use the concept. Recipes might ask you to convert the app to share your notes and ideas with friends manipulatives that focus on that particular skill. an ingredient from milliliters to cups, to precisely via e-mail, Dropbox™ and Evernote through the In the deck of Place Value Activities some of measure the diameter of cookie dough balls, or shortcut on the app. Spiral notebook measures the resources needed include an abacus, dice, to find the area of a brownie. Covers metric 11”x 8 1/2” and is perforated. App available for playing cards, place value flips, 10-sided dice, and customary measurement, volume, weight, Android or Apple devices. Minimum require- a calculator, newspapers, play dough, shopping temperature, multiplication, division, estimation, ments iPhone 4 or Android 4x. Made in the receipts. If you have a student who likes prac- fractions, percents, area, diameter, and circum- U.S.A. 70 pgs. ~ Deanne tice math out-of-the-book, these could be a fun ference. - Anh 068439 ...... 8.29 5 .50 option. ~ Sara 023661 ...... 15.95 12 .75 504 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Two-Colored Counters Themed (Shaped) Counters roos, elephants, rhinos, hippos, tigers, lions and bears. These rubber counters measure approx. 2-Colored Plastic Counters All About Me Family Counters (PK-K) 2”. ~ Ruth A great item that can be used to teach probabil- These adorable counters will be used for so CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. ity, counting, sorting, and basic math operations. much more than just counting and sequencing! 060907 Aquatic ...... 19.99 13 .95 One side is yellow, the other is red. Each counter There are six different figure types including a 060912 Dinosaur (B .) . . . .31.99 17 .95 is 1” in diameter. 2½” Dad, a slightly shorter Mom, even shorter girl 045993 Wild Animals . . . . 31.99 13 .95 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. and boy figures, one sitting baby and a cat. Each 018732 Set of 10 ...... 0 .50 figure is included in six different colors and the ☼Animal Counters Tub (100 pieces) (PK-3) 018733 Set of 100 ...... 4 .25 set of 72 pieces is packaged in a plastic bucket Colorful and cute, use these for counting, pat- with a lid. This family will transition easily from terns & sequencing, simple addition & subtrac- Red/Blue 2-Color Counters (PK-6) math time to playtime! tion, even simple graphing. Set includes 20 of One inch plastic circles are red on one side and 013730 ...... 22.99 17 .95 each animal: cat, dog, bear, alligator & turtle in blue on the other. This versatile math manipula- 5 bright colors (red, blue, yellow, green, purple). tive can be used for teaching addition, subtrac- All About Me Activity Cards (PK-2) Each critter is about 1”x .75”. ~ Sara tion, patterns, sequencing and used with your ten These cards (in combination with the All About 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs frames. ~ Sara Me Family Counters, #013730) provide a fun 066472 ...... 11.99 9 50. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. introduction to number skills. Use this set of 060923 Set of 10 ...... 1 .00 20 cards and activity guide to work on sorting Realistic Math Counters (PK) 060924 Set of 100 ...... 4.28 3 .95 and grouping, patterns and sequencing; size EACH SET of 60 ...... 24.99 18 .95 recognition; sharing; early addition and subtrac- 041580 Dinosaur Magnetic Two-Color Counters Set of 200 (PK-3) tion; counting up to 10; introduction to Venn 041593 Farm Animal Sturdy 1” circles are 2-sided in bright primary diagrams; positional language; more or less, and 031858 ☼Fun Fish colors: red and yellow. Use them to reinforce more. Cards are color-coded and the activities 031958 ☼Jungle Animals your ten-frame work or demonstrate other math tell you which cards to use along with simple concepts in a classroom or one on one. ~ Sara instructions. ~ Donna CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 014888 ...... 9.99 7 .95 061313 ...... 10.99 9 .35 Math Counters (PK-3) Round Counters & Links What’s your favorite animal? You’ll probably find it in one of these brightly colored plastic Opaque Counting Chips (1-5) counter sets. Or maybe you’d rather count with 200 flat plastic counters made out of solid-col- cars. The 24-piece sets include 6 different figures ored plastic (red, blue, green and yellow). They in 4 colors, packaged in a re-sealable polybag. C . measure 7/8” in diameter - Elise The 72-piece sets have doubles of 6 figures in CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 6 colors, packaged in a clear storage container. Mini Motors 015849 ...... 4.35 4 .00 Counters measure approximately 1.25”. Includes helicopter, train, boat, airplane, car, CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. and bus. If you are using these with the Mini Transparent Counters (K-5) EACH SET OF 24 ...... 7.99 6 .50 Motors Activity Cards you will need to substitute These colorful counters are 3/4” in diameter EACH SET OF 72 ...... 22.99 17 .95 the helicopters for the fire trucks pictured on the and are made out of transparent plastic. Sets 24 pc set 72 pc set cards, as cards and counters are from different include counters in six different colors (red, blue, Critter 057803 suppliers. green, yellow, orange, and purple). CHOKING Dinosaur 057795 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Farm 057802 003059 Set of 72 ...... 19.99 12 .50 016679 Set of 250 ...... 8.99 3 .50 Jungle 057810 057811 054965 Set of 50 ...... 0 .75 Ocean 057809 ☼Mini Motor Math Activity Set (PK-1) Vehicle (A .) 057792 057793 Use cars for math and counting fun for your Learning Links little car enthusiasts. This set includes 25 tiny, Brightly-colored links form chains when colorful cars (5 each orange, green, purple, red, attached. Fun for kids to play with, but also great A . and blue), 2 foam number cubes, 1 foam color to use in measurement activities, sorting, count- cube, two 12-inch pieces of track (numbered ing, and patterning. Links are each 1 5/8” x 3/4”, 1-10 and 11-20), a finish line, and an activity elongated ellipses with opening on one side for guide for suggested uses. Young learners can linking. 100 links in red, blue, green and yellow. practice counting 1 through 20, basic addition, CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. patterns, sequencing, more/less, and more. Make 015333 ...... 4 .50 B up your own games with the included pieces – I’m sure your little math mechanics can come Connecting Links Math Animal Counters (PK-3) up with some fun, hands-on, creative ideas for Make a colorful chain with easy-to-connect Sure, use these counters for math. But who practicing math! ~ Donna oval links. You get 50 each of red, yellow, lime, wouldn’t also enjoy sorting and engaging in cre- 064394 (C .) ...... 19.99 15 .50 aqua and purple. These are great for counting, ative play with these bright-colored, large-sized sorting, patterning, measurement, graphing and shapes? Each set comes in 6 colors: yellow, Teddy Bear Counters more. Practice addition and subtraction. Add a green, blue, red, orange and purple, packed in link for every day of school. Change colors every a transparent storage case. The Aquatic Set con- Teddy Bear Counters Set of 100 (PK-AD) week, then count how many weeks of school tains 14 shapes: stingray, frog, starfish, whale, Learn to count with these lovable plastic teddy each month, quarter, semester, etc. Use them to lobster, turtle, shark, seahorse, octopus, pen- bear counters. This set has 100 hard plastic count down to a vacation or birthday at home! guin, crab, swordfish, seal and dolphin. The 84 counters in the shape of teddy bears. They come Students can add a link daily and keep track of pieces are approx. 2” square. The Dinosaur Set in blue, green, yellow, and red - 25 counters in their attendance. You could even decorate with include 8 shapes: brachiosaurus, euoplocepha- each color. They also come in a re-sealable bag these! Each link is approximately .5x1.5” and lus, parasaurolophus, pterodactyl, spinosaurus, for easy storage when you are done counting! 4mm thick, 250 links ~ Sara t-rex, triceratops and stegosaurus. The 128 pieces - Elise CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. are approximately 2.5” square. The Wild Animal CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 060522 ...... 9.99 7 .95 Set contains 120 giraffes, gorillas, camels, kanga- 018735 ...... 14.95 8 95. See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 505 Three Bear Family Rainbow Counters (PK-2) as its theme, this book teaches basic math con- Magnetic Pattern Block Set (PK-5) Cute plastic bears in three sizes, three weights, cepts with a clever variation on the “Teddy Bear, For home, school, car, or vacation - classic and six colors (red, orange, yellow, green, blue, Teddy Bear” rhyme. Each left hand page has a fun on the go! The kit includes 120 magnetic purple). Baby bear weighs 4 grams, mama verse of the rhyme (ie. “Teddy bear, teddy bear, wooden shapes in 6 different colors, 12 durable weighs 8 grams, and papa weighs 12 grams. say your age.”), while the opposite page presents pattern cards, a hand-painted magnetic board, Proportional weights allow use on balance for a problem to solve (ie. “How many bears are on and a clear-plastic zippered carrying case. Board measurement discoveries (“How many babies this page?”). Kids will also combine math and measures 14.5” x 12” x 1.5”. weigh as much as mama and papa?”). We rec- movement as they pat their heads while counting 039277 ...... 19.99 15 .95 ommend doing these activities on a pan balance, the teddy bears or clap and shout while subtract- not a teeter-totter type balance where placement ing them. If you wish, you can read this story Plastic Pattern Blocks (PK-8) of the bears is crucial (and potentially frustrating using actual teddy bear counters for a truly tactile If plastic pattern blocks fit your needs better, we for young children). Rainbow set includes 24 experience. 32 pgs, pb. also offer several sets of solid (not cookie-cutter papa, 24 mama, and 48 baby bear counters 031286 ...... 7.95 5 .95 type) plastic pattern blocks. 1-cm thick blocks and is packaged in a resealable bag. Note that are dimensionally very close to wooden blocks, although the bears are slightly different in appear- Teddy Bear Math (K-3) while .5-cm thick blocks are slightly smaller, and ance (bears are standing and wearing backpacks) This hands-on rhyming book is perfect to use actually fit into pattern block trays better. to the ones featured on the Three Bear Family with Teddy Bear Counters. Using catchy rhymes, 018743 Set of 100 ( .5 cm) . . . 9.99 7 95. Sorting and Pattern cards below, the sizes, colors it gives beginning lessons on ordinal numbers, 017270 Set of 250 ( .5 cm) . and weights are identical. graphing, addition, subtraction, multiplication, in resealable bag . . . 19.99 9 .95 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. and division. Undoubtedly, this will be a wel- 018744 Set of 250 (1 cm thick) 003057 Set of 96 ...... 23.99 13 .95 come addition to a little one’s math lesson. ~ in bucket . . . . . 20.95 17 95. Gina ☼Round Stacking Mass Set (PK-AD) 049206 ...... 7.95 5 .95 Pattern Blocks (Brights!) (PK-3) For use with your balance scale, these round All the same characteristics of a typical plastic plastic gram weights are color-coded, marked ☼Teddy Bear Subtraction (K-3) pattern blocks set (250 pieces, .5 cm thick) BUT weights on the top of each, and indentations for Keep your little one learning with their beloved the colors are attention-grabbing, almost neon-y easy stacking. There are four yellow 10g weights, teddy bear counters! This rhyming read aloud bright: sunshiny yellow, tangerine, coral, ocean eight red 5g weights, and forty blue 1g weights. continues math learning by asking children to blue, lime green and magenta. ~ Janice 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs help their teddies subtract. Concepts reviewed 061999 ...... 21.99 16 .95 066379 (A .) ...... 2 .05 are counting, sorting, and addition. Also includes introductions to less than and greater than, equa- A . Teddy Bear Counter Activities & Books tions, and single-digit and double-digit subtrac- tion. Charming, full color illustrations. Provides Teddy Bear Counting (PK-2) hands-on practice in a fun and memorable way. This colorful book gets kids counting (and more!) 32 pgs. pb. ~ Deanne with the ever-cute and friendly teddy bear count- 045403 ...... 7.95 5 .95 ers. You can either just read this book to your child or have them do the activities along with Pattern Blocks & Activity Books the text (use item #18735 with teddy bear count- ers in 4 colors – red, yellow, green & blue; you Wooden Pattern Blocks (PK-8) won’t need different sized bears for this book). Oh, the feel of a nice, thick (1 cm.) wooden The teddies slowly join the group one by one to pattern block! Don’t tell your children that these add up to twelve, break into sets of six, four and aren’t just toys! The bright, enticing primary three, form different shapes (circle, square and colors seem to draw even the smallest of our triangle), and then subtract until the teddies have children into play. Proportioned shapes allow for all gone home. The rhyming text is engaging the construction of infinite designs. Even before Blocks not included. and fun, and when you are through – learning’s they begin to use them for “work” on symmetry, been done (see, it’s sticking with me!). A handy congruence, similarity, measurement, fractional review page in the back sums up the text and relationships, counting, sorting, and geometry, Pattern Block Trays (PK-8) activities. 30 pgs, pb. they are discovering the unique relationships Triangular and hexagonal trays to hold pattern 047239 ...... 7.95 5 .95 between the blocks and getting plenty of expe- blocks for children to experiment and build rience in patterning and spatial problem-solving. mosaic designs. Though restrictive in that they Teddy Bear Patterns (PK-3) We’ve had hours of enjoyment with our set and, form an outside design border, the advantage is This picture book teaches counting, sorting, with 250 blocks to the set, there’s enough for that the blocks stay put. We tested these with our patterns, and basic arithmetic with colorful teddy several children to construct or work simultane- old set of wooden pattern blocks. The triangular bear counters. The book begins with illustrations ously. Comes in a plastic jar. tray worked alright, though it was a little tight. of sorted teddy bear counters, divided into piles CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Working with the hexagonal tray was frustrating! by color. Then it forms two-color patterns, with 015445 ...... 22.95 17 .95 After many unsuccessful attempts at jamming red and yellow bears alternating to form a line. the last few blocks in, we got the bright idea of One by one bears of other colors are added Pattern Blocks and Boards (PK-3) switching to plastic blocks. You know, that little into the pattern. As the patterns become more Yet another great way to use a classic favorite! bit of paint really makes a difference! We found advanced, they demonstrate addition, multiplica- Well-built wooden box features vivid, colorful that the .5 cm plastic blocks worked the best; tion, and skip-counting by twos. A playful rhyme patterns displayed attractively on 10 wooden we had no trouble with these. The blocks slid accompanies the story as the bears “dance” panels. Over 100 wooden pattern blocks in right in and were a pleasure to work with. So, across the page, manipulating patterns. Perfect 6 different shapes and colors are included to if you have plastic pattern blocks - these will be to use with real bear counters or other manipula- replicate the patterns. Not just fun playthings, a great addition! (The set of 250 blocks works tives. 32 pgs, pb. ~ Lisa pattern blocks can also be used as basic math better than a set of 100, as you have more blocks 009227 ...... 7.95 5 .95 manipulatives to teach geometric shapes and to work with). If not, and you like the concept, relationships, symmetry, fractional relationships, you’ll have to invest in a set of plastic blocks to Teddy Bear, Teddy Bear School Day Math (PK-2) counting, sorting, creativity, spatial problem use them. My testers (Stephen and Janine) kept This charming picture book takes a familiar solving, and the list goes on ... at it for hours! nursery rhyme and repurposes it for math class! 011915 ...... 19.99 15 .95 015341 Hexagonal Tray . . . 5.99 4 95. Using colorful illustrations of teddy bear counters 015342 Triangular Tray . . . . 5.99 4 95. 506 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Pattern Block Foam Magnets Tangrams & Activity Books Pentominoes & Activity Books When you use magnetic pattern blocks, you don’t have to worry with sliding, shifting pieces! Tangrams, plastic (K+) Pentomino Set This set of 200 magnetic foam pattern blocks are We have used our tangrams so much! We’ve Test your spatial logic skills with pentominos! 1/4” thick and can be used on the fridge or on used them with reproducibles, games, to invent Use with the Pentomino Puzzle Book above or other magnetic-receptive surfaces. – Elise new “puzzles,” and in church activities. The challenge yourself to make your own puzzles. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. entire family likes to sit down and “race” to solve The set contains 12 different shapes made up of 037010 ...... 18.99 14 .75 a tangram puzzle — helps us keep our visual 5 one inch squares. ~ Enh thinking skills sharp! The kids love to beat out CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. ☼Pattern Blocks Colorful Cut-Outs (K-3) mom and dad, which is one reason this kind of 007910 ...... 2 50. Inexpensive cardstock pattern blocks are perfect activity is so great — it isn’t necessarily age that for hands on practice, review, learning centers, wins, but perception. Tangrams come in 5 differ- Attribute Blocks & Activity Books small group or classroom instruction, or free ent colors (red, blue, yellow, green and magenta) play. These come perforated for easy separation. and are based on a 4” square. We’ll assort colors Attribute Logic Blocks (PK-8) Quantities (in parentheses) and approximate if you order more than one set. Explore sets, classification, and relationships measurements are: yellow hexagon (36) 1 ½” x CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. using attribute logic blocks. Desk set of 60 plas- 1 ½”; green triangle (396) ¾” x ½”; tan rhombus 010884 One Set ...... 1 .25 tic blocks come in 5 shapes, 3 colors, 2 sizes, (144) 1 5/16” x 3/8”; blue rhombus (108) 1 ½: x TANGR4 4 Sets (different colors) 4.48 3 .95 and 2 thicknesses. Build “attribute” trains with 1” and red trapezoid (72) 1 ¾: x ¾”. Total 36 sets; only 1 attribute the same (or only 1 different), or 756 pattern blocks. ~ Deanne Tangrams Brights! (Assorted colors) (K-AD) 2, etc. Classify pieces based on common charac- 067303 ...... 5.99 4 .75 Based on a 4” square, these tangram sets are teristics, build overlapping and intersecting sets. appealing colors – ocean blue, magenta, lime Helps children develop awareness of logical rela- Pattern Block Activity Cards (PK-3) green, sunshine yellow, tangerine, and coral. tionships. Comes with sorting/storing tray and This pack comes with twenty color-coded cards If ordering a single set, we’ll pick the color. If instruction activities booklet. (Here’s a handy tip showing different arrangements that you can ordering more than one single set, we’ll assort from one of our resourceful customers... the lid create with your own set of pattern blocks. Each the colors. If ordering the six sets, all six colors for the blocks can also double as a stencil!) card is 8 5/8” x 11” in size and made out of a come in one package. ~ Janice CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. sturdy card stock. A flower, tropical bird, space 062005 Single Set ...... 1 .35 007935 ...... 7 95. shuttle, and owl are just a few of the creative 062004 6 Sets ...... 6.00 5 .50 arrangements included. These cards will enter- Relational Attribute Blocks (PK-8) tain your young children and maybe even inspire “Quiet” Tangrams (K+) Long used as a math them to make some designs of their own. – Elise Soft manipulatives, made of thick foam, that manipulative for young- 037520 ...... 9.00 8 .75 don’t go sliding all over the activity books! er children, this set of Relatively noiseless, tactily satisfying, they are manipulatives helps chil- Pattern Block Book (K-3) easier for children to work with because they dren learn attributes that Armed with this book and tend to stay put. will strengthen their math a small set of pattern blocks, CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. skills. They will learn you’ll be ready to have some 020650 4 sets in 4 colors . . . 4 .25 concepts like large/small, fun with your young one thick/thin, colors, shapes, and much more. The exploring all kinds of math Smart Pak Tangrams Set of 42 (K-AD) set includes 60 tiles which come in two sizes of concepts. Similar to the Math Six sets of seven-piece tangram sets (4” square) circles, squares, triangles, hexagons, and rectan- Discoveries books, this vol- – blue, purple, red, green, yellow and orange. gles and in 3 colors (red, blue, yellow). Neatly ume has a little broader range The activity guide is extremely minimal with an packaged in a storage and sorting box, children while retaining the fun flavor explanation of what tangrams are, how activities will love using them for math or play. Shhh! of those explorations. Every “lesson” has a Focal can align to CCSS and suggestions for three types Don’t tell them they’re educational! ~ Donna Point which explains its goal. This is followed by of exercises. ~ Janice CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. a short materials list (usually just pattern blocks) 057807 ...... 5.99 4 .95 058412 ...... 21.99 12 .95 and instructions for leading the activity. A nice additional feature is the Guided Learning section Tangram Pattern Cards (PK-1) Attribute Activity Set (PK-K) which gives you a little scripted dialogue to use 044960 ...... 14.99 11 .75 Hands on learning at its finest! Young children after the activity. An extension activity is also will explore colors and shapes; practice sorting provided at the bottom of each teacher page ☼Working with Tangrams (K-2) and classifying; and develop problem solving which invites you to “Explore More with PB” (PB Designed to help primary grade students skills and logic. With a recommended age of being a little mascot character). Facing this teach- comprehend basic geometric ideas and num- PK-K, some advanced activities may also benefit ing page is the activity page itself – very crisply ber sense development, this resource provides elementary aged children. and cleanly done. While the activities are fun teachers with 60 activities that they can utilize The set includes 60-piece Deluxe Attribute Set and informal, the amount and breadth of learning to increase their students understanding of the of 5 shapes- 3 colors, 2 thicknesses and 2 sizes is impressive. After an exploration and discovery physical world and spatial relationships. These stored in desktop plastic case; 3 Sorting Circles unit, this 133-page volume covers numbers & same activities also help young math students (approx.19.5” diameter) for Venn Diagramming; operations, geometry, measurement, algebra and to reason with shapes and their attributes while 20 (8.5”x11”) double sided activity cards. probability & statistics. Activities within these they gain the ability to explain their solutions Laminated cards provide a range of activities units are orderly, beginning with simple concepts and justify their conclusions using manipulatives in increasing difficulty including find and sort; and building to more complex. For example, the to support their reasoning. Each lesson includes deduce missing block(s) from a specified set; Algebra section begins with simple patterns and teacher notes, blackline masters, and links to learn how to use matrices; Venn and Carroll sequences and culminates with an activity titled current mathematical content and practice state diagrams; and use templates to solve challenging “Guess the Robot’s Secret” which introduces standards. This activity book will equip teachers puzzles. An Attribute Block Spinner for guided functions. So while “playing” and having guided with the resources that they need to help students activities is included. Detailed answers and an fun with pattern blocks, your child is getting foster shape recognition and spatial visualization activity guide are also provided. This essential some real meat in their math diet. The ground- within mathematically rich situations. 126 pgs, resource includes everything you need to intro- work you lay here will pay off later when some pb. ~ Mike duce children to geometry, measurements and of these mental connections are already in place 068135 ...... 14.95 11 .50 comparisons. Best of all, everything is neatly for higher level math work. stored in a cardboard box. ~ Deanne 013718 ...... 16.95 12 .75 064906 ...... 49.99 23 .95 See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 507 ☼Attribute Blocks Activity Pack & Teaching Magnetic Cuisenaire Rods (Set of 64) (K-5) Addition & Subtraction with Cuisenaire Rods (K-2) Guide (PK-1) If you prefer Cuisenaire rods in two-dimensional This 208-page resource contains complete Attribute blocks are a set of plastic geometric form, then you’ve come to the right place. This lesson plans for a systematic presentation of shapes used to teach concepts like large/small, set contains 64 rods as flat magnets – perfect for topics such as inequalities, addition with 1-digit thick/thin, colors, shapes and more. You will presentations on a magnetic board or the fridge. numbers, missing addends, and subtraction with need a set of them to use with this activity pack. This set includes standard Cuisenaire rod colors 1-digit numbers using the rods. Using appealing This pack includes 16 flexible, white vinyl work- and increments, although the measurements and enjoyable activities, students are led from sheets (11.5x8.25”) and a teaching guide aimed have been proportionally enlarged for demon- concrete experience to pictorial representation, at children ages 3-6 years old. The student will stration purposes. In a standard set of Cuisenaire then to activities with numbers. Includes black- use their own set of blocks with the colorful Rods, the shortest Rod (white), is 1 cm long and line masters of activity pages for the student. worksheets, and once they understand what to the largest (orange) is 10 cm long. In this magnet- 061843 ...... 20 .95 do, can do the various worksheets without any ic set, the white Rod has been enlarged to 2.5 cm help. The sheets are divided into 4 groups: order- x 2.5 cm and the orange Rod has been enlarged ing, classification, breaking down a plan into to 25 cm x 2.5 cm. ~ Lisa fractions, and working on properties. These are CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. perfect for getting more out of your existing math 046965 ...... 16.99 12 .95 manipulatives at home and generally building a mathematical sense in your young learners. By Cuisenaire Rod Storage and Sorting Tray Miniland. ~ Sara You have asked and asked, and finally, here it 037850 ...... 14.98 9 .15 is! A sorting and storage tray for your Cuisenaire rods. This is the same thing as the white plastic Cuisenaire Rods & Activity Books tray that comes in the Making Math Meaningful sets, now available as a separate item. If you Rods-Clue Puzzles Book (5-9) Before a child can grasp the abstract ideas need- have purchased a “no frills” set of Cuisenaire Now that your children are a little older and you ed for computational skills, the concrete founda- rods, you can use this tray to keep the rods orga- aren’t using your Cuisenaire Rods for Miquon tion must be laid. These colorful rods, based on nized and separated. The tray is designed to hold Math or some other math curriculum, let your a 1 cm. unit, accurately portray the volume of a the small group set of 155 pieces. Kids love to children use them to solve math thinking puz- number. They encourage tactile manipulation organize the rods in the tray too! zles. The object of each puzzle is to make a of numbers and model-building, patterning and 003196 ...... 8 .50 2-dimensional design or pattern meeting all the spatial discovery. Rods are flexible - they can be clue criteria. The front of the book gives you used to model almost any mathematical concept Cuisenaire Rod Track very helpful tips for understanding each puzzle’s and develop a wide variety of skills. A very useful addition to your Cuisenaire rod clues. There are 165 puzzles that progress in set! This 50-cm. track not only holds rod “trains” difficulty. They may have only two clues or as “No Frills” Rods in place, but 1-cm. markings allow for easy num- many as five clues. These puzzles are a fun way These sets each contain 155 rods in a bucket. ber equivalent of length. Great for working with to work on math reasoning skills and there may Use with Miquon Math Labs materials or any of larger numbers in all four basic operations. be more than one solution for some of the more the other activity books/kits available. Also good 014565 ...... 5 .95 challenging puzzles. Here’s an easy one for you. for supplementing your rod supply if you have There is a row of 10 units. This design uses exact- several children using rods at the same time. 1-cm Graph Paper Pad ly two rods and the first rod is two more than the CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Versatile graph paper for recording rod patterns, last rod – which Cuisenaire Rods are you using? 006380 Plastic rods (A .) . . . 22.99 17 .95 measurement, place value and more. We use The answer: the dark green rod is six units and 008265 Wooden rods . . . 24.99 18 .95 ours for number lines, charts, graphing coordi- the purple rod is four units – that equals 10 units. nates, drawing to scale, laying out cross stitch The answer key is found in the back of the book, patterns, room layouts, linear and area measure- just in case you get stumped. Use this book for A . ments, fractions, and a myriad of other things! extra math activities alongside your curriculum Once you’re used to having this helpful tool to add a deeper thinking dimension. A nice around, you’ll always keep a spare pad handy! reproducible supplement for home or classroom B . Pad of 100 sheets. use. ~ Donna 012626 ...... 9 .75 061846 ...... 28 .95

Introduction to Cuisenaire Rods (74 Rods) Cuisenaire Alphabet Book (K-4) Hundred Number Charts, Boards & Activities Get acquainted with rods! Set contains 74 rods Our children really enjoyed and a Learning with Cuisenaire Rods Teacher using this book when they Numbers 1-100 Chart (PK-2) Guide. Use for a single child with Miquon or were first working with rods. Number chart measures 17” x 22” and is print- other activity books/kits. Of course, it helped that they ed on sturdy cardstock. The back of the poster CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. were also learning their letter includes suggestions for using the chart, general 002153 Plastic ...... 13.99 10 .95 sounds parallel to using this number activities, and a blank reproducible chart 014675 Wood (B .) . . . . . 17.99 13 .95 book. Each 2-page spread to photocopy. has the outline of a letter to 025296 ...... 3.49 2 75. Connecting Cuisenaire Rods be filled in with rods (instruc- Connecting Cuisenaire Rods have all the func- tions on different ways to cover it are given) 1 to 100 Number Grid Say-It Chart (PK-3) tionality of traditional Cuisenaire rods and more. alongside a page of objects, also to be filled in, Colorful, cardstock poster shows a large 10x10 The rods can connect to one another, sort of like which begin with that letter. Besides the rein- number grid with the 5’s and 10’s in a different Lego pieces, and they have unit markings on forcement to our phonics program and obvious color. The large format (17”x22”) has a star one side of the rod, making it easier than ever spatial relationship skills learned, the questions border with rainbow colored balloons across the to introduce concepts like addition, division, posed through the exercises provided a very ten- top. This would be great as a math reference tool, and fractions. The Intro Set includes 74 plastic der introduction to more advanced mathematical of course, but also for the 100th day of school! rods, a storage tray, and a teacher’s booklet. The concepts. While we used this book at the young- Use it as a count down (or up!) On the back Small Group Set contains 155 plastic rods in a er end of the suggested age-range, older children of the poster are 50 activity ideas for the 100th storage tub. ~ Anh would derive additional benefits from the more day, a smaller version of the number grid that is CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. complex questions involving addition sentences, reproducible, and a 100th day certificate you can 024117 Intro Set (74 Rods) . . 13.99 10 .95 early multiplication, and problem-solving. copy for your students to color. ~ Sara 024116 Group Set (155 Rods) 22.99 17 .95 061844 ...... 17 .50 059422 ...... 2.99 2 85. 508 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Hundred Board – Laminated (PK-K) 1-120 Number Charts, Boards & Activities piece; all are dry-erasable. The T-shaped more/ This hundred board is a versatile math manip- less piece allows you to frame a number and ulative. One side features a chart of 1” squares 1-120 Number Board – Laminated (PK-K) it marks numbers that are one less, one more, numbered from 1-100. The other side features This hundred board is a versatile math manip- ten less, and ten more. You will need a larger the same grid, but with blank squares. The lines ulative. One side features a chart of 1” squares white board for this set, it measures 24” wide between the squares are not as bold as other numbered from 1-120. The other side features by 34” high when completely assembled. Bright, charts we carry and the board features a red, the same grid, but with blank squares. The lines colorful numbers are easy to see from a distance 1cm-wide border. Made of thin, glossy cardstock between the squares are not as bold as other and the size makes them easy to manipulate for the board is fairly durable and is very handy to charts we carry and the board features a red, younger students. have around. Measures 11” x 11”. 1cm-wide border. Made of thin, glossy cardstock 064900 ...... 32.99 28 .05 042608 ...... 0 .85 the board is fairly durable and is very handy to have around. Measures 11” x 11.” Linking Cubes (connect on 1 side) Hundreds Dry Erase Board 9”x12” 2-sided (PK-3) 042608 ...... 0 .85 This laminated board is a useful manipulative Unifix Cubes (PK-8) for basic math functions, checking calculation Step Up to 120 Board (K-2) Unifix cubes have long been recognized as a answers and so much more. Black numbers are This is very similar to a hundred-number chart – manipulative of choice for teaching beginning printed on a white background in rows of ten up with a couple of exceptions. There are still rows math concepts. While not as versatile as multi- to 100. On the opposite side, the 100 grid (¾” x of ten – 1-10, 11-20, 21-30, on up through 111- links (as Unifix Cubes snap together only on top ¾”) is blank for your student to fill in. Use a dry- 120. Rows begin at the bottom rather than the and bottom), they are easier for small children erase marker or even counters to practice math top. This product offers a visual to help students to link together and take apart. Use them for problems. 9” x 12”. ~ Ruth count beyond 100. counting, adding, subtracting and other math 060917 ...... 2.99 1 .95 064880 ...... 1 .00 functions. There are a wide range of sets and materials available to choose from. We have Hundred Number Chart Write-On/Wipe-Off Double-Sided 120 Number selected what we believe to be the most useful, Laminated chart from 1-100 in 1” squares. Board (K-3) versatile, and inexpensive to fill your needs. Blank grid on reverse. While many number charts show up to 100, CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 018739 ...... 0 .75 this one goes to 120. This is not a times table; 000742 100 Cubes w/Booklet 13.95 11 .25 the numbers go across 1-10 in the first row, then Ten each of ten colors, plus an activity book. Hundreds Wipe-Off Chart 11-20, 21-30, 31-40, etc. A teacher/parent can 004087 “No Frills” Cubes . . 13.95 9 95. This reusable chart can be used with wipe-off use this to show number sequencing, skip count- Same as above, but packed and bagged from crayons or markers. Additional activities, infor- ing, or counting by 10s. On the back is a blank bulk to save you money. mation, and helpful hints can be found on the grid of 10” x 12” squares that you can write on UNIFIX Set of 120 (10 each of back of the chart. ~ Enh with a dry-erase marker (you can write on both 12 colors) ...... 14.09 10 95. 023398 ...... 4.49 3 .75 sides actually). White with bold black numbers 049224 Pink Cubes (100) . . . 13.95 11 .25 and a colorful red striped border. 11”x13” card- 049225 Purple Cubes (100) . . . 13.95 11 .25 Hundred Number Tiles (K-2) stock. ~ Sara 034940 10 Pink & 10 Purple . . 2 75. A great complement to the hundred number 039322 ...... 0 .95 Yes, you can get Unifix cubes in pink and chart, these quality plastic tiles were one of purple! Choose from a set of 100 of either Mark’s favorite math manipulatives when he 1-120 Number 2-Sided Dry Erase Board (K-3) color, or a set of 20 cubes that includes ten was learning to count to 100. Sorting them into Rarely is a title so descriptive of a product. pink and ten purple. Sets of 100 also include stacks of 10 helped him understand the concept Flexible plastic dry-erase board is 9 x 12 with an activity book but not all activities will of place value. Turning random tiles upside labeled 1-120 (12 rows of 1-10) grid on one side apply to a one-color set of cubes (patterns, down helped him learn “What’s between ___ and a blank grid (.75 squares) on the other. ~ sequences, etc). and ___?” Tiles are the right size to fit in the Janice squares on the hundred number chart. “Dad, 040927 ...... 1 .25 can we use the tiles today?” CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 120 Number Board (1-AD) 004371 ...... 9.95 8 .95 Just like hundred number boards, newer on the market are 1-120 number boards – numbers are Hundred Pocket Chart (PK-3) in rows of 10 and go to 120 instead of 100. This Pocket charts are a versatile teaching tool that heavy plastic number board has a grid on both can be used for a variety of lessons. This one is sides in which plastic number tiles fit. The grid made of heavy, reinforced bright blue vinyl with squares are numbered on one side and blank on A . 100 short clear pockets arranged 10x10 and has the reverse for two different types of practice. 1 grommet in each upper corner for hanging. It This set includes a 12” x 14” number board, 120 comes with a set of cardstock number squares white number tiles, 30 purple and 30 green trans- 1-100, plus cards for add/subtract/multiply/ parent tiles (to place on number tiles for high- B . divide/equals. The cards are red on one side and lighting), and activity guide. Use this for practice white on the other. How do you use this pocket counting, even/odd numbers, skip counting, Unifix® Cubes Hundred Base (K-4) chart? Place the number cards in the pockets number patterns, graphing, and more. ~ Donna Use your Unifix® Cubes (sold separately) to in numerical order showing all one color. As CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. practice and better understand base ten and you are learning to skip count, you can turn the 064386 (A .) ...... 29.99 23 .50 place value. The plastic base measure 3” x 9” multiples of a number over as you count (3, 6, with ten posts on which to place your cubes. A 9, 12, etc.) You could do the same thing with Magnetic Demonstration 0-120 Chart (K-AD) 100-grid card can be placed behind the cubes evens and odds. Use the cards with the +/- to Quickly build your own number chart with as (in the slot), so students can more easily see how create daily warm-up problems. Your kinesthetic many or as few rows of ten as you want – up many cubes are in each stack – (great for graph- learners will love the opportunity to get up and to 120. Numbers are in rows of five (1-5, 6-10, ing!) Forty number label cards can be placed move around. You could use it as a large 100 11-15, 16-20…), simply set them up on your on the ledge in front of the cubes for labeling number chart too! No wall space? Hang it on the magnetic white board for easy visibility as you purposes. A guide is included for suggested activ- back of a door! ~ Sara work on numbers, counting, cardinality, number ities. Students can practice math concepts from CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. patterns, operations, and more. The set includes very basic, up through decimals and fractions. 060916 ...... 21.95 14 .95 numbers up through 120, 10 cover-up squares, ~ Donna 20 highlighting frames and a t-shaped more/less 064881 (B .)...... 9.95 7 95. See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 509 ☼Jumbo Unifix Cubes (PK-K) Linking Cubes (connect on all sides) ☼Cubes Math Activity Pack (PK-1) Perfect for little hands, this set of 20 Unifix Have some Unifix or multi-link cubes lying cubes develops fine motor skills and early 1” Linking Cubes - 100 pieces (1-8) around the house or classroom? These colorful math concepts. Brightly colored cube measures Made for little hands, these 1” cubes are a bit and inviting worksheets (8.25x5,75”) are made of approximately 1 1/2”x 1 1/2” (2” tall if measuring larger than the traditional linking cubes (3/4”). a thin, white vinyl and make those cubes more the connection) and are in four appealing colors: Ten cubes of each color can be used just like interesting. This set includes 20 worksheets with red, blue, green and yellow. Young children will the smaller linking cubes – orange, dark blue, 5 different color-coded series: breaking down a delight in learning key mathematical concepts brown, black, dark green, yellow, purple, light plan into fractions, identification in the grids, with this essential manipulative. Includes simple green, red, and white. These cubes are also work on properties, 3D production, symmetry activities to get you started, but use these as you attachable on all sides and fit snugly together – and organization of space and a simple teaching would regular sized Unifix! ~ Deanne not easily pulled apart. ~ Donna guide. The sheets are designed for students ages 066907 (A .) ...... 9.95 7 .95 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 3-6 to work independently (once you teach them 054119 ...... 12.95 10 .95 how to do the exercises) making them perfect ☼Unifix 1-10 Value Boats (K-2) for math centers and as a productive quiet time Use these flat tray “boats” to help children visu- 3/4” Linking Cubes (PK-3) activity. Cubes are not included. By Miniland. alize numbers and expand their understanding ¾-inch (2-cm) sturdy plastic interlocking cubes ~ Sara of estimating, simple operations, comparing and in ten colors. Use to teaching patterning, clas- 037861 ...... 14.98 9 15. estimating. Includes 10 boats that will hold same sifying, counting, place value, addition, subtrac- quantity of standard size Unifix cubes. Boats tion and much more. Cubes have one connecting range from 1 3/4” for a single cube to 8 1/2” for peg on one end and round holes on all other A . the ten boat. Limited teaching notes included. sides. 100 cube sets include 10 each of 10 B . ~ Deanne colors. 066911 ...... 9.95 7 .95 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 013362 Set of 100 cubes . . . 12.49 7 .95 ☼Unifix Corner Cubes (K-4) Learn simple geometry using your Unifix cubes! Linking Cubes, 2 cm (PK-8) Simply attach standard size Unifix cubes to the Linking cubes are great math manipulatives; corner cubes and build rectangles, explore area, use them for patterns, counting and more. These perimeter and more. But don’t stop at rectangles. plastic sets offer options for larger projects and With 40 corner cubes, children are free to build come in 10 colors. The Linking Cube 100 piece and create…all the while learning basic geome- set includes holds 10 of each color and comes in try! Concise activity guide included. ~ Deanne a transparent container with lid. 066912 (B .)...... 8.95 7 .25 The Classroom Set comes in a 15”x11.5” (including handles) translucent carrying case ☼Unifix Number Hats (K-2) with blue handles which snap down to keep the Make math fun with this cute sport hats included lid tight. It includes 4 blue base boards, Mathlink Cube Activity Books (3-6) designed to fit perfectly on top of your standard 400 2cm cubes, 50 triangles and 50 quadrants. Mathlink/Multilink cubes are a very versatile Unifix cubes. Children will practice counting, Activity cards with visual directions provide 28 manipulative since they can be attached on number names, comparisons and more as they designs for early childhood use & 56 math activ- all sides. These activity books make use of the add a hat to their stack of cubes. Includes 3 sets ities. ~ Ruth unique properties of multilink cubes in varied of hats labeled 1-10. Sample activities included. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. exploratory activities. The Primary Book has ~ Deanne 060919 100 piece Set . . . . 11.00 8 .75 activities to teach concepts of patterning and 066913 ...... 8.95 7 .25 060918 Classroom Set . . . . 104.99 56 .95 symmetry; counting and place value; addition and subtraction; multiplication and division; ☼Unifix Operations Tray (K-2) Multilink Cubes (PK-6) problem-solving and spatial reasoning; graphing Designed to use with standard size Unifix Multilink cubes connect on all six sides, mak- and probability; estimating and measuring; and cubes, this tray is perfect to visualize and rein- ing them a more versatile manipulative than the fractions. The Intermediate Book covers problem force math facts through 20. Tray measures 14 Unifix cubes. They come in ten each of ten col- solving, fractions, probability, and algebra-read- 1/2” x 2 1/2”, with numbers 1-20 in the center ors: black, white, brown, light blue, green, dark iness. The book uses a discovery approach, and cube channels on either side. Demonstrate green, red, pink, yellow and orange. beginning with a question at the beginning of addition by filling the slots one each side and 018741 Set of 100 (C .) . . . 16.60 15 .95 each exploration. First students think, then they adding together. Fill one side and move cubes to “do”, using the mathlink cubes to try to solve the other side to teach subtraction skills. This will AllLink Cubes (PK-8) each of the 43 problems. I like the combination quickly become your child’s favorite tool to “see” Cubes that connect on all sides, like Multilink of practicing math skills with learning problem their math facts! Just add Unifix cubes! Includes Cubes. Compared to Multilink Cubes, I found solving skills. Very well done. activity ideas. ~ Deanne AllLink Cubes much easier to manipulate and 001226 ...... 8.95 3 95. 066914 ...... 7.95 6 .25 snap together. One set contains ten each of ten colors (white, black, brown, orange, yellow, red, Dominoes & Activity Books Mathematics With Unifix Cubes (K-2) pink, purple, blue, green). ~ Anh These books are a nice accompaniment to your CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Colored Double-Six Dominoes Unifix cubes. Each book provides 20 grade-level 017269 ...... 12.99 10 .25 Brightly colored wooden dominoes - 28 pcs appropriate activities keyed to NCTM standards in one of six assorted colors; sorry - no color in the areas of basic operations, patterns, simple choice. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. measurement and graphing, and probability. 015325 ...... 2 25. Each activity includes instructions, suggestions for extension activities, and any reproducible Double Nine Wooden Dominoes pages that are needed. Activities range from sim- C . A sturdy, 55-piece set of black wooden domi- ple matching and counting at the kindergarten noes to help your child learn numeration, count- level to addition, subtraction, area and perimeter ing, addition, subtraction, and more. Use with in the 3rd grade level. - Donna the Domino activity books below, or even to play EACH BOOK ...... 14.95 11 .50 “regular” dominoes! 047284 Kindergarten 047283 Grade 2 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 047282 Grade 1 004074 ...... 3.95 3 75. 510 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Dice & Activity Books Blank Dice Polyhedral Dice & Sets

Dice Activities for . . Series (K-8) 12 Blank Cubes with 77 Stickers (K-AD) Polyhedral Dice, Set of 6 (1-AD) Dice! They’re so versatile. But did you know These 12 blank cubes come in red, white, Here’s a set that’ll satisfy all your dice needs! just how versatile? This series offers a variety green and yellow (3 each). 77 square stickers Numbers, not dots, are displayed on the sides of of reproducible blackline masters practicing a are included that you can write numbers, letters, the standard-sized dice. There’s a white 4-sided, wide range of math concepts through dice activ- dots, or other graphics on. Then, place the stick- a red 6-sided, a black 8-sided, a blue 10-sided, a ities. Just add dice for some fun, hands-on math ers on the cubes to make your very own custom- green 12-sided, and a yellow 20-sided die. practice! No dice? Each book also includes a ized dice. These versatile cubes let you make CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. CD-ROM with interactive dice and printable your own games and activities and you can also 048995 ...... 3.70 3 25. worksheets. ~ Donna use them as replacement die. ~ Phyllis EACH BOOK ...... 16.95 12 .75 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Polyhedra Dice (1-12) 044448 Math (K-3) 036022 ...... 4.00 3 .75 Colorful dice perfect for any math activity you Provides practice with basic number facts. can think of! Both sets of ten dice come with two The first three sections focus on one-, two- Counting Cubes dice each in five bold colors (red, green, black, and three-dice activities to practice addition, This is a set of six blank white dice. You can use blue, and yellow), and the numbers are boldly subtraction, and the doubling of numbers. stickers or write numbers, letters or patterns on printed on each side. Decahedra dice have The fourth section presents variations of halv- them and then use them for counting, patterning, ten sides are numbered 0-9, and Dodecahedra ing quantities, and the fifth section deals with making up your own games and more. dice have twelve sides numbered one through the concept of tens and ones. The last section CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. twelve. – Elise provides a variety of Tic-Tac-Toe activities 036025 ...... 2 .10 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. and games designed for students to practice 016201 Decahedra (10 sides) 4 95. math facts, develop reasoning skills, and play Blank Foam Dice (PK-AD) 016207 Dodecahedra (12 sides) 5.00 4 25. with probability. 90+ pages. Roll a winner! Make up games with these 16 031500 Time and Money (1-3) mm dense foam dice. This set contains 12 dice Dodecahedra (12 Sided) Dice set of 12 More than 80 dice activities will help stu- that are about the size of standard-sized dice, These dice are about the size of regular dice dents hone their time and money skills. This with 2 of each color in red, orange, yellow, but have twelve sides with numbers 1-12 printed 116-page book also includes a digital book green, blue and white. Use them as regular dice on the sides. so you can print out pages rather than mak- by marking them with dots and a black marker. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. ing copies. Or write a number or letter on each side and cre- 040586 ...... 6.49 5 50. 045991 Multiplication (3-6) ate your own little game. Have kids roll the dice Incorporates a collection of fun games and and add the numbers or make a list of words that Specialty “Math” Dice activities to supplement your core multipli- start with each letter they roll. ~ Sara cation lessons. Students practice with games CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Foam Numbers & Operations Dice (K-AD) like Tic-Tac-Toe, Four in a Row, Square Off, 051220 ...... 3.30 2 .95 Don’t wake the baby! Here is a math dice game or CrossOver. you can play while the littlest one is napping. 001341 Algebraic Thinking (5-8) Dice in Dice Foam dice are quiet when rolled. No babies in Written to help students gain confidence with the house? Still a pleasant thought! Each die is algebraic concepts, this book presents prac- Dice in Dice (PK-AD) .75” square. Fourteen yellow dice show a digit tice with patterns, relationships, functions, This 3/4” six-sided die is made out of a transpar- on each side (not dots) and then 6 red dice show and symbols. Intended as an introduction ent colored plastic and holds a tiny 5/16” solid an operation (+, -, =, <, >, x.) Shake ‘em and roll to algebra, this book incorporates dice and white die inside. Shake and roll one die and you ‘em and make up a math problem to solve! It’s color tiles to explore algebra on a visual and have two numbers! Great for board games or more fun than a worksheet! ~ Sara kinesthetic level. The CD offers printable math activities! – Elise 039758 ...... 5.99 4 95. worksheets, as well as virtual dice and color CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. tiles. Aligned to CCSS. 036062 ...... 0 .75 ☼Place Value Dice-Units to Millions (1-AD) Put a new spin on place value with these Jumbo Dice in Dice 10-sided dice. A different colored die represents Six-Sided (Standard Cube) Dice This large 1 ¼” x 1 ¼” see-through die houses a each place holder from units to millions. Seven standard die within, so you can roll two num- die in total; one die per place holder. This set can Standard Dice (K-3) bers at once. The outer die is made of colored, create from zero to 9 million. ~ Ruth These 1.5 cm white dice with black dots are great see-through plastic with white dots. Great for 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs for teaching probability and statistics, as well as a teaching probability and other math concepts— 029766 ...... 5.99 4 95. variety of games, exercises, and activities. or simply replace your regular dice with these on CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. your next family game night. ~ Lisa 036020 Set of 4 Dice . . . . 1 .25 046960 (A .) ...... 1 .40

Dot Dice Double Dice (K-AD) Set of 12 (4 ea) red, white, and green dot dice. Double the dice? At half the price? This deal is CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. nice! Some helpful advice? Their rolls are pre- 015326 ...... 3.49 2 .95 cise! So before I ask twice, please try our dice. Poor rhyming aside, Double Dice is a large, Number Dice 1-6 (1-8) transparent die containing a smaller, opaque die A . B . These twelve wooden dice feature four primary inside. Created by the clever minds at Koplow colors (red, blue, green, and yellow) and are Games, these neat little dice come in assorted ☼Subitizing Dice Set of 6 (K-AD) numbered one through six. There are three dice colors and can be used as readily as two standard This set of 6 ten-sided dice will help children in each color, and the numerical number is given six or ten sided counterparts, but add a bit of learn how to recognize the number of items in instead of the traditional dots. Adding color to unexpected variety to any tabletop game. ~ Nick a small set without counting. 3 red and 3 blue your probability activities will give your children 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. dice (20mm) sport patterns or groups from zero an added rolling challenge! – Elise 058478 6 Sided (8 pcs . 19mm) 3.20 2 .95 to nine that should become easily recognizable CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 058472 10 Sided (6pcs .) . . . . 6.50 5 .25 to students. The goal is to recognize small groups 016595 ...... 3.99 3 .50 quickly rather than counting them. 064384 (B .)...... 3.99 3 50. See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 511 Classroom Dice Set (31 Dice) (PK-AD) ☼Add & Subtract Abacus (PK-1) as students better understand the math concepts A combination of all the die sets including This sturdy learning toy reminds me of the bead involved. Each activity tells the number of stu- polyhedrals, fractions, positives and negatives, maze my kids had many years ago. The rain- dents that should be involved (individual, pairs, and symbols to make equations. bow-colored plastic beads teach simple addition group), materials needed (reproducibles from CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. and subtraction as you slide them up and over a the back of the book and household items), an 049319 ...... 18.00 12 .95 wood barrier. The barrier is made of 2 removable overview of the activity, and the standards met. panels: one side shows colored ovals that match Step-by-step instructions are offered to complete Classroom Dice Set (K-6) the beads, while the other side shows math the task along with assessment tips. Activities So much bang for your buck in this versatile problems (add/subtract 0-10). You can play with include some fun activities like BINGO, con- dice set!. You get 4 sets of 6 traditional dotted the beads and slide them over the colored metal centration cards, and more. 179 pages including dice in white, red, green and blue. Also: 2 black arches too! They make a fun sound that kids 74 of reproducible blacklines for the activities. If dice with math functions; 2 large yellow 0-9 like. Place the barriers back and practice your you’re looking for a fun way to introduce number decahedrals; 1 large red decahedral w/0000- math! The overall shape is triangular as you start concepts to young students, the Rekenrek is an 9000; 1 large blue decahedral w/000-900; 1 with one problem and one purple bead, then 2 excellent hands-on option! ~ Donna large green decahedral w/00-90; 1 large red problems and 2 lilac beads, until you have 10 064882 ...... 14.95 11 .50 decahedral w/percents; 1 large green decahedral problems and 10 red beads. 12.5” long x3.25” w/decimals; and 1 large yellow decahedral w/ wide x6” high. By Melissa & Doug ~ Sara fractions. But wait – there’s more! 2 small red 036412 (B .)...... 19.99 15 .95 Ten (and Five) Frames (Making Tens) fraction dice (6 sides); 2 small green fraction dice (6 sides); 1 small blue fraction dice, 2 small Horizontal Abacus (PK-AD) Ten Frames Activity Set (PK-K) white fraction dice (6 sides); 10 white six-sided This sturdy wooden abacus measures 7.5 inches Gaining popularity with the Singapore philoso- die with numerals instead of dots, and a set of 5 high and 9.75 inches wide. Marked on the front phy of math education, Ten Frame activities can small polyhedrals in a variety of colors. ~ Sara left with 1, 10, 100 and 1000, the red and white benefit all children with understanding number CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. wooden beads slide smoothly on metal rods to recognition, concepts, and basic addition and 060910 ...... 34.00 19 .95 help students work problems and better under- subtraction facts. Each set contains 8 plastic ten stand base ten math. frames, 80 plastic 2-color counters, and 16 dou- Math Numbers Dice (16mm) (PK-AD) 049541 (C .) ...... 13.25 11 .95 ble-sided, laminated activity cards. Varied activ- Generate and solve countless equations with ities are included. For example, basic counting, Koplow Math Dice. The dice are hard plastic and Abacus (similar to AL abacus) (K-8) numbers 1-10 with arrows allow you to trace and feature rounded corners for smoother rolls. A side-to-side plastic bead abacus. There are write (dry erase marker not included), make 5 057085 Addition set/10 . . . . 6.00 4 .95 10 wire rows of 10 beads each on a 9” x 8” plas- and 10--and addition and subtraction through 17. 057086 Multiplication set/10 . . 6.00 4 .95 tic frame. The most helpful feature of the abacus Ten frames measure approximately 6 1/2” x 2”. 057087 Subtraction set/10 . . . 6.00 4 .95 is the use of blue and yellow colored beads -there Counters are approximately 1” in diameter and 057088 Operators set/25 . . . .15.00 10 .95 are 5 of each color per row- which makes it more activity cards measure 7 1/4” x 5 1/2”. Fits neatly effective for all operations. in sturdy plastic container. Quality components Abacuses (Counting Frames) & Activity Books CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. make this set valuable for home and school use. 004083 ...... 12.99 9 .95 ~ Deanne Abacus with Red & White Beads CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. This rekenrek abacus, which can mean either Activities for the AL Abacus (K-5) 064913 ...... 34.00 18 .95 calculating frame or arithmetic rack, is a plastic A very complete manual to help you to use ten tiered frame with two colors of colored beads the AL abacus to provide hands-on experience Five Frames / Ten Frames (Foam) (K-AD) per rod. The sturdy triangular frame can be used for children in numeration, adding, subtracting, Five and Ten in either its standing or prone position. 21x20x9 multiplying, dividing, etc. Use with correlated Frames are perfect cm. ~ Nick worksheets that guide students through the pro- for teaching num- 036942 ...... 19.00 10 .95 cess. Clear drawings show how abacus is to be ber concepts and used. Reproducible. allowing explora- Abacus (PK-5) 011217 Manual ...... 27 .25 tion. Foam is per- This colorful plastic abacus features 100 beads 006255 Worksheets . . . . . 21 .75 fect for little hands, quietness and a satisfying in five different colors, with each of the ten rows 059363 AL Abacus - Blue . . . 15 .75 “feel,” making these manipulatives useful and containing ten beads of the same color. The This plastic, horizontal abacus (measuring optimal. Five Frames is a set of four interlocking sturdy plastic frame allows the abacus to be used 9.75” x 7.5”) contains 10 metal rods, 10 frames, each with five pegs. Pegs are two-sided either standing up or lying flat. Measures 21cm x plastic beads per rod (5 yellow, 5 blue). The (red and yellow) which means you can create a 20cm x 9cm. ~ Lisa numbers 1, 10, 100 and 1000 are marked on red five frame and a yellow five frame or use the 045878 ...... 19.00 9 .95 the frame. An Activities Manual (#011217) yellows as “one more” to illustrate basic addition and Worksheets (#006255) are products that concepts. Ten frames has four sets of interlocking Wooden Abacus (PK-3) provide additional learning activities for this ten frames each with ten double-sided pegs. The This abacus comes in a sturdy, self-standing abacus. frames interlock side-by-side as well as end-to- frame. 100 beads in primary colors are strung in CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. end. Each set comes with a brief activity guide ten rows, each row with ten beads of the same that includes suggestions for some basic activities color. 12” x 12” x 3”. ~ Anh Working with the Rekenrek (K-1) to get you started. ~ Janice 018439 (A .) ...... 14.99 11 .75 The Rekenrek is a math tool that is similar to an 040939 Five Frames ...... 6.99 5 75. C . abacus. The Rekenrek has only two bars, each 040942 Ten Frames . . . . . 10.99 8 75. A . with ten beads (five red, and five white); this is a great tool to help students understand early Ten Frames & Counters Colorful Cut-Outs number concepts. You may be one of those folks (PK-2) that like the concept of using a helpful hands-on An affordable manipulative for working on the visual for math, but don’t know where to begin. tens concept, this set of ten frames and counters Working with the Rekenrek offers 48 activities to provides hands-on practice with the ten frame help you best incorporate this math tool. There concept, counting, adding, and subtracting. The are activities for subitizing, counting, cardinality, set includes 440 counters and 44 ten frames composition and decomposition of numbers, (each card is approx. 14 x 6 cm), printed on place value, and more. Activities start out simply cardstock. Just punch them out and go! B . with counting forward and progress in difficulty 065476 ...... 5.99 4 75. 512 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Plastic Ten Frame Set w/Counters (K-AD) ☼Rekenrek Counting Frame - 2 Bars (K-5) Base Ten Starter Set (Brights!) (1-AD) This set includes 4 white plastic ten-frames This counting frame is a handy tool to aid stu- Color makes the difference – since the set is (about 6.5” x 2.5” and 4 mm thick) with nice dents in understanding number relationships. The similar to another base ten set we carry. This one ridges on one side separating the squares. There frame consists of 2 rows of 10 beads, broken into has a tangerine 1000s cube, 10 ocean blue 100s are 40 counters that are blue on one side and red 2 sets of 5 beads. This allows students to make flats, 30 grassy green 10s rods, and 100 lemon on the other (1” diameter and 2mm thick.) ~ Sara mental images of numbers and develop addition yellow units. Units are based on 1 cm cubes. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. and subtraction strategies. For example, push one An activity book (107 pgs) provides activities for 060922 ...... 9.95 5 .95 color to the left and the other to the right and see grades 3-6. ~ Janice how many addition and subtraction facts students 061989 ...... 39.99 29 .95 Ten-Frame Cards (K-2) can create. As students are encouraged to think These will remind you of large oversized of numbers in groups, this tool will help lead to ☼Base Ten Grade 2 Set (2) dominoes and the concept is similar – but there automaticity of basic facts. ~ Gina This base ten set includes one blue decimeter are differences (cards have a maximum of ten 038310 (B) ...... 2 .95 cube (10x10x10), 10 orange flats (10x10), 20 dots, for starters). These cards (4.75” x 7.75” yellow rods (10 units long), and 200 red single rounded corners; black on white background) Write-and-Wipe Ten-Frame Mats (2-5) unit (cm) cubes. Although this is a good manipu- are designed to provide a pictorial approach to Use these flexible 9”x12” mats with your dry- lative for second grade math, it could be used at “making 10,” i.e. number bonds. Designed to erase markers as children practice number bonds any grade level that uses a base ten set. ~ Donna help students internalize the value of numbers on one side and ten frames on the reverse. 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs and the relationships among those numbers, the Singapore Approach math programs promote 066810 ...... 21.95 18 .95 dots on the cards are visual representations pre- practice with ten frame products as a visual for sented four different ways. The first set depicts addition and subtraction using base-ten. ~ Donna Base Ten Rods, Set of 20 (K-6) the cards divided into ten sections (i.e. two col- 009344 ...... 1 .45 This is a set of 20 standard base ten rods (10 umns of five each). Dots are positioned within cm long, 1 cm wide). Rods are hard plastic, blue, the “frames” and progress from a card with one Demo Magnetic Ten Frame & Counters Set (K-3) and have centimeter marks etched in. dot to a card with ten dots. The second set has When teaching a group, you need something 016136 ...... 4.80 4 25. the same progression of dots but this time with large enough that all students can see. This set empty circles for the non-presented dots. The comes with 4 large white magnetic-sheet rectan- Centimeter Cubes (20) (K-6) third set shows the same progression but with gles (13” x 6.5”) with a boldly outlined black grid These are standard base ten centimeter cubes only dots on the cards. These first three sets (the ten frame). Also included are 20 magnetic measuring 1cm x 1cm x 1cm. Set includes 20 show the dots being added from bottom to top on red and 20 blue circles (counters) that are 2” in cubes, two each of ten different colors. first the left column and then the right column. diameter. At home, you can stick these to the CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. The last set of cards shows the dots being added fridge or a file cabinet for teaching tens. Students 016137 ...... 0 95. vertically from left to right. A dry erase version is can play with the counters, making it fun for also available with blank ten-frame squares and hands-on learners! ~ Sara Centimeter Cubes (100) (PK-AD) dots. Cards are sold by the each and should be 038231 ...... 17.95 15 .95 Add to your base ten sets with a rainbow of used with dry erase markers. ~ Janice various colored centimeter cubes! Use them 047349 Ten Frame Card Set . . . 8.99 5 .95 Base 10 Materials to count, sort, teach addition and subtraction, 052663 Write-On/Wipe Off Card(A) 0 .50 and other basic math concepts. Colors include Base 10 Sets - Non-Linking lime green, dark green, red, orange, bright pink, A . white, black, brown & royal blue. ~ Sara Base 10 Set (PK-6) CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Everyone should have access to a Base 10 set 050132 ...... 2 95. when studying place value. This is the most affordable one we could find. Contains 1 thou- Base Ten Blocks Colorful Cut-Outs (PK-6) B . sands cube, 10 “flats” (hundreds), 10 “rods” Works just like the 3-D version of Base Tens, (tens), and 100 “cubes” (ones). Made of sturdy but in a 2-D presentation. Made from sturdy plastic with unit markings. Indispensable for cardstock, this is a budget-friendly option. The teaching base-10 concepts like “borrowing” and 10x10 blue square measures 5”x 5” (each square ☼Ten Frame Math Kits (K-3) “carrying”. is a half inch). The 1x10 bars are green; the 1x1’s Math ten frames help students visualize math CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. are yellow. You get 12 sheets of each color, mak- – both in terms of number sense (subitizing) and 010882 ...... 24.99 14 .95 ing it a great option for a class or small group! in terms of addition and subtraction facts. These Use for hands-on practice, content review, cen- add in the nature-theme fun to help students Base Ten Starter Set ters, brain breaks or as take-home manipulatives. move easily from counting to basic operations. Very similar to the Base 10 Set above, but with ~ Sara There is a Ladybug and a Froggy Kit (sold sepa- 30 rods instead of the 10 included in #10882. 060731 ...... 5.99 4 75. rately). Each kit includes 40 double-sided prob- Units are 1cmx1cmx1cm. Pieces are all scored lem cards (problem on front, solution on back), to show units and replacement (or addition- Base 10 Picture Cards ten-frame leaf activity cards (ladybug kit has one al) components are available below. The set 1.5” x 1.5” cards which each depict a base card; froggies has two), manipulatives (30 lady- includes a 96-page activity book. ten manipulative. Set contains 9 cube cards bugs; 45 froggies) in three colors and a plastic CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. and approximately 25 each of flats, rods, and storage and sorting tray. The Ladybug kit covers 015312 Set ...... 39.99 29 .95 units. - Anh sums and differences to 10 while the Froggies kit 015318 Decimeter Cube (C .) . . 5.99 3 .95 025591 ...... 6 00. covers sums and differences to 20. ~ Janice 015319 Flats, set of 10 . . . . 13.99 7 .95 066942 Ladybug (K-2) ...... 24.99 16 .95 015320 Rods, set of 50 . . . . 11.99 6 .95 Base Ten Place Value Mats 066941 Froggy (K-3) . . . . . 29.99 19 .95 015321 Units, set of 100 . . . . 3.99 2 .45 These 11” x 17” paper worksheets help stu- dents work in base ten (with or without blocks). C . ☼10 Frame Number Line (PK-AD) Each pad consists of 25 sheets lined vertically in Dry erase card measures 8 1/4” x 3 3/4” and columns for 1000’s, 100’s, 10’s and ones. Each offers a ten frame on one side and a blank line column is headed with a pictorial representation segment on the other. Use with manipulatives of the appropriate base ten block. Use as an aid or dry erase markers to teach or reinforce math D . for students to build numbers using blocks or concepts. ~ Deanne perform basic operations. 067831 ...... 0 .50 015311 (D .) ...... 4.95 4 75. See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 513 Base 10 Sets - Linking addition and subtraction, and other basic math concepts. Colors include lime, dark green, red, A . Interlocking Base 10 Blocks orange, pink, white, black, brown & royal blue. This linking set is similar to blue set above, Small hands can easily pull these apart. ~ Sara but blocks are constructed to link together top CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. to bottom (like LEGOs). This allows students to 049898 ...... 4.50 4 25. actually build models of numbers, giving them a real “feel” for base ten concepts. Not just for Geoboards & Activity Books place value, interlocking blocks also can be used to model addition, subtraction, multiplication, Geoboards - Double-sided (PK-5) division, fractions, decimals, and percents. The These plastic geoboards are brightly colored Starter Set is blue and contains 100 unit cubes, and sturdy. The 9” square board features 121 30 rods, 10 flats, 1 decimeter cube and a teach- pins, arranged in an 11 x 11 pin grid (num- er’s manual. The manual includes teaching ideas bered 0-10.) The reverse side features 137 pins for several different math concepts. Individual arranged in alternating rows of 10 and 11. This B . pieces can be ordered seperately. arrangement allows for the easy formation of tri- CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. angles, hexagons, etc. The 6” square board has 015316 Starter Set (Blue) . . . 21.95 18 .95 a 25-pin (5 x 5) grid on one side, and a circle on 015317 Units (set of 100) . . . 2 .75 the opposite side with one pin in each corner of D . 039815 Rods (set of 10)-(B .) . . 1 .95 the board (outside the circle) and one pin in the 015314 Flats (set of 10) . . . . 7.95 6 .95 center of the circle. The geoboards come in a 039811 Decimeter Cube . . . . 3.25 2 .95 variety of colors; if you order more than one, we C . will assort. Includes rubber bands. ~ Rachel P. ClearView Base Ten Blocks (2-9) CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Base Ten Mat (2-6) Base Ten with a difference! ClearView blocks 042606 Geoboard 6”, 5x5 . . 2.50. 2 25. Included with some manipulative kits, this connect just like the Interlocking set above, but 042607 Geoboard 9”, 11x11 . . 5.33 3 95. would be a useful addition to any homeschool blocks are transparent blue and red. The blocks math program for illustrating and practicing place snap together like LEGOs, connecting top to Geoboard, 6” (K-3) value concepts. The supple vinyl mat is 18” (w) x bottom. This feature allows them to be used to This geoboard is unique in that each pin across 14” and white. On one side of the mat the 4” col- model much more than base ten concepts! Use is labeled A-Z (except O) and numbered 1-5 on umns are marked Thousands, Hundreds, Tens, them for addition, subtraction, multiplication, the left side and across the bottom. It is one-sid- Ones (from left to right), each illustrated with the division, fractions, decimals and percents! The ed, featuring a 5x5 pin grid, and a small package appropriate representations of base ten blocks Starter Set includes 100 cubes, 30 rods, and of rubber bands is also included. Constructed of (i.e. ten blocks in a strip for Tens). On the reverse 15 flats. A group set is also available if you’re sturdy plastic, the geoboard measures 6” square, side of the mat the columns are marked Ones, working with more than one student. The group and comes in an array of colors. If you order Tenths, and Hundredths. Obviously designed for set includes 250 cubes, 70 rods, and 35 flats. more than one, we’ll assort. Teaching sugges- students to lay manipulatives (including money, Sets are composed of both red and blue blocks, tions included. ~ Phyllis base ten cubes, multi-link cubes, etc) within the approximately half and half. A great tool for 035455 ...... 2.29 1 95. columns, the mat is a great way to illustrate place “building” their understanding of numbers! value concepts and to give the child a “play- CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Geoboard - 7”, Double-sided (PK-8) space” to explore the concepts. ~ Janice 039826 Base Ten Starter Set . . 22.50 19 .50 Geoboards are useful for teaching shapes, 024171 ...... 3 .75 020197 Base Ten Group Set . . 58.95 49 .95 angles, area and perimeter. Made of sturdy 039816 Cubes (pkg 100) Blue . . 4.95 4 .75 plastic, these 7” square double-sided geoboards Base Ten Dual Number Line (K-4) 039817 Cubes (pkg 100) Red . . 4.95 4 .75 come in assorted colors and include rubber Number lines are useful for showing sequence 039812 Flats (pkg 10) Blue . . 14.95 12 .95 bands. One side has a 5 x 5 pin array, and the and teaching skip counting; you can add your 039813 Flats (pkg 10) Red . . 14.95 12 .95 other side features a circular pin pattern. We’ll base ten cubes and do even more. This one is 039819 Rods (pkg 50) Blue . . 10.95 9 .50 assort if you order more than one. made of dense red foam, has a white surface that 039820 Rods (pkg 50) Red . . 10.95 9 .50 018737 ...... 3.25 2 25. can be used with dry erase markers, shows num- bers 1-50 and has 2 channels running the length Interlocking Base Ten Blocks (Multi-Color, 121 Geoboard - 8”, Double-sided of the number line. Your base tens slide right into Pieces) (PK-12) This geoboard features a 7 x 7 pin array on the channels. Includes an activity guide. Use to Learning place value is foundational to success one side and a circular design on the other. demonstrate addition, subtraction, multiplication in math at all levels. Designed to complement The nearly 8” square geoboard also has a bigger and division. 20.5” x 4” x 5” ~ Sara any curricula, this set of connecting base ten “lip”, or outer edge making it nearly twice as 060835 (A .) ...... 9.95 7 .95 blocks provides hands-on reinforcement. Set thick as our 5 x 5 pin geoboards. Even though contains 100 yellow unit (ones) cubes, 10 green most geoboard activity books use 5 x 5 pin Base Ten Place Value Frame (K-2) rods (tens), 10 blue flats (hundreds) and 1 red arrays, we have added this one as a convenience This tool is designed to be used with standard thousand cube that snap easily together within for users of the RightStart Math program. ~ Anh 1cm base-ten blocks to help children think of each type, one fastening directly on top of the 026211 ...... 4.25 3 50. whole numbers from 1-199 in terms of hundreds, other (like LEGO®’s). Similar to #15316, except tens, and ones. The sturdy blue foam frame (11”x this set is multi-colored and does not include the ☼Clear-View Geoboards (K-9) 7”) comes with 21 number tiles (digits 0-9). teacher guide. Unit cubes measure approximate- Single sided, clear plastic geoboards are per- Using standard base ten units, rods and flats with ly 1cm. ~ Deanne fect for laying over a cards or a book, or with the number tiles helps your child picture the CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. a light table or panel for visual sensory input. numbers more clearly as they place the blocks 035105 121-piece set (C .) . . . 16.35 11 .50 Shatter proof plastic. The 5x5 grid is numbered into the three sections of the frame and attach a 1-5 across the bottom and left side, and includes number tile to them – a definite plus for a student Interlocking Centimeter Cubes (100) (PK-AD) individual pegs marked A to Z (no “O”). The who is struggling with place value as a concept. These look like small Unifix cubes with a peg 11x11 grid is numbered 0-10 across the bottom A small guide with activities and noting CCSS on one side and a notch on 3 other sides; you and left side. Includes colorful rubber bands. correlations is included in the set. Number tiles can easily click them together. Use them for Unique twist on a popular math manipulative for are about an 1” square and 10mm thick. Base ten making graphs in 3D! Add to your base ten sets learning shapes and basic geometry. blocks not included. ~ Sara with a rainbow of various colored centimeter 060099 5 x 5 Pin Array . . . . 2 25. 036564 ...... 8.95 7 .25 cubes. Use them to count, sort, teach basic 060098 11 x 11 Pin Array (D .) 4.25 4 00. 514 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Geoboard Rubberbands (Assorted Colors/Sizes) Tree Blocks Math Kit (PK-4) Need some extra rubberbands? This bag Explore math concepts in a fun, unique way includes a quarter-pound (approximately 250) of A . with the Tree Blocks Math Kit! This set contains rubberbands in assorted colors and sizes. 66 rustic blocks cut from tree limbs in sizes from 039135 ...... 5.99 4 .95 1 cm to 12 cm, a stand with cm ruler (hewn from wood) 2 number dice, 1 color die, and about 90 Other Manipulatives & Activities D . activity cards. A few other cards included in the set offer tips for use, a materials list, and NCTM ☼Plan Toys Math Manipulatives (PK-3) standards supported by the activities in this set. Plan Toys, known for making quality wood There are three levels of activity cards – level toys, now offers wooden math manipulatives. 1 is appropriate for PK/K, level 2 for 1st/2nd, Made of sustainable rubber tree wood, water- and level 3 for 3rd/4th. Some activities require based dyes, and colors made of organic mate- items found around your home, such as a plastic rials, these products are safe for young learners. bucket, plastic cups, paper plates, colored sticky The wood is kiln-dried for added strength and F . dots (like you would use for marking items in durability, and no chemicals are used in their Color Tiles (PK-3) a garage sale), chart paper, bucket balance, production. Plastic 1”, set of 100 in four different colors. etc. Adaptation of the activities can make them 066721 Ordering Blocks (A .) 15.00 13 .50 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. usable for multiple age groups with practice in Children can use Ordering Blocks to com- 018746 ...... 5 .75 the areas of measurement, data analysis & prob- pare, count, and learn size order. This set ability, geometry, algebra, and number & oper- includes 5 blocks – 3.5cm, 7cm, 10.5cm, ☼Foam Factor Tiles (3-8) ations. Some activities include finding similar 14cm, and 17.5cm. The smallest is dark Factor tiles are for practicing multiplication weights of the blocks, playing a matching game, green, the tallest is natural wood color, and up to 12, learning the meaning of prime num- measuring blocks, and find a missing number. the blocks between are shades of green from bers, understanding factors and creating factor Some activities may seem simplistic, but all work darkest to lightest. Children will discover diagrams. This set includes 25 purple starting to instill math or pre-math concepts. Cut from through playing with these blocks that they hexagons (2”), 41 blue factor hexagons (2”) and tree limbs, these blocks aren’t uniform in width, can combine smaller ones to equal longer 81 small green prime triangles (1”.) The foam but the thickness or height is the unit of measure. lengths as well as concepts like larger/larg- pieces are 5mm thick. The goal is to break down So, enough about math - remember they’re est/smaller/smallest, short/tall/taller/tallest, the starting hexagon number into its prime fac- blocks too! Not only can you do the activities sequencing, and more. tors. Clear instructions are included. included and make up your own, but you can 066717 Cubes ...... 15.00 13 .50 Purple starting hexagons have the numbers: 14, also build with them! Building helps develop fine Use these Plan Toys cubes for counting, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21, 24, 25, 28, 30, 32, 33, 36, motor skills, spatial awareness, and critical think- ordering, comparing, ratio, and area. This 40, 42, 45, 48, 50, 56, 60, 70, 77, 80, 81, and ing. There are many reasons to buy blocks, and set of 15 – 3.5cm cubes includes 1 black, 2 90. The blue factor hexagons have the numbers: this unique set provides multiple opportunities dark gray, 3 lighter gray, 4 lightest gray, and 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, and 12. The green prime triangles for education and fun! ~ Donna 5 natural wood colored blocks. have the numbers: 2, 3, 5, 7, and 11. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 066718 Fraction Cubes (B .) . . 20.00 18 .00 066813 (D .) ...... 15.95 13 .95 053850 (F .)...... 80.00 59 .95 There are many fraction manipulatives, but this one is a bit different. Included in this set ☼Gecko Blocks (PK-3) Build-It Cards (K-5) is one 5cm cube with a 4cm hollow (picture This set of 28 brightly colored foam blocks Here’s another McRuffy manipulative to an open box with no flaps). There is a 3.5cm have a silicone coating that allows them to stick enhance any math program. This set includes cube that fits nicely in the hollow to repre- together, to glass, or to the sides of your bathtub twenty 2 ½” x 3 ¾” cards and a set of 20 multi- sent one whole. There are also two yellow for bath time fun. The best part is that they won’t colored centimeter cubes. Two or more views of half blocks, four orange rectangular blocks, stick to your clothes and there’s no messy residue a design are shown on each card. The design is and eight red (1 3/4cm) blocks that fit into the to get into fabric or carpets. If they get dirty, just printed in the colors of the cubes, so that students hollow to represent the different measures. wipe them off and begin again. Each set includes can easily duplicate the pattern. The strategy is to The idea of proportional relationships (two 6 squares, 5 rectangles, 6 small triangles, 5 large build on a small piece of paper so the cubes can yellow halves = one whole, etc.) and com- triangles, 2 cylinders, and 4 arch pieces. Squares be turned easily. You are to build the side view paring fractions can be fun. Use these with measure 3.5cm; four will form a 7cm square, first, then turn the cubes to see a second view. your math curriculum or as an introduction two rectangles are equal to a 7cm square, 2 Only 10 cubes are needed (one of each color) for little ones – manipulatives are a nice large triangles will also equal a 7cm square, etc. for each design. The additional cubes are for use addition. - Donna (B.) Although these will encourage hours of building with multiple students. Patterns in set 2 are more 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs fun, they can also be used to demonstrate math challenging than those of set 1. This is great for 066722 Ten Frames (C .) . . . 20.00 18 .00 concepts because of the many ways the shapes working on spatial awareness and visual acuity. Ten frame products are a great way for stu- can be combined to form a whole 7cm square. ~ Donna dents to practice counting, addition, and ~ Donna CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. subtraction in base ten. This set includes two 070356 ...... 29 .99 EACH SET ...... 4.99 3 95. ten frame trays (boards) (12cm x 21cm) made 040631 Set 1 042680 Set 3 of composite rubber wood and twenty natu- Mirrors (plastic) 040632 Set 2 ral wood discs (2.5cm each) for use with the These small, durable mirrors are perfect for B . frames. Children can practice number skills completing a variety of math and science activ- from 1-20, and a small pamphlet is included ities dealing with symmetry, pattern blocks, and with suggestions for using the set. The trays more. The thin mirrors are one-sided and made have attached stretchy bands and can be from an acrylic-like plastic that is slightly flexible put together (face-to-face) to form a case for and much harder to break than a typical mirror. storing your wood discs – how convenient! Unlike many plastic mirrors, the reflection is 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs clear and focused, not hazy and blurred. The single mirror measures 5” x 3”, and we also offer Color Cubes (K-6) a double mirror, which is hinged on the short Set of 24, 1” wood cubes in 6 colors (red, side and measures 10” x 3” when opened fully. orange, yellow, green, blue, and purple). ~ Rachel CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 039147 Single ...... 1 .75 E . C . 024860 ...... 4 .95 039149 Hinged Double (E .) . . . 3.25 3 .00 See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 515 GENERAL PRACTICE / REVIEW / this workbook begins with a review of telling Skill Sharpeners Math (PK-6) APPLICATION BOOKS time in hours and half-hours and then quick- A colorful collection of varied practice activities ly moves to minutes. Children will practice at each grade level to reinforce your basic math Workbooks counting to sixty, learn about 5-minute incre- instruction. Each book has ten units with differ- ments and quarters as well. ent themes, spiraling through skill strands. Every At-Home Tutor Math (PK-2) 042603 Money: Counting Coins practice page has a sidebar notation to help you This full-color, cutely Intended for children who can add numbers identify its targeted skill. Coverage looks pretty illustrated series provides up to 100 and who are familiar with the con- comprehensive. If you are using a more hands- younger students with math cept of money. Provides a great introduction on approach, you could use these to reinforce practice for better math to coins and their value up to 100 cents. daily lessons. Otherwise, you might use the understanding. Correlated Students count the cents for each problem assessment tests at the end of each unit diagnosti- to Common Core (5-12 problems per page) and write the totals cally, using practice pages for remediation where Standards, the PreK level in blanks provided. your child has difficulty. Some test questions are practices number skills, 042602 Money: Dollars & Cents (1-3) in standardized test format which might be a plus counting 1-10, shapes, Provides practice for students who can add if your child hasn’t had much exposure to this patterns, addition & sub- numbers up to 200 and are familiar with format. These seem like lively, appealing books traction, and time on the hour. Kindergarten coins and their value. It introduces dollars that would make math practice more motivating. practices counting 1-20, addition & subtraction, and practices counting monetary values over EACH BOOK ...... 9.99 7 25. shapes & patterns, coin counting, and graphing; $1. 042346 PK 042341 Grade 3 first grade practices number names, counting 036039 Simple Addition (PK-1) 042345 Kindergarten 042342 Grade 4 1-100, greater/less than, addition & subtraction, The focus of this workbook is teaching the 042339 Grade 1 042343 Grade 5 fact families, and graphing; and second grade concept of addition by having your child 042340 Grade 2 042344 Grade 6 includes addition & subtraction, regrouping, repeatedly tracing and reciting numbers and greater/less than, time to the half and quarter then gradually shifting to addition formulas Pete the Cat Math Workbooks (K-1) hour, money, and graphing. Each book gives including the numbers 1 and 2. Pete the Cat is here to make math practice fun you access to online timed tests (information in 023933 Addition (K-2) for your favorite up-and-coming mathematician. the front of each book) and includes 96 pages Helps children learn to add three, four, five, Each work-page focuses on one concept, with of inviting math practice with the answer key at and larger single-digit numbers in a step-by- brief instructions, straightforward grade-level the back. Use them as extra practice, review, or step manner, enabling them to gain solid cal- practice exercises and black-and-white illustra- preparation for the next grade level. ~ Donna culation skills without being confused about tions of Pete the Cat. Reproducible for classroom EACH BOOK ...... 7.99 5 .95 decimal places. use, with an answer key in the back. Purr-fect for 056154 Grade PK 056151 Grade 1 023971 Simple Subtraction (1-3) home and school! 48 pgs, sc. ~ Deanne 056153 Grade K 056152 Grade 2 Through tracing and reciting numbers, this EACH WORKBOOK . . . . 9.99 7 95. workbook will help your child develop an 044342 Kindergarten Math: Learn and Explore Workbooks (PK-3) understanding of subtracting the numbers 1 Patterns, shapes, counting, comparing, place A get-the-job-done series of workbooks. Cleanly through 5 from whole numbers up to 20. value, addition and subtraction 0-10, grid illustrated with an accent color, there is little 023975 Subtraction (1-3) positions practice per concept but broad coverage of Follow-up to My Book of Simple Subtraction. 044339 Grade 1 concepts (CCSS aligned). The books start from a Students practice how to subtract the num- Add & subtract 0-100, place value, word pictorial concrete perspective (pictures of items) bers 1 through 9, then reinforce this skill by problems, measurement, time, data represen- and skills build through the books. Instruction is learning how to subtract numbers 1 - 20. tation & more minimal and relies on examples. A sheet of gold 007972 Simple Multiplication (1-3) stars is provided so the student can keep track of Intended for students who can add and sub- his progress through the worksheets. A certificate tract numbers up to 50, this book provides of completion for the student and a reduced stu- an introduction to multiplication by first dent page answer key for the teacher conclude practicing addition of the numbers (1+1+1) the book. Paper is heavy (will hold up under era- and then transitioning into multiplication. sures) with a super nice finish (not quite glossy). Multiplication facts for 1-5 are covered. These are short (47 worksheet pages each), 019045 Multiplication (1-3) quality workbooks providing additional practice Intended for students who can multiply num- or ensuring that you’ve covered Common Core bers up to 5 x 10, this book builds on that standards. 60 pgs, pb. ~ Janice foundation by introducing more advanced EACH WORKBOOK ...... 6.99 5 .25 multiplication concepts. Students tackle 056122 Grade PK 056119 Grade 2 more difficult times tables (up to 10 x 10) 056121 Grade K 056120 Grade 3 by learning the link between skip-counting, 056118 Grade 1 repeated addition, and multiplication. Early Math (K-2) Kumon My Book of . . Math Workbooks (PK-3) DK Workbooks: Problem Solving (PK-4) These bright, colorful workbooks are the perfect Much like other Kumon workbooks designed Extra practice coupled with problem solving supplement for the young learner who needs a for young children, these include 80 pages skills makes these workbooks the perfect sup- bit more practice with basic math skills. Students of colorful and inventive activities. The series plement. Problems (with an emphasis on word work systematically, step-by-step through the utilizes incremental mastery, so activities get problems) correspond to standards-based topics consumable workbooks as they progress through progressively more challenging throughout each at each grade level. The student pages pro- the basics. book, and from one book to the next. Children vide some instruction and cues for completing Each 24-page, non-reproducible workbook will love the cute, rounded illustrations and the the problems. The answer key (in the back of provides an opportunity for additional practice, stylish layout as well. the book) provides student page replicas with test preparation, or independent working ahead. EACH BOOK ...... 7.95 5 .95 answers as well as short notes to help parents There is really no instruction included in the 036036 Easy Telling Time (PK-1) with teaching specific concepts. 60 pgs pb. ~ booklets since there is an assumption that this is Children begin by filling in 1-12 around the Janice for practice, and the concept has been present- clock face and move on to telling time in EACH WORKBOOK ...... 6.99 5 .25 ed in your curriculum of choice. Skills in these hours and half-hours. 045682 K 045588 2nd Grade books range from simply writing numbers and 036040 Telling Time (K-2) 045584 1st Grade 045590 3rd Grade number recognition in “Number Sense” to simple A follow-up to My Book of Easy Telling Time, word problems, graphs, and tables in “Problem 516 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Solving II” in Set 5. Each practice section is one Kumon Grow to Know Math (K-3) the parents’ notes for teaching tips. Starting in page in length, and directions are included at the Provide a Kumon introduction for basic the third grade, more computational practice is top of each page. addition, subtraction, and multiplication. These integrated into each workbook. Over 150 two- A black & white answer key is available for 64-page books provide the Kumon step-by-step toned pages. ~ Anh each workbook which includes a one-page pre- method of learning and practicing basic math EACH BOOK ...... 14.99 10 .95 test and post test, test instructions and answer skills. Addition works on addition of numbers 021947 Grade K 021944 Grade 3 key, and workbook answers. Pre- and Post Tests 1-9 and works well for children who can say and 021942 Grade 1 021945 Grade 4 are reproducible for classroom or family use. write their numbers up to 30. They practice writ- 021943 Grade 2 021946 Grade 5 Practicing early math skills just became very ing and saying numbers in sequence before intro- easy, as these are laid out in a family-friendly ducing addition. The Subtraction book works 10 Minutes A Day Math (K-6) format for your young learners. ~ Donna with numbers 1-9 and subtracting numbers up to Looking for a creative way for your child to 20. Simple Multiplication is for a child who can practice math skills - one that will not lead EACH WORKBOOK ...... 6.00 4 .10 add and subtract and introduces multiplication to anarchy? This new series from DK may be EACH WKBK & KEY SET . . . . 4.51 4 .25 from 1x1 to 5x9. Fun and colorful dot-to-dots are exactly what you are looking for. Combining Set 1: Wkbk Set used for sequencing practice, as well as number colorful pages with a built-in 10-minute timer, Number Sense 047376 EMS1NS charts. There are parent notes included, but no your children will be eager to “beat the clock” Readiness 047378 EMS1RD answer keys. ~ Donna while doing math! The book contains over 30 Shapes 047384 EMS1SH EACH WORKBOOK ...... 4.99 3 .75 grade appropriate lessons displayed on two-page Readiness for 065123 Addition spreads and is written to support the NCTM Problem Solving 047382 EMS1RP 065124 Simple Multiplication Standards. The unique ten-minute timer arrives EM1WBO All Set 1 Workbooks 065125 Subtraction connected to the book and is simple enough only ...... 18.00 15 .50 for the youngest of children to use. The timer EM1WBK All Set 1 Workbooks & Applying the Standards: Math (K-5) records the length of time it takes to answer the Answer Keys . . . . 18.04 15 .75 Short and sweet practice applying math skills questions in each lesson and can be used as a to everyday problems in the real world. Lesson stop watch. If your child is still working at the Set 2: Wkbk Set begin with a skill review then ask the student to ten minute mark, the timer will go off and your Addition 0-5 047388 EMS2AD apply this skill to solve a real-life word problem. child will put the lesson away until the next day, Addition 6-10 047390 EMS2A6 Then, in an extension of that type of problem, motivating your child to work faster the next day Mixed Operations 047392 EMS2MO the student is asked to offer explanations for their to beat the timer. The front of the book offers a Place Value 1 047394 EMS2PV reasoning. Skills covered are aligned to Common space to record the time taken to complete each Subtraction 1-10 047396 EMS2SB Core Standards. While not attempting to replace lesson. A valuable tool for supplemental math EM2WBO All Set 2 Workbooks curricula, this is a good option for applying math practice or keeping math skills sharp during only ...... 22.50 18 .95 skills. Answers as well as a rubric for assessing breaks. Answers/parent notes are included. Non- EM2WBK All Set 2 Workbooks & both written work and explanations are provided reproducible. 80 perforated pgs, pb. ~ Deanne Answer Keys . . . . 22.55 19 .25 in the back. 64 pgs, pb. ~ Janice EACH BOOK ...... 9.99 7 50. EACH BOOK ...... 9.99 7 .50 031643 Kindergarten 029988 Grade 3 Set 3: Wkbk Set 059463 K 059460 Grade 3 029976 Grade 1 031605 Grade 4 Fractions I 047398 EMS3FR 059458 Grade 1 059461 Grade 4 031654 Grade 2 031569 Grade 5 Measurement I 047400 EMS3MS 059459 Grade 2 059462 Grade 5 029990 Grade 3 (Multiplication) Money I 047402 EMS3MO EACH TOPICAL BOOK . . . . . 9.99 7 50. Problem Solving I 047404 EMS3PS Sylvan Learning Super Math Success (1-5) 055549 Problem Solving Math (3) Time I 047406 EMS3TM Mastering math skills comes from practice but 055548 Problem Solving Math (4) EM3WBO All Set 3 Workbooks not all children respond well to endless math 055546 Decimals (3-5) only ...... 22.50 18 .95 drill sheets or flashcards. As the old adage goes, EM3WBK All Set 3 Workbooks & variety is the spice of life, and that applies to Master Skills Math (K-6) Answer Keys . . . . 22.55 19 .25 math as well. Incorporating three books in one, If you really like the Total Math series but could this new series provides math practice with do without the standardized test practice that Set 4: Wkbk Set basic math, which containing: a review of grade comes with each workbook, then Master Skills Place Value II 047413 EMS4PV specific skills; games & puzzles; and, math in Math is exactly what you need. Using the same 2-Digit Addition action, a collection of story or real life problems scope and sequence and even identical practice & Subtraction 047417 EMS4AS and hands-on activities. Colorful pages, simple pages, this series contains only the practice 2-Digit Addition instructions and included answer key makes this portion of Total Math. The activities in these w/ Regrouping 047419 EMS4AR new series a win-win for children of all learning colorfully illustrated, reproducible workbooks are 2-Digit Subtraction styles and parents who want to provide math organized by topic with periodic review inter- w/ Regrouping 047421 EMS4SR mastery exercises. Perfectly compliments the spersed throughout. In earlier grades, activities 3-Digit Addition & elementary level of the Life of Fred curricula or consist of a nice mix of hands-on tasks, such Subtraction With builds math mastery for any child. 308 pgs, sc. as coloring, cutting, and printing, as well as Regrouping 047415 EMS43D Non-reproducible. ~ Deanne various practice exercises, like puzzles, riddles, EM4WBO All Set 4 Workbooks EACH BOOK ...... 18.99 13 .25 and matching. For later grade levels, practice of only ...... 22.50 18 .95 057988 Grade 1 057992 Grade 5 basic skills focuses more on computation and EM4WBK All Set 4 Workbooks & 057990 Grade 3 problem-solving. Simple instructions and exam- Answer Keys . . . . 22.55 19 .25 ples may be provided, but instruction is pretty DK Math Made Easy Workbooks (K-5) limited. The goal of this series is basic skills Set 5: Wkbk Set Comprehensive workbooks that practice import- practice and mastery as opposed to instruction. Fractions II 047423 EMS5FR ant math skills, as identified by NCTM standards. However, there are some teaching suggestions Measurement II 047425 EMS5MS These books can be used to supplement any in each book. One last plus for this series is that Money II 047427 EMS5MN math curriculum. The student is motivated to the reduced-page answer key makes grading a Prob Solving II 047429 EMS5PS complete each exercise with a sticker progress breeze. 128 pgs. ~ Anh Time II 047431 EMS5TM chart. Each completed page earns a gold star EACH BOOK ...... 7.95 6 25. EM5WBO All Set 5 Workbooks sticker (stickers are included). Parents’ notes 034959 Grade K 034958 Grade 4 only ...... 22.50 18 .95 and reduced-page answer keys are located in the 034953 Grade 1 034955 Grade 5 EM5WBK All Set 5 Workbooks & back. Very little instruction is provided on the 034957 Grade 2 034956 Grade 6 Answer Keys . . . . 22.55 19 .25 workbook pages themselves so be sure to check 034954 Grade 3 See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 517 180 Days of Math (Practice, Assess, Diagnose) place value, multiplication, division, frac- ☼Math Weekly Practice (K-5) (K-6) tions, points, lines, and angles. Keep your student’s What a well-designed series of math work- 053692 Grade 4 math skills sharp all year books! Not only does it provide additional math Multiplication, division, adding and sub- long. On each of 4 days practice, but it also makes it easy for parents to tracting fractions, time, computations with per week for 40 weeks, assess and diagnose which areas their child may money, metric units, perimeter and area. students work through be struggling. Each workbook provides 180 days 053693 Grade 5 10 different problems worth of practice (one page per school day). Multiplying three-digit numbers, two-digit divi- to practice math skills Problems are correlated to NCTM standards. sors, fractions, decimals, perimeter and area, at their grade level. Each workbook page contains one problem per fractions and mixed numbers, and geometry. Problems encompass math concept and always in the same order. 053694 Grade 6 word problems, calcula- For example, the Grade 2 book covers 8 math Multiplying three-digit numbers; division tions, or reading/visual concepts: Number Sense, Addition, Subtraction, with remainders; addition, subtraction, mul- skills. Additionally, 160 briefly described activ- Algebraic Thinking, Geometry, Measurement, tiplication, and division of fractions; dec- ities provide a fun way to practice math skills. Data Analysis, and Word/Logic Problem or imals; multiplication and division of dec- Answers are in the back and Common Core State Mathematical Reasoning. For this grade, imals; length, weight and capacity; and Standards alignment for weekly lessons is includ- Question #1 will always practice Number Sense, geometry. ed. Pages are reproducible for the purchaser. 192 Question #2 will always practice Addition, and pgs, pb. ~ Ruth so on. Consequently, it is simply a matter of Instant Math Practice (K-6) EACH BOOK ...... 14.99 10 .95 grading (answer key included) and charting Students sometimes need a little more practice 067302 Grade K 067299 Grade 3 progress to notice that perhaps your child has of a math concept than what is in their curric- 067297 Grade 1 067300 Grade 4 excellent Algebraic Thinking skills but struggles ulum. This is when we suggest a supplement. 067298 Grade 2 067301 Grade 5 with Geometry concepts. Each workbook also You do not want to switch programs, which can includes a CD of all the student pages and create gaps in their learning, you just need a ☼Spectrum Critical Thinking for Math (K-8) teacher assessment charts in electronic format, little more practice. Here is a grade level series Extend your child’s understanding of math with a handy feature for subsequent or multiple stu- aligned to meet several Common Core standards the strategies and activities found in this series. dents. 208 pgs. ~ Anh that can be used for just this purpose. Other uses Each level is aligned to grade-specific standards EACH BOOK ...... 19.99 15 .95 for supplements - going on a trip and want the for additional practice in the concept areas. 052414 Grade K 052411 Grade 4 kids to have some school work to do? Do your Critical thinking skills allow a student to look at 052408 Grade 1 052412 Grade 5 kids have to take a standardized test and you a problem or situation, analyze, and determine 052409 Grade 2 052413 Grade 6 need a checklist to prepare them? Is there a math what needs to be done. This series helps students 052410 Grade 3 program that you love but there isn’t much writ- hone that skill in the subject of math. Each book ten work? These are not boring workbooks either. is about 125-pages divided into chapters and Lots of illustrations help demonstrate the lessons. includes a mid-test and final test. The answer Answers included. 144 pgs, pb. ~ Sara key is found at the back of each book. ~ Donna •K- counting numbers 0-30, grouping, addition, EACH BOOK ...... 9.99 7 50. subtraction, review 066410 Grade K 066406 Grade 5 •Gr. 1- number words, probability, add/sub 066402 Grade 1 066407 Grade 6 tract, shapes, fractions, measure, time 066403 Grade 2 066408 Grade 7 •Gr. 2- numbers to 1000, add/subtract, multi 066404 Grade 3 066409 Grade 8 ply, fractions, $$, measure, time, geometry 066405 Grade 4 •Gr. 3- more of gr.2, decimals, percents, mixed operations, angles, 3-D objects, graphs Power Practice for Math (1-6) •Gr. 4- numbers to 10,000, more of gr.3, calcu By targeting a specific math topic, you can lator use, symmetry, compass, perimeter provide your child with just the right amount of Math Skills (K-6) •Gr. 5- numbers to 100,000, estimating, geom practice. Each reproducible workbook in this If a math mastery supplement is what you are etry, probability, problem solving series contains a variety of worksheets in different looking for, consider this series for a moment. •Gr. 6- numbers to 1 million, more of gr. 4&5, layouts so that your child will not get bored by Covering all of the skills appropriate to the first time, speed, weight, volume, area, lines the same old format. This is a good option if you six grades, students will be strengthening their EACH BOOK ...... 15.99 12 .50 are looking for a well-rounded practice book or math skills and problem-solving methods right 039898 Grade K 039855 Grade 4 a basic curriculum supplement. Specific skills from the very first page. The workbooks are 039823 Grade 1 039874 Grade 5 covered by each title are listed below. 48-pages. clean and clear with color throughout – making 039829 Grade 2 039897 Grade 6 ~ Anh them very attractive, especially to children who 039851 Grade 3 EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . 5.99 4 95. already enjoy the workbook style. All pages are 013187 Addition and Subtraction (1-2) perforated and consumable (though not repro- Daily Math (1-6) Adding 2 or 3-digit numbers, adding with 3 ducible) and an answer key is included in the Provide your students a quick, daily practice addends, addition with regrouping, compar- back of each book. 128-page workbooks are an of grade specific core learning standards with a ing sums, adding money, subtracting 2-digit exceptional value when the price is compared to focus on geometry, data management & statis- numbers, subtracting 2-digit numbers from many other workbook series. tics, number sense & operations, patterning & 3-digit numbers, subtraction with regrouping, EACH BOOK ...... 6.95 5 .50 algebra, and ratios & measurement. and subtracting money. 038907 Kindergarten These sheets are reproducible for classroom and 013264 Multiplication and Division (3-4) 053689 Grade 1 family use, and offer a half page with two to five Multiplication w/without regrouping, com- Addition and subtraction, place value, fact problems of practice per weekday with an addi- mutative & associative properties, inverse families, money, time, using graphs, and tional ‘brain stretch’ on Friday which encourages operations, division with / w/o remainders. basic geometry and measurement. students to think a bit deeper. Answers are found 013240 Fractions and Decimals (5-6) 053690 Grade 2 in the back of the book. Correlations for State and Comparing fractions, adding and subtracting Addition and subtraction with regrouping, CC standards are available at publisher website.~ fractions and mixed numbers, multiplying skip counting, place value, money, telling Donna /Deanne and dividing fractions, finding a least com- time, metric units, basic geometry, and num- EACH BOOK ...... 15.99 12 .95 mon denominator, comparing and rounding ber sentences. 054050 Grade 1 054053 Grade 4 decimals, 4 basic operations on decimals, 053691 Grade 3 054051 Grade 2 054054 Grade 5 converting fractions to decimals. Addition and subtraction with regrouping, 054052 Grade 3 054055 Grade 6 518 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Math for the Gifted Student: Challenging ment just for additional practice, even if you do vided will assure you that the program is, indeed, Activities for the Advanced Learner (1-6) not need them for test prep. ~ Donna comprehensive. In fact, you can use this program Math isn’t just about learning numbers and EACH BOOK ...... 9.99 7 .45 also as a diagnostic tool to detect areas in which how to manipulate them, and some children 031244 Grade 1 031262 Grade 5 your math program is weak, or concepts that learn that at a very young age. Those children 031247 Grade 2 031264 Grade 6 your child has not completely mastered, regard- might be considered ‘gifted’ and need a greater 031252 Grade 3 031266 Grade 7 less of your basal program. Or use the book challenge than what some math curriculum can 031259 Grade 4 031270 Grade 8 during the summer, between grades, to keep offer. Math for the Gifted Student realizes that math skills fresh for next year and avoid exten- it isn’t enough to just give a student work from Kumon Focus On… (2-5) sive beginning-of-the-school-year review. Topics the next grade level, but needs to be challenged Kumon is a very trusted name in education, but covered in the books include, but are not lim- with more logic-based activities. The activities most people associate their materials with early ited to, arithmetic operations on decimals/frac- found in this book cover national math standards learning. Over the past several years, Kumon has tions/whole numbers, percents, word problems, for grade level, provide opportunity for growth developed math materials up through 6th grade, measurement, area/perimeter/volume, algebraic beyond what is presented in regular curriculum, and these new additions focus on areas in which expressions, and properties (associative, com- and students will be encouraged toward indepen- some students have difficulty. The idea behind mutative). The series has been recently aligned dent thinking and creativity. this series is to help students ‘master’ fundamen- to Common Core standards and now includes a Each consumable, non-reproducible workbook tals for a solid math future. reference chart at the beginning of each book to is 192 pages in length, includes the answers at The Kumon methodology is to tackle one skill at show where each standard is covered. the back, and full-color pages are perforated for a time and ‘focus’ upon it until the student under- EACH BOOK ...... 9.99 7 50. easy removal. Students will do word problems, stands and can apply it. The workbooks follow 032410 Grade 2 032412 Grade 4 analysis, charts, graphs, solve riddles, and much a systematic, incremental approach that allows 032411 Grade 3 032413 Grade 5 more as they are being challenged to think children to learn at their own pace and practices beyond their grade level requirements. If your each skill intensely. Each workbook has 27 or 28 child isn’t being challenged with your regular two-page lessons, and it is suggested that you do curriculum, add this series as a supplement to a few pages each day and do the pages in order. develop those critical thinking skills. ~ Donna The books are printed in black and white with EACH BOOK ...... 8.95 6 .95 a single accent color, unlike the regular Kumon 038254 Grade 1 038337 Grade 4 math curriculum, which is more colorful. The 038271 Grade 2 038349 Grade 5 intention is for the child to complete the work- 038290 Grade 3 books independently and even do their own checking with the answer key found at the back ☼Problem Solved: Bar Model Math (1-6) of the book. If a child has difficulty, they should Bar modeling is a mystery to many who are try- go back to an easier section of the book and ing to do math today. Bar modeling is a method redo it; working forward from that point again. employed by the Singapore math programs, Math Let Kumon help your child become proficient in Mammoth, and others and uses models to help math as they “Focus On” their skills. ~ Donna Mathematical Reasoning Supplements (2-9) student learn to think about and solve word prob- EACH BOOK ...... 5.95 4 .75 If you’re searching for additional practice pages lems. This series by Scholastic adds that extra 051670 Multiplication: Numbers 1-10 (2) to supplement your math program, but are want- explanation and practice that might be needed at 051669 Multiplication & Division with ing more than basic drills, then this is the series the elementary level. There are 20 short lessons Decimals (5) you’ve been looking for. These supplement in each book that explain the method in specific 051671 Reducing & Calculating Fractions (5) books contain page after page of non-routine areas of problem solving, along with reproduc- 051672 Speed, Ratio & Proportion (5) math problems that will challenge your child’s ible pages to work the problems. Students will grasp of math concepts as well as ability to math- learn to draw the model and solve problems Math 4 Today (K-5) ematically reason. using the visual. Practice with the basic functions EACH BOOK ...... 9.99 7 .50 The following is a small sampling of problems of addition and subtraction at the lower levels 004208 Kindergarten 004089 Grade 3 you can expect from this series. For example, in and with multiplication, division, fractions, dec- 004075 Grade 1 004137 Grade 4 the Grades 2-4 supplement, your child is tasked imals, and multi-step problems as students build 004082 Grade 2 004157 Grade 5 with forming the largest/smallest sum, difference, in their understanding of the method. This would and product by choosing operands from a given also be a great help to mom and dad, if the math Math 4 Today (Common Core) (2-5) set of numbers. In Grades 4-6, your child is of today has you stumped. 96 pgs, pb. ~ Donna Not drills, these are comprehensive reviews of challenged to deduce possible values for an EACH BOOK ...... 19.99 14 .25 essential math skills and concepts that take about unknown value N given a set of 4-5 rules, or 067818 Grade 1 067821 Grade 4 10 minutes per day. The books for grades 2-5 number properties. And finally, in the Middle 067819 Grade 2 067822 Grade 5 each contain four problems a day for four days, School Supplement, your child’s understanding 067820 Grade 3 067823 Grade 6 covering a 40-week period. A separate, ten-prob- of percentage is put to the test by calculating lem test is provided for the fifth day of each the percentage of a pizza’s surface area that is Core Skills: Math 2014 (1-8) week. Answer keys for drills and tests are includ- covered in pepperoni. If you are concerned that your student might ed in all books. The problems are sequenced to The lower and upper elementary supplements not be prepared for standardized testing, the Core complement your math curriculum, increasing in (2-6) each contain over 300 pages, with prac- Skills series by Houghton Mifflin can help. Newly difficulty from beginning to end. Unlike a drill tice divided into 6 key content areas: Number updated in 2014, this series aligns to new stan- product, they cover all grade-level math topics and Numeration, Geometry, Operations, dards and testing content and provides additional and concepts are repeated weekly. These books Measurement, Relations, and Tables and Graphs. practice and reinforcement of math concepts at were created to provide ongoing, cumulative The middle school supplement (7-9) is over 300 each grade level, 1-8. Books are reproducible review of math skills, much like the philosophy pages, with practice divided into 12 content for family or classroom use and each practice behind the Saxon Math series. Most other basal areas: 2D Geometry, Number Operations; Rates, page is perforated for easy removal. Intended for texts introduce and practice math concepts, Ratios and Proportions; Probability, Fractions, supplementary practice, the pages do not include then go on to the next skill, abandoning previ- Patterns, Percents, Graphing, Statistics, Number instruction for the concepts. A list of topics cov- ously-taught concepts until the next pass, or in Theory, 3D Geometry, and Miscellaneous. All ered within the book is at the front for ease of occasional reviews. I would strongly recommend supplement books contain reproducible student matching them up with your curriculum, and them to parents who are not using Saxon Math, pages with answer guide included. ~ Anh a standards correlation chart is provided. Each as an expedient way to help your child retain and EACH BOOK ...... 24 99. book contains 150+ pages with an answer key in practice math skills on an ongoing basis. 051051 Grades 2-4 051052 Grades 4-6 the back. This series is also a very good supple- One look at the scope and sequence chart pro- 051050 Middle School (7-9) See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 519 Focus on Math (3-6) that just needs more practice or you want to Math Club at horseloversmath.com. Combine the The title sums up this series - twenty-four work- solidify concepts for standardized testing, this world of horses with math application that is sure books, each focusing on a specific skill. This series series can be very helpful. ~ Donna to please the horse lover in your family. ~ Donna would be a great reinforcement and test prep for EACH BOOK ...... 7.99 5 .95 066108 Level 1 ...... 25 .00 core math content, or serve as extra practice for 029738 Division Grade 3 the student having difficulty. They provide from 029741 Division Grade 4 Steck-Vaughn Math Skills Workbooks (4-8) 24 to 32 pages for each targeted skill and are 029779 Multiplication Grade 3 You won’t believe the amount of practice that’s somewhat like the “Key To” series, but for younger 039890 Multiplication Grade 4 packed into these thin workbooks! Master fun- kids. Students will progress from one to three digit 029744 Fractions Grade 5 damental concepts and basic skills through clear, addition and subtraction in level C to multi-step 029745 Fractions Grade 6 concise instruction followed by lots of practice. word problems in level F. 029751 Geometry Grade 5 Problems are a mix of computation and problem An 8-page answer key provides pretests and post 029763 Geometry Grade 6 solving. 48 pgs. ~ Anh tests so you can gauge your student’s progress. EACH BOOK ...... 7.93 4 50. These tests are reproducible for classroom or Math Skill Builders (3-8) 022216 Algebra family use. It also provides answers to the pretest, What did you do over your summer vacation? 022245 Decimals & Percents post, test and workbook pages. Manipulatives for From the makers of Summer Bridge Activities, 022249 Fractions suggested use are base-ten blocks, fraction strips, this series can help your child prepare during 022263 Measurement and Geometry a variety of measuring devices, and centimeter the summer for the next year of math. Kids will 022277 Solving Word Problems cubes. They also tell you how you can make your not feel overwhelmed using these small-format own fractions strips and a few ways you can use practice books. When ordering, select the grade Use It! Don’t Lose It! Daily Math Practice (5-9) the tools. You can’t go wrong with extra practice your child will be entering. Skill Builders can Similar to Daily Math Practice, these pro- at this price. ~ Donna also be used during the current school year as vide grade appropriate practice problems on EACH WORKBOOK ...... 6.00 4 .10 extra practice. 65-80 pgs. ~ Anh a daily basis for 36 weeks. Each day students EACH WKBK & KEY SET . . . . 7.25 4 .25 EACH BOOK ...... 4.99 3 .95 work 5 problems. Monday through Thursday Level C: Student Set problem sets consist of one computational, Add/Subtract 038969 FOMCAS By Grade one problem-solving, and one algebra problem. Decimals 038970 FOMCDC 019719 Grade 3 019710 Grade 5 The remaining two activities for Mondays and Fractions 038971 FOMCFR 019712 Grade 4 019714 Grade 6 Wednesdays contain a statistic/probability activ- Geometry 038972 FOMCGM ity and a geometry one. Measurement and num- Measurement 038973 FOMCMS By Topic ber concepts round out the remaining two types Multiply/Divide 038974 FOMCMD 025481 Algebra (5-8) of problems Tuesdays and Thursdays. Friday Problem Solving 038975 FOMCPS 028238 Fractions, Decimals, & Percents (3-5) activities follow a slightly different pattern with 011742 Geometry (6-8) two computational, one algebraic, one “ran- Level D: 028240 Introduction to Geometry (4-5) dom,” and one challenge problem. With each Decimals 038976 FOMDDC 028244 Multiplication and Division (4-5) week’s activities centered around a particular Fractions 038977 FOMDFR 025494 Pre-Algebra (4-5) theme like the Titanic or inventions, students will Geometry 038978 FOMDGM not only sharpen their math skills but also learn Measurement 038979 FOMDMS Horse Lover’s Math: Understanding Math real facts about the topic at hand. Practice prob- Mixed through Horses Level 1 (4-5) lems are set up in a spiraling sequence with the Operations 038980 FOMDMO Math is used in every aspect of life and there difficulty level increasing each successive week. Problem Solving 038981 FOMDPS is no exception for horse lovers. This workbook Please note: Although the algebra level book shows students how to apply math concepts to follows the same pattern of 5 practice problems Level E: working with horses daily. Intended as a supple- per day, there are not set “types” of problems Decimals 038982 FOMEDC ment for 4th or 5th grade, this workbook is full for each day of the week. Algebra skills covered Fractions 038983 FOMEFR of real-world story problems that will invite the are expressions, operations, equations with vari- Geometry 038984 FOMEGM horse lover in your life to also love math. ables, exponents, roots and radicals, inequali- Mixed This isn’t a systematic presentation of math ties, coordinate graphing, functions, and more. Operations 038985 FOMEMO concepts. Sections are arranged per the horse Answers included, reproducible, 127 pgs. ~ Enh Problem Solving 038986 FOMEPS information, not the math. For example, the first EACH BOOK ...... 14.99 11 .50 Ratio/Percent/ chapter is titled A Day in the Life and is about 039050 Grade 5 039053 Grade 8 Probability 038987 FOMERP telling time (timelines) and doing time problems. 039051 Grade 6 039046 Algebra The student is asked to draw hands on clocks 039052 Grade 7 Level F: to show specific times and math problems that Decimals 038988 FOMFDC ask the student how long an event might take Common Core Math Workouts (6-8) Fractions 038989 FOMFFR or how long it took to complete a task. There is Just some extra practice for your student who may Geometry 038990 FOMFGM no instruction on how to do the problem; it is be struggling with some of the Common Core math Problem Solving 038991 FOMFPS assumed that the student will already know this. concepts. Each book is designed to do a page at a Ratio/Percent/ A Trip to the Tack Store is about money. Horse time, focusing on one skill/concept. For parents, Probability 038992 FOMFRP Science and Stable Management and Sports this can help explain some of the language and include addition, multiplication, and measure- methodology tripping you up at home. Grades 6 Spectrum Subject-Specific Math (3-6) ment. Horse Facts and Math Games and Things & 7 cover geometry, ratios/proportional relation- Here is another series by Spectrum to ensure to Make and Do, give horse lovers an opportu- ships, the number system, expressions/equations, that your child is covering grade-level expecta- nity to apply what they have learned in the book and statistics/probability. Grade 8 covers geom- tions in the math arena. Each 96-page workbook – work through a math maze, crack the race etry, functions, the number system, expressions/ provides focused practice in a specific skill area. code, learn some horse history, make your own equations, and statistics/probability. Use these as a Each book is divided into chapters and includes hay net, make your own fly fringe, make horse warm up activity or even an assessment. Includes a mid-test and final test to sum up the content of cookies, and more. Pages with math problems to the CCS with each page of practice, and a good the book. The number of chapters in each book work provide work space and answers are found amount of word problems. Access more activities varies from four to seven, and each chapter con- at the back of the book. on the website. Black/white, answers in the back. tains a pretest, practice pages, and a post-test. Level 1 is the first in a three-book series that is Consumable, Approx. 50 pp, sc. ~ Sara A chart that shows the Common Core Standards in progress right now. The book is 175 pages, EACH BOOK ...... 9.99 7 50. alignment is found at the front of the book and and spiral bound, for ease of use. For more math 056084 Grade 6 056086 Grade 8 answer keys are at the back. If you have a child activities, students can join the Horse Lovers 056085 Grade 7 520 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Core Skills: Math College Refreshers (6-10) math topics where the textbook is not providing answers in the boxes. Students can then flip to These are no-nonsense math reviews - that just adequate explanation or practice. – Jess the corresponding answer page to check their happen to be correlated to the Common Core EACH BOOK (except noted) . . 12.99 10 .25 own answers. The pages are also reproducible. State Standards. An extensive CCSS correlation 067607 Advanced Computational Skills These are unique tools for practice in specific chart is provided as well as both a preview (to 067608 Basic Computational Skills math skills. ~ Donna see what areas the student needs targeted work) 021843 Fractions Mastery . . .10.99 8 .95 EACH BOOK ...... 15.95 10 .75 and an ending review. Each unit also has its 042420 Pre-Alg . Companion . . 10.99 8 .95 040633 Fast Facts Addition 1 own review. Worksheets (perforated) provide 042414 Algebra Book 1 Covers fact families 0-12. practice problems following a brief instructional 042415 Algebra Book 2 . . . . 13.99 10 .75 040634 Fast Facts – Addition 2 sequence. Designed to reinforce math skills, 042416 Algebra Book 3 Contains problems with addends 0-9. lessons are designed to strengthen computation, 042419 Geometry 040635 Fast Facts – Division 1 problem-solving, and reasoning skills. The books 042422 Trigonometry 040637 Fast Facts – Multiplication 1 are consumable, and answers are provided. 042421 Precalculus . . . . . 14.99 11 .95 040638 Fast Facts – Multiplication 2 These books can provide review needed prior to 042417 Calculus AB Vol . 1 . . 14.99 11 .50 Books 1 & 2 cover fact families 0-10. taking standardized testing as well as community 042418 Calculus AB Vol . 2 . . 13.99 10 .75 040639 Fast Facts – Subtraction 1 college placement testing or ACT/SAT testing. ~ 040641 Geoboard Patterns Janice Wipe-Off Practice Books 040642 Geoboard Pictures EACH BOOK ...... 16.99 12 .75 031275 Math Practice (6-8) Math Wipe-Clean Workbooks (PK-6) Activity Books / Cards - Non-Consumable 17 units covering whole numbers/integers; These 10-page workbooks allow students to decimals; real numbers; percents; exponents/ practice, practice, and practice some more. Hot Dots Let’s Master Math (PK-3) roots; ratio, rate and proportion; expressions; Since these are Twin Sisters’ books, each book If you are not familiar with Hot Dots, let me equations/systems of equations; relations, comes with a free downloadable song to help give you the skinny. They are like interactive functions, and graphing; transformations; students learn the specific skill. For example, flashcards with a question and multiple answers. inequalities; angles/triangles; plane geome- the Multiplication workbook reviews facts from Each response has a black dot next to it. Using a try/constructions; solid geometry; probabili- 1-12 with a reference chart on the back and a special pen, the student touches the dot next to ty; data/statistics; measurement. 246 pgs. pb. “Multiplication Rap” to learn these facts! The the correct answer and gets immediate feedback 031050 Algebra (8-10) Addition and Subtraction workbooks practice from the pen whether they are right or wrong. 13 units covering expressions/formulas; with numbers up to 10. Using a dry-erase mark- This makes it a good option for hands-on, visual, monomials; solving equations; exponents/ er, practice each skill in the beginning pages. and audio learners—but it also makes self-re- polynomials; functions; graphs; systems of Additional pages allow the student to “take a view, practice and assessment fun for any stu- equations; inequalities, roots, and propor- quiz”, all the while increasing their speed and dent! These sets are really cute! Each comes with tions; exponential functions; piecewise func- accuracy each time they complete it. I love its own pen in the shape of a blue dog name Ace tions; factoring; solving quadratic equations; products that can handle a lot of use AND make (requires 2 AAA batteries, not included) and two and data/statistics. 224 pgs. pb. learning math fun. 8 ½” x 11”, 10 pp, sturdy sc. spiral-bound books of activities (50pp each). The ~ Ruth books are kid-sized at 5” x 7.5” and they open EACH WORKBOOK ...... 3.99 3 .50 nice and flat. Pages are laminated cardstock, 057609 Addition 057617 Multiplication so they should respond to lots of use by several 057625 Subtraction children, making them a great classroom option! The illustrations are clear and colorful. The Hot Math Flip & Draw Book (K-6) Dots Pen has 2 volumes and a mute option. These unique books are like nothing else we When a child places the pen on the dot by the carry. A ‘Flip and Draw Book’ features a flip-out correct answer, Ace’s eyes light up green and laminated page which is spiral bound on the right it plays positive sounds. An incorrect response side of the back cover. Designs to be created or gets different sounds and the pen’s eyes light up problems to be done are printed on pages which red. A child has to hold the pen vertically on are spiral bound on the left. This design allows the dot to get a response, which can take a little students to see the pages and draw or write on practice. The dog is really cute with his tongue Straight Forward Math Series (8-AD) the laminated page with a dry erase marker. hanging out like he’s ready to play! It is chunky It can be difficult to find supplemental prac- Geoboard Patterns has 120 designs on 30 and easy to grip. tice or alternative instruction for some high- pages. The designs can be used with a 5 x 5 pin Each set comes in a box with a handle at the er-level math topics, especially trigonometry (25pins) geoboard with rubber bands, or with the top, like a little briefcase. This is a good item for and calculus, but these clean, uncluttered and laminated flip out page. Geoboard designs are to one child to work independently while a parent “straight-forward” workbooks do the job nice- help build visual analysis and spatial-perception needs time with another child. They will love ly. Each workbook is divided into chapters on skills. Patterns become increasingly more diffi- the darling pen and the feedback when they get broad topics (like matrices), which are broken cult as the student progresses through the book. it right! ~ Sara down further into parts which focus on more Recommended for grades 1-6. EACH SET ...... 24.99 18 .95 specific topics (like the determinant for 2x2 Geoboard Pictures is recommended for kinder- 059705 PK 059702 Grade 2 matrices). Each part includes a short lesson on garten through 2, and contains 25 reproducible 059704 K 059703 Grade 3 the concept, followed by example problems designs. This book is to be used with the 5 x 5 059701 Grade 1 which are solved in a step-by-step manner with pin geoboard with rubber bands or the flip out explanations. Example problems are followed by laminated page. The intent for this book is to a set of exercises for the student to complete on develop the same skills as Geoboard Patterns, but their own. You will probably want to work out for a younger child. Designs in this book create the problems on a separate sheet of paper, since pictures that are familiar to children. little room is typically provided with the exercises Each Fast Facts book includes 26 self-checking and the books are not reproducible. An answer math drills which cover the fact families. Instead key is provided in the back of each book, which of a laminated page, the “Fast Facts” books have features answers to exercises and any reviews a transparent page attached that flips over the included (answers only, not detailed solutions). math page. Pages work sequentially forward A cumulative review is included to ensure that using the front of each page. You then work back the concepts have been mastered. For the price, to front using the reverse of each page. Students these are excellent supplements to higher-level then use a dry erase marker to write correct See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 521 ☼Math Wheels (K-5) Activity Books - Consumable / Reproducible hiding behind, you need to solve the addi- This series of hands- tion problems. Each problem has the form on spinning math wheels Coloring Squared CC Math Coloring Books 4 + __ = 8 (W). Using the missing number provides students with (PK-5) and directional cues (N, E, W, S) found in review and practice cov- Create pixel art as you answer math problems! parentheses as above, you start at the black ering the concepts of Using a large grid (19x20), each square has a star in the grid and travel the appropriate addition, subtraction, math problem within. It’s like paint-by-number number of spaces in the direction given for multiplication, and divi- with an answer key: “2 gray, 3 blue, 4 tan, 5 each problem. sion. Each of the five sets red” and you leave the blank squares white. 031140 Subtraction Secrets (1-4) of manipulatives has 18 Your motivation is seeing what image is created! Formatted similarly to Addition Adventures, wheels that spin, creating Perfect for a visual learner or an artsy child who these puzzles include math problems and a a wide variety of math problems (0 or 1 through may not love doing math work. May be copied grid with items featured on it. To solve the 12 facts as well as mixed practice). Students can for home or classroom use. 40 puzzles per work- puzzle, you complete math problems like access the correct answer to a particular problem book (key in back), 68 pg. 7 - 3 = ___ (E) and use the missing number set by simply lifting up the heavy cardboard win- EACH BOOK ...... 9.95 7 .95 and the direction given to plot a course to dow that is located on the face of each wheel. 064057 K 064061 3rd Grade find the answer. The wheels are very sturdy and colorful and are 064054 1st Grade 064055 4th Grade 024189 Multiplication Mosaics (2-4) designed to resemble animals, with numbers that 064060 2nd Grade 064053 5th Grade An artistic way to practice basic multiplica- are easy to read. A nice supplemental resource 064051 Addition/Subtraction tion facts! To complete a mosaic, you must for any primary or elementary math program. 064052 Color by Number answer about 25 multiplication problems by Measures 5” x 5”. ~ Mike 064056 Fractions/Decimals/Percents filling in the missing factor, i.e. 7 x __ = 21 EACH MANIPULATIVE . . . . .5.99 4 .75 064058 Multiplication/Division (orange). When all the problems are done, 004222 Math Wheels Addition Facts 064059 Number Sense 1-999 use the factors and indicated colors to create The addition exercises that can be created a mosaic in the grid provided. Includes 30 on this collection of 18 manipulative wheels Coloring Squared Holiday Books (PK-4) mosaics divided into varying levels (#1 cov- include addition facts 0-12, mixed practice, Color by number and watch a cute pixilated ers facts up to 2, #2-3 cover facts up to 3, ..., plus one drills, and doubles facts. image appear! Each square of the graph paper #25-30 cover facts up to 9). 004282 Math Wheels Subtraction Facts has a math problem inside (except color by 033760 More Multiplication Mosaics (3-7) The subtraction exercises that can be created number.) A color key at the bottom of the page 30 more fun multiplication mosaics, these on this collection of 18 manipulative wheels tells you what to do. If the answer is a 1 or 2, step up in challenge. In this book, students include facts from 0-12, mixed practice, and color the square red. If it is a 3, color it brown, practice multiplying one digit numbers by doubles facts. a 4 – make it yellow, etc. It’s a cool idea to two and three digit numbers to gain the cor- 004279 Math Wheels Multiplication Facts incorporate math into your holiday fun! Holidays rect answers to complete the mosaic. The multiplication exercises that can be include: a birthday cake, New Year’s fireworks, 024186 Division Designs (3-5) created on this collection of 18 manipula- several for Black history month, Groundhog Day, Similar to Multiplication Mosaics, this book tive wheels include 0-12 facts and mixed a couple for Valentine’s, a couple Presidents, 2 practices division facts. To complete each practice. St. Patrick’s Day, 2 Easter, 2 Earth Day ones, design, you must first answer approximately 25 004258 Math Wheels Division Facts Mother’s/Father’s Days, Memorial, 2 July 4th, division facts. Then use the divisor and quo- back to school, 2 Labor Day, Columbus Day, tients from each problem to plot a set of points Common Core Math Task Cards (K-5) 3 Halloweens, Day of the Dead, Veteran’s, 3 which, once connected, form a picture! Here’s a quick and convenient way to make Thanksgiving, 2 Hanukkahs and 5 Christmas 017803 Decimal Destinations (4-7) sure all the Common Core standards are covered puzzles. 40 pages, reproducible. ~Sara Students answer 18-24 decimal problems during your school year. Each set of 48 dou- EACH BOOK ...... 9.95 7 .95 per exercise and then use their answers and ble-sided (5.5” x 3.5”, landscape orientation) 044271 Addition and Subtraction color-coded clues to color in squares in a cards have questions (plus the relevant standard) 044297 Color by Number 9x9 square grid. The tenths place tells which on each side. Students are often asked to work 044298 Multiplication and Division vertical column to use and the hundredths problems on paper, draw a picture to show an place tells which horizontal row to use so answer, use various common manipulatives, Math Mosaics (1-8) you know which square to color. Names etc. Cards are laminated, color-coded per grade You don’t need to be Sherlock Homes to solve of various animals are revealed once the level, and reasonably priced. An answer key, the riddles in these books, but you do need to be squares are all colored in. teacher notes/tips, and two storage rings are also ready to solve some math problems! Each book 017806 Fraction Finders (3-6) included. ~ Janice contains 30 puzzles to solve, based around a grid Students complete various fraction-specific EACH SET ...... 9.99 7 .95 and a list of approximately 20 math problems. math problems, then use the answers and 056143 Grade K 056140 Grade 3 In the addition and subtraction books, you use color-coded clues to color in squares on a 056138 Grade 1 056141 Grade 4 the answers you get to plot a course around the 9x9 square grid. The first denominator in 056139 Grade 2 056142 Grade 5 grid and locate an object or answer. In the other the problem tells which vertical column to books, answers to the math problems will pro- use and the answer gives you the horizontal 65 Short Mysteries You Solve with Math! (5-9) vide instructions on coloring blocks of the grid so you know which square to color. Names Do you have a minute to spare? If so, then to form the answer to a question or a picture. of various animals are revealed once the you have plenty of time to enjoy a one minute Either way, suspense builds as you complete the squares are all colored in. mystery and brush up on your math skills at the math problems and start to reveal patterns in the 045547 Algebra Antics (4-8) same time! These short (no more than one page) grid! Solutions included in each book. Does To make these mosaics, you answer algebraic mysteries were written by the father-daughter math practice really get any more fun than this? equations (like x + 7 =11), put the answer in duo of Eric and Natalie Yoder. Simply read the ~ Steph the blank of a given ordered pair (4, 8), then mystery, grab a pencil and some scratch paper, EACH BOOK ...... 12 .95 use the ordered pair to plot a point on an x,y and try to solve it before flipping the page to see 031137 Addition Adventures (1-4) axis graph. Continue plotting each new point the solution. Kids will definitely see the real- Each page holds a riddle like: “Your pet liz- (based on the answers to the equations) and world application of math with this collection ard has escaped and you’ve got to find him connecting it to the preceding point to make a of everyday mysteries. This 176-page book also right away because your parents’ guests are captivating design. includes a bonus of 5 science mysteries from 65 due to arrive in thirty minutes! Use the clues 017373 Graph Grapplers (1-AD) Short Mysteries You Solve with Science! ~ Anh to draw a path to your lizard’s hiding place.” 30 story-based exercises designed to help 052276 ...... 12.95 10 .95 The grid holds pictures of possible hiding students graph data using bar graphs, line places and to figure out which item he’s graphs, pictographs and horizontal graphs. 522 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Double Digit Decoders (1-6) problems per sheet (labeled A-J). The inducement sentence. “Think” is an opportunity for students From the Math Mosaics people, these collec- for solving the problems on each worksheet is to explain their thinking. “Example” shows stu- tions of puzzles are the way to avoid boredom discovering the picture formed when solutions are dents how to mark an answer and show their in double digit problem practice. Three different graphed. After students solve a page, they place work. ‘Practice Problems’ are an opportunity types of puzzles – mini mysteries, mosaics, and the answers in blanks to form sets of coordinate for students to practice when they just learned. mazes – are waiting to be solved, but you must points. Answers are used multiple times and ‘Real-world Problem’ takes students step-by- complete the double digit problems first and then placed in blanks corresponding to the letter of the step through the problem-solving process for a follow the directions. Problem sets start with answer. Points are plotted on a coordinate graph written-out word problem. They will read the simple problems and progress into regrouping. and lines drawn connecting points in sets (an problem, answer thinking questions, then solve All answers are provided END OF LINE marks the end of each set). When the problem using one of the strategies presented EACH BOOK ...... 12 .95 all the lines are drawn, a picture is formed. I earlier. Word problems are one of the biggest 028190 Addition 028195 Subtraction have seen books like this for younger students, challenges for students and this series offers some but this one is unique in that it is for middle usable solutions. Each book is over 220 pages school grades with resulting pictures correspond- and is reproducible for family or classroom use. ingly more complex (helicopter, airplane, eagle, ~ Donna windmill, etc.). Pages are all reproducible as EACH BOOK ...... 19.99 14 .75 are the two formats of blank graphing paper with 041091 Grade 1 axes. Book may be used as a consumable if you Covers place value, addition & subtraction, cut off the answers on the bottom of each page. length, time, money, attributes of shapes, Reduced graphs showing completed drawings are data displays, counting & number sequences. at the end of the book. Use these worksheets to 041092 Grade 2 practice or reinforce specific skills or use them Includes place value, addition & subtraction, once a week as review. If your child enjoys a bit skip counting, length, time, money, attri- of creativity with her math practice, she’ll relish butes of shapes, data displays. creating pictures using math skills (and a pencil!). 041096 Grade 3 ☼Math Quick Starts (4-12) 045269 ...... 13.99 10 .95 Place value, operations, fractions, time, This series provides math students with quick mass, liquid volume, attributes of shapes, review exercises that can help them practice Word Problems data displays, perimeter, rounding, multipli- or retain concepts that they have previously cation & division. learned. Each page features two to four quick Daily Word Problems (1-6) 041138 Grade 4 start activities that can be cut apart and used sep- A good, short supplement to your daily math Factors, multiples, operations, fractions, arately, or assigned as a group to an entire class. work, these books provide one word problem for decimals, measurement conversion, shapes, Quick start lessons can be used as warm-up math every day in 36 weeks. Every week’s problems lines, angles, data displays, four basic oper- drill sheets, as a pre-test assessment, as review revolve around a central theme, but many topics ations. for test prep, or for extra drill practice for strug- are covered in every book to provide variety. 041141 Grade 5 gling learners. A basic answer key is included in Some have multiple parts, while others make Exponents, numerical expressions, fraction the back of each consumable workbook in this use of charts and graphs. So don’t let your skills and decimal operations, measurement con- three-volume series. 60 pgs, pb. ~ Mike get rusty - one problem a day will help to keep version, area, volume, coordinate planes, EACH WORKBOOK ...... 8.99 6 .75 your math skills fresh. Books are graded for classifying two-dimensional shapes. 004543 Algebra Quick Starts public school standards and content seems a bit 041147 Grade 6 Concepts covered include linear equations simple in parts of the workbooks, so if you have Rational numbers, variable expressions, and inequalities, polynomials, rational a child who excels in math, you might consider rates, ratios, statistics, surface area, vol- expressions, square roots and radicals, and the workbook that is a grade above them. ~ ume, data distributions, dividing w/ fractions, quadratic equations. Stephanie computing w/ decimals, positive & negative 004695 Pre-Algebra Quick Starts EACH BOOK ...... 20.99 14 .95 numbers, absolute value, dependent & inde- Concepts covered include math operations, 014007 Grade 1 014010 Grade 4 pendent variables. story problems, patterns, integers, variables, 014008 Grade 2 014011 Grade 5 exponents, and equations. 014009 Grade 3 014012 Grade 6 Spectrum Word Problems (2-8) 004614 Fractions & Decimals Quick Starts Formerly titled Spectrum Enrichment Math, the Concepts covered include fractional parts, Math Fundamentals (1-6) Spectrum Word Problems series offers practice equivalents, math operations with fractions Practice problem solving skills using model- solving multi-step word problems that focus and decimals, least common multiple, great- ing, finding patterns, and reasoning. For use on real world applications. There are a vary- est common factor, and comparing. in the classroom or at home, these books can ing number of chapters in each book (nine to help make sense of using models to solve math fourteen), all of which follow the same format. Coordinate Graphing: Creating Pictures Using problems. Aligned to state and common core Each chapter begins with a pretest, and then Math Skills (5-8) standards, each level of this series is intended as you work through the lessons, and take the Practicing any skill can become boring. a resource to help with some of the more com- posttest – number of lessons varies from chapter Sometimes, you need to mix it up a little; vary plicated or confusing strategies that are used in to chapter. There is a midway test in each level the routine for a little burst of motivation. Instead math today. and a final test at the end of the book, which of using a “just practice problems” book, this one Each book is divided into topical units and the reviews all book content. With a 2014 copyright, has an added incentive for completing each page. beginning of each lists the standards being met. the skills practiced are geared to the Common While the title makes the book sound like just a You could work through the book in the order the Core State Standards. Word problems can be a graphing book, its 56 activity sheets actually prac- pages are presented, but also might take a more source of frustration for many students, and this tice a wide variety of math skills. Besides obvi- topical approach to add practice to complement series offers additional practice and helpful hints ously familiarizing your child with a coordinate your curriculum. The front of the book also offers to build student confidence in this area and to grid, graphing, and negative numbers, this book a suggested teaching path, listing the order in prepare for standardized testing. Consumable, has engaging exercises to review: basic opera- which to use the units and page numbers. The not reproducible with answer key in back. 112 tions with integers, basic operations with vari- format is the same for each lesson within the to 124 pages. ~ Donna ables, prime numbers, factors, GCF, operations units – a page of math models, example, prac- EACH BOOK ...... 9.99 7 50. with fractions, percents, ratio and proportion, tice problems, then real world problem. ‘Math 029658 Grade 2 014748 Grade 6 mean, mode, reading graphs, rounding, absolute Models’ pages offer possible strategies for solving 014689 Grade 3 026269 Grade 7 value, money, sequences, logic, geometry, prob- a problem – draw a picture, draw a diagram, 014746 Grade 4 026383 Grade 8 ability, and word problems. There are about 10 use counters, numberline, or write a number 014747 Grade 5 See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 523 Math Detective (3-AD) EACH BOOK ...... 14.95 11 .95 between words; these are unique in their applica- An excellent series from the makers of Reading 028467 Book 1: Number Sense tion of analogy to all areas of math: number and Detective! Each activity begins with a short, Integers, fractions, decimals, and percents. operations; algebra; geometry; measurement; entertaining reading selection and some type of 028468 Book 2: Pre-Algebra data analysis and probability. It’s a different way chart or diagram. Follow-up questions promote Equations, variables, algebraic expressions, of looking at and practicing vital math concepts critical thinking, and they typically do not require and probabilities. while also working on logic and reasoning skills. a lot of computation. Answers to questions can- 028469 Book 3: Geometry Basics Books are available at three levels, have 38 not be found by quickly scanning the reading Points, lines, planes, angles, shapes, perim- pages of exercises, and include an answer key or diagram for numbers. Each level contains eter, area, volume, ratio and square roots. at the back. Exercises are mostly pictorial and approx. 40 activities organized according to 028470 Book 4: Data & Measurement numeric – especially in the K-1 book – so very standards-based content areas: numbers and Customary/metric conversions, units of mea- little reading is needed. Most children will find numeration, patterns, operations, geometry and surement (length, weight, area, volume, etc), this an enjoyable way to combine logic and math spatial sense, probability, and statistics. and reading tables and graphs. skills; children who enjoy puzzles will appreciate EACH BOOK ...... 19 .99 them even more! 021811 Beginning (3-4) 501 Math Word Problems (3rd Ed .) (8-10) EACH BOOK ...... 11 .99 021810 A1 (5-6) 012081 B1 (7-AD) Word problems are an area of math that most 025214 Beginning (K-1) people struggle with. This book provides that 025223 Book 1 (2-3) Math Journal Manager - Book C (4+) extra practice that just might help you master 025235 Book 2 (4-5) These 7” x 9” affordable blank journal is a the art of word problems. Word problems are 000301 Book 3 (6-7) handy tool for students working word problems. offered in the areas of basic math (miscellaneous 001817 Book 4 (8-9) Space is provided in a 2-page format for students math), fractions, decimals, percents, algebra, to work through the process of word problems. and geometry. Answers with explanations are Leveled Text-Dependent Question Stems – Students write the problem on the lines provided, found at the end of each section. These word Math (K-12) use the ¼ inch grid section to draw or show their problems are good practice for the SAT and ACT, Text-Dependent Questions is another way to strategy for solving the problem, write an equa- common mistakes, and step-by-step examples say reading comprehension. In the area of math tion in the next space provided, and then solve and explanation help you understand the out- – do students understand the word problem they the problem in the next blank space on the page. come. You even have access to additional online just read enough to solve the problem? This book A second lined section is provided for students practice with the instructions in the back of the offers 480 question stems – questions that guide to explain how they solved the problem, and a book. ~ Donna students to connect what they are learning to bonus section allows students an opportunity to 058579 ...... 16.95 13 .95 previous knowledge. Question stems in this book show an alternative way to solve the problem. cover 12 skill areas: analyzing meaning and mak- Sections are labeled so the student can work Problem-Solving (Math-Oriented Logic) ing a plan, understanding numbers and relative independently. units, moving from concrete to abstract thinking, 054473 ...... 5.95 3 .95 DK Workbooks: Problem Solving (K-4) identifying and using appropriate tools, applying EACH WORKBOOK ...... 6.99 5 .25 properties of operations, using problem-solving Spill the Beans Challenge Activity Cards (4-6) 045682 Grade K 045588 Grade 2 strategies, forming mathematical conjectures, Teaching math hands-on just got easier and 045584 Grade 1 045590 Grade 3 communicating mathematical thinking, consid- more affordable! Recommended manipulatives ering ideas of others, justifying strategies/pro- for these “bean shaped” cards are four different 180 Days of Problem Solving (K-6) cesses/solutions, creating word problems, and types of dry beans - pinto, white, red, and black. Math has become more complicated, for both discovering mathematics in the real world. Each The 80 activities provide students with clues the teacher and the student. This series of book- skill area includes an overview, four levels of based on number comparisons, fractions, deci- sis here to help. Problem solving is an issue question stems (K-1, 2-4, 5-8, 9-12), examples, mals, ratios and percentages, allowing students for many, both young and old. How to read a 10 question stems, and an activity page for each to practice number sense, logic and problem problem? What information am I looking for? level. Question Stems can be used as written or solving. Examples of questions include: “There What process am I supposed to use? 180 Days adapt them to meet your needs. This book may are 12 red beans. There are ¾ the number of of Problem Solving offers daily practice and tips be copied for classroom or family use and is black beans as red beans. There is 1/6 the num- on how to think through a problem, solve the a good comprehension-type of supplement for ber of white beans as red beans. The number of problem, then explain the process. The lesson math, giving clarity to word problems. ~ Donna red beans is 100% of the number of pinto beans. pages are divided into weeks, then five days of 066785 ...... 19.99 15 .95 How many beans are there in all? What fraction the week: students do one page per day. There represents the number of pinto beans?”. Answers is instruction in the front of the book for using Solving Word Problems Power Pen Cards (1-4) (without solutions) are found on the back of each the material and how it aligns to standards. Help No more boring math worksheets! Introduce activity card. 84 cards, instructions included. your students with their problem-solving strug- your children to the interactive and fun Power 025716 ...... 16.95 10 .95 gles with a little bit of extra practice. ~ Donna Pen methodology of learning! Each box set EACH BOOK ...... 19.99 15 .95 includes 106 word problems on double sided Tall-Tale Math (5-8) 066790 Grade K 066789 Grade 4 cards that measure 5.5”x3.5”. Cards contain These are the most creative and interesting 066788 Grade 1 066787 Grade 5 a word problem that reinforces the ability to story problems I’ve seen in a long time! Each 066791 Grade 2 066792 Grade 6 evaluate a problem to determine the first steps, workbook in this series is divided into three sec- 066793 Grade 3 determine necessary math facts, critically read tions: Review, Skill-Builder, and Extra-Practice. and analyze the question and recognize those Review sheets briefly cover important definitions Spectrum Critical Thinking for Math (K-8) pesky “trick questions.” Requires Power Pen that and concepts and are followed by straight-for- EACH BOOK ...... 9.99 7 .50 is sold separately. Power Pens provide the instant ward questions which test comprehension. Skill- 066410 Grade K 066406 Grade 5 feedback as the child places the tip of the pen on Builder and Extra-Practice sheets consist of story 066402 Grade 1 066407 Grade 6 the answer. Correct answers are met with a problems that are based on highly imaginative 066403 Grade 2 066408 Grade 7 “Hooray!” or a “Yahoo!” Incorrect answers are scenarios. For example, in the Mars City work- 066404 Grade 3 066409 Grade 8 redirected using gentle, encouraging language. sheet, you help a lost tourist find his way with 066405 Grade 4 Pen requires 2 AAA batteries (not included). ~ directions from helpful Martians all the while Deanne applying what you know about parallel, perpen- Math Analogies (K-9) EACH SET ...... 12.99 9 95. dicular, and intersecting lines. Extra-Practice Math lends itself nicely to analogous thinking; 040852 Grade 1 040875 Grade 3 Sheets are exactly what they sound like but much of math is about finding patterns, see- 040866 Grade 2 040877 Grade 4 require higher level problem solving skills than ing relationships, and problem-solving. Most 039240 Power Pen . . . . . 10.99 8 75. Skill-Builder sheets. 64 pgs. ~ Anh analogy books concentrate just on relationships 524 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Process Skills in Problem-Solving (1-6) Real-Math Problem Solving (2-6) Becoming a Problem Solving Genius (4-12) Using the Singapore approach to teach kids to Integrating ELA standards with Math Common When it comes to problem-solving strategies, think mathematically, these workbooks apply Core Standards provides parents and teachers a who hasn’t heard of the “guess and check” meth- discovery-based and model-based problem-solv- unique way to reinforce and practice several skill od? This handbook of math strategies by Edward ing skills to grade-appropriate math concepts. groups at one time. Each book contains several Zaccaro offers some innovative and easy-to-apply Each book for Levels 1 through 3 is divided into mathematical problem-solving units. Each 3-page strategies such as the “Think 1” method. If the two sections. The first section uses the Model unit begins with a fiction or non-fiction reading following problem (One bag of cat food will feed Approach (MA), followed by a section using the passage that presents a mathematical problem 3 cats for 40 days. If I buy 2 more cats, how long Heuristic Approach (HA - discoveries resulting or situation. Reading passages are age-level will one bag of cat food last?) makes your head from investigations made by the student). Levels appropriate and have a Lexile range (contact hurt, then you definitely need to learn how to 4 and up focus solely on Heuristic approach us for specific book range). Following the one “Think 1.” What I like about this book is that the methods. But don’t let the terminology scare you page reading, children are given a page of math author really takes his time explaining each strat- - the pages look like fun with a simple layout and problem solving activities that rely on the pas- egy, and he also makes it fun by using cartoon cartoonish graphics. See our website for contents sage for response. Space is provided to work characters. Each new strategy is then followed by book. Includes answer keys with detailed out answers, write equations, draw pictures and by lots and lots of practice. In fact, the practice solutions. pb. ~ Sara explain the thought process. The final page in the problems are even separated into 5 levels of 003959 Level 1 (1-2) . . . . . 12 .80 unit extends on the mathematical situation and difficulty – Level 1, Level 2, Level 3, Einstein 003960 Level 2 (2-3) . . . . . 12 .80 promotes reading review and critical thinking. Level, and Super Einstein. This enormous book 003961 Level 3 (3-4) . . . . . 13 .50 Questions are open-ended and blend reading and is divided into 17 chapters: Think 1, The 2-10 003967 Level 4 (4-5) . . . . . 13 .50 math skills. Black and white illustrations, teach- Method, Sometimes You Must Subtract, Draw a 003972 Level 5 (5-6) . . . . . 14 .80 ing suggestions, answer key, list of standards Picture, Venn Diagrams, Language of Algebra, 003976 Level 6 (6) . . . . . 14 .80 met, and perforated reproducible student pages Solving Equations, Solving Algebra Problems, makes this a cost-effective resource for teachers, Logic, The Power of Ratios, Function Machines, Problem Solving Beyond the Classrooom (1-7) co-ops and homeschool families. 112 pgs, sc. ~ Don’t Be Fooled, The Eccentric Mathematician, With extra word problems, finding patterns & Deanne Permutations, Understanding Bases, Who Wants making tables, your student learns to break down EACH BOOK ...... 14.99 11 .95 to be a Googolillionaire, and Contests. The last a problem into workable steps to get a solution. 064666 Grade 2 064669 Grade 5 chapter, titled Contests, does not teach a new Each unit begins with a worked example, fol- 064667 Grade 3 064670 Grade 6 strategy but contains even more pages of practice lowed by steps to help the student understand the 064668 Grade 4 organized into 4-5 problem math contests. 320 problem and then through directed questions the pgs. ~ Anh student must decide on an approach to solve it. Comic-Strip Math Problem Solving (3-6) 038239 ...... 24.95 19 .50 Every page gives plenty of space to work in the Let the antics of Molly Mouse, Squirmy book. The problems use relatable situations for a Worm, Moovis the Cow and a whole slew of young student. The names chosen in the exam- new animal friends inspire your child to do ples show cultural diversity. These would be a math! Each problem-solving activity in this good supplement to any of the math programs book begins with a short comic-strip which is using the Singapore method, but also other math followed by 5-6 related math questions. This teaching styles. In the lower grades, any parent resource contains 80 reproducible student pages should be able to pick up on the methodology, plus answers covering the following key content but in the upper grades it could be a little tricky if areas: Place Value & Rounding, Addition & a parent is unfamiliar with some of the Singapore Subtraction, Multiplication & Division, Mixed method vocabulary. A classroom teacher would Operations, Fractions, Decimals, Time, Money, need each student to have a book as these are not Measurement, Graphs, Geometry, Patterns, and reproducible in any setting. All solutions in back. Rate/Ratio/Probability & Statistics. ~ Anh 143 pp, sc. ~ Sara 021618 ...... 14.99 10 .95 EACH BOOK ...... 11 .33 Pattern Explorer (5-9) 060256 Primary 1 060259 Primary 4 ☼40 Fabulous Mysteries Kids Can’t Resist (4-8) When children are young, we teach them to 060257 Primary 2 060260 Primary 5 Word problems can be something kids really recognize sequences, shapes, and patterns as 060258 Primary 3 060261 Primary 6 struggle with, and to be honest, they can be prerequisites to math – important skills to build confusing and even nonsensical (those 2 trains upon. This book from The Critical Thinking Math Perplexors (1-AD) arriving at the station, come on!) What if a word Company incorporates some fun puzzles to work Combine your math abil- problem was funny, relatable, and was presented with children from the fifth to seventh grade level ities, deductive reasoning to you in the form of a mystery for you to solve? to get them thinking about math functions. Five and logic skills to solve With these mysteries, kids will get familiar with different types of puzzles make the math explo- these entertaining, yet chal- the characters used throughout the book, giving ration challenging – Pattern Predictor, Equality lenging, story problems. them some familiarity as they solve the puzzles. Explorer, Sequence Sleuth, Number Ninja, and Using a list of clues, elimi- There is more reading involved than an ordinary Function Finder. There are eight of each type for nate from the lists of possi- word problem too--another plus! Each story is a total of 40 puzzles that become progressively ble solutions to arrive at the about 1-2 pages long. Recommended respons- more difficult. Pattern Predictor asks the student correct one. For example, es are in the back. Lots of tips are provided to look at a pattern of shapes and predict where in the puzzle “Go Fish,” to prompt discussions too! A page called an the pattern will be in future stages. Equality Fred, Frank, Farrah, and Felicity decide to hold Investigator’s Log guides students’ problem solv- Explorer is like Balance Benders (also by CTP) two fishing contests. Using a list of five clues ing by asking them to restate the problem in their where the student sees a series of balances with such as “Fred and Frank caught a total of 24 fish own words, write the information they have, the shapes on one side and a number on the other together,” match these people to their correct last info they need, what can be done to solve the – the student has to figure out the value of each name, the number of fish caught, and the weight problem and then a solution. The last question shape in order to equal the number on the other of the largest fish caught. Each book contains asks, “How do you know your solution makes side (balancing equations). Sequence Sleuth 50 such problems ordered by increasing level of sense?” These would be great as a daily warm up shows a sequence of patterns, objects, letters, difficulty. ~ Enh activity to get those brains goin’! Reproducible etc., and asks a series of questions in which EACH BOOK ...... 12 .95 for classroom/homeschool use. Meets NCTM the student is to determine future stages in the 045566 Basic (1-3) 017824 Level C (5-6) standards. 112pp. ~ Sara sequence based upon what they can already see. 017817 Level A (3-4) 017825 Level D (7+) 068442 ...... 15.99 11 .95 Number Ninja lays out a series of operations and 017823 Level B (4-5) continued... See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 525 tells you a starting or ending number. Based on CalcuLadders CalcuPaks™ (1-8) advanced fractions, and 6 includes percents, the operations you have to determine the missing These are great - painless, quick, easy to take English and Metric units, geometric concepts, start or finish number. The fifth type of puzzle and good for you - no wonder they’re called and review of fractions and decimals. is the Function Finder in which the student is to “Learning Vitamins.” These are designed to get MasterPaks are more economical for those determine what functions are being employed the brain working quickly and automatically - a who know they are going to use multiple lev- given the example presented – look for a pattern must before going into higher-level math! We els of the CalcuLadder® program. MasterPak 1 and understand it. An example of this last puzzle have seen marked improvement in our children’s includes CalcuLadder® levels 1, 2, and 3 with would be 6♦7=43; 8♦3=25; 9♦10=91; 2♦5=11. computational speed and skill after using these. ReadyWriter; MasterPak 2 includes CalcuLadder® Based on the mystery function offered here, what Advantages over other drill sheets we’ve seen 4, 5, and 6 with AlphaBetter. These sets also would the answers be to 5♦9 and 16♦3? The mys- (and used) are the sheer variety in the sheets come with the SuperSlate feature. ReadyWriter tery functions would be multiply and add one. So and the incremental level of difficulty from one covers basic penmanship and AlphaBetter prac- the answers would be 46 and 49, consecutively. sheet to the next. Cute graphics “grow” up the tices alphabetical order, alphabetizing skills, and There is now a Level 2 of the Pattern Explorer margins of the page as students progress, adding dictionary skills. books. Intended for junior high/high school, to the visual appeal, and an appropriate scripture EACH CALCULADDER . . . . . 23.95 19 .95 this second book adds the use of variables. verse is a definite plus (if you’re drilling several EACH MASTERPAK ...... 47.95 39 .95 Otherwise, you will find the same types of puz- students, the ones who finish ahead can meditate 033666 CalcuLadder 1 zles as those found in Level 1. No prior knowl- on something worthwhile!). 033668 CalcuLadder 2 edge of Algebra is required to do level 2. This successful drill program has transi- 033671 CalcuLadder 3 Hints for solving the puzzles and solutions are tioned to computer software. CalcuPak 1 con- 033693 CalcuLadder 4 offered at the back of the book. These are very tains CalcuLadders 1-3 and ReadyWriter, while 033812 CalcuLadder 5 helpful when you get stuck. CalcuPak 2 contains CalcuLadders 4-6 and 033828 CalcuLadder 6 This book is rated for 5th – 7th grade, but I AlphaBetter. The software comes on CD and 033830 MasterPak 1 feel the number-brain exercises in these puzzles runs on Windows or Mac. Information is includ- 033877 MasterPak 2 would be good for even high school and adults. ed with the CD on obtaining an activation key for I have completely enjoyed working the puzzles setup. After installation, open up the application in this book. This book is reproducible for class- and you’ll see all of the volumes listed. You can room and family use. ~ Donna easily print off as many of each drill as you need EACH BOOK ...... 14 .99 from this screen, as well as keys and achieve- 060814 Level 1 024581 Level 2 ment records. Another great feature of the CalcuPack is the CalcuClock™ which can time Drill Books up to five different students in one sitting. You This section goes beyond basic operations. See can shut down the timer if they finish before their Basic Operations for additional drill books time runs out, and when you enter their scores, it will calculate accuracy and performance scores. System requirements: Windows XP/Vista/7, or Daily Mental Math (2-10) Daily Common Core Math Practice (1-6) Mac OSX, 10.5.7 or higher. This series of math workbooks is designed to Very comprehensive in scope and progressive EACH CD-ROM ...... 35.95 29 .95 provide students with daily, 5-15 minute math in difficulty, these by grade daily drills will help 053045 CalcuPak 1 Home Edition 4 .0 drills to help keep their math skills sharp, to assure continual review and reinforcement of Includes CalcuLadders 1-3 and ReadyWriter. build concentration and to use logical strategies math concepts and skills. Daily drills are pro- Skills covered: basic and advanced addition, to solve problems. Each book contains daily drills vided for 36 weeks and take about 5 minutes per subtraction and multiplication; basic division for 40 weeks. New concepts are introduced at day with 5 problems per drill. Each day’s activity telling time, basic penmanship. the beginning of the week and reviewed later includes two computational problems, one word 053046 CalcuPak 2 Home Edition 4 .0 in the week and in following weeks. Besides problem, and two problems that cover a wide Includes CalcuLadders 4-6 and AlphaBetter. covering basic math operations like addition and variety of skills (such as numeration, patterns/ Skills covered: intermediate and advanced multiplication, questions also cover area, mea- algebra, geometry/spatial, measurement - includ- division; fractions; percents; place value; surement, chance, and data concepts. Early lev- ing time and money, and data/probability). This rounding and estimating; adding, subtract- els drill on simple mental strategies like doubling format is followed Monday-Thursday. Friday’s ing, multiplying and dividing fractions and and halving, as well as identifying shapes and drill contains just one, more extensive, prob- decimals; English/metric units and unit con- telling time. Middle levels build upon these skills lem that often requires multiple steps to solve. version, basic geometry; alphabetical order; and drill on adding two-digit numbers, as well Answers are included in the back in reduced- alphabetizing skills; dictionary skills. as simple multiplication and division and cal- page format. Reproducible. culating time intervals. Upper levels incorporate EACH BOOK ...... 22.99 15 .95 CalcuLadder® Drill Masters & SuperSlate (1-8) fractions and decimals, multiplying larger num- 006998 Grade 1 007002 Grade 4 Do you remember CalcuLadder® in their print bers, and basic algebra. Levels 4-7 have Monday 006999 Grade 2 007005 Grade 5 version? Well they’re back!! Every level of through Thursday drills in the front of the book 007000 Grade 3 007007 Grade 6 CalcuLadder® is available again with the addi- and Friday “tests” in the back. A Teacher’s tion of a handy new feature that allows you to Guide w/ Answer Key is available for each level Drillbooks (1-8) use the drill sheets repeatedly – the SuperSlate. - this may be a photocopy, as the publisher is no Sometimes after a child learns a new skill, it The SuperSlate is a reusable, transparent overlay longer making it available separately. helps to have plenty of practice sheets for them. that fastens firmly over your drill sheet that has New additions to the Daily Mental Math series Or if they are struggling with a concept, they may been placed on the base. Use only a #2 pencil are grades 8, 9, and 10. These workbooks need some extra problems focusing on that area. or mechanical pencil with an HB lead to write provide 40 weeks of practice, each consisting These drillbooks have little or no instruction; answers to the drill problems. Flip the sheet over of 20 questions per day (1/2 page) for 4 days of they’re strictly drill sheets focusing on one thing, to check your answers, then clean the overlay the week and increase in difficulty as the year with a variety of different formats used through- with a bit of petroleum jelly and dry cloth or progresses. As with earlier grades in this series, out. - Melissa tissue. The drill pages are the same as those each practice should take 10 to 15 minutes. EACH BOOK ...... 5.99 4 .95 that used to be in print and are also found in Similar questions are presented together and are 006772 Addition 1 Facts 0-20 the CalcuPak product. CalcuLadder 1 is basic practiced using repetition of questions with some 006810 Division 1 Facts 1-81 addition and subtraction, 2 is advanced addition/ variance which allows students to see differences 006812 Fractions 1 Concepts subtraction and basic multiplication, 3 covers and understand relationships. The practice sup- 006817 Multiplication 1 Facts 0-81 advanced multiplication and basic division, 4 ports concepts found in grade-equivalent math 006818 Multiplication Multi-Digit/Regrouping includes advanced division, estimation, basic curriculum and helps prepare students for stan- 006832 Subtraction 1 Facts 0-20 fractions, and decimals, 5 is intermediate and dardized tests. The goal is to build speed and 526 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. accuracy using mental math. A student record Math Flashkids Flashcards (K-6) ency drills within 20. Multiplication set drills up sheet is found at the back of each book so you When he was younger, one of my brother’s to 12x12. Division set ranges up to 144 divided can track progress and see areas of difficulty. favorite games used to be “plus or minus”, in by 12. ~ Sara The Teacher Guide for grades 8-10 is an answer which I’d have to come up with an addition or EACH 100-CARD SET . . . . . 7.99 5 95. key along with suggestions for mental math subtraction problem for him to answer off the top 060756 Addition 060758 Multiplication strategies and how to teach them. This series of my head. This game could go on for hours. 060757 Division 060759 Subtraction is non-reproducible without written permission These flashcards would have been a real help from the publisher. ~ Rachel/Donna back then. Each set includes 86 double-sided Puzzle & Game Books EACH STUDENT GR . 2-3 . . . . 7.95 6 .25 flashcards. The cards measure 3.25” x 5.25”. EACH STUDENT GR . 4-10 . . . . 8.95 7 .25 The four basic operation sets are different colors, Math File Folder Games (1-2) EACH INDIV . ANSWER KEY . . . 5.95 4 .75 so you can combine sets (suppose you want to Making file folder games has never been easier. 049223 Teacher Gd Gr . 8-10 . . 5.95 4 .75 practice both addition and subtraction) and then Simply cut apart the game pieces and you’re easily re-separate. ~ Anh practically done. For even greater durability, Student Answer Key EACH SET ...... 3.95 3 .25 you may want to laminate the games. With 018857 Grade 2 043760 038194 Addition (K) Math File Folder Games to Go, game boards 018860 Grade 3 043761 Simple single- and double-digit addition and instructions come pre-printed on color-cod- 018861 Grade 4 043762 038201 Division (3) ed file folders. In a very short amount of time, 018868 Grade 5 043763 Practices divisors up to 12 you can assemble 6 complete file folder games 018870 Grade 6 043764 038718 Multiplication (2) that reinforce important math skills. All games 018872 Grade 7 043765 Practices times tables up to 12 are single-player games that usually require 049221 Grade 8 038783 Multiplication War (2-6) matching, such as matching addition problems 049222 Grade 9 Practices times tables up to 9. Played like to sums or matching sets of coins to monetary 049220 Grade 10 the classic war card game, in which the values. The games correlate to state, national, card with the highest product wins the hand. and provincial (Canadian) standards. Specific Flashcards / Study Cards These cards are not double-sided. skills for each grade level are listed below. Each (see Basic Operations section for operation-spe- 038878 Subtraction (K) set includes materials for 6 different math file cific flashcards) Simple single- and double-digit subtraction folder games plus 6 assessment worksheets all ☼Numbers 1-20 Flash Cards - Bible (PK-AD) 038929 Time and Money (1) stored in a handy 12” x 9 3/4” x 3 1/2” storage Counting is fun with these Bible themed flash Learn to read analog clocks (up to 5 minute box. with magnetic lid. Correlates to current state cards! They feature numbers 1-20 in numerical intervals) and how to identify and add coins standards. ~ Anh and written form. Six double-sided parent cards and bills 011863 Grade K ...... 39.99 27 .95 provide ideas and inspirations for a multitude of Games practice shapes, matching numbers activities. Cards feature religious themed pictures Power Pen and Math Learning Cards (K-6) to sets, counting and sequencing, sorting, (Jesus, the cross, the Bible, and angels) and also Plain flashcards can be effective, but not very graphing, and patterns. daily items like fish, flowers, and ladybugs. A free fun or interactive. Make learning fun and get 011860 Grade 1 ...... 39.99 27 .95 song download is also available online, accessi- instant feedback (making this an independent Includes games about shapes, addition, subtrac- ble with a code provided. Includes 3.5”x5” 20 activity) from the Power Pen! It looks a little tion, fact families, graphing, and skip counting. numeral cards, 20 word cards, 4 wild cards, and like a flashlight. When your student places the 011861 Grade 2 ...... 39.99 27 .95 6 parent cards. - EmilyG tip of the pen on the correct answer on a Power Addition, subtraction, geometry, fractions, 067260 ...... 3.99 3 .50 Pen Learning Card, they hear a “Hooray!” or a time, money, probability, and place value. “Yahoo!” If they are wrong, they are encourag- Contains 16 ready-to-play file folder games! Sylvan Learning Math Flashcards (K-5) ingly redirected. Three volume levels on the pen 035221 Grade 3 ...... 39.99 27 .95 You’ll have to rethink your definition of “flash- include voice, sound and light effects. Requires Place value, multiplication, time & money, cards” after seeing these sets. Most flashcards 2 AAA batteries (not included). Each card set algebraic thinking, geometry and fractions. typically provide drill - problems are presented includes 53 (5.5” x 3.5”) double-sided practice Contains 16 ready to play file folder games. via the cards and a student works through a cards, instructions and an answer key. Cards group of cards building speed and accuracy. You have bold print and are black & white. If you Balance Math & More (2-12) might think of these cards as problem mastery. have a student that is struggling with one con- I love to do puzzles, especially number puz- Each set provides 240 problems representative cept, you can focus her practice by having her zles. This book takes the math fun found in the of grade level skills – for instance, the 5th grade work on a set of cards. This is another way to Balance Math series to the next level. You will set covers decimals, fractions, percents, and practice besides a workbook, making this a good do balance scale problems like those found in geometry. Each set has cards in four levels of dif- option for the audio as well as any hands-on the Balance Math series – shapes equal unknown ficulty; each card identifying both the level and learner. I think any student would appreciate a numbers and based on the clues you discover the specific skill. Students practice through the break from plain flashcards, and there are 106 the value of the shape. There are other fun problems on one level and when mastered prog- problems in each boxed set! The boxes are nice: problems like ‘Inside-Out Math” where you solve ress to the next level. The (unlaminated) cards bright green with a sturdy lid. ~ Sara for missing values when given a series of short are horizontally oriented, 5” x 3”, with rounded CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. equations and “Tic Tac Math” in which all rows, corners. They’re also color coordinated with all EACH CARD SET ...... 9.99 7 .95 columns, and diagonals have to add up to the cards from one grade level having the same color 039241 Addition 039257 Multiplicatn same number. Books and problems progressively edging. The answer to each card problem is on 039245 Division 039258 Place Value become more challenging with level 1 focusing the back. The card box itself is handy with a flip 039250 Fractions 039294 Subtraction on addition and subtraction of whole numbers, top for easy access and a gauge marked on the 039254 Money 039299 Time level 2 focusing on multiplication and division side which provides encouragement as partway 039240 Power Pen . . . . . 10.99 8 .75 of whole numbers with a few problems involving goals are met (student places mastered cards in 040722 Extra Answer Stickers .4.99 4 .50 fractions, and level 3 involving addition, sub- the back of the box). Developed by the Sylvan traction, division, multiplication, fractions, and Learning Center, these card sets are an excellent Spectrum Flash Cards (100 cards) (K-6) decimals. Sometimes you may even need a hint way to review and make sure students have mas- Addition, subtraction, multiplication & division on the more challenging problems so they are tered the basic math skills from a particular grade sets have 100 two-sided cards. White cards with provided at the back of the book along with an level. ~ Janice bold black numbers have the Spectrum rainbow answer key. From Critical Thinking Press. EACH SET OF CARDS . . . . . 11.99 8 .95 down one side and each set comes with game/ EACH BOOK ...... 9 99. 057986 Grade K 057983 Grade 3 activity ideas and cover place value strategies, 031391 Level 1 (2-5) 057981 Grade 1 057984 Grade 4 unknown number equations & visual models. 031392 Level 2 (4-12) 057982 Grade 2 057985 Grade 5 Both the Addition and Subtraction sets cover flu- 031411 Level 3 (6-12) See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 527 Mega-Fun Card-Game Math (3-5) bers to complete simple equations in the pattern spaces allow children to add or subtract small Most kids love playing card games. It to make their way through the maze. Each numbers to jump. In Place Value Round Up, seemed like Stephen used to invent new ways puzzle brings you one step closer to solving the players roll the die and move that amount of to play “War” just about every other week. This mystery that is presented within the theme. One spaces, and then round the number on their new teaching resource from Scholastic capitalizes on puzzle is on each page and there are 35 puzzles space either up or down to the nearest ten. Each that interest and uses it to help sharpen math in each book. The Haunted Amusement Park ten holds a special instruction to follow if you skills. It contains rules and reproducibles for covers beginner Multiplication/Division; Alien round to it, such as moving extra spaces forward 25 games kids can play using a standard deck Encounter covers advanced. The Ghost and the or backwards. Number Dominoes have children of cards. These games, designed for two or Ruby covers beginner Addition/Subtraction; One match addition and subtraction facts to numerals more players, practice basic operations, math Knight too Many covers advanced. Sharpen your and pictures. The last game is really more of a facts, fractions, decimals, order of operations, math skills and your critical thinking all at the manipulative, holding different colored hundred, and more. Examples of games include “Card same time with this great series from MindWare. ten, and one cards on a ring, each with 1-9 in Countdown,” where players start at 100 and race Reproducible for family and classroom use (up to order to create numbers up to 999. The bottom to 0 by subtracting the value of drawn cards, and 100 copies). ~ Donna card has a visible tab that has hundreds, tens, “Operation Rules,” where players earn points by EACH BOOK ...... 12 .95 and units written on it, so students can see which using drawn cards to make equations. ~ Anh 028226 Alien Encounter number is in which place. Parents and teachers 035310 ...... 10.99 8 .25 028235 Ghost and the Ruby can use it to play “Guess My Number.” Pieces 028237 Haunted Amusement Park are made out of thick, coated cardboard to last ☼Arithmetic, Arithmetic . . (3-6) 028239 One Knight too Many though many uses. Get additional math practice by doing math 059861 ...... 19.99 16 .50 problems and coloring the hidden puzzle pic- Mathacrostics (6-12) tures. Sixteen puzzles offer practice with addi- Do you have a child who loves math? Or maybe Math Dice Games (K+) tion, subtraction, multiplication, division, dec- yours is the one who finds math b-ooo-ring but These basic math games are simple to play and imals, fractions, percentages, quantities, and loves to work puzzles like Sudoku©? Designed provide unlimited math problems to solve. Dice order of operations. Each puzzle picture has 20 for the inquisitive or those who need to do more have numbers and math symbols (x, -, +, etc.). or 25 problems to be solved; you then color in review before moving onto higher-level math, Different sets have dice with different numbers the spaces. Like answers will be colored all the these workbooks have been created to teach and of sides for different levels of difficulty. Players same color, just like a mosaic. Some math mosa- review concepts, develop logic, and prepare stu- roll the dice and solve the problem that they roll. ic puzzles tell you the color to be used for each dents for higher level mathematical thinking, all These are simple but effective “games” and are answer; this book lets you choose the colors you while having fun! Answers are in the back of the relatively inexpensive. All dice are (5/8”) and are want for filling in your hidden picture. There is books. pb. ~ Deanne white with black print, unless noted. no answer key; correct answers will be reflected EACH BOOK ...... 11 .95 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. in coloring the spaces. 041713 Algebra 2 Movie Quotes 036029 Math Set 1 (K+) . . . . 5.00 4 50. 059916 ...... 7.99 6 .95 57 puzzles which support mastery of Algebra This set includes three 6-sided dice marked 2 concepts and ACT/SAT prep through a spi- positive 1-6, three 6-sided dice marked neg- ☼This is Not a Math Book (3-8) ral review while unraveling the movie quote ative 1-6, one 6-sided die with addition and Combine art with math concepts, and what puzzle. subtraction symbols, and one 6-sided die do you get – Not a Math Book!! Using the step- 041748 Algebra Sports Quotes with multiplication and division symbols. by-step instructions on the pages of this activity 54 puzzles providing a spiral review of 036030 Math Set 2 (K+) . . . . 5.00 4 50. book, users will learn to draw interesting con- Algebra 1 concepts all the while solving Three 6-sided dice marked 1-6, three 6-sided figurations and patterns based on mathematical motivating quotes from various sports leg- dice marked 7-12, one 6-sided die with formulas. You will need to supply a protractor or ends. Brief biographies are included. addition and subtraction symbols, and one angle pieces, compass, tape, graph paper, plain 041752 Pre-Algebra Proverbs 6-sided die with multiplication and division paper, tracing paper, and scissors for use with 51 puzzles offer a topical review designed symbols. the consumable pages. Learn about patterns, with the benefit of reinforcing positive 036027 Multiplication (3+) . . . 1.80 1 60. symmetry, and shape, create perfect circles and moral characteristics through wise sayings This set includes two 12-sided number dice triangles, and design your own mandalas and from the book of Proverbs, the writings of marked 1-12 and one die marked for multi- tessellations. The pages of the book are in color Benjamin Franklin and William Shakespeare. plication on all sides. and printed on heavier paper so they won’t rip Calculator recommended for a few puzzles. 036028 Multiplication (color) . . 1.80 1 60. while you are working on your math art project. 041772 Pre-Geometry Same as above, but multiplication die is white, Additional ideas for projects are found in the 50 puzzles that review geometry concepts one number die is red, and the other is blue. back of the book, along with a glossary and 9 as well as advanced concepts which blend 036031 Multiplication (Set/5) . . 3.00 2 75. pages of special graph paper. Draw the Sierpinski Algebra and Geometry. Includes one 6-sided die marked 1-3 twice, Triangle, make 3D drawings, and learn about the one 6-sided die marked 1-6, one 20-sided Golden Spiral as you draw your way to a better die marked 1-20, one die marked for mul- understanding of math. 86 pgs, pb. ~ Donna Games tiplication on all sides, and one 6-sided die 071282 ...... 14.99 13 .49 with an equal sign (=) on all sides. 6 Mathematics Games (PK-3) Math Finders (3-AD) 1,2,3,4,5,6 – six colorful math games in one Dino Math Tracks Game (K-4) Math puzzles are a great way for children to sturdy box! Students practice numbers 1-20, Here come the herds! The Triceratops are get- practice their math facts, and this series can 1-100, place value 0-999, and addition and sub- ting ahead! By finding the ones, tens, hundreds, provide hours of mysterious fun. What do you traction skills as they play the variety of games. and thousands, adding and arranging the num- need to work on – addition and subtraction or Numbees features a hive on the board where bered dice, you can move your herd of colorful multiplication and division? There is a beginner each hexagon on the board holds a number dinos toward the rainbow finish line. Watch out! and advanced level for each combination. The between 2 and 17. Players start in the middle A stegosaurus has stepped on your space! Who beginner level of addition and subtraction offers of the board, spin the spinner to show + or – 1 gets to move ahead? Roll the bigger number, and single-digit problems, while the advanced offers to 3, and then move to the appropriate spot to you do. With 3 math games for younger kids, practice up through 12. Beginner level multipli- make their way out of the hive. 1-100 Tracks is Dino Math Tracks will reinforce counting, place cation and division offers practice up through the reminiscent of a train-themed Chutes and Ladders value, addition and subtraction skills, and word 9 facts and advanced offers practice up through board as players spin the spinner to move up problems in a fun way. For 2-4 players. the 12 facts. to 9 spaces. Landing on an arrow takes you up CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Each puzzle is an adventure maze – students or down by 10. The Great Snail Race has two 020312 ...... 24.99 18 .95 begin at the arrow and choose the correct num- players rolling a die to race to the finish; certain 528 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Number Please! Game (1-AD) adding and subtracting problems on the playing around the country and have even been found to Number Please! is all about speedy math pieces with the answers on the board. In the improve math scores. This is one of those games manipulations. The base game centers around multiplication and division game, the player will that the more you play, the faster you become. a twelve-sided die and five six-sided dice. Each find the missing factor or quotient on the board. Go ahead and grow your math speed and skills player rolls the dice and then uses the five This is sure to be a fun alternative to flashcards while having some fun. ~ Donna six-sided dice in a math formula using addition, that students will enjoy as they reinforce their EACH GAME ...... 21.95 18 .50 subtraction, multiplication and division to equal math facts and strategize how to outfox their 008655 Add/Subtract the number shown on the twelve-sided die. Once opponents! ~ Gina 008661 Double Digits time is up, the player must stop and show that his EACH GAME ...... 22.99 17 .50 008664 Factors/Multiples formulas are correct. There are also six additional 049233 Addition and Subtraction 008677 Multiply/Divide modes of play. Each revolves around a somewhat 049234 Multiplication and Division 008684 Single Digits similar idea as the basic game but with various 047120 Integers (7-AD) twists, such as ‘38 Special’. In this game, players That’s Mean! (2-AD) 024184 Fractions/Decimals (6-12) vie over getting particular number combinations Math mean, that is! The rules are simple-roll 6 047121 Algebra/Exponents (7-AD) on a score board with limited space. All in all, dice. You may make 2 rolls of all or some of the 058942 Variables (7-AD) this is a fairly good package for practicing and dice, as desired. Add your dice and chose “high” preserving quick math skills through various or “low”. This determines whether you add or Math Dice (3-AD) enjoyable games. subtract the mean from your total for your score. This simple dice game is a fun way to improve 057018 ...... 9.99 8 .75 The goal is to stay as far away as possible from mental math skills. The game includes three the mathematical mean (average) of the six dice standard 6-sided dice, two fancy 12-sided dice, Math Bingo Games (1-AD) added together (21). Great way to practice math a travel bag, and an instruction booklet. Rules These math bingo games are not only full of computation for children and parents alike! 2 or of the game are simple. First, you roll the two family fun; they are a wonderful way to learn more players. ~ Deanne 12-sided dice and multiply the two numbers to math as you play. Learn addition and subtraction 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs get a “Target Number.” Then you roll the three facts 0-9, or multiplication and division facts 067939 ...... 3.00 2 .75 6-sided dice and try to combine those numbers 0-10. Time and Money Bingo helps practice in any way (addition, subtraction, multiplication, coin counting combinations up to one dollar and division, powers, roots, etc) to match or get as teaches time in five-minute intervals. Each game close as possible to the “Target Number.” Play contains 36 game cards, bingo tokens, calling solo or with as many people as desired. cards, and an answer mat. A nice addition to 034429 Math Dice ...... 5.99 5 25. any math curriculum. ~ Alysia 048324 Math Dice Jr ...... 7.99 6 95. EACH GAME ...... 14.99 10 .95 For younger players, this version has one 032034 Addition & Subtraction 12-sided die (roll to get the “Target Number”) 034745 Multiplication & Division and five 6-sided scoring dice which you add 034744 Time & Money or subtract to reach the “Target Number.”

Math Noodlers Game (2-5) 24 Games (2-AD) Equate (3+) Use your noodle to solve oodles of math For all those parents who would like more One of the “blessings” of being in my family problems, and maybe hop, sing or act out your practice with equations but can’t quite fit it in, is helping to review products. Sometimes it can answer. Our testers had fun with this award-win- here’s an easy alternative. In 24 Games, students be dull, but sometimes we receive fun stuff, and ning board game. Players roll a die and land on already have the answer - they just have to figure Melissa and I often end up playing games like colorful spaces then choose cards in 4 categories. out the question. Each set consists of 96 dou- this one. This game would be good practice for Choose it! Have multiple choice answers. Show ble-sided 4” sqiare cards with 192 combinations a younger child that knows his basic operations, it! Use plastic noodle-Os to show their answer. for plenty of practice. but it was also challenging for Melissa and I, as Write it! Using scratch paper, write the answer. In the games ‘Single Digits’ and ‘Double Digits,’ we studied the board and our tiles to find the Doodle it! Draw the answer on scratch paper. there are 3 levels of play – easy, medium, and equation worth the most possible points. The With 192 cards, you have many games ahead tough. The object is to use the numbers printed board is similar to a Scrabble board, with 361 of you. The people at Learning Well Games on the number wheel of each card only one time squares including 36 3S squares (3 times symbol made some important points you should know. with the functions of add, subtract, multiply, or score), 38 2S squares (2 times symbol square), Winning is based on knowledge and skills, not divide to equal the total number of 24. Hence the 9 2E squares (2 times equation score), and 8 3E random factors. Games address important con- name of the game! squares, (3 times equation score). 44 sign tiles tent, not trivia. High-interest graphics and con- Two number wheels are printed on each card (plus, minus, times, and divide by); 78 number tent with easy-to-understand directions optimize of Add/Subtract and Multiply/Divide. A target tiles, 0-9; 25 fraction tiles, with halves, thirds, learning. Players never lose points for wrong number is printed in white and you are to pick fourths, and sixths; plus three blank tiles are answers. If you have a wider age range, order the wheel that can make the target number; only included. This game plays like Scrabble, too. both sets to play with kids from grades 2-5 at the one wheel will work. You can add, subtract, The same crossword structure is formed as each same time. 2-8 players. ~ Sara multiply, or divide to arrive at the target number. player picks nine tiles and uses as many as possi- 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. You must use all numbers on a wheel but each ble to get the most points, then restocks his tray. EACH GAME ...... 22.99 17 .50 number only once. Easy and medium target num- Equal signs are “free,” but you are only allowed 052652 Grades 2-3 052653 Grades 4-5 bers are 3-10 and the target number for all tough one per play. - Stephanie cards is 24. The solution to the problem is given CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Math Dash Games (2-6) on the reverse side of the card. 005530 Equate ...... 28.00 21 .50 Finally, a game where the winner can truthfully Factors/Multiples is played a bit differently. 026136 Junior Tiles . . . . . 10.00 9 25. boast, “This is a game of skill, not luck.” And if Each card shows two numbers, and the object Includes 176 tiles including whole numbers a child is struggling with math facts, what a fun is to find a common factor for those numbers. (0-9) with more 1’s and 0’s than the original way to provide practice to improve these skills! The player then states the multiplication facts. set, fractions with denominator 2, the four In this game, children will enjoy practicing their There is a self-check feature that shows correct basic operation signs with more + and - than math skills to be the first to get four in a row – solutions for the reverse side of the card. A fun x and ÷, and equal to symbols. vertically, horizontally, or diagonally. Players expansion activity for groups suggests connecting 005528 Advanced Tiles . . . . 10.00 9 25. also try to block each other while finding an area the cards with common factors to create a pattern For more challenging play, this set holds where they can build their own four in a row. or placing four cards together to create a wheel of 197 more tiles including integers, exponents, Each game has 36 playing pieces for every play- numbers that share a common factor. fractions, negative numbers, plus more signs er. The addition and subtraction game includes These card games are used in classrooms and equal tiles. See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 529 is a warm-up activity in which the children look red function cards. Full instructions are included. over the cards and observe the number sentence Math Maze Starter Game would be the entry card with its corresponding answer card. For level for families with children at different ages example, one card shows the number sentence or for those who love the idea of math practice 5 + 4, and shows 5 apples in one column and 4 through games. This starter set could easily be apples in the next column. The students will find used for Kindergarten through upper middle the corresponding answer card that shows the school as it provides multiple options. Game set phrase “9 apples” at the top, along with the illus- includes 3 Math Function Bars (Add, Subtract tration of 9 apples. Once students are familiar and Player’s Choice; Add, Subtract, Multiply, with the cards, they’re ready for Game #1, The Divide and Player’s Choice; Multiply, Divide Match Maker Game, for 2-4 players. Each player and Player’s Choice) which allows you to narrow is dealt 7 cards and then, by turn, either draws the game play to focus on specific skill sets. Also from the pile or takes a card from another player included are 50 Green Player cards, 10 Red fac- Claim Stakers (5-AD) to make matches. When all cards are used, the tor cards and full instructions. Claim Stakers is a clever combination of matches are recited aloud. The second game is Math Maze Mastery Game takes game play to math learning/practice and an enjoyable strategy Memory for 2-8 players, in which cards are laid the next level and is excellent to challenge gifted game. Players use their knowledge of multiples, face down and each player turns over two cards math students and older children. While the play divisors, squares, primes, odds and evens to at a time in an attempt to make a match. The remains the same, new challenges are presented claim 3 rows or columns on the game board, third game is Go Fish for 2-4 players, in which, as you add, subtract, multiply and divide posi- which looks very much like a hundred num- again, the goal is to make a match, but each tive and negative integers, and fractions during ber chart. Before starting play, 3 short activity child cannot see the other players’ cards and advanced play. Contains 1 Math Function Bar sheets are completed to ensure understanding must ask for a particular card in hopes of making (Add, Subtract, Multiply, Divide and Player’s of concepts; these also act as reference sheets a match. At such a reasonable price, these games Choice), 108 Green Player Cards and 20 Red during the game. Using a spinner, players land deserve to be a basic tool for learning in many Factor Cards and full instructions for Beginning on action spaces that require calculation or homes, and they don’t take up the space that and Advanced Play. numerical knowledge, often with several choices boxed games require. ~ Caryl Regardless of the game card set selected, chil- for correct answers, then strategically claim a EACH GAME ...... 5.95 5 .50 dren will have the opportunity to develop and number on the board with their chips. Game 047364 Primary Math – Addition show off their math skills in this engaging game. play is interesting and combines luck, strategy 047365 Primary Math – Money Excellent for math reinforcement at home or and knowledge in the right proportions. For 2 047366 Primary Math – Subtraction school. 2-6 players. ~ Deanne players or 2 teams. 047367 Primary Math – Vocab 008159 Starter Game Set . . . 14 .95 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs 047361 Intermediate Math – Elapsed Time 008138 Players Game Set . . . 9 95. 042360 ...... 23.99 19 .50 047362 Intermediate Math – Mult & Divisn 008101 Mastery Game Set . . . 19 .95 047363 Int Math – Vocabulry Card Games Math Maze Card Games (K-AD) Pete the Cat Cool Math Games (K-1) Understanding numbers and multi-step problem These games are easy and quick to play solving is key to success in math, and sometimes and reinforce grade-appropriate math concepts. children (and adults!) just need more practice to There are 120 cards in each game; shuffle them solidify these skills! This engaging, fast-paced and place them face down in the middle of the math card game is fun for all ages and builds playing area. The first player takes the top card confidence as children practice and strategize and solves the math problem presented; children ways to successfully answer the math problem can use scratch paper and pencil or manipula- using the cards in their hand. tives (you provide) or do the problem in their Play is simple. Each player gets 7 green number head and say their answer out loud. If the answer cards. The first player rolls the function bar to is correct, they earn a Pete Button (brightly col- identify the mathematical function for the hand. Mathological Liar Games (2-6) ored plastic buttons), but if they are incorrect the Next, flip over a red factor card. Using the green Can you detect which suspects are the matho- card is discarded and the next person plays. If card in his hand, the first player creates a math logical liars? This card game is based on fun mini you draw a Cool Cat Card, you will either earn problem to solve using his card, the function bar math mysteries. Each round of card play is a extra buttons or must give some away. The first and the red card. For example, if the Red Factor new case. Players are each dealt a suspect card. player to collect four buttons wins the game. Card shows 10, and the Math Function Bar dis- There are 4 suspects per case, one or more who Each game includes 120 cards, 16 buttons, plays ADD, Player 1 puts down a Green card may be guilty. One player reads aloud the case instructions and answer key. Have fun with math showing the number 2. The math problem to summary. Then, all players silently read their and Pete the Cat. answer is 10+2=12. Players simultaneously will suspect’s alibi. If the math in their suspect’s alibi EACH GAME ...... 14.99 11 .95 state the problem and then in order, players will is correct, then he is innocent. Incorrect math 044300 Kindergarten have the opportunity to solve the problem using indicates guilt. Players decide if their suspect is 044272 Grade 1 the cards in their hand. This is where multi-step innocent or guilty and later take turns vocalizing problem solving comes into play. Players can their verdict and mathematical reasoning. Points Math Triple Play Games (K-4) add, subtract, multiply or divide to solve the are awarded based on correct determination of a These high quality, inexpensive, and attractive problem, including multiple functions within one suspect’s innocence or guilt and also for describ- laminated cardstock playing cards provide skill solution. In our example, player 2 could add 8 ing why the guilty party’s alibi did not jive (i.e., development while making learning fun. Each to 6 and subtract 2 to arrive at 12. However, if why the math was incorrect). The winner is the set offers three different games, hence the name the player is unable to create a solution with the player with the most points after a pre-deter- “Triple Play.” The three games are ranked in cards in his hand, he draws an additional card mined number of rounds or time limit set at the order of difficulty so that you can build skills from the green pile and his turn is over. The first beginning of game play. You’ll need to draw on progressively. The instructions also provide tips player to use all his green cards wins! a variety of math skills to solve these whodunit on how you can move more gradually to prevent Three options are available for game play. Math mysteries as each game includes 50 different frustration even within a particular game. The Maze Players Game is the most basic level and cases. For 2-4 players. ~ Anh card face is visually appealing, with brilliant col- would serve a great introduction for children of EACH GAME ...... 13.99 10 .95 ors set onto a bright white background. To give any age. This game set includes 1 mathematics 052646 Grade 2 052649 Grade 5 you an idea of the progression, let’s use Primary function bar (Add, Subtract, Multiply, Divide and 052647 Grade 3 052650 Grade 6 Math – Addition as an example. The first activity Players Choice), 50 green player cards and 10 052648 Grade 4 530 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Software / Electronic Games MathTacular (PK-9) answer keys I’ve ever seen. It shows students You might be using the most highly recom- where to find the information needed to solve the Reader Rabbit Personalized Math CD-ROMs mended math program money can buy, but it word problem – highlights key words, underlines (PK-4) doesn’t seem to be working for your student – it the problem, crosses out unimportant facts, and These award-winning lacks something! MathTacular was designed to identifies clue words. Voila – problem solved! games use A.D.A.P.T. tech- add that something – a multisensory enhance- Solve the mysterious case of the dry, boring and nology (A – access abilities, ment for your curriculum. Your host, Detective sometimes confusing world of math with Justin D – develop skills, A – Justin Time, will ‘act’ his way through the Time and his cohorts in the sometimes corny, but adjusts levels, P – provide teaching of math topics appropriate for a variety always amazing MathTacular. - Donna help, T- track progress), so of age groups. Short skits, presentations, and 053994 1 DVD ...... 24 .99 they adjust to each play- illustrations will help children understand basic 053997 2 DVD ...... 19 .49 er’s ability to make for the most rewarding and math concepts in real world situations like using 053998 3 DVD ...... 24 .99 stimulating experience. You can also print out an apple to understand fractions or measuring a MTTC13 1-3 DVD Bundle . . . 69.47 64 .99 customizable reward certificates and workbook tree house for new flooring. Manipulatives are 054000 4 DVD ...... 24 .99 activities based on a specific student’s progress used to add a visual, hands-on perspective for MTTC14 1-4 DVD Bundle . . . 125.44 109 .99 information. With interactive and printable activ- understanding. This series can be used with any 054002 4 Student Workbook . . 16 .99 ities, dozens of skills covered, sing-along songs, math curriculum, including Horizons, Saxon, 053999 4 Answer Key . . . . 13 .99 automatic help, progress reports, and colorful and Singapore Approach programs. MTCLR4 4 Package ...... 55.97 49 .99 and fun cartoons and games, these CD-ROMs Each DVD is intended for different grade ranges are sure to be a hit with a whole new generation. and covers a variety of topics. Math Shark (1-8) Each level comes with two disks. DVD 1 is intended for grades PK through 2nd Brush up on EACH CD-ROM ...... 9.99 7 .95 and covers basic number recognition, counting, those math facts 030115 (ages 4-6) sorting, and a variety of manipulatives to rein- anywhere! Math Join Reader Rabbit at the amusement park, force the concepts of addition, subtraction, place Shark has a sleek, where you can play arcade games, or ride value, money, time, estimation, and geometric classy appearance roller-coasters and the log ride to earn points shapes. with a shape remi- that will let you buy prizes in the gift shop! DVD 2 reviews basic addition and subtraction niscent of a shark. Eight fun games are included in all, including facts, teaches how to memorize the facts, money, This portable device allows you to practice all a racer game where you match groups of time, place value, number theory, data & sta- four basic operations plus fractions, decimals, objects with numbers, a roller coaster game tistics, geometric shapes, spatial relationships, and percents AND includes a calculator. There where you combine numbers to arrive at a measurements, perimeter & area, graphs, basic are 8 difficulty levels for each basic operation. desired sum, a counting game where you equations and is intended for grades 2nd – 4th. Timed function helps increase computational associate number symbols and recognize DVD 3 is more advanced math to supplement speed. The large LCD screen displays problems names by hearing the numbers in song, and 3rd – 5th grades with concepts like multiplica- either horizontally or vertically. The best part, much more. With 50 printable activities tion, long and short division, estimation, math- though, is that it’s built to go - take it in the car, besides the 8 interactive games, kids will ematical properties, equations, factors, prime take it to the store, use it in the summer to keep benefit from the multiple games and rides, numbers, spatial relationships like angles and those skills sharp! Timed drills with the lights 4 skill levels, creating musical tunes, and coordinate planes, time zones, money, convert- and sounds will make practicing math much practicing a variety of math skills: counting, ing measurements, and fractions. more fun than typical paper drills. A blinking addition, subtraction, number recognition, DVD 4 focuses on word problems using a vari- green light means you’ve answered correctly, matching and memory, decision making, ety of math skills – simple addition to fractions while a red one means you’re wrong. 2 AA bat- greater/less than, sequencing and order- and algebraic concepts. You will work Detective teries required but not included. ing, identifying sets, measuring, and solving Justin Time to solve word clues, crack the code 002869 ...... 42.99 36 .95 equations. Please note that the software pro- and discover the solution to a variety of ‘word vides fun practice for these skills, but doesn’t problem’ cases which become trickier as they SKILL-SPECIFIC PRACTICE / REVIEW / necessarily do a good job of teaching it, so progress. The DVD for this level can be used APPLICATION students will need basic knowledge of math with 4th grade and up, while the accompanying skills to enjoy the games. System require- workbook is recommended for use with 6th and Numeration & Counting ments: Windows: 98/Me/XP up. This 4th DVD would be great for any student (Note--see Early Learning for more materials) 030119 (ages 6-9) who needs extra help in understanding how to Reader Rabbit’s friend Sam the Lion has solve word problems. Books - Textual / Instructional crashed his boat onto wacky Pirate Island The Student Workbook 4 coordinates with the while participating in a boat race. He must MathTacular 4 DVD in which students will be Complete Book of Numbers & Counting (PK-1) find parts to fix his ship from around the able to solve the problem in the video presenta- I’ll say. This 352-page book holds a multitude island so Reader Rabbit can fix it up. Kids tion along with 5 additional practice problems in of math activities appealing to young children. will play arcade-style games to explore the that particular skill area. Students can watch the Each page holds fun, colorful illustrations and island, find various parts, outsmart and avoid presentation like the mystery of the kidnapped engaging exercises. The first section concentrates some funny pirates, and compete in a race. dog of the word problem, stop the video, work on number recognition and writing. Each number One example of an activity is using fractions the problem in the workbook, then go back to the 0-20 is introduced through a variety of coloring, by combining yummy ingredients into the DVD to work with Detective Justin Time and his drawing, tracing, writing, and fun pages. The perfect pizza to win a part for the boat. assistant Amber Waves to find the solution. There numbers are reviewed after 5, 10, and 20 to There are 29 interactive games on the CD are “Tool Kit” pages in the back of the workbook ensure retention. Additional sections provide in all, with over 100,000 math problems. to help students solve word problem mysteries practice in place value, comparison, addition With an additional 50 printable activities – clue words, steps to solve word problems, and subtraction with one and two digits, graph- and six levels of difficulty, the software pro- conversion formulas for inches to centimeters, ing, time, and money. Each section provides vides practice with adding and subtracting, Fahrenheit to Celsius, etc., and common math complete instruction and holds a number of multiplying and dividing, counting money, formulas. Handy tools for a math detective! pages devoted to teaching the concept. The end estimating, telling time, creating fractions, An Answer Key is available for the Student of the book holds cute math rhymes to further solving equations, number patterns, place Workbook 4. This book not only offers the reinforce the numbers. If you’re looking for a values, identifying inequalities, early geom- solutions for the word problems in the book but beginning math book that will hold your child’s etry, measuring, number lines, and greater/ maps out the steps to solving them. Alternative attention and provide fun learning activities, this less than. System requirements: Windows solutions are also offered in some cases. This book is just the item. ~ Steph 95/98/XP might be one of the most detailed and helpful 029400 ...... 16.99 11 .95 See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 531 Roman Numerals I to MM (2+) D . F .U .N . Student Empty Number Line (K-8) Introduce children to Roman numerals with “Empty” means you can write your own this cute counting book. Each numeral is intro- numbers with dry erase markers onto this thin, duced, and then children count the pigs in the flexible plastic number line. 17.5” x 1.75” with accompanying picture to find out the value of the C . 24 hatch marks spaced at 5/8” intervals. For best numeral. This continues for 100, 200, 300, and results, use a fine point marker. ~ Janice even 1,000 - if you care to count all those pigs 062731 Single ...... 1 35. (I confess, I had to just out of curiosity, although 040931 Set of 10 ...... 12.99 10 .50 I didn’t count the M page, as I couldn’t tell if it held just one thousand pigs, or even MM or ☼Multiples of Ten Open Number Line (K-4) MMM pigs - even I’m not THAT curious). The F . This is a simple visual aid showing chunks of text gives tips on how to read numerals, and ten in alternating red and white squares on a when to add and subtract them to get the right coated cardstock number line. White with black number. At the end of the book, several pages outline, one-sided. 20x4” offer a number (in Roman numerals, of course) of Magnetic Demonstration Number Line (K-AD) 066814 (F .)...... 1 00. objects in a picture. Children can find and count Demonstrate number placement on this mag- these objects for additional practice. - Melissa netic number line that goes from -10 to 120. Adhesive Number Lines 011261 ...... 6.95 5 .50 The number line is divided into sections of five numbers and includes two blank sections, Write & Wipe Desk Number Line w/ Adhesive Number Lines arrows, and a separate zero magnet – thirty-one Back (PK-AD) total pieces. Put it up in sections or in its entirety; Clear vinyl number line marked as indicated; ☼1-10 Counting Grid (K-2) each section measures 10” wide by 2.75” high. adhesive backed so it will stick to desk or wall. Young math students who are performing var- Numbers are color-coded for easier differentia- Both number lines have 1-cm unit divisions and ious counting drills dealing with numbers one tion – even numbers are blue, odd numbers are measure 1.5” x 22.5”. through ten will find this single-sided laminated red, and zero is black. The background is yellow EACH LINE ...... 0 50. grid very helpful. If you have primary grade for better visibility. 049299 0 – 120 students who benefit from hands-on instruction 064901 (C .) ...... 16.99 14 .45 Tens marked in black; units marked in blue. that also includes a visual component, then this 049511 -50 – +50 resource would be a valuable addition to your Blank (Open) Number Lines Tens marked in black; negative units marked math program. Includes numbers one through ten in red; positive units marked in blue. only, and does not include a zero place value. ☼Number Concepts Write On/Wipe Off Measures 12 1/2” x 11 1/2”. ~ Mike Magnet Set (PK-3) Desk Number Line -20 to +20 (PK-AD) 066724 (A .) ...... 2 .95 Set contains ten heavy duty magnets featuring Clear vinyl number line marked as indicated; Counting objects number concepts 1-10, base ten references, adhesive backed so it will stick to desk or wall. not included. color coded even/odd numbers, as well as two ½” unit divisions. Numerals are just slightly larger A . separate number line boards. The large print and than ¼”; tens are not specially identified. 1”x21” write-on/wipe-off features help this colorful set 059107 ...... 0 50. of math magnets to be well suited for preschool through primary grade students. Each number Student Number Line Desk Tape -20 to 20 (K-3) B . magnet measures 2” x 3.” The number line Simple, black and white number line has a peel boards each measure 2” x 7.” ~ Mike & stick backing. Attach it to a student’s desk for Student Tabletop Number Line -20 to 20 (PK-3) 040644 (D .) ...... 4.99 4 .50 quick reference or inside a binder. Measures 1” x A desk strip with a bit of color for your visual 20” with zero in the center and large black dots kiddos. With zero in the center, even numbers Blank Student Number Line: Write On/Wipe at each number for easy counting. ~ Sara are in blue and odd numbers are red with a bold Off (PK-3) 060751 ...... 0 65. blue border at the top and bottom. Measures 1.5” Use these for number sequencing, skip count- x 22”. ~ Sara ing, positive/negative numbers, addition & sub- Number Lines w/ Write ‘n Wipe Marker (PK-3) 060752 (B .)...... 0 .75 traction or whatever is needed in your lesson Two mark-on/wipe-off student number lines today! Write on it with a dry-erase marker, with a write ‘n wipe marker. One number line Student Number Lines (K-3) erase it, and use it for something else tomorrow. shows 0-25 with ample space above number line These student number lines are an inexpensive Versatile and inexpensive, this number line is to “loop” numbers together with marker. The alternative to the other number lines we carry. 20” x 1.5” with 31 hash-marks at .75” intervals. other is numbered -20 to +20. Both have peel-off They are flexible and laminated and perfect for White with a black line and blue border. ~ Sara backing so you may mount them on desks, etc. use with dry-erase crayons or markers. The 060732 ...... 0 .75 018742 (G .) ...... 2 75. 0-100 number line measures approximately 20” x 4”; the double-sided number line shows 0-10 Student Number Line Blank Desk Tape (K-3) Number Line Tracks on one side, 0-30 on the other and measures This adhesive number line measures 1” by 20” approximately 13” x 4”. - Enh and is left blank, so you can write the numbers ☼Clear-View Number Track Rule (PK-AD) 044806 0-100 ...... 1 .75 you want to work with. A blank line runs down Versatile 30 cm. clear ruler includes a center 044807 Double-Sided (0-10/0-30) 1 .00 the center horizontally with 21 evenly spaced channel for 1cm/1g cubes for various math activ- marks for number placement. ~ Donna ities. Centimeter marks and numerals in bold Write-On/Wipe-Off Desktop # Lines (K-2) 034702 ...... 0 .75 black font for easy reading. Works well with These laminated desktop strips have white Cuisenaire rods and base ten blocks. Cubes not backgrounds with small drawings of outdoor Blank Student Number Line (K-5) included. ~ Deanne items on both sides (seaside, farm, etc.). These This is write-on/wipe-off, 4” by 20” blank 060100 (H .) ...... 2 95. are designed to use one scale on one side and number line that will help your student practice G . then, as needed, flip to use the other scale. The whole numbers and fractions. There is one num- Desktop Lines 0-10/0-20 measures 13” x 4” and ber line on one side and two parallel number shows all numbers. The Desktop Lines 0-100/0- lines on the reverse. These are just straight lines E . 120 measure 18” x 4”with numbers written at the with no markings, so students can practice frac- tens’ marks and line markings in between. ~ Ruth tions, whole numbers, counting, and integers all H . 060841 0-10/0-20 ...... 0 .95 on one number line. 060842 0-100/0-120 . . . . . 1 .00 064878 (E .)...... 1 .00 532 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Basic Operations (+,-,x,÷) mastered some of the facts. There are six tiers in It includes the inspiring story of how the author the book; beginning with the second, all math used these same techniques to teach a young boy Books - Activity / Practice facts from previous tiers are reviewed. Each how to master addition and multiplication. The tier section begins with a page of instructions guides are both on CD-ROM, in .pdf format. The ☼Channie’s Math Workbooks (PK-3) and information for using the worksheets within. games use pre-punched sets of color coded cards Channie’s is known for its handwriting grid For each math “trick,” corresponding math fact and boards to place them on. By practicing with system that helps students to space out their cards (flashcards) are assigned. Math fact cards these (using techniques described in the book) letters properly. They have applied this idea to should be added to and practiced daily. The until they are mastered (able to be easily placed math as well to guide kids as they work out math tiers are not organized by number sequence (first in less than a minute), children learn their facts problems. It can be tricky to keep the numbers introducing all +0, then all +1 facts, etc.), but cold. The ‘extras’ in the last chapter in the book lined up, and what happens if you accidentally by ease of learning for children. So, in Tier 1, go beyond the basics, giving fourteen more use- move a number over a spot? You get a wrong the following “tricks” are presented: Number +1, ful activities and mental tricks to increase math answer! This can be really discouraging for Doubles (1’s, 2’s, 5’s), Backwards 1; Doubles prowess. The additional student pack contains math students. With these workbooks, numbers (1’s, 2’s, 5’s, 3’s); Zero; Doubles (1-5); Doubles all the cards, storage envelopes, instructions and are formatted in a grid that keeps them placed Subtraction; Right Next to Each Other; Doubles the playing surface for Addit, Dubblit and Timzit. correctly as you work the math. Each row is 3 Subtractions; 2 Ladder. In between pages that Helpful if your original set has seen better days squares high with the middle square in a pale introduce and model the tricks are review pages, and you still have children left to go through the green. A narrow space divides side-by-side making the program very incremental and “fail- program! numbers along with the mathematical function proof”. Text is clean, problems nicely spaced, 001063 Math-It ...... 74.99 71 .95 (+/-). This grid forces kids to pay careful attention and both horizontal and vertical forms are 004477 Student Pack only . . . 28.99 28 .25 to their number placement as they work. One practiced. A Record-Keeping Checklist allows 019973 Math-It Guide Book . . 9 95. Page a Day books have 25 problems per page students to track their progress through the tricks This is not just an addendum to Math-It, but (double sided). Hundreds, tens and ones col- and tiers. The Math Facts Baseline Recorder lists a complete scope and sequence to math umns are clearly labeled at the top of each page all 81 addition and subtraction facts. As facts are objectives by grade, along with techniques for reference. Only addition and subtraction are mastered, they are circled on this sheet. and suggestions for learning these. Many practiced in these books. Quick & Neat Line-Up One of the major selling points of this book for concepts not included in the Math-It kits are pads are just like the One Page a Day pads, but me is that corresponding subtraction facts are covered in this helpful manual. grids are blank. Students can use these pages to introduced right alongside the addition facts, rath- 050542 Math-It Guide Book on complete their math homework. It’s a nice way er than treating the memorization of subtraction CD-ROM ...... 9 95. for kids to copy problems from a white board too facts as a separate skill. In my experience, sub- without transfer errors. Each pad has a vertical traction and division kind of just come along with Advanced Math-It (4-8) format (binding at the top is a good thing for left- memorizing addition and multiplication tables. Advanced Math-It picks up where Math-It handers!), 80 pages total. The other is that it looks like it will accomplish leaves off, with “Dividit” and “Percentit” games, EACH BOOK ...... 11 .95 the goal. Too often, kids don’t quite master these covering division, fractions, decimal, percents, 048876 One Page a Day: Single Digits (PK-1) tables and must resort to counting up, skip count- and some algebra and geometry. We’ve not seen 048763 One Page a Day: Double Digits (1-3) ing, using their fingers, or consulting a calculator. this newly-released, revised version, but assume 048888 One Page a Day: Triple Digits (2-3) This adversely affects their computational speed all the best of the older version is still here. If 068909 One Page a Day: Single Digit which will increase their frustration and be a hin- your children did well with Math-It, you’ll want Multiplication (2-3) drance in timed tests. It’s best to “bite the bullet” to use this extension. 049074 Quick & Neat Line-Up Pad: Single and commit these to memory. If your child is just 002269 ...... 39.99 38 .50 Digits (PK-1) starting into math facts, or struggling with them, I ~~~~~~~~~ 049073 Quick & Neat Line-Up Pad: Double highly recommend this volume. Once you finish 049077 Quick & Neat Line-Up Pad Triple it, you’ll be ready for Five Times Five Is Not Ten ☼Fun-Schooling Math Mysteries: +, -, x, / (1-4) by the same author. In this Thinking Tree ☼Math Puzzle & Activity Books (PK-5) 044677 ...... 24.95 19 .95 math workbook, stu- Cute and colorful math practice at a great price! dents write their own For the child who needs a little extra practice of MATH-IT PROGRAM (PK-8) math problems and their math facts, this series is so fun to look at, Wonderful activity-based program to help your solve them by following they may even ask to do more! I looked at the kinesthetic learner master the facts! A combina- a directed mystery. As add/subtract book and saw wizards, pirates, and tion of mental math “tricks” (ie, to add nine to they do, they draw pic- critters of all kinds. Pages are jam-packed with any number, count one back and add “teen”) or tures of the various items illustrations and simple instructions. There are shortcuts and hands-on drill. These really work. such as cars, frogs, a harder challenges towards the back and even After going through the various levels, your cake, cups, flowers and a test you can take to check comprehension. student should have those facts and shortcuts to more. Each page has an Answers in the back. sc, 96pp in the add/subtract basic operations down cold! activity. Here is an example: Addition - Pick 3 and times tables, 220pp in mega math ~ Sara numbers and write them in 3 boxes labeled X, 068102 Adding & Subtracting (PK-3) Pre-Math It (PK-2) Y and Z. Read the mystery: Liam went puddle ...... 9.95 7 .50 Starts teaching number facts to the earliest jumping. He jumped in X little puddles, Y ankle- 068103 Mega Math (1-5) . . . 14.95 11 .25 learners using a high-quality set of double-nine deep puddles and Z giant puddles. How many 068104 Times Tables (1-4) . . . 9.95 7 .50 dominoes. Subtitled: Do It With Dominoes, puddles did Liam jump in? Write out the numbers children learn to quickly recognize numbers of as a math problem, then write out your answer Two Plus Two is Not Five: Easy Methods to dots (a great visual exercise), count backwards, as a sentence on the spaces provided. Below that Learn Addition + Subtraction With Lots of and practice addition facts. Includes a teacher are 2 boxes, one with lines and one with a grid Great Math Tricks! (K-2+) guide book, set of dominoes, and game board all to be used as you like. At the top are 2 boxes: Mastery of basic math facts is the goal of in a heavy plastic case. one to color and one to draw your own path this 232-page reproducible book. Unlike other 018863 ...... 54.99 53 .25 of puddles to jump. Other pages work on sub- books, counting and the tricks taught here are to traction, division/fractions, and multiplication. aid in the memory of the facts, not used as a sub- Math-It (2-6) Enliven math practice with drawing and coloring. stitute. You will need a set of math flash cards Math-It actually consists of several different No math instruction included. Reproducible for a to implement the program, unless you want to learning drill “games”- called “Addit,” “Dubblit,” single household only. 8.5x11”, 80pp, sc. ~ Sara make up your own. You can start at Tier 1 with and “Timzit” accompanied by audio CD instruc- 068489 ...... 17.50 14 .50 a beginning student or begin wherever needed tions, the Math-It Guide Book and a very helpful with a remedial student or one who already has guide entitled “How Stevie Learned His Math.” See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 533 ☼Comic Book Math Fun-Schooling Journal (1-4) Fractions, decimals and percent are covered. Drill Books / Programs Not a traditional comic book, this Thinking Tree 015193 Usborne Telling the Time journal contains lots of cute and appealing illus- Covers how to read clocks, AM and PM, Learning Wrap-Ups & Workbooks (K-6) trations to color and simple addition/subtraction 24-hour time, lengths of time, and time A wonderful alternative to written drills for problems to solve. This journal provides math around the world the kinesthetic child, but exciting for all chil- practice with no instruction. Some pages have a 067514 Usborne Adding and Subtracting dren. Use these anywhere - no pencil or paper simple grid with the assignment to design “some- Number lines, fact families, adding 3 num- required! Buy 2 sets and have a “wrap-off”! thing,” while others ask you to write a story bers, number bonds through 100, solve for How about a “relay-wrap” at your next support based on a visual prompt. As a fun twist, students unknown, add and subtract in columns group meeting? As a plus, the left-to-right wrap- “solve math mysteries” instead of problems. Later 067517 Usborne Times Tables ping motion may reinforce the tracking skills in the book are several pages with 8 comic book Multiplication facts 2-12 vital to reading! Each set contains 10 boards (120 style panels (on a 2 page spread). Two are filled problems), colorful wrapping strings, and instruc- in; you complete the rest. Black & white, 8x8.5”, Building Math Fluency (1-6) tions. Wrap-Ups can be bought individually, or 170 pp. ~ Sara This series concentrates on strategies for learn- in an introductory 5-pack kit. 068486 ...... 12.50 10 .50 ing/memorizing basic math facts according to Optional CDs help guide the listener through grade. It helps children perform computations the “random” wrapping process for each board ☼Fun-Schooling Math Mysteries & Practice quickly and accurately to improve their regular by singing math facts, with and without answers. Problems with Minecraft (2-4) math work and tests. It’s as though a deter- CDs can be purchased separately or in sets and Looking to bring some fun back to math prac- mined math coach put everything he had into can be used with or without a Wrap-Up. tice? Reviewing elementary math skills of addi- a book: strategies, practice, flash cards, drill 10 Days to Math Fact Mastery Teaching tion, subtraction, and multiplication, this work- sheets. The 1st and 2nd grade books focus on Guides are a great complement to the Learning book provides a variety of math problems. Each addition and subtraction strategies; grades 3 and Wrap-Ups. These reproducible books offer 32 2-page spread includes mixed problems and story 4-6+ concentrate on multiplication and division. pages of written practice and additional instruc- problems on one page and a mystery messages The largest section of each book teaches how to tion for the fact families. There are 10 sections in or equation. Problems vary from single to three master basic facts through strategies and practice each book, which provide step-by-step instruc- digit operations. Grids included to “work out” (66 practice pages in the grade 1 book). This is tions for a 10-day learning program. A day-by- most story problems.As a bonus, a fun activity followed by a Test Your Skills section containing day list of materials is included at the front of the using the periodic table is included. No answers 29 test sheets corresponding to the various stages book with a short guide for the teacher. Using the included. Dyslexie font. Not reproducible. SC.93 in the strategies section. Since the entire book Learning Wrap-Ups, students will fill in answers pgs. ~ Deanne is reproducible, you can make multiple copies to problems that are displayed in a number of 068900 ...... 17.50 14 .50 of these for assessment before, during, and after formats – completing the problems, games, each strategy practice. A complete set of fact and circle or match the correct answer. Review ☼Math Facts That Stick (1-4) “flashcards” follow (237 cards in the grade 1 pages are found throughout the books, and a Target a small group of facts rather than prac- book). I would laminate these (or use contact final review wraps up the content of the book. ticing all facts at once; visualize numbers and paper or trading card sleeves) since they are just Although these are written for the Learning Wrap- use strategies rather than memorizing answers; paper. Each book also provides 5 transparencies. Ups manipulatives and instruction is provided for practice strategies to increase speed rather than Normally, overheads included are not usable in their use in each lesson, the books could also be repeated drill. If these little corrections to the a homeschool, but these ones appear to be. In used for written practice or review without them. standard way of learning math facts make sense Grade 1, this includes a hundred-number grid They can be used as supplements to a text or as to you, you’ll embrace this program and quickly (with an additional line that goes to 110) and a mini-curriculum. Teaching Guide, Wrap-Up see why it teaches facts that stick rather than various number lines. The white paper backing and CD sets are now available for all Wrap-Ups constantly reviewing flashcards. Covering 1+1 makes them dandy write on/wipe-off manipula- except fractions. (Note: the Multiplication set is through 9+9 and 2-1 through 18-9, respective- tives, adding to the value of this volume. also available without the Wrap-Up Rap CD.) ly, addition facts are learned in six weeks and EACH BOOK ...... 21.99 15 .95 Two student workbooks - one for addition subtraction facts in eight. Each week has its own 044155 Grade 1 044157 Grade 3 and one for multiplication - are also available strategy and a similar lesson plan: cover the 044156 Grade 2 044158 Grades 4-6 separately. 10 Days to Multiplication Mastery strategy, introduce the new teaching and game, Student Workbook, and 10 Steps to Addition continue to play game and complete practice Math Facts for Copywork (1-8) Mastery Workbook are different from the repro- pages. Everything you need except a few items Why not apply the principles of copywork to ducible worksheets in the Parent/Teacher Guide (small counters, coin, game tokens, playing learning math facts? Having the child repeatedly and Wrap-Up sets. These inexpensive, comsum- cards, and a die) are provided in the book: lesson copy the set of facts locks the correct answers in able student workbooks include 5-7 worksheet plans, game boards, practice pages (reproducible his mind rather than repeatedly introducing the pages per day. Worksheets provide a variety of for families), and an answer key. Addition – 135 possibilities of incorrect answers. Printed in a activities for the student to practice their facts pgs, pb. Subtraction – 175 pgs, pb. ~ Janice large font size making them easy to copy, addi- including: drills, multiplication “tricks,” story EACH BOOK ...... 18.95 12 .50 tion, subtraction, multiplication, and division problems, and time goals to meet for completing 068056 Addition 068057 Subtraction facts arranged in families are copied daily until the Wrap-Ups. 62 pages, non-reproducible. the child can say them correctly from memory. ☼Usborne Math Sticker Activity Books (1-5) Although there is a fair amount of space for copy- EACH SET OF WRAP-UPS . . . 9.99 7 25. Who said math fact practice should be dry ing, I would use the book as a nonconsumable. 005013 Addition 005012 Division and boring? Not Usborne! Offering engaging Coil-bound, cardstock covers, 22 pgs. ~ Janice 005122 Subtraction 005124 Fractions workbooks with colorful pages and energetic 043901 ...... 9 .95 005123 Multiplication illustrations, these books provide basic fact drills cleverly disguised as puzzles and critical thinking EACH GUIDE, WRAP-UP, CD SET activities. Quick Quizzes to assess learning are ...... 19.99 14 .95 included. Tips and tricks are scattered through- EACH WRAP-UP CD ...... 9.99 7 25. out to assist children. Consumable workbooks EACH 10 DAYS GUIDE . . . . . 5.99 4 95. have heavy-weight paper, stickers, and complete Addition: answer key. Say goodbye to boring math drills 013145 Guide, Wrap-Ups, CD Set with this entertaining series. Your children may 013146 Wrap-Up CD look forward to practicing their math skills! 66 012280 10 Days to Addition Mastery pgs, sc. 8.5”x 9.75”. ~ Deanne/Janice Teaching Guide EACH BOOK ...... 9.99 8 .99 058490 10 Steps to Addition Mastery 015135 Usborne Fractions & Decimals Workbook ...... 4.99 3 .95 534 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Subtraction: More Minute Math Drills (1-6) 013156 Guide, Wrap-Ups, CD Set These books are great for those looking to pro- 013158 Wrap-Up CD vide additional drill exercises to help your stu- 012298 10 Days to Subtraction Mastery dents master the basic math facts from 0-12. The Teaching Guide drills follow an easy-to-understand, systematic progression, and mixed review and cumulative Multiplication: review exercises are thrown in every so often to 013153 Guide, Wrap-Ups, CD Set provide an additional challenge. The perforated 013154 Wrap-Up CD pages make it easy to make copies should you 012295 10 Days to Multiplication Mastery have more than one student. Answers included, Teaching Guide consumable. – Enh 013152 Guide & Wrap-Ups . . 15.99 11 .50 EACH BOOK ...... 13.99 9 95. 019050 10 Days to Multiplication Mastery 042074 Addition & Subtraction (1-3) Student Workbook . . . 4.99 3 .95 042075 Multiplication & Division (3-6)

Division: Facts Practice Book (1-3) Timed Math Facts (1-6) 013148 Guide, Wrap-Ups & CD Set When you just need that little something for This series provides quick and easy daily drills 013149 Wrap-Up CD extra addition & subtraction practice, this is the to help improve student speed and accuracy in 012284 10 Days to Division Mastery ticket. Students do one page of 20 problems completing simple math equations (covers math Teaching Guide a day and chart their progress. Answers are facts from 0-9). For each weekday (for nine in the back, so students can even check their weeks), the book provides a daily timed test with Math Introductory Kits: own work. Simple paperback booklets have 40 25 problems per day. The daily tests get more Introductory kits include Addition, pages of exercises. This smaller format (7.5” x complicated as the book progresses (for example Subtraction, Multiplication, Division, and 9”) makes this book very kid-friendly and porta- students start by adding one, then they add two, Fractions Wrap-Ups. ble. You can set a timer if you’d like and go for etc.). For each day, there is space to record both 013150 Set of 5 Wrap-Ups . 44.99. 32 .95 speed and accuracy at the same time. The cover the score and the time taken to complete the test. 013151 Kit w/ CD’s . . . . . 60.00 42 .95 is green and white and so are the inside pages Each week includes three additional worksheets Includes five sets of wrap-ups and four Wrap- (green ink). ~ Sara for even more practice. A “Home Practice” page Up Rap CDs, with one for each topic (except 057925 ...... 2.25 2 .05 provides an additional 25 math problems per fractions). weekday with space to write the score and time TNDTMW 10 Days to Mastery Teacher Guide Kumon Speed & Accuracy (1-5) taken (these are the same problems as the cor- package (4 books) . . 23.96 16 .95 Looking for a way to solidify math facts? These responding day in the main worksheets, but are Set includes the 10 Days to Mastery Teaching inexpensive workbooks may be the perfect solu- given in a different order). An “Extra Practice” Guides for addition (012280), division tion! The first dozen pages provide a warm-up worksheet provides a slightly different challenge, (012284), multiplication (012295) and sub- review before the practice and sprint sections. with 25 problems per weekday where students traction (012298). After completing the warm-up, children will gain must supply the missing addend instead of the TDTMPI 10 Days to Mastery 4 Teacher confidence and math fact mastery through the answer (like 2 + __ = 6). A weekly review test Guides + Intro Set . . . 68.95 44 .95 repetition found in the practice section before is also included with 100 problems for students Includes the Math Introductory Kit with beginning the timed sprints. The sprint pages to answer as quickly as possible. Even more 5 sets of Wrap-Ups (013150) and the 10 offer 45 problems per page with a specific focus additional review drills are included in the back Days to Mastery Teaching Guide package on speed and accuracy. A log is included for of each book for comprehensive review and lots (TNDTMW). tracking your child’s improvement. Reduced stu- of practice with timed tests. Record sheets are TDMWIC 10 Days to Mastery 4 Tchr Gds dent pages with answers are located in the back included with each book. With more than 40 + Intro Kit w/ CD . . 83.96 54 .95 of the book. Each book covers basic number facts reproducible drill worksheets in each book stu- Set includes the Math Introductory Kit w/ 1-9. A great supplement to any math curriculum dents are sure to improve their speed and accu- CDs (013151) and the 10 Days to Mastery or a perfect complement to the Kumon math racy. Answers not included. 48 pgs, pb. ~ Rachel Teaching Guide package (TNDTMW). workbooks 63 pgs, pb. ~ Deanne EACH BOOK ...... 8.99 7 50. EACH WORKBOOK ...... 6.95 5 .50 045595 Addition (1-3) 032238 Addition 032254 Multiplication 045598 Subtraction (1-3) 032267 Subtraction 032251 Division 045597 Multiplication (4-6) 045596 Division (4-6) ☼Minutes To Mastery: Timed Math Practice (1-6) ☼200 Timed Math Tests (1-8) Students in grades 1-6 who need additional Elementary grade students practice in key math concepts will benefit from needing additional practice the 100 timed tests featured in each of this series’ to master math facts, or to consumable workbooks. Multiple opportunities improve their speed and are presented in each workbook for students fluency will benefit from the Easy Timed Math Drills (1-3) to solve standards-based problems while they exercises found in this con- Just like Timed Math Drills, these 28-page drill also develop greater speed and confidence. The sumable workbook. This books systematically practice facts from 0 to 9. 100 timed tests are one page in length, and are resource includes timed The drills even follow the same step-by-step pro- designed to target specific math concepts. These exercises/tests covering gression of difficulty. At first, just one addend/ workbooks can also help prepare students for the concepts such as addition, subtrahend/factor/divisor is practiced. Then, testing environment they will encounter in stan- subtraction, multiplication, division, fractions, two or three are mixed on a drill, and finally, all dardized achievement tests. Complete answer decimals, and percents. Suggestions are also facts are practiced together. The drills are “easy” keys are included, along with suggestions on included for how best to use the practice pages, because they only present 36 problems per page correlating material to Common Core standards. as well as recommendations to make the timed as opposed to 100. Problems are presented in Reproducible for single classroom use only. test options more flexible. Record sheets are both columnar and horizontal format on each 100+ pgs, pb. ~ Mike provided as well, so students can track their drill. ~ Anh EACH WORKBOOK ...... 14.99 11 .95 progress. A complete answer key is printed in EACH BOOK ...... 7.99 6 .50 067997 Grade 1 068000 Grade 4 the back of the workbook. Content aligns with 004922 Addition 004928 Multiplication 067998 Grade 2 068001 Grade 5 national standards. Reproducible, 224 pgs, pb. 004923 Subtraction 004933 Division 067999 Grade 3 068002 Grade 6 067984 ...... 19.99 15 .75 See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 535 Basic Facts Drill Books (1-8) Flashcards vides an excellent visual cue; children can see Practice basic math facts with these easy-to- the operation on the left, associating the listed use, reproducible drill books. Spiral-bound for Math Flash Cards (PK-2) numbers with easy-to-count colored boxes in a easy copying, there are over 100 pages (just one Each pack includes 46 double-sided flash cards similar manner to counting cubes. The opposite of each drill) in each book. Addition and sub- and two parent cards with suggestions for use. side of the card shows the operation reversed to traction offer practice with single digits for addi- Math problems are displayed in large, easy-to- help students understand the commutative prop- tion and corresponding subtraction problems. read, black font and the answers are displayed erties of addition and multiplication – 5 + 2 and Multiplication and division covers up through on the bottom of the other side of the card for 2+5, 2x5 and 5x2. Each set of 3.5” x 5.5” flash 12 x 12 and corresponding division practice. self-checking. For children who may benefit from cards includes 57 double-sided cards. Each cov- Students progress through fact practice in a a more visual aid, corresponding groups of fruit ers facts 1-10 and also includes two instruction sequential manner and drill pages vary in length are displayed next to each number. cards. Addition flash cards are illustrated with from about 50 problems to about 90 problems. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. two rows of boxes; Multiplication flash cards Drill pages emphasize different fact families (as EACH PACK ...... 6 .99 feature a 10x10” grid. All cards are double-sided, seen in the table of contents), so there will be 017315 Addition 017318 Subtraction featuring two colors with identical operations: 2 problems of each fact in that family and only blue / green for Addition, and orange / purple for one problem for each of the other facts practiced. Evan-Moor Addition and Subtraction Facts to Multiplication. ~ Stephen At the top of each drill, there are blank lines for 10 Flashcards (PK-3) EACH BOOK ...... 9.95 7 95. the student’s name, date, the time it takes to do This quality, inexpensive, double-sided flash- 064070 Addition 064071 Multiplication the drill, and the number correct. A suggested card set provides children with a fun and inter- time chart is listed in the front of the book for active way to learn math facts. Printed on glossy parents and/or teachers to use as a measuring card stock, the cards measure approximately 3” tool for mastery of the facts. The back of the x 4”. Cards contain answers with an illustrated book has several pages of black and white clip solution on the back. The instructions and a art pictures that you can use if copying these for special code for online interactive activities are a group. There are no answer keys for either of also included with each set. Correlates CCSS. ~ these books. These remind me a little bit of the Deanne older printed Calculadders; you can drill as many 007616 ...... 5.99 4 .50 times as you want over each page, they cover sets of facts, and you compete against your own Scholastic Math Flash Cards (PK-5) time to improve math facts. Math facts don’t Flashcards are a must for learning and prac- change, and these books can be used over and ticing math facts. These sets from Scholastic over for your family, co-op, or class. 135-140 are economical for any budget. Each card is pgs. ~ Donna 3”x5.25”, with rounded corners, glossy finish EACH BOOK ...... 12.95 11 .25 on the front and flat finish on the back. Addition 057564 Addition and Subtraction 0-12 has 58 cards – 56 cards with math prob- Math in a Flash Cards (K-6) 057565 Multiplication and Division lems on front and back (answer for each problem These unique flashcard sets contain all facts is shown on the reverse), and two cards with for that operation, from zero to twelve. Each Timed Math Drills (2-6) suggestions for activities. Subtraction 0-12 has number family of facts is bordered in a different Drill, drill, and nothing but drill. Twenty-eight 58 cards – 91 subtraction problems, number color, making it easy to isolate a certain family pages of drill per book. Here are the sheets you cards 0-12, 5 math symbols, and cards with of facts for study. But wait - there’s more! Each need for practice of each, particular fact. For activity suggestions. These Scholastic sets make it 2 ½” x 4” card features a punch hole in the upper example, multiplication drill sheets have a sepa- possible for anyone to add flash cards into their left-hand corner of the flashcard, for one of the rate page for practicing each single factor from x budget. ~ Donna two metal rings included, so you can keep them 1 to x 9, mixed on each page (not in predictable 048968 Addition 0-12 . . . . . 3.49 3 .25 all together without worries of losing them, or sequence like some drill sheets that have 1 x 1 049550 Subtraction 0-12 . . . . 3.49 3 .25 place only the cards the student needs to study then 1 x 2, etc.). These are followed by nine on a ring to eliminate bulk and distractions. Each drill sheets using two different factors (x 0 and Basic Operations Flash Cards card is double-sided, with the answer on the x 1; x 1 and x 2; etc.). There are also two drill Each of these sets contains 55 two-sided prob- back, so the student can flip the card over the sheets with mixed problems using factors 1-4, lem cards and one parent card. Practice math ring and check the answer. Portable, complete, two using factors 5-9, one each with factors 1-3, facts 0-12. Cards measure approx. 3” x 5.25”. and color-coded, these are perfect for drill, self- 4-6, and 7-9, and three with all factors mixed. EACH SET ...... 2.99 2 .50 study, even to take on the road! Sets include 169 The last several drills in the book have problems 009493 Addition 009509 Mult . flashcards and two 2¼” rings. - Jess in horizontal format, so students can gain expe- 009512 Subtraction 009496 Division EACH CARD SET ...... 12.99 9 95. rience with it, also. Every type of multiplication 026350 Addition 026352 Multiplication drill you need is here. If your child needs more Flash Cards (Facts 13-18) (K-4) 026362 Subtraction 026351 Division practice, practice, practice, it’s here, here, here. These larger-number flashcards are perfect for EACH BOOK ...... 7.99 6 .50 practicing larger-number addition and subtraction Timed Math Flash Cards (1-6) 004249 Addition 004251 Multiplication problems. Drilling numbers from 13-18, each set These double-sided flash cards will help 004252 Subtraction 004250 Division has 99 cards. Cards are colorful and durable, with improve your students’ speed and accuracy. 003319 Set of Four . . . . . 31.96 24 .75 one side displaying a problem and the other show- The front of each card holds the mathematical ing the problem with the correct answer. equation, as typical math flash cards do. What’s EACH SET ...... 7.99 6 .45 unique about this set is that the flip side of 043980 Addition 043982 Subtraction each card holds the answer along one side or bottom in equation format, as well as an object SmartFlash Cards (K-5) version of the problem. This helps students see What makes these cards so smart? Each oper- how abstract numbers are used as a shortcut to ation is illustrated by a visual representation represent amounts of concrete objects. Each set diagram, with colored sections to represent the contains 92 3”x 6” flash cards which cover the operation. For example, the “3 + 5” addition basic facts for numbers 1-9 and offer ideas for fun card has the numerical operation on the left, teaching activities using the cards. but the majority of the card portrays two par- EACH SET ...... 11.99 9 25. tially-colored rows of boxes—the top row has 3 031457 Addition 031459 Multiplication boxes filled in, and the bottom has 5. This pro- 031460 Subtraction 536 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Write-On Wipe-Off Math Flashcards (1-5) and covering all combinations from 2 to 10. One Math Gear Fast Facts (PK-4) Take math review and drill to the next level side of the card shows three numbers – with Your students will appreciate this clever alter- with these reusable flashcards. Each set con- one missing – which are related to the others. native to the “same old, same old” math drills tains 40 flashcards and 1 dry-erase pen/marker. The other side has the missing number supplied and flashcards. Math Gears are round, bound Individual flashcards are color coded by 3 levels (and designated by an underline). The cards are booklets with six sturdy, double-sided cardboard of difficulty: easy, more challenging and ulti- designed to show the proportional relationship wheels inside. Each wheel has a cardboard tab mate. Test math mastery with 9 problems per of the numbers; divided horizontally across the featuring a number, 1-12, and the corresponding card (A total of 360 practice problems per set!). middle of the card; then the lower part divided fact is shown in the middle of the wheel, with All sets include single and double digits, along proportionally. For instance, the 5-5-10 card a cut-out window at the front. Moving the tab with carrying skills in addition, borrowing in sub- shows the two fives in equal boxes on the bottom around the side of the page turns an inner wheel, traction, and divisors with remainders. Answers of the card. The 2-5-7 card shows the “2” in a causing the numbers 1-12 to appear in the cutout are included on the back of the flashcard. A disproportionately smaller section of the bottom window in turn. For example, if you were on cost-effective resource for multi-children house- than the “5” part. The largest number is always the “5 page in the Multiplication set, the fact in holds. ~ Deanne in the upper half of the card. Ideas for using the the middle of the page would read “___ x 5 = ? EACH SET ...... 8.95 6 .95 cards are provided. ~ Janice Moving the tab creates the equations “1 x 5”, “2 060496 Addition 060498 Multiplication 047340 ...... 10.99 7 .50 x 5”, and so on, all the way through “12 x 5”. 060497 Division 060499 Subtraction The question mark is a flap that lifts to reveal the Part-Whole / Number-Bonds Collection (K-2) answers. The inside covers share fun math oper- Triangle Flash Cards (K-6) Math facts can be learned in a number of ways, ation facts. A fun, low-tech way to practice those Designed to teach families of facts instead of but can be difficult for some youngsters. This set math facts! ~ Lisa individual problems, these triangle-shaped flash includes number bond cards for addition and EACH SET ...... 9.99 7 95. cards show the relationship between addition and subtraction and part-whole cards. The cards are 032090 Addition 032098 Multiplication subtraction or between multiplication and division. 5” square and are made of sturdy, glossy card- 032093 Division 032099 Subtraction EACH SET ...... 7.49 5 .95 stock. There are a few blank cards in each set for 003763 Addition/Subtraction making your own combinations.Number bond 010701 Multiplication/Division cards (80 in the set) are more than flash cards; they show the relationship between addition and Three Corner Flash Cards (1-5) subtraction facts. The front of each card presents You won’t have to “corner” your kids to learn a diagram with 3 boxes: one box is outlined their beginning math skills when you use these with a dotted line. The dot-outlined box shows flash cards! These sets come with forty-six, the sum of the other two boxes; the dot-oulined two-sided, 5” triangle shaped cards. On each box might instead show one of the addends. side, there are three numbers (one in each cor- The digits you see can be used to explain both ner) that are two different colors. To use, you the functions of addition and subtraction. The War Flashcards (2-6) simply cover one of the numbers with your hand. reverse side of the number bond cards show the Played like the classic war card game, the Then you work on the equation that is revealed. same diagram as the front, but the dot-outlined more you play, the faster you’ll become at your The best part is that the cards are self-checking number is missing; children name the missing times tables up to 9 and your division facts! Sets as the answer is the number you just covered up number. Part-whole cards (80 cards in the set) include 86 colorful cards that measure 3.25” x with your hand! Both sets cover facts through show the parts of the whole number. The top 5.25”. ~ Anh twelve. The cards come in a sturdy storage box half of the card shows the larger number and the EACH SET ...... 3 95. 3 25. and are made out of a durable cardstock. An bottom half of the card shows the numbers used 038783 Multiplication 038904 Division instruction card is included, which outlines sev- to make the larger number (for example, 4 and eral fun activities. - Elise 5 at the bottom and 9 at the top); the cards rep- Flashcard Combo Packs 002398 Add & Subtract . . . . 9.99 7 .75 resent combinations up to 10. The back of each 002503 Multiply & Divide . . . 9.99 7 .75 card shows the same number combinations, but Math Flash Cards 4-packs (PK-2) one number is missing: children determine the Each of these four-packs holds four sets of Number-Bond Cards (K-2; 3-6) missing number. Help your children learn their School Zone flash Cards in one package. Designed to provide reinforcing activities for math facts but also understand the relationship EACH PACK ...... 10.00 8 50. students learning the basic number bonds, these between functions with these helpful card sets. 060396 Math 1-2 80 card sets are 5” squares with rounded cor- ~ Donna Addition 0-12, Subtraction 0-12, Numbers ners; colored ink on white background. Each 030726 ...... 19.79 13 .95 0-100 and Math War: Addition/Subtraction card depicts three numbers (in boxes) with lines 060397 Math 3-4 showing the bond relationship – for instance, 7, Math Wheel Flash Cards (1-5) Multiplication 0-12, Division 0-12, Math 6, and 1. Cards are shown three ways; once with Take a spin with these fun flash cards that show War: Multiplication and Time & Money “7” missing; once with “6” missing, and once related equations on both sides! Each set comes with “1” missing. The backside of each card with twelve, durable, 5” math wheels reveal- Materials / Manipulatives supplies the “answer” or missing bond member. ing 240 equations. Spin the wheel to reveal All bond combinations from 2 to 10 are depicted. a number and create an equation. After you Math ScrunchCharts (PK-6) Several blank cards, still showing bond relation- think you know the answer, simply flip over the EACH SCRUNCHCHART . . . . 8 99. ships, can be used to make additional cards using card to check the answer shown in the window. 022696 Addition dry-erase markers (cards are laminated). A set of Continue on by spinning the wheel to reveal a 022697 Multiplication 30 blank dry erase Number Bonds cards is also new number, which creates a new equation. available if you want more blanks. Ideas for using Each wheel works on one fact family, covering Math Facts Flexitables (K-6) the cards are provided. ~ Janice the facts one through twelve. The Addition and A hands-on approach to fact mastery! Flexitables 047339 Add/Subtraction (K-2) 10.99 7 .50 Subtraction Math Wheels are recommended for are soft, 7 ¾” square plastic fact tables with ten 025693 Mult/Division (3-6) . 10.99. 7 .50 grades 1 and up, and the Multiplication and rows and columns each that easily bend to quick- 064937 Write-On/Wipe-Off (K-5) Division Math Wheels are recommended for ly locate sums or products. The addition table (set of 30) . . . . . 6.99 4 .95 grades 3 and up. When you’re done, store your can be used inversely to practice subtraction. Math Wheels in their sturdy storage case. - Elise Likewise, the multiplication tables can be used Part-Whole Cards (K-2) EACH WHEEL ...... 9.99 7 .75 to practice division. ~ Anh These are similar in concept to the Number 002295 Addition/Subtraction EACH FLEXITABLE ...... 6.95 4 50. Bond cards – same size (5” squares, rounded 002306 Multiplication/Division 023534 Addition & Subtraction Numbrs 1-10 corners) but with black ink on white background 023548 Multiplication & Divsn Nmbrs 1-10 See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 537 Addition & Subtraction Cubes (1-AD) the bottom: 4-0=__; 5-1=__; 6-2=__; 7-3=__; provided so that the calibrated accuracy will be What a fun way to learn basic addition and sub- etc., up to 16-12=__. The answer to all problems sufficient for your purposes. ~ Caryl traction! The idea is to roll the +/- die, roll two in this list is 4. Each fact finder has 2 sides and 047865 ...... 4.75 4 50. number dice, and then figure out the equation. It shows 2 functions with numbers 0-12. Keep them is really quite simple. This set of six dice includes in the car, in your day bag, in centers at school, ☼Math Balance Activity Card Set w/Teaching two dice numbered from 1-6, two numbered or anywhere else to squeeze in a little math fact Guide (PK-AD) 7-12, one marked +/–, and one = die. Basic practice! ! Measures about 6.25” x 4.25”. ~ Sara Using a math balance, follow the activities on instructions are included. ~ Phyllis EACH BOOK ...... 6.95 5 .95 these vinyl worksheets. This set comes with 40 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 059721 Add & Subtract progressive (worksheets 8.25x5.75”), a teaching 036023 ...... 3.50 2 .95 059722 Multiply/Divide manual, and several pieces that you will lay on the cards to replicate what you are doing with the Addition/Multiplication Tables Ready Reference Math Balances actual balance. The worksheets are color-coded See description in Home School Helps section. by task, all with the purpose of becoming famil- 002409 ...... 1.99 1 .75 Math Balance (PK-5) iar with addition, multiplication, and finding The Math Balance provides an excellent, con- equilibrium on a numerical scale. Once students Write & Wipe Fact Family Board (1-4) crete way to show number relationships, opera- get familiar with the tasks, they can easily work This simple tool is a great asset when teach- tions, and comparisons. This T-shaped number independently or with a partner. For children ing beginning math facts. It’s a triangular white balance stands 9” tall. Each arm is labeled from 1 5+. ~ Sara board with three 10” sides. It’s double sided and to 10 from the center moving outward. Pegs are 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs has a write-and-wipe surface that works with located at each numbered position for hanging 037927 ...... 14.98 9 15. any dry-erase marker (not included). Displayed weights. Twenty 10g plastic weights are included. on one side are four simple equations with the CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Audio / Visual numbers left blank (two of __+__=__ and two 018355 ...... 19.00 12 .95 of __-__ =__ ). The corners of the triangle are Classical Math to Classical Music (PK-6) shaded different colors and teachers can write Student Math Balance (PK-AD) If you’re going to set math facts to music variables in the three corners and have students This math balance allows students to practice to learn them, why not set them to classical plug them in appropriately. For example, if 10, their addition facts up to 10 in a self-checking music? And why not throw in a little study of 7, and 3 were written in the corners, students way. Hang two weights on the numbers to be the composers as a bonus? If you did, you’d could write 7+3=10, 3+7=10, 10-7=3, and added together, and place another weight on have this product. Each of the tables is set to a 10-3=7. The opposite side of the board is identi- the opposite side on the correct answer. Stack classical melody taken from a work by the likes cal but displays multiplication and division signs the included 20 weights on the base for storage. of Beethoven, Mozart, Brahms, Chopin, Handel, instead of addition and subtraction. With such Dimensions are 25½” x 5”. ~ Nick and other famous composers. For example, an open-ended format and a reusable surface, 058410 ...... 8.99 4 .95 the 5x table is presented with a theme from this board is sure to get plenty of use. ~ Rachel Beethoven’s Pastoral Symphony. The 9+ facts 046972 ...... 3.00 2 .75 are set to a song from Verdi’s Aida. Each “song” is performed four times on the CD; the first three Holey Cards (1-5) are sung with answers, the last time your child These math tools help your child learn addi- will solo. Songs are not lyrical; they just repeat tion, subtraction, multiplication, and division all of the math facts for that number. These are with numbers 0-9 (plus another multiplication much like the Audio Memory method, only the that includes 12s). Just fold the 9” x 11 ½” card music is less sing-songy because the melodies in half, slip a piece of paper in the middle for are more complex. Each CD is accompanied writing the answers (in the holes), and then start by a short booklet with a 2-page spread for each the two-minute drill! When your child is done, Mini Number Balance (PK-12) number. The left facing page has all of the math simply open the card and flip it over to reveal the This mini balance provides hands-on instruction facts for that number shown in both horizontal answers for easy grading. ~ Elise in addition and subtraction, and could even be and vertical format. The right facing page has a EACH CARD ...... 1 .10 used for equations involving multiplication/divi- brief composer biographical sketch followed by 030964 Addition 031721 Multiplication sion. For addition and subtraction concepts, you a short crossword puzzle about the composer. 031722 Subtraction 030965 Division can begin by hanging the blue weights in various The addition and subtraction packages cover 030966 Multiplication (+12’s) yellow-peg positions on one side, and balancing facts from 1’s to 10’s. Multiplication and division the sum on the other side. So, for example, if sets cover tables to 12’s. The last page in each ☼Fast Facts (Math Window Set) (2-6) you hang a blue weight in the 10-position on one book is a reproducible drill sheet with all of the Similar to the concept of Holey Cards, this set side, you can create balance by hanging a blue mixed facts, including space for completion time will allow children to practice math facts inde- weight in the 6- and 4-position on the other side and score. An appealing math memory aid and pendently and check their own work. Place a (6 + 4 = 10). Students can think through and try drill product that’s sure to become a classic in sheet of paper beneath one of the four cards (addi- all the possible combinations that could work, its own right. tion, subtraction, multiplication, division) and not limiting themselves to only two weights on EACH CD & BOOKLET SET . . . 15 .95 write the answer to each problem in the square the one side. That will keep them busy for a 045222 Addition 045224 Multiplication hole next to the problem. After completing the while, and you may want to have them write 045225 Subtraction 045223 Division problems, flip the card over to reveal the answers. down their answers in logical order to make These cards provide horizontal math practice and sure they haven’t overlooked any possibilities. Audio Memory CD Song Kits (1-6) include 98 problems on each card. Made of sturdy Subtraction follows, as students try to determine Learn your arithmetic facts painlessly, through cardstock, Fast Facts can be used repeatedly. where the missing blue weight should go (10 song! After the vocalist sings you through the 067706 ...... 14.95 13 .50 – 4 = ?). Multiplication occurs when multiple facts in echo style, songs are sung without weights occupy a certain peg (2 weights at the answers, and it’s your turn to solve the problem! Scooby Doo Math Fact Finder (1-5) 2 position is 2 x 2 = 4, so one weight in the Each day practice a different “song.” In just 9-12 Scooby helps you sniff out answers with these 4-position on the other side creates a balanced days, you’ll have these facts memorized with simple little tools. Sturdy. colorful cardstock equation). Your equations can get even more very little effort. Play again and again for review cover has a white card inside that slides out to complicated: what if you have a 3 and a 4 on and drill. Kits each include a CD and reproduc- reveal a vertical list of numbers. These numbers one side and three 2’s on the other? What do ible workbook. are added to the function numbers such as -0, -1, you need to add to make it balance, and where? EACH KIT ...... 12 .95 -2…-11, -12. The answer for all of the problems The scale is not super precise in its ability to be 004848 Addition 004854 Multiplication shown is the same, as you see in a small box at perfectly calibrated, but little plastic weights are 004856 Subtraction 004850 Division 538 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Math Song CDs and Workbooks (1-7) the visual aspect appeals to even younger chil- Sum Swamp Addition & Subtraction (PK-6) Learn your math facts and properties by singing dren – you could begin with the flashcards and Be the first to navigate your little critter safely along with these catchy rock and pop tunes! DVDs as young as 2 or 3 years old. Children at through the swamp by adding or subtracting the These audio sets are based on the idea that that age may not have the fine motor skills to do numbers on the dice. This game includes one repetition is the key to memorization. Many the workbooks and coloring books. Get started game board, four little critter game pieces, two songs involve the recitation of entire fact fam- laying your math foundation with this family of number dice, and one operation die. A fun way ilies. Songs also introduce strategies (such as lovable number characters. ~ Donna to build addition and subtraction skills! ~ Anh the “doubles plus one” addition strategy) and EACH DVD ...... 14.95 12 .50 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. math properties (like the “zero property” for EACH COLORING BOOK . . . 4.95 4 .75 015882 ...... 19.99 15 .50 multiplication). There are 13 addition songs, 14 EACH FLASHCARDS (exc noted) 12.95 10 .95 subtraction songs, and 19 multiplication songs. EACH WORKBOOK (exc noted) 12.95 10 .95 ☼Mobi Games (PK-AD) The multiplication CD is the longest partially EACH LEVEL PACKAGE ...... 45.80 35 .50 This fast paced math because because the multiplication rap goes game is like Bananagrams through every fact in the 12-by-12 times table. Addition/Subtraction (1-3): for basic operations. Other CDs range from about 40-50 minutes. Level DVD Wkbk Col Bk Flashcds Tiles are dealt to players Each workbook is full-color and contains math 1 065982 065997 065985 065990 who must create cross- worksheets, word problems, charts, practice 2 065983 065998 065986 065991 word-style grids of math drill pages, timed tests, and games. Answers to 3 065984 065999 065987 065992 problems until they are the workbook pages are included on the CD. ~ Anh first to run out of tiles. EACH SET ...... 4.99 4 .25 065981 3 DVD Bxd Set . . . . 39.95 31 .95 The standard game has 162 013802 Addition 013806 Multiplication MTMFWB Workbook Pkg . . . . 38.85 29 .95 tiles in a cute, whale-shaped zipper pouch with 013808 Subtraction MTMFCB Coloring Book Pkg . .14.85 12 .25 operations including addition, subtraction, mul- MTMFFC Flashcard Pkg . . . . 38.85 29 .95 tiplication, and division and is recommended Meet the Math Facts (1-6) MTMFL1 Level 1 Package for play with up to 6 players ages 6 and up. Mastering basic math skills is foundational for MTMFL2 Level 2 Package Möbi Kids is a very similar setup with 86 color- higher level learning and for life. This begins MTMFL3 Level 3 Package ful tiles and operations limited to only addition at a young age as children learn basic addi- MTMFCP Complete Pkg . . . . 132.50 97 .95 and subtraction. In addition to the game pieces, tion and subtraction. This multisensory program Includes all three levels of Coloring Books, there is a little pamphlet with extra activities to helps children build a firm foundation in that Flashcards, workbooks, and DVDs. help teach your child basic math concepts using area. Divided into Addition/Subtraction and the Möbi tiles. Try it at your next family game Multiplication/Division, each with three levels, Multiplication/Division (2-6): night! – Laura this series employs DVD lessons, coloring books, Level DVD Col . Bk 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs flashcards, and workbooks for a variety of expo- 1 068408 068411 046974 Mobi Math . . . . . 19 .99 sure to the math facts 0-20. Use the materials in 2 068409 068412 069413 Mobi Kids ...... 16 .99 a way that fits your style and time frame; there 3 068410 068413 are no lesson plans that tell you how to use these Math-Fact Oh! Games (K-AD) products. At each level, different math facts are 068407 3-DVD Box Set . . . . 39.95 31 .95 Tired of flashcards and want a new way to presented – in Addition Subtraction it’s 0-8 for 068415 Mult Workbook . . . . 19.95 16 .25 practice math facts and improve memory and Level 1, 9-12 for Level 2, and 13-20 for Level 3. 068414 Mult Flashcards . . . . 19.95 16 .25 concentration? These games can be used for DVDs offer mini lessons, approximately 15 068406 Division Workbook . . 19.95 16 .25 solitaire play, in a group (2-5 players), or as minutes each, virtual flash cards that go over the 068405 Division Flashcards . . 19.95 16 .25 center activities. Each player takes a 3.5” trian- fact families, and a song to help children remem- gular “solution” card. The other cards are laid ber basic facts. The characters in the DVDs MMFMDF Flashcard Package . . 39.90 30 .50 out face down in a larger triangle. Players take match those on the flashcards, in the workbooks, MMFMDW Workbook Package . . 39.90 30 .50 turns turning over a card with the goal of finding and on the coloring pages. MMFMCB Colorng Bk Pkg . . . 14.85 12 .25 a problem with an answer that matches their The 100-page Workbooks provide full color MMFMDC Complete Package . 134.60 99 .95 solution card. (For example, if they have the opportunities for children to fill in numbers, Includes all three DVDs, Coloring Books, solution card “4”, they could keep the “4 + __ color, complete equations, solve visual story both workbooks, and both flashcard sets. = 8” card.) When a player has collected 3 cards, problems, and more. Each book ends with “Test ~~~~~~~~ he forms a triangle with those cards around his Your Skills” pages, which will allow them to original solution card and calls out ‘Math-Fact- practice the facts they learned in the book. There ☼Rock ’N Learn Math DVDs (1-8) Oh!” Game Changer cards can be used to intro- are no answer keys in the books. Intended for the visual and auditory learner, duce variations. Options for extension activities Coloring Books feature two-page scenes (pic- this DVD series uses digital animation and rap and other educational options are included. Each tures are large enough for little hands to color) to engage children and help them learn their game includes instructions, 8 solution cards, with simple math problems printed at the top. math facts. 72 problem cards (24 per level), and 9 game The scene is representational of the math prob- EACH DVD ...... 19.99 13 .95 changer cards. Addition & Subtraction covers lem. For example, two number 2s that look like 030175 Addition & Subtraction Rap DVD simple problems to missing addends up to 20. horses are pulling a carriage with the number 4, 030182 Division Rap DVD Multiplication & Division practices determining which looks like a soldier saluting. These pictures 030271 Multiplication Rap DVD product or quotients in single digits, multiples of might seem silly to an adult, but they help solid- Games 5 or 10, and the factors of 1-10. Fractions covers ify the concept in the mind of a child. identification, adding and subtracting fractions Flashcards use the number characters to form Monkey Math Balance Game (PK+) with like denominators, subtracting mixed frac- vertical problems with answers on one side of Help the monkey balance himself out by add- tions with like denominators, and multiplying each card, and regular black numbers (with- ing bunches of bananas together in each of his fractions by whole numbers. Properties covers out the answer) form the same problem on the outstretched hands. If your addition is correct, the associative and commutative properties of reverse. The number characters tend to work the monkey’s arms will be level and his eyes will addition and multiplication and the distributive well for more visual children who need some look straight ahead, but if you need to try again, property of multiplication over addition. ~ Ruth type of relationship to the numbers. The number his arms will be up and down and his eyes will EACH GAME ...... 21.99 16 .95 characters are the same as those found on the be crossed. The 15 banana tokens go from sin- 044914 Addition & Subtraction (K-AD) DVDs and in the workbooks and coloring books. gles to bunches of 10 and are numbered for easy 044920 Multiplication & Division (3-AD) Leveled sets vary but have between 72-98 cards recognition. The monkey stands 7.25” tall. 044915 Fractions (3-AD) in Addition/Subtraction. 5.25”x3.5”. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 041477 Money While geared for children in 1st grade and up, 040522 ...... 17.99 13 .95 044926 Properties (2-AD) See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 539 ☼Race to 10 Game (1-3) tokens. Secret Code 13+4 Game (3-AD) In this game of strategy and luck, players race In the multiplication/division version, each Your mission - use your sharp calculation skills to 10 through addition and subtraction. The player spins to see what two numbers they are to find your way through this museum filled with game includes a colorful game board, 45 number multiplying or dividing, solves the related equa- light barriers and retrieve the mask of Amun Re. tokens, 30 + and 30 – tokens. Create equations tion, and places a token on the corresponding Roll the six dice and figure out how you can use like 8-1-2+5, to reach a sum of ten. Protect your car. Cars are clustered by product/quotient, each the numbers to match the tile number in front of equations while trying to ruin your opponent’s fact appearing in only one cluster, starting with you. For example, the number for the laser in equations and have fun while sharpening your 9’s. (meaning 2x9 appears in the 9 cluster, not front of you is a 4. If one of the dice rolled is a 4, math skills! 2 players; 15 minutes. the 2 cluster). You can bump others off clusters use that die to deactivate the light barrier. If not, 068495 ...... 24.99 20 .50 as you get answers right. Each cluster of bumper add, subtract, multiply, or divide the dice num- cars has between 1 & 7 cars. You are building bers to try to calculate that number. Once past Super Genius Math Games (1-5) fluency in multiplication facts 2’s-9’s and divi- a barrier, reroll all the dice not used for the last If you’re a fan of Spot It! your family will love sion facts (up to 81÷9, not including 1’s) by solv- barrier to try to get past the next one. Variations these math games based on the same concept. ing mental math problems, as well as building of the game and a board that changes with every Each game contains 42 double-sided cards in the relationship between the two. game give this great replay value for continuous a handy, magnetic-close case. The cards each Directions are simple; board unfolds to a 16” calculation practice. show a sprinkling of numbers on one side, and square. The spinner and tokens are made of stur- 063121 ...... 24.99 21 .95 addition or multiplication facts on the other. As dy cardboard and there are some plastic pieces. in Spot It! games you would draw a card, flip it Designed for 2-4 players age 9+. Supports state, Muggins / Knockout Math Games (4-AD) over next to the pile, and compare the two cards national, & CC standards. – Steph These well thought-out math games really for the one and only match between them (fact 042359 Addition/Subtraction .23.99 19 .50 encourage players to use what they’ve learned! and answer). When a player matches the fact to 058996 Multiplication/Div . . . 23.99 19 .50 These games are played on a reversible dou- the solution, they win the cards. If the traditional ble-sided board with Muggins on one side and flash card drills are getting a little stale, pull this ☼Mathegy Game (1-AD) Knockout on the other. Muggins is fast-paced one out! For 1-6 players. - Jess Simple is often the best and this game’s simplic- and brain-stretching; it uses all basic arithmetic EACH GAME ...... 12.99 10 .50 ity as well as its intricacy provide a lot of options. operations and requires the use of strategic think- 035883 Addition There are four different game boards allowing ing and mental math skills. The game is for 1-4 035899 Multiplication for four difficulty levels; blank-a-roo (ages 4+), players and requires players to occupy as many 063978 Multiplication 2 shapes (ages 5+), classic (ages 7+), and advanced number spaces as possible while blocking their (9+). Additionally, there are instructions for four opponents’ attempts to do the same. After rolling Bumper Car Math Games (1-6) variations of play for each board. Play is based 3 dice (6-sided or 12-sided, depending on the My favorite thing about this math game is that on dice rolls and either placing on or taking off level of play), players try to claim an unoccupied each bumper car holds a fact family, so children pieces from the board. Play is for two to four numbered space. To do this, they must form an are seeing each whole and its parts together and players and concludes after each has had six equation (using any combination of basic arith- strengthening those number bonds in their mind turns (usually 6-10 minutes total). metic operations) with those three numbers with every time they play the game. The colorful Fun, fast, family-friendly, and easy-to-learn. an answer equal to the number shown on an board is set up like a bumper car arena with tires Contents include: two double-sided, laminated unclaimed space. A few extra rules like “bump- around the outside and the groups of bumper playing boards, 5 dice, 24 playing pieces (six ing” and “bluffing” provide additional complex- cars spread around the inside. In the Addition/ each of four colors), score pad, and instructions ity to the game and allow for more challenging Subtraction game, cars are grouped by the num- for play. ~ Janice play. Knockout is a “King of the Mountain” with ber of the sum/minuend (whole), and each group 066970 ...... 24.99 19 .95 numbers type game for 1-4 players. Roll dice shares a common color. The whole appears at and add or subtract to build lock-out points for the top of the bumper car, with the addends/sub- Tri-FACTa Games (1-AD) yourself or knock out your opponents in this fun trahends (parts) on the wheels. Some groups may Triangles galore! Learn fact families with Tri- game of strategy and luck. There are many dif- only have one car, such as the “2” group with FACTa games. Each triangle-shaped card has a ferent levels of play. only a car for 1 and 1, while other groups have different number. The game board consists of a 035039 ...... 44.95 43 .95 up to five: the “10” group has cars for 4 and 6, 3 larger triangle, with several operational signs and and 7, 2 and 8, 5 and 5, and 1 and 9. Fact fami- space to place three cards. The goal is for players lies up to 18 are included. This game can be used to fill in the missing spaces by completing the to strengthen either addition or subtraction skills. fact families. The first player to run out of cards To practice addition facts, players spin the spin- shouts, “Tri-FACTa!” This game will raise aware- ner twice, reading the addends from the inner ness of the relationships between numbers and section, and then place a token of their color operations—and your kids will have so much on the bumper car featuring those two parts and fun, they won’t even realize they’re learning! their sum in the center. If the car already has Includes game board, 100 cards, and 4 card another player’s token on it, they bump it off and trays, all in a box shaped like a… Yep, a triangle. place it in that player’s repair shop. If you man- 2-4 players. –Chad age to place tokens on all the bumper cars in a EACH GAME ...... 19.99 15 .75 group, you replace your tokens with a school bus 032362 Addition & Subtraction and control the group for the rest of the game. A 032396 Multiplication & Division “No brakes!” space on the spinner means you can put your token on the car of your choice that ☼MathZ Game (3-AD) contains the other addend spun. The subtraction Yahtzee® with a twist! Fast-paced dice game game follows the same rules except for you only that reinforces mathematical thinking, calcula- spin the spinner once, this time using the outer tions, and deductive skills. Play is simple. Roll two portions. The outmost section gives you the 5 dice and try to get a number that matches one whole, while the middle portion will show you of the goals on the 22 goals on the score sheet. one part. Students have to solve the equation for Detailed instructions provide examples and alter- the other part, and then place their token on the native game play ideas. Flexible for different ages corresponding car. If two rounds go by with no and skill levels. Approximately 20 minutes. 1-4 player able to place a token, the game is over players. - Deanne and points are awarded based on the number 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs of cars controlled by each player’s buses and 067238 ...... 8.99 7 .95 540 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Card Games Villain Cards. Here is how you play – lay down to play a wild card. Blue Cold Front cards set all the villain cards in the “Rogues Gallery,” lay the temperature falling; red sets the temp to rise. Math War Card Games (K-7) down three cards designated as the “Sidekick,” Forecast wild cards are red and are played along My little brother, Stephen, at age 6, loved and then each player begins with seven cards in with a number card to reset the temp direction. working addition and subtraction problems. For their hands. Play moves clockwise, and each Frost wild cards are blue and freeze play to the reasons unbeknownst to me, he got a thrill out player’s turn has three phases: action phase, cap- next player. Zero wild cards set the temp to zero of coming up to you and saying, “Hey, 4 + 7 = ture phase, and energize phase. During action degrees and the player then chooses the temp 11”. When he discovered the card game War, he phase, you can either play up to two cards from direction. This card game can go up and down constantly asked people to play it (or one of his your hand or return as many unwanted cards like the red on a thermometer. ~ Donna many original variations, such as “Looking War”). from your hand back to “headquarters” (the deck 066918 ...... 11 .99 I think what he needed was a deck of these cards. of heroes) and redraw, for a total of seven cards, The flashcard-sized cards feature various math thus ending your turn. If you choose to play two facts, and kids will have to answer the problems cards, you lay them on the table face up in front to find out who wins the match. The Addition and of you. Hero cards are used to build superheroes Subtraction set cards have pictures of kids forming and they must consist of 1 head, 1 chest, and 1 the plus or minus signs, and the Multiplication leg card. You can only build one superhero at deck features sea life illustrations. Both decks also a time, and they cannot be altered once com- include wild cards for another twist on the classic pleted. You can also play a device card (such game of War. - Melissa as a zap gun, which is worth a value of adding EACH CARD SET ...... 2.99 2 .50 15 or a Utility Belt which you subtract 5), which 014796 Addition & Subtraction (K-6) can be placed on a completed superhero to help 014797 Multiplication (2-7) them capture a villain. In the capture phase, you can try to capture one villain from the Rogues Math Splash War (1-3) Gallery. Each villain has a “weakness number” How do you play math war? Each card states that you must match in order to capture it. Use a math problem and the person with the highest any or all of your completed superheroes, with answer wins the hand and keeps the cards. If or without devices to match a villain’s weakness. your answers are the same, then it’s war! Half If successful, you place the captured villain in the deck is blue and half is red with colorful sea your “trophy pile.” The energize phase is when life illustrations in the middle. The cards have you end your turn by drawing enough cards from addition and subtraction problems on them for the Hall of Heroes to bring your hand back to 7 numbers 0-10. A fun way to reinforce math facts cards. Play continues until all villains have been (including greater and lesser than) with your captured. Each player adds the points of the vil- ☼Multiplication Splat! (3-AD) younger students! 54 rounded-edge cards, 1 lains in their trophy pile (this number is different Multiplication practice just became FUN! Be activity card, 1 answer card (3” x 5.25”). ~ Sara than their weakness number), and the player with the first player to match the problem to the 060574 ...... 3.99 3 .50 the highest total is the winner! This is just a brief answer, say (or shout) Splat! Flip your card explanation of this super fun game. There is also over. Be the first to flip over all of your cards to Snap It Up! Games (1-6) a sidekick aspect I left out, and more rules on win. Children will practice 1x1 through 12x12 You had better be quick if you want to be the how you can customize numbers league so you multiplication facts through the 3 color coded winning player in these games! The basic rules can play the “Superheroes Level.” decks which provide 3 levels of math challenge. are the same for each Snap It Up! Game. Players If you love this game and are looking for an Deck includes 150 multiplication cards and 75 sort out the two types of cards. One stack goes “added challenge,” then I highly recommend calling cards. 3-6 players-including one “caller”. in the middle and the rest are divvied up among the Infinity Expansion Deck. This deck will ~ Deanne the players. Each player holds three cards in introduce 24 new villains (12 two-sided cards), 068012 ...... 12.99 9 95. their hand and puts the rest facedown in their 11 new superheroes (33 cards), and 15 new draw pile. The card in the center is overturned, devices. To defeat the villains, you will need 7 Ate 9 (3-AD) and players try to make some kind of match with even more skill than before, as now you must use You better have nimble fingers and a quick, cal- two of the cards in their hand - but watch out, division and decimals to reach your target sums. culating mind if you hope to win this rambunc- everyone is trying to get that center card! Players Two additional expansion decks are also now tious math card game! The deck is composed can never have more than three cards in their available: Critters and Dinosaurs. These 30-card of 73 cards, each of which has a large yellow hand, but they can draw and discard as quickly expansion decks feature themed creature cards number (ranging from 1-10) on the center, and a as possible to try to find a match. If you are to add more variety to your current hero, villain ± 1, 2, or 3 in the corner. The cards are shuffled, skillful and lucky enough to be first, yell “Snap!” and device collections. Now, cue the superhero the top card is turned over in the center of the and snatch the card and its pairs from your hand. music and remember, it’s up to you and your table and the rest of the cards are dealt evenly The first player to make three matches will have heroes to keep Infinity City free of villainy! – Elise into each player’s draw pile. Players must draw “Snapped It Up” to win the game. 2 or more 013269 Game ...... 15.95 12 .50 one card at a time into their hand and play them players. ~ Megan 044916 Infinity Expansn Deck 9.95 7 .95 on the center pile as quickly as they can. There EACH GAME ...... 9.99 7 .95 052513 Critters Expan . Deck . . 5.00 4 .25 is no limit to how many cards they can hold in 015872 Addition and Subtraction (1+) 052514 Dinosaurs Exp . Deck . . 5.00 4 .25 their hand, but they must draw them individual- 015873 Multiplication (3+) ly. If the card in the middle is a ‘6’ with a ± 2 in ☼Fahrenheit Weather Card Game (2-AD) the corners, players may play either a ‘4’ or an Numbers League Card Game (2-5) Not many card games practice negative num- ‘8’. If addition or subtraction results in a number Here is your task: A plague of villains has bers, but this one uses the concept of tempera- greater or less than ten, ten can be added or sub- descended on Infinity City. In Numbers League tures to practice the up and down of numbers tracted to the number to put it back in the 1-10 you are the leader of a team of superheroes in between 32 and -32. The deck includes integer range [e.g. if it is a ‘9’ with a ± 3, 9 + 3 = 12, a quest to rid the streets of villainy. To do so, cards and 5 different types of wild cards. Game 12 - 10 = 2 – so a two could be played, or a 6 you must use the sum of your team’s powers play is easy: play cards that follow the direction (9 – 3 = 6)]. The first player to run out of cards (using addition, subtraction, and multiplication) of the previously played card. If it is a positive is the winner. So put away that calculator (you to save the day. This comic book inspired math number, the next player plays a positive number won’t have time to use it!) and get that brain rac- game is loads of fun and is bound to get your card that is greater; if the card played is negative, ing for the win! 2-4 players, game time is about boys excited about math! The deck of 120 cards the next player must then play a descending neg- 5-10 minutes. Cards are stored in a handy travel comes with 75 Hero Cards (25 heads, 25 bodies, ative number. If you can’t play the appropriate case. ~ Megan 25 legs), 21 Device Cards, and 24 two-sided positive or negative number, you might be able 047645 ...... 11.99 9 75. See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 541 Electronics & Software I Sea 10! Game (1-5) ☼Turn to Learn Multiplication Board Book (K-3) Learn basic addition with The boring old multiplication chart just got Minute Math Electronic Flash Card (1-4) this fun, sea-themed game. pizzazz! And this new spinning spiral version is Ready for flashcards that are more “flashy”? The set includes 100 round just the beginning. This book goes systematically This electronic version of the traditional “trian- cards: one side has a cute through the facts (twos/fours, threes, fives/tens, gle” flash card gives your student a portable prac- illustration of a fish or sea sixes, sevens/eights, nines, and elevens/twelves) tice device for addition/subtraction and multipli- animal; the reverse side dis- to provide lots of clues and helps for learning cation/division. No more cards falling all over plays a number from 1-9. (i.e. memorizing) these troublesome facts. In the couch or the floor of the car. The device has Players take turns flipping the format of an interactive board book (heavy three windows. In the case of multiplication/divi- cards up in front of them cardboard) with flaps to lift as well as the grand sion, for example, the two lower windows are to show the numbers, then spiral on the front cover, learning multiplication for the factors and the window at the top is for shouting “I see 10!” when facts just got a whole lot more interesting. If col- the product of the multiplication. One of those they spot combinations of ors and patterns and “tricks” are helpful to your windows will be blank, and your student will numbers that add up to 10. The player that col- student for learning material, then this book will key in the answer using the numeric keypad. As lects the most 10’s is the winner. Watch out for be a hit. ~ Janice you can tell, if a factor is missing, the student will the shark cards - if you flip one over your whole 047510 ...... 14.99 10 .95 think in terms of division. If the product is miss- catch goes back! 100 cards (90 number cards + ing, that’s a multiplication problem. The student 10 shark cards) store easily in a sturdy cardboard Times Tales DVD (2-5) switches at will between addition/subtraction and box. Designed to meet the CCSS for Operations Multiplication tables multiplication/division, and has three skill levels and Algebraic Thinking. 2-4 players. can be so difficult to from which to choose. This handheld-size device 057800 ...... 9.99 7 .95 learn. If a child can (each side measures 4”) uses 3 AAA batteries, not memorize or use a included. ~ Caryl Shut the Box (2-6) manipulative to learn 047569 ...... 19.99 15 .50 A really active way to learn to manipulate num- their tables, there are bers! Game consists of an open box, with flip-up plenty of products to Math Trekker (1-8) number “keys.” A felt area in the base provides help you out, but what Technology is everywhere, and let’s be hon- room for the two dice to roll “in captivity.” To about those children est, sometimes it is nice to engage our children begin, the 1st player rolls the dice. The player who are more visual/ with just a bit of techno-fun. These handy little may then flip up any combination of numbers auditory? Times Tales “electronic flashcards” provide your children a which match their roll. Example: If player rolled DVD makes learning fun tool to reinforce math facts. They look like a 12 they could flip up just 12 or 11 and 1 or 10 upper tables fun – and in a short amount of time. small calculators and contain 13 levels for each and 2, or any 1 or 2 number combination which Learning is done in two parts. Children are to operation (1-12 and a mixed level). Simply push totals their roll. The 1st player continues rolling listen and watch the stories in the first part of the the power button, use the arrow to select a level, the dice until rolling a number which cannot be DVD in order to master the facts being presented. and then use the number buttons to answer the played. Example: Player rolls 12 again but has After completing the steps in the first part of the facts as they appear on the screen. A switch at used all possible combinations while making DVD, they can then proceed to the second part. the bottom allows you to change between the other rolls. Player 1 now counts up all numbers The second part of the DVD presents more stories two operations. Constructed of sturdy, bright which have not been flipped over. This is the that build on the stories in part 1. Children will plastic with a built-in carabineer to attach to a 1st players score. If a second round is played, learn 3x6, 3x7, 3x8, 3x9, 4x6, 4x7, 4x8, 4x9, book bag or purse, these portable units would the 2nd player begins first. The player with the 6x6, 6x7, 6x8, 6x9, 7x7, 7x8, 7x9, 8x8, 8x9, make great reinforcement at home or on the go. lowest score wins. Although simplest to describe 9x9 with the creative mnemonics presented in Two options are available: Addition/Subtraction with two players, any number may play. ~ Alysia the illustrations and stories in the DVD. When and Multiplication/Division and both offer math CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. children recall the story, they will recall the fact. practice through the 12 facts. Additional bonus 032154 ...... 19.00 13 .95 The characters in the stories are represented by features are the automatic turnoff after 2 minutes number people – 3 is a butterfly, 4 is a chair, 6 of inactivity and a sound button that can be ☼Shut The Box Travel Size (3-AD) is the children of the first grade class, 7 is Mrs. turned on or off at your discretion. An inexpen- Though this game’s origin is unknown, varia- Week, 8 is Mrs. Snowman, and 9 is a tree house. sive and fun way to reinforce math facts. Comes tions of it are played worldwide. The wooden The story then tells about a fact that is illustrated with batteries, which are replaceable. ~ Deanne board with felt-covered surface contains 4 sides in the picture. For example, “Mrs. Week (7) went EACH TREKKER ...... 12.99 9 .95 of number tiles, making it a perfect for 1-4 play- butterfly hunting. She captured 20 butterflies in 058406 Addition/Subtraction ers. At starting, all 1 through 10 tiles are flipped her net and one landed on her head.” The illus- 058407 Multiplication/Division up. The goal is to flip all the number tiles down. tration is Mrs. Week (7) holding a butterfly net To do this, a player must roll two dice. Then total with 20 butterflies (3) in the net and 1 butterfly Basic Operations - Addition the die to flip down a single matching number (3) on her head. The fact to learn is 3 x 7 = 21. tile, or divide the die and flip down two separate A CD-ROM is also included with the DVD. It 10 On the Spot! Ten Frame Game (K-2) number tiles. Keep playing until no more tiles includes written tests, flashcards, crossword puz- Be the first at to fill in can be flipped. Add the total of the remaining zles, and a fun game all in pdf format. all of your ladybug’s tiles; that is your score. The lowest score wins. If you want your child to have a small flip chart spots! The only way Comes with 4 pairs of dice. 8.5” x 8.5” X 1.75”. for story review, there is a set that includes a to do so is to get to ten – Logan 3”x 5” spiral-bound flip chart. The cardstock flip as quickly as possible 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. chart includes a picture for each story from the by matching the spot 048213 ...... 26.99 20 .95 DVD along with the story. The reverse of the with the proper dot page has just the picture, so children can retell (6 would need a 4 Basic Operations - Multiplication the story. There is also a fact review page at the in order to work, for end of part one and part two. example). It’s a fast, 100 Sheep Audio CD and Songbook (K-3) This is a product with no student boundaries frantic counting game! 10 on the Spot! includes Skip counting songs from the Gospels! Skip – use it for the very young, for remedial work, 72 dots and 6 double sided cards. The first side is counting is an important skill to lay the ground- or for students with learning disadvantages. It is for beginners and features pictures of a ten frame work for multiplication. These original songs non-consumable, so great for multiple students. under each number. The advanced side shows teach and reinforce skip counting by 2’s, 3’s, Have some fun and work on those harder-to-re- only the number. Great practice for making ten - 4’s....all the way through 10’s. This CD also member multiplication facts. ~ Donna again and again! ~ Nick comes with a complete lyric booklet. 006408 DVD ...... 19.95 14 .95 057124 ...... 14.99 11 .95 006194 ...... 14.00 11 .50 006428 DVD w/Mini Flip Kit 25.95 19 .95 542 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. ☼Times Tales Workbook (3-6) student workbook. At the beginning of each les- Five Times Five is Not Ten: Make Multiplication Knowing your times tables are so important son, the student takes a pre-test. Then watch the Easy With Lots of Great Strategies! (3-6+) to building your solid foundation for upper video lesson together and the student completes Multiplication facts should be committed to level math. Drills aren’t always the best way for worksheet #1. After correcting this exercise, memory for immediate recall during timed tests students to learn and remember their multiplica- you decide to go right to lesson 2 or finish the and to succeed at higher math levels. There tion facts. Through simple stories and the same other worksheets in lesson 1. If your student is are enough new concepts to assimilate at the lovable number characters found on the Times struggling with lesson 1, you can watch the DVD high school level without being hindered by Tales DVD, children will practice facts for the again, if needed, before completing worksheet inadequate retention of the basic math facts. upper numbers in the 3’s, 4’s, 6’s, 7’s, 8’s, and #2. Each lesson topic should be mastered before These will also be used continuously in real-life 9’s. These workbook pages are black and white moving forward. There are 8 lessons total. Disc applications. Whether a student is just beginning and provide practice that can be done even if you 1 has instruction for lessons 1-4, and disc 2 con- to learn the multiplication facts or needs a little aren’t using the Times Tales DVD. Children will tains 5-8. The video pictures Mr. Ruutelmann in more help to master them, this book can help. learn the story, answer questions, work puzzles, front of a whiteboard teaching the concepts. He Similar to Two Plus Two is Not Five (for addition review, quiz, and test along with cutting out speaks in a pleasant voice and is very friendly. and subtraction), this volume presents multiplica- fact cards and assembling number story books. There are a few times where his hand is counting tion facts incrementally, using mastery strategies. After completing the multiplication portions of and is off the camera, but you still see the white- As in that book, strategies are meant to bridge the the workbook, a short division section is offered. board and can tell what he is doing that way. way between counting and memorization, not as Answer keys are found in the back of the book While I think you could use just the videos or a substitute for instant recall. There are 33 sets and a DVD is also included where students can just the books, the combination is what is going of strategy introductions, followed by practice, practice their new multiplication skills in a game to give you the most teaching, practice and rein- review, and cumulative review pages – a total show format. 104 pgs, pb. ~ Donna forcement. Each book is 68pp, pb. ~ Sara of 148 reproducible pages in all. The Guide to 069758 ...... 18.50 14 .95 061163 DVD Disc 1 . . . . . 9 .00 Introducing the Facts supplies helpful terminolo- 061164 DVD Disc 2 . . . . . 9 .00 gy and instructions for each introduction. Facts Making Friends With Numbers (2-5) 061165 Student Ed ...... 10.00 9 .50 are not introduced in order; they are introduced Is rote memorization of math facts not working 061166 Teacher Ed ...... 10.00 9 .50 by strategy, with easier strategies (like doubles) for you? Then take a look at this book. Its whole ICLMFP Set of all 4 . . . . . 38.00 34 .95 near the beginning. You will probably want to goal is familiarization with math facts. That’s a use a set of multiplication flash cards for daily different idea, isn’t it? Based on four education- drill and practice of presented facts to use in al strategies – manageable amounts at a time, tandem with this book. The Guide lists facts to connecting facts to other facts and to patterns, add to your flash card drill with each introduc- exploring factor pairs, and readiness for higher tion. As facts are presented, students can check level concepts – these very creative worksheets them off on their Record-Keeping Checklists. As are filled with interesting activities. Students they are mastered, they can be circled on the progress through “easy” multiples (10, 2, 9, and Math Facts Baseline Recorder. This sheet of 5) and move onto square numbers (9, 16, 25, 49, the 81 multiplication facts can also be used for and 64) and lastly consider factors of 18, 24, 28, remedial students as a starting point for instruc- 32, 42 and 48. The last section is a multiplication tion. Practice pages of facts contain both vertical fact review designed to prepare the student for and horizontal format problems and sometimes work with fractions, factors/multiples, and equiv- include a few addition and/or subtraction facts alent fractions. Instead of page after page of math for review. This keeps children on their toes facts to be worked with increasing speed, these Times Tables the Fun Way Activity Book (3-6) so they remember to look at the sign of a prob- worksheets seek to employ the brain, to get the So, you’ve tried the “conventional” methods lem before working. There are also cumulative student thinking about the numbers and the rela- of helping your child memorize his tables. review pages that review all facts introduced to tionships between them. 108 pgs, pb. ~ Janice Maybe you’ve even tried singing the tables, but that point. Some of these (listed in introduction) 060644 ...... 12 .95 he wasn’t an auditory learner. Drills fall flat, are meant to be used for testing and timed drills because you have to memorize the tables before to determine mastery. Children should only Multiplication Facts Little Get Ready Book (3-4) you can succeed. Even after practice, practice, answer the ones they know from memory, with- Repetition is a great way to learn multiplication practice, you’re wondering if they’ll ever really out counting; others should be left blank. Other tables, but without some variety, it can become stick. Well, here’s a novel approach - actually, Review pages are used for reinforcement of par- boring. It’s time to mix up your math! This gray- more of a “short story” approach. Judy Liautaud ticular strategies and math facts. Many of these scale illustrated book covers the various ways has come up with some cute, and memorable, are concentrated toward the back of the book in which multiplication problems may be writ- little stories to help fix these facts finally in the as a final review. You will probably use these ten and suggests different methods of checking mind’s eye, using a visual-memory-association only if your child has not demonstrated mastery answers (“count by twos” or “use a calculator”). technique that just may work for your little multi- of those facts yet. The pages are easy on the The perforated pages and sturdy cardboard back plier. Numbers become characters or objects in eye; very clean and clear-looking with problems of this handheld book make it easy to take some visuals and storylines in which the product is an nicely spaced. This one looks like a good bet for – or all – of the 48 pages on the go. Please note integral part. Yeah, some of them are silly - all nailing those multiplication facts once and for all. that there is no answer key. – Rachel the better to remember them by. You know, I 044676 ...... 16.95 13 .95 030245 ...... 2.99 2 .50 almost wrote a book like this after teaching the twins their tables. We used similar mnemonic Mulitiplication Tables Colouring Book (3-7) I Can Learn Multiplication Facts (3-4) devices and silly sayings like “76 trombones in For each table in this book, there is a picture Sometimes a student will struggle with one the big parade....and 42 clowns!” and “He licks puzzle to solve. You have to color all the areas concept that keeps them from moving forward (six) his plate (eight) before he ate (forty-eight)” which contain a number from the table. The with your math curriculum. Luckily, there are and a football game tied 7 to 7 until the 49ers puzzles are all different shapes and sizes. For programs like this one to help you through it got a last-minute touchdown. Okay, they’re example, in the 2x table picture puzzle, you and carry on. Multiplication is presented both goofy, but they work! These were our particular color all of the numbers which divide by 2 to find in DVD and book form and you are encouraged problem products, but Judy’s got all the tables the picture. For the square puzzle, you color all to use both formats together. The author, Lembit covered. This activity book contains all of the the numbers which are multiples of two to see Ruutelmann, is a Golden Apple nominated math “tricks” and stories to get your child through the pattern. There are 16 picture puzzles plus 11 teacher. He presents multiplication is a way the tables, plus “Make Your Own Posters” and pattern puzzles. There are times tables for each that is simple and logical. His materials are like “Make Your Own Flashcards” sections so your puzzle from 1-12. A fun way to work through the this as well. The teacher is used to instruct and student can also create his own helpful tools. multiplication tables. ~ Phyllis demonstrate, then the student practices in the 002577 ...... 14.95 12 .95 008224 ...... 7.99 6 95. See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 543 Multiplication - Games & Tools played. The first player then uses their cards to Multiplication Table (3-AD) attack their opponent’s cards. To do this, they’ll One side of this 12 x 12 table lists the multiples Multi-spin Games: 8 Spinner Games (PK-8) need to keep close tabs on the attack values of (1-144), and the other side is a blank table for Spin and practice your multiplication tables! their own cards, and the defense values of their practice. The table is laminated, so dry-erase Each of these 8 spinner games uses the same opponent’s cards, which are stated as a multi- markers can be used on either side. 14 cm x 16 rules to practice multiplication of a different plication problem such as “7x8.” A player can cm, or approx. 5.5” x 6.3”. – Rachel number from 2-9. Spin, multiply, and then place attack an opponent’s card if their attacking card 041634 Small ...... 0 50. a counter on one of the correct numbers located has a higher attack value than their opponent’s 033391 Large ...... 0.99 0 85. on a 5.5” x 5.5” numbered grid. If you spin a defense value… but the ability to use several 7 while playing the Multi-spin 2, for example, weak cards to “gang up” on a higher-value one They Keep Multiplying! Math Keyboard (2-4) you’ll choose which number 14 to place a and the special instructions on “magic” cards There are a lot of great manipulatives for learn- counter on. The first player to get three in a row make this much more than a game of multiplica- ing multiplication, but this is perfect for children wins. Printed on 8 ¼”x11 ½” flexible plastic, the tion war. The game continues until a player has just beginning to multiply. Why? Because it pro- games can be cleaned with a damp cloth. Set is depleted their draw deck, and the player who has vides instant feedback! The keyboard is a 9 x 9 stored in a 9 ¾”x13” clear, zippered pouch with “plundered” the most cards is declared the victor. row grid of translucent buttons with a problem on a hanging attachment on one side and includes Besides the “battle” aspect, kids and adults alike each button (i.e., 4x6). To see the answer, simply a bag of 120 transparent counters in red and are sure to enjoy reading the tidbits about the push the button and it’ll show up. Great for little yellow. ~ Ruth various gods, heroes and monsters depicted on hands! – Chad 064912 ...... 15.99 12 .95 the cards, taking in a little mythology along the 052440 ...... 19.99 16 .50 way. My only complaint? The somewhat vague B . instructions. Although I’m sure the designers Multiplication Tables Bulletin Board (3-6) wanted to keep it simple, you will have to read A colorful visual aid for your home or class- between the lines and perhaps make up some room, this set includes 15 cardstock charts of your own rules to apply to various situations (8”x18”) showing times-tables for the numbers not addressed in the rules. Now gather up your 0 to 12 (plus a blank times table to plug in your army, raise your banner and charge! – Jess own numbers). Each outlined in a different color: 047961 Celtic/Greek (B .) . . . 15.99 13 .50 great for your visual learners! An activity guide 047962 Norse/Egyptian . . . . 15.99 13 .50 includes fun ideas for your home or classroom. Cover up some of the numbers with a Post-It note MathDice Chase (3-AD) and make your own game or quiz! Bright and It’s hot potato… plus multiplication! Four to six bold lines are easy to read. ~ Sara players sit in a circle, and two players directly 058917 ...... 12.99 9 95. A . opposite each other each roll two of the four Multiplication Master Electronic Flash Card large, 12-sided dice. Multiply the two numbers Multiplication Tables Quick-Check Reference Pad Game (2-5) on the dice, then shout out the answer and pass (2-6) Love electronic games? Need to practice your the dice to the left. The high-speed multiplication This pad provides thirty 8 ½” x 11” colorful times tables? This hand-held electronic flash challenge continues until one player ends up with sheets of multiplication tables for numbers 1 card game helps you learn your 0-12 times tables both pairs of dice, and they are out. Optionally, through 12. Great for putting in a binder or at a while encouraging speedy fact recall. The digital you could play with addition or subtraction for student desk—anywhere you need a handy refer- display shows multiplication problems in vertical younger players or just to switch things up. The ence. On the back of the pad is a reproducible problem format. The player’s primary goal is game includes four dice (two purple, two blue), multiplication tables sheet so students can prac- to correctly key in as many multiplication fact a travel bag and instructions. tice. The front side is non-reproducible. ~ Ruth answers as possible within 60 seconds. There 015620 ...... 6.99 6 .25 060745 ...... 5.99 4 75. are two different skill levels for adjustable game play. Level 1 allows you to narrow down your Snap It Up! Multiplication Game (4+) practice to one particular number family. Level This game contains the same cards and is 2 presents randomly mixed facts involving all played in the same fashion as the Addition/ numbers 0-12. For added flexibility, you can Subtraction game. The only difference is that choose to turn off the 60 second timer for non- players try to make equations equal the center timed practice, plus the device is easy to mute. card by using multiplication instead of addition This disc-shaped electronic flash card measures or subtraction. 4.5” in diameter and requires 3 AAA batteries 015873 ...... 9.99 7 .95 Math Bands for Multiplication (K-6) (not included). ~ Anh Math Bands are a set of 12 colorful silicone 052212 (A .) ...... 19.99 15 .50 Multiplication Table/Grid Chart (2-12) bracelets with numbers on them. Each wristband Multiplication facts right at your fingertips in has factors of a number from 1-12 all around the Mythmatical Battles (3-7) one handy location! One side provides individ- band. Once your student memorizes their factors One way or another, those multiplication tables ual times table from one through twelve while of 1, they get to add the band for factors of 2 and have to be mastered, and you can either plug the other side shows the “classic” multiplication so on, until they have all 12 bands. Collecting away with the ol’ flashcards, or take part in an chart through twelve. This sturdy, laminated the bands is part of the fun! It’s like a badge of epic clash of the titans with this engaging, yet chart measures 14 ½” x 10”. - Enh honor that you know your multiplication facts. educational card game. Each game includes two 039827 ...... 0 .95 Think of those fidgety kids who always have to decks of cards: Norse and Egyptian or Celtic and be messing with something in their hands. Not Greek. It’s a duel between two players, each of Multiplication Table Cards (3-AD) only can they practice math as they fidget, but which “battles” with one deck from the set (if you Learn the multiples of the numbers 1-12 with these are quiet too. Yay! have both sets, you can mix and match). The these double-sided, laminated cards. One side Task Cards are a set of thirty activities to extend deck consists of gods, monsters, heroes, minions, shows the multiplication problem displayed with the usefulness of the bands and to increase flu- weapons and magic cards, each of which has a given number first (i.e. 1x1, 1x2, 1x3, 1x4) and ency in basic math skills; use them individually, an attack and defense value, or another special the other side shows the multiplication problem with a partner or in a group. Each 5”x7” card has attribute. The game begins with both players switched (i.e. 1x1, 2x1, 3x1, 4x1). Two blank clear instruction for math problems, plus a write drawing five cards from their deck and playing practice cards are also included for a total of it task for the student. These are a good little as many of them on the central “field” as possi- fourteen pieces. 11cm x 20 cm, approx. 4.3” x item for math centers or a quiet student practice ble. Character cards can always be played, but 7.8”. – Rachel activity while waiting their turn with a parent/ weapons must be attached to a character to be 041664 ...... 5.95 4 .95 teacher. Cards are titled, such as: count up to 544 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. 10, skip counting, multiply by 3, mixed multi- Place Value Sensational Math Place Value Disc Sets (1-6) plication, dividing by 4, division decoded and Packaged in re-sealable poly bag for easy stor- more. Bands for Advanced is a set of 8 bands Place Value Chart (17”x 22”) (PK-AD) age. Discs are 1” in diameter, 1/8” thick, and to add to your original set of 12. They will help Brightly colored, this cardstock chart contains a made of EVA foam. The color-coding matches the practice multiplication, division, squares, cubes place value chart (thousandths through billions), Jumbo Magnetic Demonstration Discs. and formulas. Includes facts 13-15 in neon, swirl model form example, expanded form examples, 064930 10-Value, Set of 250 14.99 9 50. and glow in the dark colors! Comes with activi- and a brief explanation of place value. The back 25 each of 10 values: thousandth, hun- ties and instructions. Bands for Readiness are for of the chart contains four 8 ½” x 11” black and dredth, tenth, one, ten, hundred, thousand, early learners and teacher number and letter rec- white, reproducible worksheets covering place ten thousand, hundred thousand, million. ognition, letter sounds, shapes, colors, counting value and expanded notation as well as reduced 064931 4-Value, Set of 100 . . . 7.99 4 95. and skip counting. This set contains 8 bands with copy of the place value chart. ~ Deanne 25 each of 4 values: thousandth, hundredth, instructions and activity ideas. ~Sara 039164 ...... 2.99 2 .75 tenth, one. 061728 Math Bands (set/12) . . . 9.99 8 .50 064932 4-Value, Set of 100 . . . 7.99 4 95. 065437 Task Cards ...... 9.99 8 .50 Place Value Disk Sets (1-3) 25 each of 4 values: one, ten, hundred, 040384 Bands for Advanced . . 5.99 4 .95 Use these easy-to-manipulate disks to provide thousand. 040385 Bands for Readiness . . . 5.99 4 .95 hands-on practice for place value. Each disk is 064933 7-Value, Set of 175(B) 11.99 6 95. printed with the number and is color coded: 25 each of 7 values: thousandth, hundredth, Computational Skills / Mental Math Ones are white; Tens are light red; Hundreds tenth, one, ten, hundred, thousand. are orange; and Thousands are yellow. These Singapore Math: Mental Math (2-7) are larger sets of 100 disk packages. The Small On a daily basis, we do math in our heads – a Group set (total 600 pieces) contains 2 100- necessary skill. This series of workbooks is great packs of Ones disks; 2 100-packs of Tens disks; B . for teaching and strengthening mental calculation 1 100-pack of hundreds disks; and 1 100-pack skills. Each book includes 52 practice pages and of Thousands. The Classroom Set (total 1500 D . review pages and is to be done at a rate of one pieces) contains 5 100-packs of Ones disks; 5 C . page per week. The reproducible practice pages 100-packs of Tens disks; 3 100-pack of hundreds offer strategies for solving problems mentally, a disks; and 2 100-pack of Thousands. Packs ☼Foam Place Value Disks (1-AD) step-by-step example with both numeric and ver- come in reseal-able bags and each set comes This bag is an economical solution to working bal explanations, and 10 problems to be solved. with one instruction sheet. The double-sided with students and place values. There are 140 The table of contents offers a schedule and lets Place Value Mat is 17” x 11”, laminated, and foam disks in the bag – 20 each of 7 values that you know when the review pages should be done allows for work with whole numbers or decimals are color-coded. 1s are yellow, 10s are green, and two pages of strategy overview offer a sum- in 1 1/4” x 1 1/2” spaces. One side allows for 100s are blue, 1,000s are purple, 10,000s are mary of the strategies found in that book along tens, ones, tenths, hundredths and thousandths red, 100,000s are pink, and 1,000,000s are with an example. Answer keys are found at the placement (decimal spaces are grayed). The gray. Disks measure 1” diameter and a sheet of back of each book. One of the strengths of the other side allows for placement from Ones to Ten suggested activities is included. The resealable Singapore approach math programs is the focus Thousands. ~ Ruth bag offers a storage solution, and the disks are on thinking skills and mental math. This series CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. washable. ~ Donna offers extra practice in the mental math area and 059713 Class Set (1500) . . . 99.99 65 .95 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs can be used as a supplement for any math curric- 059714 Small Group Set (600) 42.99 29 .95 040524 (C) ...... 9.99 7 95. ulum – get thinking! ~ Donna 059715 Place Value Mat . . . . 1 .25 EACH BOOK ...... 7.99 5 .75 Magnetic Place Value Disks & Headings (1-3) 049614 Grade 2 049617 Grade 5 Sensational Math Jumbo Magnetic Place Value Get some hands-on practice in place value 049615 Grade 3 049618 Grade 6 Demonstration Discs (1-6) with this magnetic set of manipulatives. For use 049616 Grade 4 049619 Grade 7 These boxed sets include color-coded, 2” EVA on a personal magnetic board or on a larger wall foam magnetic discs that are great for demon- board, this set includes four header magnets Idiot’s Guides: Speed Math (6-AD) stration purposes, whether in a group or working (thousands, hundreds, tens, and ones) and disks Now from Idiot’s Guides is an even more with individual students. Use them to illustrate for each. 140 disks (1” diameter, 35 of each streamlined series with the same goal: As Easy math functions, base ten, and more. Each set value) are color-matched to the headings – thou- as It Gets. Speed Math condenses the infor- includes a plastic sorting tray. The color-coding sands are yellow, hundreds are orange, tens are mation to improve your mental math, on-paper matches that of the Sensational Math Value Disc red, and ones are white. calculations, and your mathematical understand- Sets. 064902 Set of 140 (D) . . . . 15.99 13 .60 ing. Math was not my “native language,” but 064927 7-Value, Set of 140 .39.99 26 .95 this book’s quick tips, simple, straight-forward 20 each of 7 values: thousandth, hundredth, Place Value Cards explanations, examples and multiple methods tenth, one, ten, hundred, thousand. 9 digit cards (1-9), 9 tens cards (10-90), 9 hun- to perform operations will improve even my 064928 10-Value, Set of 200(A) 59.99 39 .95 dreds cards (100-900), and 9 thousands cards speed, accuracy and understanding. Quick Tips 20 each of 10 values: thousandth, hun- (1000-9000). These thin, plastic cards can be and Speed Bump insets highlight process steps dredth, tenth, one, ten, hundred, thousand, stacked to form numbers from 1 to 9999. ~ Anh to watch for and graphical methods and rein- ten thousand, hundred thousand, million. 025803 ...... 7 00. forcements are added for those who need visual 064929 4-Value, Set of 80 . . . 24.99 16 .95 reinforcement. Part 1 instructs on increasing 20 each of 4 values: one, ten, hundred, Write-and-Wipe Desktop Place Value Card (K-8) speed in multiplication, addition, subtraction thousand. Measuring 15” x 5”, this single-sided place value & division and checking your answers. Part 2 card can be moved from desk to table or easily A . focuses on applying this math to fractions, dec- attached to a desk using tape or removable magic imals, percentages, divisibility, squares, cubes, mounts (#35644). Highlighted yellow on the square and cube roots and calculations to the top with billions (100, 10, 1) through decimals fourth and fifth powers. The appendix provides (1/10, 1/100, 1/1000) places clearly marked, this 20 practice problems (with answers) for each flexible, dry erase mat offers empty boxes below of the 10 chapters. A great, quick-learn way to E . each place for students to write in the numbers speed up and improve math computation for they are assigning place value. Place value boxes students—and teachers too! Written by Gaurav alternate yellow and white for ease of writing Tekriwal, President of Vedic Math Forum, India. and reading. Use with any dry erase markers. ~ 6x9”, 272 pp, sc. ~ Ruth Deanne 056977 ...... 14.95 10 .95 036603 (E) ...... 1 25. See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 545 Place Value Cards Sets (1-6) Place Value Flip Chart (Thousands): Student sions; trig and hyperbolic trigs; and one-variable Place value can be a very confusing concept, Size (K-3) statistics. An English manual is enclosed and a so a visual that shows placement along with col- Perfect for a desk or table, this flip chart is made Spanish version is available from victortech.com. or-coding is a great teaching tool. These sets of of sturdy cardboard with a bright teal laminated Protect your calculator with the included folding place value cards come from Sensational Math, finish. A spiral binding at the top allows you to plastic cover that latches. 4 1/2”x2.5”. ~ Ruth so the color-coding matches that of their Place flip over 4 sets of numbers 0-9 (each a different 062285 ...... 6.99 5 95. Value Discs and Jumbo Magnetic Place Value color.) The place value is labeled below the Discs. Thousandths – gold, hundredths – light numbers (thousands, hundreds, tens, ones.) I like Victor Scientific Calculator 930-2 (1-AD) green, tenths – brown, ones – white, tens – red, how the chart folds flat and then pops up to use. The 930-2 has a 10-digit LCD readout and is hundreds – orange, thousands – yellow, ten When flat, it measures about 8.25” x 5.5” x .5” black with a removable hard cover. It is both thousands – dark green, hundred thousands – and when upright it is about 3.25” tall. ~ Sara solar and battery powered and includes one blue, millions – purple. Cards measure 4” high 060921 ...... 7.49 4 .95 LR1130 button cell. The owner’s guide will help and increments of 2.5” progressively. you get started using the many functions: dec- 064925 10-Value Decimals to . Student Place Value Flip Charts, Millions (K-AD) imal/scientific/engineering notation, fractional Whole Numbers . . . 14.99 9 .50 A great tool for your kinesthetic and visual learn- calculations, angles, trigonometric functions, A set of 100 place value cards, ten each – ers! Pleasantly colored, the green chart contains statistics and probability, logarithm, exponents, thousandths, hundredths, tenths, ones, tens, cards with numbers 1-9 in each place up to one square and square root, reciprocals, common hundreds, thousands, ten thousands, hun- million. Each placement is a different color of the exponents, cube and cube root, hyperbolic func- dred thousands, millions rainbow, in order (starting at the millions place tions, convert rectangular to polar coordinates 064926 4-Value Decimals to Whole with red). Number cards are 1.5” x approx. 2.5” and the reverse, add, subtract, multiply, divide, Number ...... 5.99 3 .95and can be easily flipped over the spiral bound percent, memory, and positive and negative inte- A set of 40 place value cards, ten each – top. Place names are labeled on both sides. Chart gers. Approx. 5.5” x 3”. thousandths, hundredths, tenths, ones is 14” x 5 ¼” (including spiral). ~ Ruth 041960 ...... 16.79 12 .50 040968 ...... 9.99 8 .25 Place Value Strips (1-6) Victor 2 Line Scientific Calculator V34 (1-AD) Teaching place value can be a tricky business Calculator Skills / Calculators The Victor V34 is comparable to the Texas and these strips have to be one of the simplest Instruments TI-30X IIS. It has a 10-digit, two- solutions! Bright colors help to separate ones, Student Calculator (asst . color) (K-6) line scrolling LCD readout and is black and tens, hundreds and thousands on perforated card This light-weight, dual powered (solar and bat- silver with a removable, sliding hard cover. It stock. If you are explaining the number 4,865 tery) calculator is basic enough for beginners to is both solar and battery operated and includes you will start with the 4,000, overlay the 800, use, but it contains enough features such as 3-key one LR44X1 button cell. The capabilities of this then the 60, and finally the single 5 on the very memory and square roots and percents functions calculator include decimal/scientific/engineering top. When you separate them again, your student that older students can use it too. It features an 8 notation, fractional calculations, angles, trigo- can see the values of each number. Ta da! The digit display and has automatic power off. Colors nometric functions, statistics and probability, decimal strips work the same way with tenths, vary. Measures 2 ½” x 4”. logarithm, exponents, square and square root, hundredths, and thousandths, such as 0.4, 0.04, CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. reciprocals, common exponents, cube and cube and 0.004. ~ Sara 018910 ...... 3.25 2 .95 root, hyperbolic functions, convert rectangular to EACH STRIP ...... 2.83 2 .25 polar coordinates and the reverse, add, subtract, 030727 4-Digit Strip (40pcs) Desktop Calculator (8-digit display) multiply, divide, percent, memory, and positive 030734 Decimal Strip (30pcs) Reasonably priced, desktop calculator with full and negative integers. It includes an owner’s memory function. This calculator is powered guide and measures approx. 6”x 3”. ☼Place Value Tiles-4 value (4-9) with either a mercury-free battery or solar power. 041918 ...... 16.99 14 .50 Sometimes children just need a little more visu- Back has four small pads that keep it from slip- al representation of place value and this set of ping. The 8-digit display is tilted at approx. 35% tiles is perfect to help grasp this tricky concept. for better viewing. At approx. ½” x ½”, keys are Fractions Each value is represented in a different color: easy for multiple ages to use. Overall size is 3 0-9 are white tiles, 10-90 are red, 100-900 are 1/2” x 4 1/2”. ~ Ruth ☼Fractions Made Easy (3-4) orange and 1000-9000 are yellow. Tiles measure 036341 ...... 4 .25 Loads of practice pages introduce fractions 3/4”x 1” (white) through 2 1/2”x 1” (yellow). to your young learners. I really liked the clear While not connecting, smaller tiles fit perfectly VICTOR CALCULATORS instruction! You have a teacher led lesson, on the larger ones to cover the 0s and reinforce Victor Technology has been serving customers guided practice, independent practice, with an numerical placement of place value. Conquer since 1918 with quality products. They now offer assessment at the end of each unit (a few lessons that mountain place value with these quality a complete line of calculators with prices that in each unit.) Pages are not crowded and in only manipulatives. Total 37 tiles. ~ Deanne make them accessible outside of an office setting. black and white. They recommend you use your 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs The Victor calculators that we have added to fraction manipulatives to demonstrate the lessons. 066817 ...... 4.95 4 .75 our inventory range from basic to the scientific Grade 3 requires a set of fraction circles, fraction – there are calculators for all of your math or squares, and a magnetic fraction line. There are ☼Place Value Versa-Charts (1-3) household needs. 11 lessons which cover understanding fractions, Versa-Charts are a bright, colorful tool to help understanding the unit fraction, fractions on a your visual learners with place value. Consistent Victor Mini Desktop Calculator 1000 (1-AD) number line, and equivalent fractions. Grade 4 from chart to chart – ones are red, tens are This solar-powered black and silver calculator will use your fraction circles and squares. There yellow, hundreds are green, and thousands are offers an 8-digit LCD angled display and is made are 9 lessons which cover discovering equivalent blue. There are nine (0-9) 2”x3” plastic tiles in of 50% recycled plastic. Functions include add, fractions with visual fraction models, comparing each value place that are attached at the top of subtract, multiply, divide, square root, percent, fractions by creating common denominators, a foldable, plastic easel (values are side-by-side memory, and positive and negative integers. building fractions from unit fractions, and multi- as expected) so students can flip to the desired Approx 4.25”x 3.25”. plying a fraction by a whole number. A helpful digits to create up to 3 or 4 digit numbers. Use 041934 ...... 9.89 7 .50 resource for summer review or your RTIs in the these with your place value lessons – give one to classroom. Reproducible for a single classroom each student for practice building numbers and Victor 920 Compact Scientific Calculator (1-AD) (or homeschool) only. 144 pp in grade 3, 92pp you can use one for teaching and demonstrating This scientific calculator provides functions in in grade 4 ~ Sara digits in place value. calculations; powers, roots, common and natural 068131 Grade 3 ...... 14.95 11 .50 030519 100s/10s/1s Student . . . 5.75 5 .25 logarithms; reciprocals and factorials; degrees, 068132 Grade 4 ...... 12.95 10 .50 030608 1000s/100s/10s/1s . . . 6.75 6 .15 minutes and seconds; decimal degree conver- 546 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Working With Fractions Workbooks (5-8) Developing Fractions Sense (3-4) Deluxe Fraction Manipulatives (2-8) Sometimes a student just needs a little more Written to meet 3rd and 4th grade standards, Modeling and demonstrating fractional concepts explanation and practice in one area to get them use these sets to enhance the teaching of frac- is easier with manipulatives. We offer fraction over a hump in their regular math program. A tions at that level; help older students who are circles and squares, both similarly color-coded supplement like these may be just what you struggling; or use them with younger students (i.e., the halves of each set are always the same need! A concept is introduced, practiced, and who are ready to move ahead more quickly. color, etc.). The circles measure 3 ½” in diameter then assessed in a tidy little package. All skills Each set includes a Student Workbook, and the squares are approximately 3” x 3”. 51 needed to cover addition, subtraction, multipli- Instructional Hints & Answer Key, and one set of plastic tiles in: 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/10 cation and division of fractions are in these two plastic fraction blocks. Fractions blocks are trans- and 1/12, plus one whole. books. Lessons state which Common Core stan- parent fraction tiles (3 whole hexagons, 6 halves, CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. dards are met by that particular lesson, so they 9 thirds, and 15 sixths). Student Workbook A is 004552 Deluxe Squares . . . . 4.95 4 75. make for good test preparation and review. Pages for 3rd grade and includes 32 lessons. Lessons 004563 Deluxe Circles . . . . 4.95 4 75. are quite full but do not look cluttered. You could are short and begin with instruction followed add these to a program you feel needs more by exercises. Colored illustrations that match Fraction Circles (2-8) written practice problems such as the Life of Fred the fraction tiles accompany every explanation. This 61-pc set allows children to work tac- series. Answer key in the back. 62pp, pb. ~ Sara Lessons are progressive and include founda- tilely with fractions. Plastic pieces include an EACH BOOK ...... 9.99 7 .50 tional information for using this program, lines avocado green whole, blue halves, green thirds, 031253 Adding & Subtracting and points on number line, fractions equivalent peach fourths, magenta fifths, orange sixths, pink 031267 Multiplying & Dividing to whole numbers; numerator and denomina- eighths, highlighter green tenths, and purple tor; comparing fractions; adding & subtracting twelfths. A transparent cylindrical box with lid fractions; multiplying a fraction by a whole holds the whole set. Show equivalents by plac- number and division by a unit fraction. Student ing the whole piece in the bottom and see what Workbook B is 4th grade and includes 45 les- combinations of fractions will fill the circle. You sons that cover recognizing/comparing/adding could also enhance the pieces by adding magnets fractions with the same denominator; comparing to the back. ~ Ruth & recognizing fractions; converting/adding/sub- 060634 (B .)...... 3.91 3 85. tracting mixed and improper fractions; equivalent fractions; and fractions in word problems using Fraction Tiles (2-8) ☼Working with Fraction Number Lines (3-5) the four functions. Instructional Hints & Answer These are rectangular pieces that are all the Designed to help elementary grade students Key offers suggestions for how to present the same height, but with lengths determined by achieve greater fluency when performing oper- lessons; quick reference chart for the sequence the fractional part they represent. When all the ations with fractions, this resource provides of lessons; and small format student pages with fractional pieces of each color are put together, teachers with 30 engaging activities and games answers. Student workbooks aren’t reproduc- they form bars, or rows, that are the same total that utilize number lines. Each game or activity ible, so are available for purchase separately if length. Tiles are marked with the fractions they begins with an overview and can be played with working with multiple students. Add a visual and represent. By placing strings of tiles beneath each small groups, in pairs, or individually. Teacher kinesthetic component to your fraction lessons other, it is easy to determine equivalence. lesson notes include detailed instructions for for that extra boost of understanding. ~ Donna CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. implementing the activity and follow-up ques- 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 004573 ...... 6.25 5 75. tions for discussion and informal assessment. All 028206 Parent Set 3rd Grade . . 10 .25 blackline masters are included, as well as assess- 028217 Parent Set 4th Grade . . 10 .95 Magnetic Foam Fraction Tiles (2-8) ment pages that are designed to be used at the 036248 Student Workbook A . . 4 .95 Similar to other fraction tiles we sell, these tiles end of a unit. The use of fraction number lines 036285 Student Workbook B . . 4 .95 are rectangular and brightly colored, with the often makes concepts such as relative size, order, value printed in white. Instead of hard plastic, fraction equivalence, decimals, and addition and A . these tiles are foam with a magnetic backing subtraction of fractions much easier to compre- and come in a resalable bag. Great for use on a hend. If you have a student(s) that might benefit magnetic dry erase board. – Laura from the use of visual aids such as number lines, 038268 ...... 3.95 3 75. then this inexpensive resource would be a good investment. 168 pgs, pb. ~ Mike Mini Fraction Tiles - Printed (2-8) 068134 ...... 14.95 11 .50 Measuring approximately 6”x 1”, these colorful plastic tiles are the perfect tool to review and Fractions - Materials ☼Foam Fraction Pieces (Hands-On Math) (PK) solidify fraction concepts. Tiles include 1, ½, Understanding fractions is often one of the most 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/10, and 1/12. With the Fraction Bars (1-8) challenging math concepts for our children to differing, vibrant colors, children will be able These fraction manipulatives are a great hands- grasp. All of us have heard the value of cutting a to easily see that 1/3 is equivalent to 2/6 and on tool to teach and practice fractions. The flat pizza or pie as a helpful visual…but let’s be hon- 4/12 or determine which is larger, 1/8 or 1/5! A bars (strips) are made of colorful, flexible plastic est; it is not always convenient to bake a pie for perfect way to introduce fractions, equivalencies and each row is 6 in length when combined into our children to cut into pieces! These practical and the more complex concepts like addition and a whole. There are 49 pieces in the set represent- fraction circles are practically perfect for learning subtraction of fractions. ~ Deanne ing halves, thirds, fourths, fifths, sixths, tenths, fractional concepts: soft, durable, colorful and CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. and twelfths, and each fraction group is a unique best of all, reusable (unlike pie!) 058409 (C .) ...... 7.00 5 95. color. Place each group on the corresponding Containing the most commonly used fractions: marked strip. A sheet of sample teaching ideas halves, thirds, fourths, fifths, sixths, eighths, is included with the bars, so if you want to use tenths, twelfths, along with one whole, these B . them without guides it can be done. Basic con- foam circles clearly display fraction sizes and cepts, equality, inequality, addition, subtraction, are a great asset for teaching fraction concepts multiplication, and division ideas are offered. such as less than and greater than. Older chil- Fraction Bars™ Playing Cards are durable, plas- dren can also quickly build fraction addition and tic cards that show fraction numbers and names. subtraction problems to be able to see the correct This 49-card set corresponds to a set of Fraction response. An essential tool to supplement math Bars™. ~ Donna/Janice lessons. Includes sampling of activity suggestions 056559 Fraction Bars . . . . . 5.99 5 .25 ~Deanne CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 001356 Playing Cards . . . . . 4.99 4 .80 031469 (A .) ...... 3 .50 C . See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 547 Fraction Cut-Outs (K-5) and decimals. Open the book horizontally (pages Equivalency Set is a great value since it is a combi- Sometimes a student just needs that one key are 4” high and 12” wide), the top page is a nation of all individual sets (Fractions, Decimals, thing to unlock a concept such as fractions. It blank number line with just marks for the correct and Percents), displaying equivalent fractional, might be something to hold or fold or move placement, and the bottom page is a number line decimal, and percent values on each cube. around or a colorful chart that makes the pieces with fractions printed in the correct location. For CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. fall into place. Fraction Bars is a rainbow-col- example, thirds have a blank number line with 018354 (B .)...... 19.99 15 .50 ored chart (5.5” x 5.5”) made of card stock that four markings, the number line that is marked serves as a quick reference for fractions from shows 0, 1/3, 2/3, and 1. The write-on/wipe-off Comparative Fractions Magnet (3-12) a whole to twelfths. Your visual learners will page allows the student to practice writing the This colorful magnet set contains 51 magnets in appreciate seeing how two blue “one-eighth” correct placement for fractions. There are no a collection of fractions including whole, halves, sections equal one yellow “one-fourth” section. blank number lines for decimals and percents; thirds, quarters, fifths, sixths, eighths, tenths, and Fraction Circles come in a rainbow assortment students can see the correlation between the two twelfths. The dry erase surface allows you to cus- of 36 cardstock pieces (colors correspond to because they are side-by-side. There are three tomize your instruction. – Laura the Fraction Bars chart.) Each set includes four blank number lines at the back of the flip book, 018953 ...... 4.99 4 50. circles of each color divided into the corre- no markings of any kind, so that students can sponding fractions with black lines (i.e. yellow practice writing fractions. Fractions, Decimals & Percents Chart (1-5) circles are fourths; blues are eighths). The really 064879 ...... 7.95 6 .25 Having a chart like this in your learning center clever thing about these circles is that each one is not cheating for kids. Think of it as a learning has a cut to the middle on one side, so you can Fraction Builder Set (3-6) poster. They will refer to it often as they are fit them together and spin to reveal more or less Do you have a student struggling to grasp the learning fractions and decimals and eventually of the one in front or behind and really see how concept of fractions? If so, use these fraction tiles will memorize it without even trying. Classroom the sizes relate to one another. For instance, if to give your student a hands-on way to visualize aids like this are helpful to visual learners you fit together the yellow fourths circle and this difficult concept. The set contains 51 tiles because they will “see” this chart in their minds the purple twelfths circle, you can show show and represent the whole, halves, thirds, fourths, when they think of decimals and percents in the half of each circle and see that 2/4 equals one fifths, sixths, eights, tenths, and twelfths. Tiles future. This graph gives you a fraction, and then half and 6/12 equals one half. Or twist a little are color coded by fractional value and are sized tells you eleven equivalent fractions, followed by more so you can see three of the yellow fourths, to scale with the piece representing the whole the percent and the decimal forms. Bright yellow and discover that the other fourth holds three of measuring 6” and the smallest piece representing and red at the top with a blue border make this the purple twelfths! Set also includes four white 1/12th measuring 1/2”. The tiles are hard plastic graph attractive to young learners. The numbers covers, also cut, so you could even practice and are approximately 1/16” thick. ~ Enh alternate gray and white for easy reading. This is addition and subtraction with fractions by sliding 007863 ...... 13.99 7 .95 a useful learning tool. ~ Sara the cover to reveal more or less. Inexpensive and 052030 ...... 3.49 2 75. effective! ~ Sara Equivalence Fractions Tile Set (1-8) 056081 Fraction Bars . . . . . 0 .50 Learning fractions, decimals and percentages Fractions - Games 056082 Fraction Circles . . . . 5.99 4 .75 and seeing the connections between them can be challenging. They were for me! Manipulatives Pizza Fraction Fun Game (1-5) Fraction of Quantities Set (1-5) such as these can be just the aid needed to help Seven games in one! Learn to identify, match Understanding fractions is often one of the students grasp the concepts. This set includes equivalent, add, and subtract fractions. This toughest concepts for children to conquer. Sure, three tile sets: fractions, decimals, and percent- game includes three double-sided spinners and they pick up halves, quarters and wholes easily, ages. The tiles correlate in shape and color. So, 13 double-sided pizzas with fractions identified but transferring that understanding to numbers to build a tile that represents the large “1” blue on one side only. 2-6 players. larger than 1 often presents a challenge. This vital tile (6” long), your student can use twelve 1/12 018363 ...... 19.99 15 .50 set builds upon children’s basic understanding pink tiles, six 0.166 orange tiles, or eight 12.5% and teaches them how to work out the fractional tiles. You can also show correlation with colors: Fraper Deck Original: Fractions/Decimals/ part of any given quantity. For example, find the yellow tiles are 2.5%, ¼, and 0.25. So helpful Percents (2-8) 3/4 of 20 or 4/6 of 30. Best of all, it does not to bridge between the three equivalents! I would This deck of cards lets kids play fun games that ‘tell them’ how to solve the fractional equation, personally add magnets to the tile backs for fur- also teach the relationship between fractions, rather it shows them how and gives them oppor- ther usability. Colors, from largest to smallest, are decimals, and percents. The deck consists of 61 tunities to master the concept through hands blue, brown, black, yellow, green, orange, red, standard-sized cards: 20 common fractions (from on activities! Set includes color coded foam purple and pink. Nine different fractions (and 9/10 to 1/20), the corresponding decimal and shapes to make 5 polygons: circle, rectangle, their equivalents) included: 1, ½, 1/3, ¼, 1/5, 1/6 percent equivalents, and one Old Buffalo Card. A square, pentagon and hexagon. Five foam dice 1/8, 1/10, and 1/12. Tiles are 1” tall and range conversion chart and a few ideas for games using are color coded to match polygons; 20 fraction from 6” long for the “1” (or whole) tile to 1/2” the cards are also included. Using the deck, you cards (1/2 -6/6) and 36 plastic pegs are included. long for the 1/12 tile. Comes in a transparent, can play many standard card games like War, The enclosed instruction pamphlet provides 3 plastic storage case with attached lid (bottom is 6 Old Maid and Crazy 8’s, but players will have levels of guidance. In stage 1, Understanding ¼” x 4 ¼”; top of case is 6 ½ x 4 ½). ~ Ruth to figure out the value of the various fraction, Basic Fractions, children use cards and pol